&. 


v^. 


.0^.  \^^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


Ik 

HO 


'"IS 


2.0 


m 


LH 

U     1 1.6 

*" 6"     

► 

VI 


m 


/ 


^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


<v 


;\ 


k 


lO' 


o 


■^"'  ..^  1^ 


'9) 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


// 


t/u 


fA 


i 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVI/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


D 
0 


D 


Q 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverturo  da  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommagie 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaur^  et/ou  pellicula 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  giographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


I     I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relii  avec  d'autres  documents 


Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distcrtion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  liure  serrie  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge  intirieura 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  M  filmies. 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppiimentaires: 


Varioui  pagingt. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  AtA  possible  de  se  procurer.  Las  ddtaiis 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mithode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


D 
D 
D 
S 
D 
0 
D 
D 
D 
D 


Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagies 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurtos  et/ou  pelliculies 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  dicoior^es.  tacheties  ou  piquies 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ditachies 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  inigale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppi^mentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc..  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure. 
etc.,  ont  M  filmies  A  nouveau  de  faqon  A 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


rhisi 
Cede 

10X 

tem  is  filmed  i 
icument  est  fil 

It  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

m6  au  taux  de  rMuction  indiquA  ci-dessous 

14X                            18X                           22X 

26X 

30X 

i 

! 
i 

y 

12X                             16X                             20X                             24X                             28X                             32X 

i 

re 

I6tail8 
BS  du 
-nodifier 
Br  une 
ilmage 


as 


Th«  copy  filmad  h«r«  has  b««n  reproduced  thanks 
to  tha  ganarosity  of: 

D.  B.  Weldon  Library 
Univeriity  of  Waitern  Ontario 
(Regional  History  Room) 

Tha  Imagas  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
possibia  conaidaring  tha  condition  and  lagibiiity 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  spacifications. 


Original  copiaa  in  printad  papar  covars  ara  fiimad 
beginning  with  tha  front  covar  and  ending  on 
tha  last  page  with  a  printad  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  covar  whan  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printad  or  illustrated  Smprea- 
sion.  ond  ending  on  tha  laat  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  laat  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —^^i  meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  appliaa. 

Maps,  plataa,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hend  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  aa  many  framea  aa 
required.  The  following  diagrama  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaira  filmi  fut  reproduit  grAce  A  la 
ginirosit*  de: 

D.  B.  Weldon  Library 
Univers'*y  of  Western  Ontario 
(Regional  History  Room) 

Lee  imeges  suivantae  ont  «t*  reproduites  avac  la 
piua  grand  soin,  compta  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  la  nattet*  de  l'exemplaira  film4,  at  en 
conformity  avac  lea  conditions  du  contrat  da 
flimage. 

Lee  exemplairea  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  eat  imprimte  sont  filmis  en  commengant 
par  la  premier  plat  at  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
darnlAre  pege  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreasion  ou  d'illustration.  soit  par  la  second 
plat,  salon  la  cas.  Tous  las  autres  axemplalras 
originaux  sont  filmte  an  commandant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreasion  ou  d'illustration  at  an  terminant  par 
la  darnlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  dee  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
damiire  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbols  — »  signifie  "A  SUIVRE".  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planchea,  tableaux,  etc.,  p<«uvent  dtra 
filmie  A  dee  taux  de  rMuction  diffArents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  film*  A  partir 
de  I'angie  sup^rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  i  droite. 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  wi  prenant  le  nombre 
d'Images  nicessaire.  Las  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrant  !a  mAthode. 


errata 
to 


I  pelure, 
on  A 


D 

32X 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ELEMENTS 


OF 


GEOGRAPHY, 


MODERN   AND    ANCIENT 


WITH 


A  MODERN  AND  AN  ANCIENT  ATLAS 


By  J.  E.  WORCESTER. 


REVISED  ANP  IMPROVED  EDITION^.. 


BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED  BY  DAVID  H.   WILIJAMS 

1842. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1839.  by 
Joseph   E.  Worcestkii, 
to  t^^  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Ma,sachu-«. 


Xw'K 


PREFACE. 


This  work,  in  its  original  form,  was  first  published  in 
1819  J  since  that  time  it  has  passed  through  many  editions 
and  impressions  j  and  it  is  now  for  the  third  time  stereo- 
typed. 

Modern  geography  is  a  branch  of  science  that  is  continu- 
ally changing ;  and  it  is  necessary  that  an  elementary  trea- 
tise on  the  subject  should,  every  few  years,  undergo  a  care- 
ful revision. 

This  work,  in  the  form  in  which  it  is  now  published,  has 
been  revised  throughout  j  a  great  part  of  it  has  been  writ- 
ten anew,  in  order  to  accommodate  it  to  the  present  timo 
and  to  introduce  improvemrutp  j  and  the  most  of  the  book 
may  be  expected  to  continue  for  u  considerable  time  with- 
out any  great  alteration. 

The  statisheal  information,  which  is  the  portion  that  is 
most  liable  to  change,  being  placed  in  a  separate  division, 
may  be  altered  as  occasion  may  require,  without  affectinff 
the  rest  of  the  volume. 

The  department  of  Ancient  Geography  has  also  been 
revised  ;  and  the  portion  of  Scripture  Geography  has  been 
materially  enlarged. 

The  Modem  and  Meient  Atlases  which  accompany  the 
«' Elements"  have  likewise  been  revised  and  improved, 
and  the  Ancient  Atlas  has  been  enlarged  by  the  substitu- 
tion of  six  small  maps  relating  to  Scripture  Geography 
instead  of  the  single  map  of  Palestine,  which  has  hereto' 
fore  been  contained  in  the  Atlas. 

This  work  has  long  been  in  use  in  many  of  the  most  re- 
spectable schools,  academies,  and  seminaries  in  this  coun- 
try J  and  it  is  hoped,  that,  in  its  present  form,  it  will  be 
found  less  unworthy  of  the  patronage  which  the  public 
Jiave  been  pleased  to  give  it. 


fv 


PREPACli. 


The  book  and  the  maps  ore  designed  to  be  used  through- 
out in  connection  j  and  the  method  of  studying  them  will 
be  foun.I  to  be  easy,  both  to  the  teacher  and  pupil.  Ques- 
tions to  be  answered  both  from  the  book  and  the  maps 
have  been  inserted,  as,  in  a  majority  of  cases  in  which 
the  work  IS  used,  they  are  deemed  advantageous ;  but  teach- 
ers need  not  restrict  themselves  to  the  Questions,  any  fur- 
ther than  ihey  find  it  expedient 

The  Modern  and  the  ^ncieni  Geography  have  heretofore 
been  published  together,  but  neither  of  them  separately  ; 
but  It  has  been  thought  advisable,  in  order  to  accommodate 
different  wants,  to  publish  the  whole  together  as  heretofore, 
and  both  the  Modern  and  the  Ancient  part  in  a  separate 
form  J  and  they  are  now  offered  to  the  public  under  the  fol- 
lowmg  titles  J  viz.  «  Elements  of  Modern  and  Ancient  Ge- 
ography,  mtk  a  Modern  and  an  Ancient  Atlas  ;  "  "  Elements 
of  Modern  Geography,  mtk  an  Atlas  ;»  and  ^*  Elements  of 
Anetent  aassieal  and  Scripture  Geography,  with  an  Atlas'^ 
Ihe  pronuneintion  of  Classical  and  Scripture  Proper 
Names  is  given  according  to  W  nlker  ;  and  the  pronuncia- 
lion  of  Modern  Geographical  Names  is  given  In  accord- 
ance  with  the  best  authorities  and  best  usage     Several  of 
tlie  former  editions  have  contained  a  Pronouncing  Vocabu- 
lary  of  about  3,000  Geographical  Names ;  but  as  this  Vo- 
cabulary is  now  inserted  in  the  author's  Comprehensive  and 
*Uementary  Dictionaries,  which  are,  at  present,  used  exten- 
sively in  the  same  schools  with  the  «  Elements  of  Geoer^ 
phy,»'  It  18  omitted  in  this  work. 

It  may  be  useful  to  remark  with  respect  to  the  sounds  of 
•wne  of  the  voweU  in  the  languages  of  the  conUnent  of 
Kurojie,  that  a,  in  situations  in  which  the  analogy  of  the 
*.nglish  language  would  naturally  give  it  the  sound  of  lonr 
a,  as  in  fate  has,  in  other  Europear,  languages,  the  sound 
of  « in  fa  her  (marked  a)  j  e,  at  the  end  of  a  syllable,  the 
sound  of  long  a  as  in  favor;  i  and  y,  except  ^hen  short, 
the  sound  •  in  marine,  the  same  as  e  long. 


6fe 


CONTENTS. 


Page 
I 

5 
7 


11 
13 
15 

16 
17 
19 
20 
21 


Mathematical  G.^ography 

Definitions 

Maps  J  Map  of  the  World     . 

AMERICA 

North  America      . 
Greenland  .... 
Russian  Possessions  j  British 
America  .... 
New  Britain ;  Lower  Canada 
Upper  Canada 
New  Brunswick     . 
Nova  Scotia 
Newroundland ;  Bermudas    . 

United  Statb-s    .        .         23 
New  England,  or  Eastern  States  28 
Maine         ...  qq 

New  Hampshire 
Vermont     . 
Massachusetts 
Rhode  Island      . 
Connecticut    . 
Middle  States 
New  York       . 
New  Jersey 
Pennsylvania  . 
Delaware    . 
Southern  States  . 
Maryland    . 
District  of  Columbia 
Virginia      . 
North  Carolina 
South  Carolina  . 
Georgia 
Florida 


81 


Iowa ;  Western  Territory  . 

Oregon     .... 
Texas ;  Mexico      ...      82 
Guatemala,  or  Central  America  83 
West  Indies 

South  America 
Colombia    . 

New  Grenada  j  Venezuela 
Equator 

Guiana    .... 
Peru 


86 
89 
92 
93 
94 
95 
% 


Bolivia   ....  tri 


Alabama 
Mississippi 
Louisiana 
Arkansas     . 
Western  States 
Tennessee  . 
Kentuckr 
Ohio   .  ^    . 

Michigan 
Indiana       . 
Illinois    . 
Missouri 
Wisconsin 


1* 


29 

31 

33 

34 

36 

37 

39 

40 

43 

44 

47 

47 

49 

50 

51 

54 

56 

67 

58 

59 

61 

62 

64 

65 

67 

69 

71 

73 

75 

76 

77 

79 


Brazil 

United  Provinces  . 

Paraguay  J  Uruguay 

Chill 

Patagonia    . 


EUROPE       .        .        , 
Lapland      .... 

Norway 

Sweden      .... 
Russia    ... 
Poland        .        .        .        . 
Denmark        .        . 
Great  Britain      .        .   *    .   ' 
England      .        .        .        , 
Scotland .        .        .        , 
Ireland 
Holland      .        .        .        .   ■ 
Belgium}  Germany       .    '  . 
Prussia        .... 
Hanover        ..." 
Saxony        .        .        .        .    * 
Small  German  States     . 
Wurtemberg 

Bavaria  •        .        .        .        . 
Austria       .        .        .        .   ' 
Switzerland    .        .        .    * 
trance        .... 
Spain      .        .        .    '        ' 
Portucal }  Italy  .        .   '    .   ' 
Kingdom  of  Sardinia      . 
States  of  the  Church  . 
Naples,  or  The  Two  Sicilies  . 
Turkey       .... 

Greece 

Ionian  Republic    .  '  ,  ' 


98 

.   99 

100 

101 

102 

103 

106 

107 

108 

109 

112 

113 

115 

116 

120 

122 

125 

127 

128 

132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

137 

141 

144 

148 

151 

153 

154 

155 

157 

160 

161 


if* 


CONTENTS. 


ASIA %1 

Turkey  in  Asia  .        .        .  1G6 

Uuisia  ia  Asia       .        .       .  IGQ 

Arabia         ....  169 

Independent  Tartary      .        .  171 

Peraia         ....  172 

Arghaniatan,  or  Cabulistan     .  174 

HindoBtar.   .        .        .        .  f75 

Chin  -India,  or  Farther  India  .  179 

China          ....  ^82 


Thibet 183 

Chinese  Tarlary 
Japan     .... 


OCEANICA      . 
Eastern  Archipelago 
Aus'ralia     . 
Pol}  nesia 

AFRICA    .       . 

te  • .  • .  • 

Abyssinia 
Barbary  States    . 
Western  Africa      . 


186 
187 

187 
189 
190 
192 

193 
198 

200 
201 
202 
205 


Central  Africa    .        .        .  ^ 

Southern  Africa     .        .        .  209 

Southeastern  Africa;  Islands  210 

PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY  2i3 


The  Sea         .... 

213 

The  Atmosphere 

2H 

The  Earth      .        .        .        . 

217 

Rivers 

21 » 

Lakes;  Mountains 

219 

Metals  and  Minerals  . 

220 

Vegetables     .        .        .        . 

221 

Animals      .... 

222 

Man 

223 

STATISTICAL  TABLES  . 

225 

United  States     . 

227 

America         .        .        .        . 

236 

Europe        .... 

238 

Asia 

241 

Africa          .... 

242 

Globe     .                .        ... 

243 

Use  of  Globes 

S47 

CoMsraocTioN  of  Maps 

253 

ANCIENT  CLASSICAL  GEOGRAPHY 


Introductory  Remarks     .        .      1 

Ancient  and  Modern  Names  of 

Couhtries ....      2 

KtTROPE.  _•  British  Isles  .         4 

Spain       ...        .        .5 

Gaul 6 

Germany .        .        .        .        ,7 
Sarraatia:  Dacia;  Illyricum  8 

'taly         .        ...        .9 
Greece         ....        15 


Asia.  —  Asia  Minor     . 
Colchis,  Armenia,  Mesopota- 
mia, Syria,  Arabia        .    . 
Assyria,  Chaldea,  Persia,  Media 

Africa.  —  Egypt    .    . 
Libya,  Africa  Proper,  Numid- 
ia,  Mauritania 


25 


31 
32 

34 


Extent  of  Ancient  Em- 
pires      .       .       .       .    3J 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY         ...  37 

Cii  AP.  I.  —  Geography  of  the  Early  Ages ;  with  Explanatory  Remarks  37 
CiiAp.  II.  —  The  Region  between  Egypt  and  Canaan:  Journeyings 

of  the  Israelites        i 4J 

Chap.  III.  —  The  Canaanites and  neighboring  Nations  .  .  46 
Chap.  IV.  —  Canaan  divided  among  the  Tribes  of  Israel :  Pkces  of 

Note  in  the  History  of  the  Old  Testament      ....  48 

Chap.  V.  —Physical  Geography  of  Palestine  or  the  Holy  Land  .  61 
Cbap.  VI.  —  Palestine  in  the  time  of  the  New  Testament  History. 

Judea,  Jerusalem,  and  its  Environs 55 

Chap.  VII.  —  Samaria  :  Galilee :  Persea  .....  57 
Chap.  VIII.  —  Countries  in  which  the  Gospel  was  preached  by  tiie 

Apostles    . gg 

Chap.  I  a.  —  Labors  and  Travels  of  St.  Paul  and  the  other  Apostles  62 
Ancient  Geographical  Names  with  their  corresponding  Modern 

Names 67 

Table  exhibiting  the  Places  where,  and  Times  when,  the  Books  of 

the  Now  Testament  were  written .73 


ELEMENTS  OF  GEOGRAPHY 


MATHEMATICAL  OR  ASTRONOMICAL  GEOGRAPHY 

1.  Geo(»r\piit  is  a  description  of  the  earth  with  its  pro 
ductiona  and  inhabitants. 

2.  Mathematir.al  or  astronomical  geography  treats  of  the 
earth  as  a  part  of  the  solar  system  ;  illustrates,  from  astro- 
nomical principles,  its  figure,  magnitude,  and  motion  ;  ex- 
plains the  construction  of  globes,  with  their  application  to 
the  solution  of  problems  ;  and  describes  the  methods  of 
projecting  maps  and  charts. 

3.  The  Solar  System  is  composed  of  the  »«n,  the  prima- 
ry planets,  the  satellites,  and  the  comets. 

4.  The  Sun  is  the  source  of  light  and  heat  to  nil  bodies 
in  the  solar  system  ;  and  it  is  the  centre  of  motion,  round 
which  the  planets  revolve  in  elliptical  orbits,  from  west  to 
cast. 

5.  There  are  11  primary  planets,  namely,  Mercury,  Ve- 
nus, Earth,  Mara,  Vesta,  Juno,  Ceres,  Pallas,  Jupiter,  Sa- 
turn, and  Ura-nus  or  Herschel. 

6.  Those  planets  which  are  nearer  to  the  sun  than  the 
earth,  namely,  Mercury  and  Venus,  are  called  tn/erior  or 
interior  planets  ;  the  others,  superior  or  exterior,  their  or- 
bits being  without  that  of  the  earth,  as  seen  on  the  follow- 
ing page. 

7.  Saturn  is  remarkably  distinguished  from  the  other 
planets,  by  being  encompassed  by  a  double  ring,  as  repre- 
sented in  the  figure  on  the  next  page. 

8.  The  orbits  of  the  planets  are  the  paths  which  they 
describe  in  revolving  round  the  sun. 

9.  In  the  following  view  of  the  Solar  System,  the  orbits 
of  the  planets  are  described  as  circles,  yet  their  real  form 
IS  elliptical. 

Mathematical  Geoquaphv.  —  1.  What  is  Geography  ' 
2.  What  is  mathematical  or  astronomical  geography  ?    3.  What  is 

said  of  the  solar  system  ?    4.  The  sun  ? 
5.  What  are  the  primary  planets  ?    6.  Which  are  the  inferior,  and 
which  the  superior  planets .'    7.  For  what  is  Saturn  distin- 
guislu'd '    8    Wliat  are  the  orbits '    U    What  ia  their  form 


2 

PI 


THE  SOLAR  SYSTEM. 


SOLAR  SYSTEM, 


s;rs.::;v:tci;*/;„'XSr        "■«  ■"-. 


MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAPHY.  % 

Tublo  of  tho  Sizet,  Ditlanees,  Roiationt,  and  Periodi  of 
tho  Sun  nnd  Flancts. 


10.  Ihe  four  planets,  Ve»ta,  Juno,  Ceret,  nnd  PaUtt$, 
are  ver^-  small  compared  with  the  rest ;  and  it  is  but  a  few 
years  snice  they  were  first  discovered. 
^  n.  There  are  18  Satellites  or  secondary  planets.  The 
Earth  has  1,  Jupiter  4,  Saturn  7,  and  Uranus  6.  These 
revolve  round  their  primaries,  and  accompany  them  in 
their  annual  revolutions  round  tho  sun. 

12.  The  Comets  ore  bodies  revolving  round  the  sun  in 
very  eccentric  orbits,  and  move  in  all  directions.  The 
number  of  them  is  not  ascertained,  and  their  nature  is  but 
little  known. 

^  13.  Those  stars,  which  always  retain  nearly  the  same 
situation  with  respect  to  each  other,  are  called  Fixed  Stars. 
About  1,000  are  seen  by  the  naked  eye  in  tho  visible  hori- 
zon, in  each  hemisphere ;  but,  by  the  use  of  a  telescope, 

10.  What  is  said  of  Vcnta,  Juno,  Ceres,  and  Pallas  ? 

11.  What  of  the  satelhtes?    12.  Tho  comets  .> 
13.  The  fixed  stars? 


(Questions  on  the  Solar  System,  and  Table  of  Sizes,  ^, 

Which  planet  is  nearest  to  the  sun  ?  Which  farthest  off?  Which 
are  nearer  tlian  the  earth  ?  Which  farther  ?  Which  three  planets 
have  the  greatest  diameter  ?     Which  are  smaller  than  the  earth  ? 

What  is  the  diameter  of  the  sun  ?  The  earth  ?  The  moon  ?  What 
M  the  distance  of  the  earth  from  the  sun  ?  In  what  time  does  the 
«arlh  revolve  round  the  sun  ?  Which  of  the  planets  revolve  round 
ihe  sun  in  loss  time  than  the  earth ' 


4  MATHEMATICAL  GEOGRAinx. 

many  millions  may  be  seen  ;  and  their  number  increases  in 
proportion  to  the  magnifying  power  of  the  tele^ope  ' 

♦  whslh    1      f'""^  T  «"l'Posed  to  be  suns,  around  each  of 
which  planets  revolve,  as  about  our  sun.  ^  ""^ 

in  the  hea'Vfns''''^Ir11'  ""'*''  "^T^'  't "  ^^•«'^'''  ^^^i^^ous  zone 
ni.mw!?/  .  u'  l"PP«s«d  to  be  caused  by  an  immense 

number  of  stars,  which,  from  their  apparent  nearness  can 
1 «   a^u^^'S^'"'^^^^  f'-om  each  other.  "harness,  can- 

J 6.   1  he  Earth  is  a  globe  or  spherical  body  •  vet  on  nn 
the  "eye'  "s  magnitude,  its  roun'dness  is  not  ^p^rL%  WeTo" 

a..         .,y  upwards  of  26  miles.  *^  ^  "* 

.hroijtrmro'""'  "^"^  '"  "»  """^---y  «««  Passing 

onf noTttVJ'aTte^Ltb.'""  ""^  """^^  '"»  ^°'">  "■« 

21.  The  annual  revolution  of  the  earfh  munA  tu^ 
connection  with  the  obiirmitv  of  tLec^fnSJl      ■'""'.'" 
succession  of  the  four  seaZi  ^^"'  occasions  the 

22.  The  earth's  diurnal  rotation  on  its  own  axi^  fivnrv  oa 
hours,  IS  the  cause  of  dau  and  nis-ht     ThiT  «.  »•   ®^^/^y.24 

between  the  sun  and  the  earth  Tmll^   ^  '""T  '  P"««'»? 
cept  at  the  time  of  netSmoou  "  "'"''  ^'^^P'"  '^ 

,   25   An  eclipse  of  the  moon  is  caused  bv  thp  ParH.».  «« 
ing  bet^veen  the  sun  and  the  moon  -mid  ;  I  .o!  ^T" 

place  except  at  the  time  of /XToo».  ''"  """"'  '^'^^ 

18.  I^it  a  perfect  ^^T 1,.  ^\  "rsYe  'l^'^'  ''  '^  ^""^  ^ 

i:  Wh^^^reX'rn    J^,,T1*3-^^^^^^^  seaaonsP 

moon?    24    VVhifUfu        ^'*-    v^'**  three  motions  has  tlw 


DEFINITIONS. 

I.  Ctvilor  Political  Geography  dcVmeatos  the  empires 
kingdoms,   and  states,   which   occupy  the  surface  of  S 
earth,  and  exhibits  the  monuments  o7humar[mlustry  and 

„t5;o^*^*i"'"'    Geo^rap^y  is  the    natural  history  of  the 
globe,  and  embraces  a  view  of  the  sea,  the  atniosphere 
the  atructure  of  the  earth,  together  with  its  riveis  kke«' 
mountams  minerals,  vegetables,  and  animlls.  *     ^^'' 

».  It  IS  the  provrijce  of  physical  geography  to  treat  of  thA 
earth  as  ,t  proceeded  from'^tfie  hand  of  tie  fcreat^r  incl^d! 
ing  such  chan-es  as  have  been  produced  by  thr/aws  wh"ch 
he  has  established  ;  but  civil  geography  treats  cTieflv  of 
the  changes  which  have  been  effectSd  by  man  ^ 

pal'narrnf  7f  "I"  ""^  *''''"  geography  comprises  the  princi- 

mattSrvvhlh  ?r  S^'^^'^''?'  ,'^^'""^^  ^  ^^^  '""^^  «f  the 
Togrnphy  ^''"braces,  belongs  properly  to  physical 

5.  The  surface  of  the  earth  consists  of  land  and  toaUr  • 
nearly  one  thud  being  land,  and  two  thirds  water  ' 

b.  Ihe  proportion  of  land  to  >vater,  in  the  northern 
hemisphere,  has  been  computed  as  72  ti  100  and  [n  th« 
southern  hemisphere,  as  only  15  to  100.  '  ® 

7.  The  Land  is  divided  by  water  into  continents  islands 

9.  There  are  two  continents ;  the  Eastern,  comprsinff 
^z  eZJTI  ^7r'««.     Some  reckon  six  continents^ 

water.^"  **•'"*''  ''  ""  ^'^^^  °^  ^'''"^  ^'""'^'y  surrounded  by 


Definitions. -1.  What  is  civil  goography  ?  "* 

2.  Phyajcal  geoafraphy  ?    3.  What  is  tlte  province  of  each  ? 
4.  What  ,s  said  «f  the  division  of  civil  geography  ' 
G    mZit  .r  '^^^  •""'•^""^  °/  *''«  earth%oLiS7  " 

hemispLVr'^"?'^                  'r  ^^«  "O'thern  and  southern 
R    wj-i;  •      P    ^^*  •     "•  ''°^^  *^  ^'»«  ^and  divided  ? 
8^  What  IS  a  continent  ?    y.  How  manv  rnnr.r,.,,^  „^  o 
iu.  v»iiui  IS  an  island-'  -  " • -^  «xc  » 


4  I a 


--■r-^rr,!,f;mm»mm^.v^Kh-w?..vr-* 


6 


DEFINITIONS. 


11.  A  peninsula  is  a  portion  of  land  almost  surrounded 
by  water. 

13.  Ad  itthmua  is  a  neck  of  land  which  joins  a  peninsula 
to  the  main  land,  or  two  parts  of  a  continent  together. 

IS.  A  cape  is  a  point  of  land  projecting  into  the  sea  ;  if 
the  land  is  high  arxl  mountainous,  it  is  called  a  promontory. 

14.  The  Water  is  divided  into  oceans,  seas,  lakes,  gulfs» 
bays,  straits,  sounds,  rivers,  and  friths  or  estuaries. 

15.  An  ocean  is  the  largest  extent  of  water,  nowhere  en- 
tirely separated  by  land. 

16.  There  arc  usually  reckoned  five  oceans,  the  Pacific,. 
Atlantic,  Indian,  Northern  or  Arctic,  and  Southern  or  An- 
tarctic oceans. 

17.  A  sea  is  a  smaller  collection  of  water,  communicat 
ing  with  an  ocean. 

18.  A  gulf  or  bay  is  a  part  of  a  sea  extending  up  into 
the  land. 

19.  A  atraU  is  a  narrow  channel,  joining  two  seas,  or 
one  part  of  a  sea  with  another. 

20.  A  sound  is  a  small  sea  so  shallow  that  it  may  be 
sounded. 

21.  A  lake  is  a  large  collection  of  water  in  the  interior 
of  a  country. 

32.  A  river  is  a  lar^e  stream  of  water  flowing  into  the 
sea,  or  into  a  lake,  or  mto  another  river. 

a«.  The  right  bank  of  a  river  is  that  which  is  on  the 
right  tiand  of  one  who  is  sailing  down  the  river. 

24.  A  frith  or  estuary  is  the  widening  of  a  river  at  its 
mouth  into  an  arm  of  the  sea. 

25.  The  principal  Political  Divisions  of  the  earth  are. 
empires,  kingdoms,  and  republics. 

26.  An  empire  is  composed  of  several  large  countries^ 
subject  to  one  sovereign,  styled  an  emperor. 

27.  A  kingdom  is  generally  less  extensive  than  an  em 
pire,  and  is  subject  to  a  king. 

28.  If  the  power  of  the  emperor  or  king  is  limited  by 
law,  it  is  called  a  'imited  or  constitutional  monarchy  j  if 
not  limited,  an  absolute  monarchy,  or  a  despotism. 

II.  What  is  a  peninsula ?    12.  An  isthmus?    13.  A  cape  ?        '"^ 

14.  How  is  water  divided  ?    15.  What  Is  an  ocean.? 

16.  How  many  are  there  ?    17.  What  is  a  sea  ?  18.  A  gulf  or  bay  > 

19.  A  strait.?    20.  A  sound ?    21.  A  lake  ?    22.-  A  river  f 
va.  What  IS  the  right  bank  of  a  river  ?  24.  What  is  a  frith  or  estuary.'^ 
^.  What  are  the  principal  political  divisions  of  the  earth  ■• 
SJ6.  What  b  an  empire  ?    27.  A  kingdom  ? 


oa 


TT  nai  a  uusitcu  uuu  \vhai  an  abaolutc  monarchy  f 


MAPS.  ^ 

20.  A  repvhlic  is  a  country  or  state  which  is  goTerned  bf 
persons  elected  by  the  people. 

30.  The  four  principal  Religions  of  the  world  are 
Paganism  or  Heathemtm,  Mahometanismy  Judai$m,  and 
ChristMnity. 

31.  Paganism,  the  most  extensive,  is  the  worship  of  idols 
or  falsegods,  and  comprises  a  great  variety  of  systems. 

32.  Mahomelanismf  or  Mohamedanism,  was  Ifounded  by 
Ma'homet  in  the  7th  century,  and  teaches  that  there  is  one 
(jrod,  and  that  Mahomet  is  his  prophet. 

33.  Judaism  is  the  religion  of  the  Jews,  who  are  dl»» 
porsed  throughout  the  world,  and  who  aclcnowledge  the 
authority  of  the  Old  Testament,  but  reject  the  New. 

34.  Christianitjf  is  the  worship  of  the  true  God  as  re- 
vealed m  the  Scriptures.  The  Christians  are  distinguished 
into  three  general  divisions,  Roman  Catholics,  the  Greek 
Church,  and  Protestants. 

35.  The  Roman  Catholics,  or  Church  of  Rome,  acknowl- 
edge the  supremacy  of  the  pope,  and  are  often  called  Pa- 
pists.        ; 

36.  The  Greek  Church  rejects  the  authority  of  the  Pope: 
but  It  resembles  the  Roman  Catholic  in  its  forms  and  cere- 
monies. ^ 

37.  The  Protestants  are  so  called  from  iheir  protesting 
against  the  authority  and  decrees  of  the  Church  of  Rome, 
at  the  time  of  the  Reformation,  in  the  16th  century.  They 
are  divided  into  various  denominations,  Lutherans,  Calvin 
tsts,  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Congregationalists,  Bap^ 
itsts,  Methodists,  Moravians,  Quakers,  Unitarians,  &c. 


MAPS ;  MAP  OF  THE  WORLD.* 

1.  As  the  earth  is  a  round  body,  the  most  correct  repre- 
sentation of  its  surface  is  made  by  means  of  an  artificial 

29.  A  republic  ?    30.  What  are  the  four  principal  religions  ? 
31.  What  ia  Paganism?     32.  What  is  Mahometanism ?    33.  Juda 
ism  ?    34.  Christianity  ? 

35.  What  is  said  of  the  Roman  Catholics  ? 

36.  The  Greek  Church  ?    37.  The  Protestants  ? 

MAPS.  —  1.  What  is  the  best  representation  of  tlie  earth .-' 


*N.  B.  — In  studying  this  section,  the  pupil,  sittiag  with  bis 
face  to  the  north,  should  have  the  Map  of  the  World  spread  open 


hof. 


I.:. 


J.-.-I ^..ii_ 


3 


8 


MAPS. 


it 


ghbe,  on  which  the  different  parts  of  the  land  and  water 
are  drawn  according  to  their  natural  situation. 

2.  A  map  18  a  representation  of  the  earth,  or  a  Dart  of  it 
upon  a  plane  or  a  level  surface.  ^      ^  "' 

8.  The  Map  of  the  World  ia  a  globe  divided  into  twa 
equalparts,  and  reduced  to  a  plane  Sr  level, 
^^t"  iT  P^^^"^  called  hemisphere*  or  half  globes  : 

I  TrlJ?^  ;«Wer«,  the  other,  tl£  ,.«/m.  heraifphere 
♦  Ji"V'^  of  maps  IS  towards  the  north;  the  ioffom 
towards  the  south  ;  the  right  hand,  ea*«  ;  and  {heVhand; 

fmm  Ti!f»  f  ^''^  f  ^^uinoetial  is  a  line  which  passes 
from  east  to  west  through  the  middle  of  the  map  of  the 
world,  at  an  equal  distance  from  the  poles,  dividing  it  into 

^tsphere;  the  southern  part,  the  southern  hemisphere. 

fj\*t  Latitude  of  a  place  is  its  distance  from  &e  equa- 

J^4^iL'!;*.'?"*^J  measured  on  a  meridian  towards  either 

^^Th«  n^^^^ii"  '^Tr'  <>'  '^'^^t^^  (')^^»d  seconds  ("). 

90  «J»h^  "Ti?^!.**^^^«'^l*?^***''"^^««"  never  exceed 
90,  as  that  is  the  distance  of  the  poles  from  the  equator. 

eeUglXstart^^iSiie^^.''^^^^^^^^^^^  *""->-  ^^"^ 

thik>**iiit""trt"i£fS  ™^P'.  ^'  e^P^-essed  bv  the  figures  on 

ti';irdol^ri!:'^isZ;^^^^^  "^'''•^*^  ^^^  *^^^^"^«  ^« 

called  »i?:j?.t7/:^^^^^^^  "^^^*«  ^«'-« 

fiiit^mJr!lfi«n ''^^'^f"''*  ''** "  P*r^  ^  '^  ^*«'*nce  from  the 
nrst  meridian,  east  or  west,  and  cannot  exceed  180°. 

««  fi!  ^<*°«»*"pe  "  commonly  expressed  on  maps  by  figures 
on  the  <op  or  bottom  ;  but  on  the  map  of  the  worlJ,  bf  fig! 

riA??hi'!L'rJ''-     If  the  figures  ^increase  f?om'l7ft  fo 
right,  the  longitude  is  east  ;  if  from  right  to  left,  it  is  west. 

A*  wS!f  ^  *.W-     ^-  ^^^^t "  ^^^  ™ap  of  the  world  ? 
J  What  aie  the  two  parts  called  ? 

6   WhS  ??h«  P' ''°?°'"'  "^^*'  ""'^  '^^  J^*°d  of  maps  •" 

8   WhJf  !  S    *''^"*/*''*  °'  equinoctial  ?    7.  What  is  latitude  > 

8.  What  IS  the  greatest  number  of  degrees  of  latitude  ? 

9.  How  raany  miles  are  there  in  a  decree  ? 
11    w  J^  "  latitude  expressed  on  maps  ? 

13   K'j-T  P^*;*^!.* ^*  *'*'  ^*t'*"''«  •     12-  What  is  longitude  ? 
IJ.  How  IS  longitude  expressed  on  maps  ?  ^'"gHuae . 


Sh'S?eSS'S^L"  'n"  ™'P-    "r  «^°"'^  ^'  t«"^ht  to  dJ,»u, 


■?fes 


d  and  water 

a  part  of  it, 

led  into  two 

half  globes  ; 

hemisphere. 

the  Mtomy 

^  left  hand, 

hich  passes 
map  of  the 
iding  it  into 
he  northern 
nisphere. 
m  the  equa- 
jrards  either 
seconds  ("). 
iver  exceed 
jquator. 
s,  or  about 

I  figures  on 
)  latitude  is 

to  left,  are 

e  from  the 

30°. 

i  bv  figures 

rid,  by  fig- 

om  left  to 

,  it  is  toest. 

? 
Jtude  ? 

3 


ude? 


t  to  d!«<^ui 
oest,  anil  to 


5 


MAP  OP  THE  WORLD.  ^ 

«re  cayed^^^X^^^  '""'  *'  ^'^  ""*'  ^^^^^ 

thi'loiTgUude'^f;;^^  FrSI^'^  accompanies  this  oook, 

the  fTor/Znd  £«ror  Jn3*'"^t°°^^^  **»«  Maps  of 
from  GreenlTchZZeZ^TlVainn.!'^  the  Ma„,,'^th 
of  the  Jlneient    athH   i  ^  ?.    yyashmgton.    On  the  maps 

GV.emi,.=fSVmronro^f  tl'^  ^*>*  ^'^m 

Islands.  '    "®  ^^^  ^^^  Fortunate  (now  Canary) 

at  Ih'e  l!llZ°Tfl3^olZ  ^^"f  '^"^  ^'«^"  *>»  the  maps, 
of  the  equa^r  i^  o„n!/»^'"  ^^^  ^!^''^^''  ^he  one  nort£ 
south,  th^?rrc;>r^;;^e:J:/^''P-  of  C«nc.r;  the  one 

distance  of  So^^f?;omth?n7  ^""^?  ""«"  ^'^^  ^'  ^^e 
the^.c«.  drc,e!1,f  ruttn''te^-^„^^^^^^  >«  ^"^^ 

b/LXt"a?dVoilrX^Ie^ 

namely,  1  t^orrid,  2  t?mp\7a^f  a^d  2  fHgid  "''"  '  "^  *^'"'' 


14 
15. 

18. 


3 
4, 

6. 


8. 

W. 
11. 
3i3. 
13. 
14. 
15. 

16. 

17. 

16. 

19 

20 

Qi 


Wh^lSIIh:^?-     ^^-W^t  are  the  polar  ci«le..  ' 

WK-   I.  ?"'=!'"°""   °^   """^   M**-   OF   THE    WORLB. 

tn^T^kTchTl:;^?'^^^^^^  eastern  or wes. 

^^^rJ'Twfaitrrf'^-  "\*""**  '"*°  *he  northern  frigid 

Wfeat  oceanXs  ewt  of  Zi"  •  "^ '"  ^i*^  '°"*''^"»  fr^S'd  zone  ? 
rica?  *^  America  and  west  of  Euro|e  and  Af- 

Wh!^!  •    !5®  Northern  or  Arctic  ocean  ? 


■  20   Hnnr  Jo  I  ""'.""""'^m  or  Antarctic  ? 

■  #  fcif  Ar/"=*  bounded  ?  81 .  Africa  ?  29.  Enr.n.  .  o,    a  .:.  . 


10 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD. 


\-k- 


19.  The  Torrid  Zone  is  the  space  included  Ijetween  the 
two  tropics.  This  portion  of  the  earth  is  distinguished  for 
extreme  heat,  an  unhealthy  climate,  and  luxuriant  vegeta- 
tion. To  all  parts  of  this  zone  the  sun  is  twice  every  year 
vertical,  or  directly  over  head  ;  and  the  year  is  here  divid- 
ed into  two  seasons,  thn  wet  and  the  dry. 

20.  The  two  Temperate  Zones  are  included  between  the 
tropics  and  the  polar  circles.  These  parts  of  the  globe 
produce  the  greatest  abundance  of  the  most  useful  com- 
modities, and  afford  the  happiest  residence  for  the  human 
species. 

21.  The  Frigid  ZouesUe  between  the  polar  circles  and 
the  poles,  and  are  regions  of  perpetual  snow  and  ice,  af- 
fording but  httle  vegetation  or  food  f  ^r  the  subsistence  of 
man. 

22.  In  the  frigid  zones,  the  sun  never  sets  for  a  certain 
number  of  days  in  summer,  and  never  rises  for  an  equal 
Dumber  m  winter, 

23.  At  the  poles,  one  half  of  the  year  is  day,  and  the 
other  half  night,  the  sun  bein»  there  6  months  above  the 
horizon,  and  6  months  below  it. 


19.  What  is  a^  of  the  torrid  zone^ 

80.  What  is  sfld  of  the  temperate  zones  ?    21.  Of  the  frigid  zones* 

iO.  How  IS  It  with  respect  to  the  sun  in  the  frigid  zones  ? 

33.  How  Is  the  year  divided  at  tlie  poles  ? 


i 


26.  Which  way  from  the  south  end  of  Africa  is  New  Hblland  ? 

»7.  What  countnes  lie  between  Uie  equator  and  10  degrees  of  N. 
Lat. .'  23.  What  countries  between  10<*  and  20** '  29  Be- 
tween 20°  and  30°  ?  30.  Between  3(P  and  40°  ?  31.  Between 
TgS>?^^'     ^^'  ^®'^^°  50°  and  60°?    33.  What  north 

34.  What  sea  lies  between  Europe  and  Africa? 

35.  What  sea  between  Africa  and  Arabia  ? 

36.  What  strait  separates  the  northwest  part  of  America  from  Asiaf 
^Tf^  ®  ^^°  contments  approach  nearest  each  other' 

3d.  Where  is  Greenland  ?  30.  Where  are  Spitzbergen  and  Nova 
Zembla  ? 

40.  Which  is  most  southerly,  Cape  Horn  or  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope?  41.  Wliere  is  Madagascar?  42.  Mauritius  and 
Bourbon  ?    43.  Van  Diemen's  land  ?    44.  St.  Helena  ?    45. 

la   TO?*®^*T^'   ^^-  The  Sandwich  Isles ?  47.  New  Zealand? 

48.  What  islands  m  the  Pacific  ocean  between  the  equator  and  the 

tropic  of  Capricorn  ? 

49.  What  oceans  and  seas  are  passed  over  in  sailing  from  New  York 

to  Canton  ?    50.  What  ones  from  New  York  to  St  Peters- 
burg?    5X.  To  the  Black  sea? 


AMERICA. 


1.  America  is  about  9,000  miles  long  from  noith  to  south, 
bemg  much  longer  than  either  of  the  other  quarters:  but 
It  13  much  narrower  than  Asia  and  nearly  equal  in  extent. 
•       "'\divided  into  two  parts,  i\W<A  and  South  Amer- 
Panam"'      "°  connected  by  the  isthmus  of  Da'rien  or 

8.  It  is  distinguished  above  the  other  divisions  of  th© 
f!?«  A  ^\^'  S*"""**? "/  «(  its  mountains,  rivers,  lakes,  for- 
ests, and  plains,  and  for  the  abundance  of  its  silver  mines, 

4.  America  is  often  called  the  Neva  World,  because  it 

rrJUtT'^n^^^  the  year  1492,  when  it  was  discovered  by 

ertZ  7  '^'  ^°^T^^'P^  ®®"'°*  i  "^"t  >t  received  its  name 
trom  ^dmeneus  Fespuctut,  of  Florence,  who  visited  the  con- 
tinent 7  years  after  the  first  discovery  by  Columbus. 

6.  It  has  become  of  great  imporrar.ee  both  in  a  political 
and  a  commercial  view  ;  and  its  discovery  is  justly  regard- 
ed as  the  most  important  event  of  modern  times. 

b.  America  contains  every  variety  of  dimate  ;   yet  its 
climate  is  reckoned  to  be  about  10  degrees  colder  than  that 
of  the  eastern  continent,  in  the  same  parallels  of  latitude, 
wl**      XT  '«nao"a"ts   consist   chiefly   of  three   classes. 
Whites,  Negroes,  and  Indians. 

^,^i»I^l.A'  '"^  descendants  of  Europeans,  who  have 
emigrated  to  America  since  its  discovery  :  and  thev  form 
more  than  one  half  of  the  population.     ^  '  ^ 

fhrjZiff^^^f  oP*"*'.  °C  ***^,l"  ''^"^'^t  of  descendants  of 
the  Enghs}  and  Spaniards.    The  former  are  chiefly  found 
m  the  United  States  and  the  British  provinces  of  Norths 
Anierica  ;   the  latter  mostly,  in   Mexico,  Guatemala,  the 
West  Indies,  and  South  America. 

10.  The  two  other  most  numerous  classes  of  whites  are 
Por/ttgtte«e,  who  are  found  chiefl;r  in  Brazil',  and  French 

Tn'd^GuTan^a^^/Xr'^'^    "^"'^^""^^  ''''  ^"'  ''''''" 


America.  -I    What  is  said  of  the  extent  of  America? 
2.  How  IS  It  divided  ?    3.  For  what  distinguislied  ? 
K   f       u'!  "'^^^^^  resiwcting  its  name  and  discoverv  » 

™,f-S'*^Pt^*u 'f  »t»"?P«'"tani?    «.  What  is  said  of  its  di 
8   wSJ?-     I  ^.i^  Vmm^''®  ^^^^  "'*»■«''  °^  inhabitants  ? 
^'  '^^r^'^*'.(  tu^'l'If^L^J.  ^L-hat  does  the  greater  part 
....       „,„  .„^  jj,^  uiurr  iHosi  numerous  Ciaiweiir 


JS 


« I 


AMERICA. 


native  country:"  Th;Va7e7rn,f'."h"^**^r«^^  from  th~eir 
~-  '      -  ■     Unhed  States  the  wL^^^^^^^     '"  *^^  ««"^»»«™ 


have  adopted,  fn  somfmSe  ?hVL'hW  ''^;*^.^  ?  «»^  »••«/ 
14.  Most  of  those  wChave^nn5n»^^"'A".^'''^«^  ^•<*«- 

PnK'J^^^^^^^^  The 

a?esto^:Vey^frrhotha.t  ''T''  ^^  ^'^««  «f  the  sav- 
friendships,  b^ut  InSable  in  ^,f.^''^"^  >  ^^^'^^^^  "» theL 
fortitude  and  patience  in  i^i!i  •  ^^^^ V^sentinents.  Their 
tempt  of  deatEnnvesVthei?  .h""^  suffering,  and  their  con' 

pndeur ;  but   as  a  A'    &"'*''  '"  **i ^  '^'"^^  °^  '"oral 
happy.  "  *^«c-,  tuey  are  neither  amiable  nor 


Ji"  S?*'  >■  related  of  the  neffroea  -»    19  ti.    i  j- 

15.  What  Is  wid  o?  tS  p°^  Je  '11?!*?  r  iP^^P^^'dent  .^ 
17.  What  is  said  of  thelTcharacter  ?     '^'^  "''*''  ^•"Ploymeats 


NORTH  AMERICA 


13 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


-'•.^<*'"'j*-^"?6"ca  comprises  three  great  divisitns  ;  Ist 
Bnhsh  dmertca,  together  with  the  Ilussian  Pc$$e$iton$ 
and  Greenland  in  the  north  ;  2tl,  the   United  States,  in  tho 
iniddle  ;  and  3d,  Mexico  and  Oudletnd'la,  or  Central  jlmer- 
tea,  m  the  south. 


North  America.  —  1.  What  are  the  dimiona  of  North  Ameri- 


ca f 


15. 


QdESTIOWS   Olf  THE   Map   OF   NoRTH   AMERICA. 

1.  What  ocean  lies  east  of  North  Amorica  ?    2.  What  one  west  ? 
3.  Where  is  the  gulf  of  Mexico ?    4.  The  Caribbean  sea?    ?. 
Hudson  8  Bay  ?    6.  Baffin's  Hay  ?    7.  James's  Bay  f  8.  Tje 
^j*"'!  of  S*- Lawrence?    9.  Davis's  Straits ?    10.  Beerinff'g 
Straib?    11.  Where  I <  Alaska?    12.  Cape  Farewell ?    13. 
Cape  Race  ?    14.  Cape  St.  Lucas  ? 
How  are  the  United  Stales  bounded?     IG.  Mexico?     17. 
Guatemala?    18.  How  is  Greenland  situated?      19,  The 
Russian  Possessions?    20.  New  Britain?    21.  New  North 
Wa^es?    J^.  New  South  Wales?    23.  Labrador?  24.  Low- 
er Canada?    25.  Upper  Canada.-'    26.  Newfoundland?    27. 
New  Brunswick.?     23.  Nova  Scotia?     29.  Cape  Breton? 
30.  Pnnce  Edward  Island?    31.  The  Bermudas?    32.  The 
Bahama  Islands  ?  33.  The  Caribbee  Islands  ?  34.  The  Virmn 
Islands?     35.  How  is  Cuba  situated?    36.  St.  Dominiro? 
„  37.  Jamaica?    38.  Porto  Rico ?    39.  Trinidad? 
What  island  is  east  of  Greenland  ?    41.  Where  are  the  North 
Georman  wlands?     42.  Prince  Regent's  Inlet?    43.  Mef- 
ville  Island?    44.  Bathurst  Inlet?    45.  Repulse    Bay?  46. 
New  Caledonia?    47.  The  Knisteneaux?    48.  The  Esqui- 

KA    w?**°^'  L^^*  ^**®'®  "^'^^^o^^^y  Mountains? 

50.  What  is  the  course  of  the  St.  Lawrence  ?  51.  Mackenzie's 
nver?  52.  The  Saskaahawan?  53.  What  rivers  How  into 
Hudson  8  Bay?  54.  What  ones  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ? 
55.  Into  the  Pacifio  ocean ' 

56.  What  lakes  are  between  the  United  Slates  and  Upper  Canada: 

57.  Where  18  lake  Winnipeff?  58.  Great  Bear  Lake?  59.  Atha- 
pescow  ?    60.  Slave  Take  ? 

What  islands  on  the  west  coast  of  North  America  ? 
Where  IS  Mount  St.  Eliaa  ?    63.  Fairweather  Mountain  > 

64.  New  Archangel  ? 
What  towns  or  eeUlements  are  on  the  west  coast  of  Greenland 
wnat  ones  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Labrador  ? 


40 


61. 
62. 

65. 


66.  _^  ^^ 

67    What  iRnle  and  houses  west  of  Hudson 


14 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


2.  The  great  range  of  mountains  in  North  America  ■« 

^hTrn^^wf      C.^*?^^  America.    In  Mexico  it  is  called 
JSLf    f  t"*  «  '  f-^  -K'*"" '  ">  »*»«  territory  of  the  Un  ted 

S.  This  range  receives  its  name  from   its  massive  nn^ 

Sf^jT  P    i^  j"n»"'>^  ate  covered  with  perpetual  snoT 
H^A  PeaA  and  ^long-'*  PeaAr,  near  the  sources^of  ti^eTvT; 
Platte  are  two  of  the  highest  that  are  known. 
thrfS-f^if'*^'^'*'*^  ^oun<ain«,  which  are  wholly  within 

Island,  and  the  Bermu'daa.  ^«ittna,  i^ong 

ti^'j  "^^^  ^^^^  largest    bays  or    gulfs,  are    Baffin'a    nnri 

ones  are  lake.  Supfri^r,  Hu'roa,  Mich'igan  (misKoK 

,  ^-^  7^^.h^^^'V-  ®^  ^'^^s®  S''eat  lakes  is  lake  Suverior 

limn  n,T  '"""^  ^"  ^?«^^'  '^"'^  ^^  ««  much  afftcfed  by 
storms  as  the  ocean  It  is  remarkable  for  the  transparencj 
of  Its  waters,  and  abounds  in  fish.  """J»paiency 

9.  The  Pictured  Rocks,  on  the  south  side  of  lake  Sune- 
nfU'?  ^'■^"5^  °^  precipitous  cliffs,  rising  to  the  height 
of  SOO  feet,  and  are  regarded  as  a  great  curiosity.  ^ 

lu.  Sonie  of  the  largest  rivers  are  the  Mtssisaivim 
Mssou'rt  (m.s-8oo;re),  St.  Law'rence,  Mackenzie! Sson 
Or'egon  or  Columbia,  and  Del  Nor'te.  ^yeison, 

11.  Mackenzie's  river  rises  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  and 
takes  different  names  in  different  parts  of  its  course  iMa 
the  outlet  of  Slave  lake,  and  flows^into  the  Frozen  ocean 


?•  w?*!  i"  **?®  ^^^^^  '^*"ff«  «*■  mountains? 
d.  What  further  is  said  of  them  ? 

J"  wJ*f  "  ^'^K  °*'  ***«  Alleghany  Mountains  ? 
&.  What  are  the  most  important  islands  ?    C. 

gu'fs  ?    7.  What  lakes  ? 
in  Whti"  **i;^  °r''''^  Superior?  9.  What  of  the  Pictured  Rocks ' 


What  bays  and 


GREENLAND.  |§ 

12.  Nelson's  River ,  the  head  branch  of  which  is  the  5fa«- 
kaahauf'an,  also  has  its  source  in  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It 
IS  the  outlet  of  lake  Winnipeg,  and  flows  into  Hudson*! 
Bay. 

13. 0'he  St.  Lawrence  is  the  outlet  of  the  five  great  lakes, 
Superior,  Huron,  Michigan,  Erie,  and  Ontario.  It  passes 
by  Montreal  and  Quebec,  runs  northeasterly,  and  flows  into 
the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  It  is  navigable  for  ships  of  the 
line  to  Quebec,  and  for  large  vessels  to  Montreal,  680  milei 
from  the  sea. 

14.  The  Mississippi  receives  the  waters  of  many  large 
rivers,  and  is  of  uncommon  depth,  but  of  difficult  naviga- 
tion. Boats  of  40  tons  ascend  to  St.  Anthony's  Falls,  about 
2,400  miles  ;  but  ships  seldom  ascend  above  Natchez,  up- 
wards of  400  miles.  The  navigation  is  greatly  facilitated 
"y  the  use  of  steamboats.  The  waters  are  very  turbid, 
and  the  river  ovei-flows  its  bank  every  spring,  laying  the 
countrjr,  for  many  miles  in  extent,  under  water. 

15.  The  Missouri  is  the  western  branch  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, and  is  properly  considered  the  main  stream,  being 
the  larger  of  the  two,  and  much  the  longer  from  the  source 
to  the  point  where  they  unite.  It  rises  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, and  IS  navigable  for  boats  to  the  Great  Falls,  3,970. 
miles  b^  the  river,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

16.  The  Or'egon,  or  Columbia,  rises  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, flows  southwesterly,  and  runs  into  the  Pacific  ocean. 
It  IS  navigable  for  sloops  183  miles. 

17.  The  Del  Nor'te,  or  Rio  Brd-vo,  rises  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  flows  east  of  south,  and  runs  into  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico.     Its  navigotion  is  much  obstructed  by  sand-bars 

GREENLAND.  X 

1.  Greenland,  an  extensive  country  or  island  belonging 
to  Denmark,  is  situated  chieflv  in  the  northern  frigid  zone, 
between  Iceland  and  the  continent  of  America.  The  east- 
ern coast  is  called  East  Greenland;  the  western.  West 
Oreenland. 

?•  '^he  aspect  of  the  country  is  exceedingly  dreary,  being 
chiefly  composed  of  barren  and  rocky  mountains,  whoso 
summits  are  covered  with  perpetual  snow  and  ice.  In  the 
southern  parts  there  are  tracts  which  have  some  vegetation, 
a  few  stunted  trees,  and  small  shrubs. 


12.  Nelson  s  ?     13.  The  St.  Lawrence  ?    14.  The  Missis- 
Bippi  ?    15.  What  is  said  of  the  Missouri  ?    16.  The  Ore- 
gon or  Columbia  ?    17.  The  Del  Norte  ? 
Greenland  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Greenland  ? 
9'  What  is  the  aspect  of  it  ? 


16 


RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS. 


I 


.>..u.e,  rudo  3  i«norS"a:7.Kr,7'"''  "!■"  ""  »'•'»>' 
o<  .he  rcindcc-r  and  othor  a"  .ml^  "^ ''i  i'""' .Vi"-  'ho  »kin, 

for  .he  b„„„v„,eu. ,  .Joc.'''„yXS„'l^i,4h«,;'--n^e„„», 
RUSSIAN  POSSESSIONS. 

we«  J.^'MS-reTaiTur/iT""^^  '"  '"o  """- 
except. heimtive  Indians        '       '  "  ''°''  '^»'  inl"«hi.ants 

roirWMMer.  *'«''  "nouutains  of  S/.  i,Vi«,  a„a 

>4<'''f.r"rX„\r„f%l';"  .'■-"'"»»  and  f„,.,,  es.ab- 


BRITISH  AMERICA. 


hendjnrau\h*eT:&„™"  ««-'  «f  f on„.ry,  ecnpre- 

NewfountUmd,  Cap«  n™,„„   "  7  2  •  """*„'  ""«  "Inncfc  „f 
.Bd  .he  vas.  regio//ofm7sri,a^"""  ^''''"•'  '•''»'^' 

^"••wp  and  each  provincf  C  „  'l  ^  ?""  '■»»'''«■'«  is  at 


3.  In  what  does  it  abound  ?  

4.  WhatissaidofthenaUves?    'i   Tl.    ivr        • 
EwsuN  Possession,       i    «..  Moravians  ? 

2.  What  is*^d  o'u  '•  I VS?  'r  ^"^^''^  P-«e-  ? 
n„  ,  •     •*•  "'"at  further  is  related? 

J.  What  does  it  cor  ;,  .- .  '^^Vf'  '"'^  °/  '^"^'«'»  America  ? 
4.  What  is  the  reli^joi ;  ^  '^  '*  {fovemed  ? 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


17 


NEW  BRITAIN. 

1.  New  Brituin  compriaos  ull  British  America  oTr«n»  ii. 
four  provinces  and  i.lunds  in  the  80^^  paTatt 
wholly,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  tradhlg  estTbl    hmenti 
in  the  possession  of  the  natives.  ""»"menia, 

2.  It  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  Hudson's  Rnv  t«  »i.^ 
east  of  which  are  J.abradoi'  and  wSn    and    n    h 
^ye.i,  New  North  Wales  rnd  New  S^thfFZV         '"^  "^^ 
hnr^on  '^  '^  "  ',  ®-"^  "'"'^'""^  '■«»'0"'  «"ti  "  groot  part  of  it  ia 

c™>   Vl.if    >  ',;  WI,at„TOid  of  the  oounlry?    4.  Ri» 
WlmiaUv'etJ.L'^  ^°""'«»  "■'  oou„lr,vj;i„.bler'7: 

LOWER  CANADA. 
Falh  of  the  Montmortnci. 


16 


LOWER  CANADA. 


battle  between  th7p„„ik  ""?'«"se  strength,  and  for  a 
anaJM-Smwer^K"  """  *^«"»''. '"  ^Weh    »-<,;/. 

Jc\1'r,te"he'ad''„"rfh1  °"„  ""^  ",'""''  '"  *«  S<.  Law- 
°  nead  ot  shy  navigation,  180  miles  above 


LOWER  CANADA. 


19 


B  great  river 
r  Canada  by 

My  (sag'na), 
Frnncts,  anc 

Eirtile  valley, 

flows. 

with  forests, 

of  heat  and 

rivers,  par- 

ow  Quebec, 
le  river  into 
eet  perpen- 
'  and  gran- 
commerce, 
r,  and  pot- 

J^rench,  and 
are  Hescen- 
an  peasan- 
r  education 

1  plastered, 
ut  they  are 
k'ns. 

ca,  is  built 
nee  of  the 
miles  from 
17  strongly 
ideur  of  its 
and  for  a 
ich    ITolfe 

St.  Law- 
les  above 


part  ? 

CataractB  ? 
d  exports  ? 
ebec  11% 


Quebec,  is  the  most  commercial  town  in  Canada,  the  creat 
emporium  of  the  fur  trade,  and  it  contains  a  magnil'cent 
Catholic  cathedral.  ^ 

la  The  other  towns  are  small.    Some  of  the  most  impor- 

T^  »  v/-^™  ^,!r^  TArce  iftvm,  formerly  the  capital ;  St.  John\ 
and  mlham  Henry  or  Sorel.  •'  r  », 

14.  The  French,  who  first  settled  Canada  in  1608  kent 
^ssession  of  it  till  1759,  when  Quebec  was  taken  by  the 
English  nndex  general  JVol/e;  and  the  whole  province  soon 
aftervvrrds  was  surrendered  to  the  British.  In  1841,  Upper 
andLower  Canada  were  united  into  one  province,  of  which 
-*mgv»/<m  is  the  seat  of  government. 

UPPER  CANADA. 

3.  Upper  Canada  Is  separated  from  the  United  States  by 
the  chain  of  the  great  lakes  and  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  from 
Lower  Canada  by  the  Ot'tawa.  ' 

fhf"  J^f  T^i  -^  ^^"^  *'°""^''3'  '8  still  covered  with  foreals ; 
^nA  ?k'S\^"^  '',"?°'*  '^^^^'^^  ^o'-'^^^s  on  the  St.  Lawrence 
SnevPn  ftf' '  ?"J?  r1  ''"'^"''  if.  generallv  level  or  moderately 
Si7o7Lowerta:;:df '  '"  cWe  heafthy,  and  milder  thaS 
nno'  hSp  ^S^'^f  ^1  ^y  gJ'^fit  lakes  and  rivers;  and  it  includes 

the  terries      *'"^  "       ^'"^  considerable  lakes  within 

4.  Kingston,  situated  at  the  northeast  end  of  lake  Ontario, 

tilT''' ""[  ";."  ^'  ^^^^^"«e,  has  an  excellent  harbo"!  and 
-wjQ^  the  seat  of  government  of  both  the  Canadas. 
r„n„/°-'*°2'''',  ^orn^erly  York,  and  the  late  capital  of  Upper 
Canada,  is  finely  situated  on  the  northwest  part  of  lake  Onta- 
rio and  has  a  good  harbor.  By-toivn,  at  the  north  end  of  the 
Rideau  canal,  is  a  thriving  town. 

6.  There  are  tvyo  large  canals  in  Upper  Canada:  fVelland 
mna,  connecting  lakes  Erie  and  Ontario,  41  miles  long  and 
Sttra/{?it?ieTr4?°""'^^'"«  lake  Ontario  with  the 'river 


13.  What  is  said  of  other  towns  ?    I4.  Of  the  history  of  Canada  ' 

^''Svl{tn1.^'''i'f''/'''''^'--^^''"^  '^^*^^«  '"  ^ow"  Canada 
flovv  mto  the  St  Lawrence  ?     What  river  separates  Lower 

from  Upper  Canada  ?     IIow  is  Quebec  situated  ?    Montreal  ? 
Ihree  Rivers?    Sorel?    Stanstead  ? 

J  o^wkI^.S*? VV  T  I-  .^YK*  '«}he  situation  of  Upper  Canada ? 

-_  "   '"""  "  '^'•?^^"  ^,^„"'     .5-   VVi.allukes?     4.   What  is  said  of 

Kingston.'    5.  Toronto  and  Uy-tovvn?    0.  What  canals ? 

u 


90 


NEW  BRIJNSWICK. 


NEW  BRUNSWICK. 
'  and\hjTuif  Tsl^'^'h"'"*'"^  ^^'T^""  Maine  on  the  west, 

r-M^STe  te{  K".^/""'""'',"!''''  ^^r  '"  Mee,  which 
part,  oven  to  60  feet  •  and  ?h.  '  •  °'''""' '"  '*<'  "wrowert 
feeding  oa  the  shore  IrrsomeLl?''  '.°,™P'''  "■«  «■""• 

gationon  the  St.  John's  anl^iiLlr  "'«.''"d  "f  "loop  navi- 
«f  g.ver„™e„t:-aXV„\ff„^^^^^^^^^  """«•■. «  "-o  sea. 

riyirltXZfif'^ittii-f''-^'''''''  'he  mouth  of  the 
ceUen^ha^,  ;ra7^.^tetiv'eTrero"e/  ■"""""-  - 

Jmr.t^;^S^;Z\  Z'TZ  "'^"^-looiay  bay,  and 
We  towns.  ^       '"*  '»""«  "a^e.  are  considera- 


Set  Jhp  of  lie  Uniled  Statu  —  Whni  l.i,..  i-    i  .  ~ 

f  ,n«la  and  the  UniS^SUtm  ?  wt..f ,  'if  '"""'""  "pper 
tsrritotr  f  What  rivira  ?  h„„  •  V"*  '"''*'  "^  W'tWn  Ee 
ton?  By-townV  wKi.  ""^■"'""'"'''"•te'l'  Kinm- 
NiagarT?  What  Z^^T  S?  'r""  *'"  ■'^''  "'  "»  'i'" 
~i.f    What  one,  taZ  rt^^fli  ^^1^ ' '°  "'■^'  *='"■ 

'''"'„Pjr5"5;i.-?-.f'>'".  !»,  Ike  siluaUon  of  New  Bran. 
SexpoS.^'i'  wSf ''""n'''l!"'r'=  =*•  What  The  pZ 

Andrew  s .     What  towns  are  m  the  southwest  fart  of  Novl 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 

.„j  •  ''"*''  ^"''^"s  a  lyge  penituula,  about  800  miles  lan<r 
^VZr  New%ru„.wic'k,  in  par,.  ™y'.he  ta^ 

laiM^  Th'."n-??J'  V"?'"'  •■"'  *«™  ""  »o  high  moun- 

"p"^.  ,Th^%r  5sTi:et'.:^r^err:,tTr£.« 
««.;  JS-r l-aXT"' ""  "■•"*"  ""■*  -^^  ••  ■"»»  '»*"■ 

♦h«^S:t'''*'^r'  u****  capital,  situated  on  Chebucto  bav  near 
nn!nao^V*^'5^.P^."'"«"'«'  ^^  considerable  commerce 

PRINCE  EDWARD  ISLAND  AND  CAPE  BRETON 

i.  Vnv^jL'f';'"'  "i^""^  '^■^«<»-d  (formerly  S*.  7<,J»',>' 
«  governed  by  a  lieutenant-governor,  and  the  i«l»nH  „p 
C^.  3«(o,  (bre-toon')  is  aniexed  to  the'^rovincetf  No"a 

the^rlheriis'""'"  ""^  «  Sood  soil,  and  are  valuable  for 

S.  iouMiurg-,  on  Capo  Breton,  was  once  verv  Btrontrl., 

fortified,  and  is  famous  for  having  been  twij  t?kM  ftS,^ 

i?cr^e-^^5^i-s-.v%j/^^^ 

B'*wS„?*'rT'  ~  1-  ^^*'  •'  ^^'^J  of  Nova  Scotia  ?  ' 

K    SS  J  °fu*^*  *"'f«*=^  ''"'J  soil  ?    3.  Exports  ?    4   HalifaT  * 
?•  «,u**  °*^^'"  *own«  are  there  ?  ^  "'^'**^ " 

e.  What  is  related  of  the  history  of  Nova  Scotia  ? 

'*'"T3''r*5°    ^"'^''^    ^"^   Cape  Brktok.-1.  How  are 
S   wi.^®*^  '?'*"?^  governed?    2.  What  is  said  of  them" 
8.  What  IS  related  of  Louisburg  ?  "" ' 


22 


NEWFOUNDLAND 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

1.  Noivfoundland,  sit-jated  east  of  the  gulf  of  St.  Law- 
rence, and  separated  from  Labrador  by  the  strait  of  Bellisle 
(beJ-ileO,  IS  about  400  miles  in  length;  but  the  interior  is 
lutie  known,  and  the  settlements  a^e  all  in  Jhe  siutheas? 

2.  The  country  toward  the  coast  is  hilly,  the  shores  ru^r. 
^^«'  ^u  "T^'  uninviting,  the  soil  unproductive  ° 

3.  Itieeltmale  is  cold  and  dreary,  and  subject  to  foirs  at 
tended  with  freouent  storms  of  sno^  and  sleet!  ^  ' 

4.  1  his  island  is  valuable  chiefly  for  the  cod-fisherieM 

IvS1'Sw"'t?  "'^°"  '^^  ''''''''  called^hefir:/' 

^eiofoundland.     These  are  the  most  valuable  cod-fisheries 

n  the  world,  and  employ  as  many  as  3000  small  vessels  be! 

FraS       "^  •"  '^'  ^"^^'^   ^'^'"'^  Great  BriS,  and 

5.  St.  John's,  a  considerable  town,  is  the  capital. 

THE  BERMUDAS. 

^1.  The  Bermu'das.or  Som'ers  Islands,  are  situated  in  th« 
Atlantic,  to  the  east  of  South  Carolina  nearly  equid^tan! 
^'•om  Nova  Scotia  and  the  West  Indies.  ^  ' 

2.  They  are  about  400  in  number  :  but  most  of  them  np« 
very  smaU;  entirely  barren,  and  uninhabited  ^ 

Jiol-'go^ernTenr  "^  "^"^'  ^' ^'^  ^""^  ^^^'^'^  »»- 

4.  The  climate  is  of  a  delightful  temperature,  bp  /  ibiect 

to  violent  storms  and  hurricanes.  '        /-inject 


NKwrouNDLAND.-l.    WJiat  are  the  situation  and  extent  of 
Newfoundland?    2.  What  is  said  of  it ?    3.  ^",at  i^  the  di 
.   .^^n'-^te?  .4.  For  what  is  the  island  valuable?   "*  ""^ '' "*^ ''''■ 
5.  What  18  the  capital  ? 

2'^How^^?„"''•^'•  "a  ^  •  ^^^  ''  ^^^  '•^"«"°"  °f  ^he  Bermudas  ? 
Z    A^i''«,l*  ^^.^  ^^^'^  •     3-  '^hat  is  the  seat  of  ffovern 
ment  ?    4.  What  is  the  climate  ?  govern 


rZ«'C*^'"''^-^r"''*-T:"°^  '«  Nova  Scotia  situated? 
Cape  Breton  ?  Pr.nce  Edward  Island  ?  Newfoundland  ^ 
The  Great  Bank?  The  Strait  of  Bellisle?  Cape  Race> 
Cape  Sable  ?  Bay  of  Fundy  ?  How  is  Halifax  sitimred  ' 
Lomsbur^r?    St.  John's?    The  Bermuda  IslandsV""'''^" 


UNITED  STATES. 


23 


UNITED  STATES. 


1.  I  he  territory  of  the  United  States  embraces  the  mid- 
dle division  of  North  America,  extending  from  the  Atlantic 
ocean  on  the  east,  to  the  Pacific  on  the  west,  about  3,000 
miles  from  east  to  west,  and  1,700  from  north  to  south. 

2.  Most  of  the  country  which  lies  west  of  the  Mississippi 
IS  still  in  the  possession  of  the  Indians. 

3.  The  number  c  f  states,  at  the  time  of  the  declaration 


United  States.  —  1.  What  is  the  extent  of  the  United  States  ? 

2.  What  part  is  m  the  possession  of  the  Indians  ? 

3.  What  states  and  territories  belongr  to  the  Union  ? 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

8. 
10. 
11. 
13. 

14. 


17. 

19. 

21. 
22. 
24. 


28. 


31. 
82. 


13. 


QOESTIONS   ON   THE   MaP   OF  THE   UniteD   StATES. 

Which  state  lies  farthest  to  the  northeast  ? 

What  part  of  the  United  States  is  farthest  south  ? 

What  IS  the  direction  of  the  coast  from  Florida  to  Maine  f 

What  are  the  principal  bays  on  the  coast  ? 

What  capes  are  there  at  the  mouth  of  Massachusetts  bay  ? 

Where  is  Delaware  bay  .?    7.  What  capes  at  its  mouth  ? 

Where  is  Chesapeake  bay  ?    9.  What  capes  at  its  mouth .' 

What  capes  are  there  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina  ? 

What  IS  the  direction  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains.? 

What  IS  the  direction  of  the  course  of  the  St.  Lawrence  ? 

Of  the  Connecticut,  Hudson,  and  Delaware .? 
In  what  direction  do  the  rivers  in  the  Southern  States  flow 

into  the  Atlantic?     15.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  that 

flow  into  the  AUantic  ?    16.  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf 

of  Mexico  .-• 

^°  what  direction  do  they  run .'  18.  What  is  the  direction  of 
the  Ohio  ? 

^fct'  «T  "J"^"  ^'^^  '"^^  ^^'®  Mississippi  on  the  east  side  ? 

«Tt   '  ^  ^®®  '*'"ff®  °"^^  °"  ^^^  west  side  ? 

What  are  the  five  lakes  on  the  north  of  the  United  States' 

Which  IS  the  farthest  northwest  ?    23.  Which  is  farthest  east  f 

Which  lies  wholh^  within  the  United  States  ?  25.  Between 
which  are  the  falk  of  Niagara  ?  26.  What  lake  lies  between 
Atia™?ljV"     New  York.?    27.  What  states  border  on  the 

What  states  border  on  the  gulf  of  Mexico  .'  29.  What  states 
Missb8i°"i'?**^  great  lakes  ?    30.  What  states  border  on  the 

What  states  border  on  the  Ohio  ? 

What  states  are  separated  by  the  Connecticut  ? 

-.vnai  sitttes  are  intersected  hy  the  Connecticut  ? 
3* 


T' 


24 


UNITED  STATES. 


fnidfen'l^'tt'  """^^^'^  *'^^  ?■•«««"*  number  is  26.  and 


JVtfw  Eng- 
land or 
Eaatern 
States, 


Middle 
Slates. 


Slates. 
'  I.  Maine, 

2.  New  Hampshire, 

3.  Vermont, 

4.  Massachusetts, 

5.  Rhode  Island, 

6.  Connecticut, 

'  7.  New  York, 

8.  New  Jersey, 

9.  Pennsylvania, 
.  10.  Delaware, 


I 


[ 


Sou^ern 
States. 


Seats  of  Government. 

Augusta. 

Concord. 

Montpelier. 

Boston. 

Providence,  Newport. 

Hartford,  New  Haven 

Albany. 
Trenton. 
Harrisburg. 
Dover. 

Annapolis. 

Richmond. 

Raleigh. 

Columbia. 

Milledgevillo 

Tuscaloosa. 

Jackson. 

New  Orleans. 

Little  Rock. 

Nashville. 
Frankfort. 
Columbus. 
Detroit. 
Indianapolis. 
Springfield. 
Jefferso'ii. 

4.  Into  what  four  divisions  are  they  distinffuished  ?     Wh\oh  n,^ 

States?     What  territories  are  there?     What  is  thp  J^m  !^? 
government  of  Maine  ?    Of  New  Hampshire,  &c.?         '  °^ 

34.  What  states  are  separated  by  the  Potomac'    V,   Whof  «i  . 

north  ofit  ?    3^.  What  states'  soulh  ^    39    wtal  slaS°"^ 

sZ:iT\''r^  *'^  ""'/'^'^^  of  Washl^gt^'r'lo    Wllil 

J^«;i^«'^/'A^'''*°^''-     What  states  west     4 ^ Which 
are  some  of  the  largest  slates  ?  •» '     w  incji 


f 


ffestern 
States. 


11.  Maryland, 

12.  Virginia, 

13.  North  Carolina, 

14.  South  Carolina, 

15.  Georgia, 

16.  Alabama, 

17.  Mississippi, 
IS.  Louisiana, 

19.  Arkansas, 

20.  Tennessee, 

21.  Kentucky, 

22.  Ohio, 

23.  Michigan, 

24.  Indiana, 

25.  Illinois, 

26.  Missouri, 


a 


UNITED  STATES. 


oris  26.  and 
'olumbiat  and 
'es,  belong  to 

:eneral  divis- 
tern. 

overnment. 


!,  Newport. 
STew  Haven 


2B 


If) 


IS. 


Which  are 

le  Southern 

the  seat  of 


iVhat  states 
s  are  inter- 
» lie  wholly 
t  states  are 
40.  What 
41    Which 


Territo- 
ries. 


Washinotow. 

Tailuhasscc. 

Madison. 

Burlington. 


Dtttriet.        Columbia, 

'Florida, 
Wisconsin, 

Ilowa, 
Western,  and  Indian, 
Oregon, 

6.  The  states  are  all  divided  into  counties,  and  in  the 
Eastern,  Midd  e,  and  a  part  of  the  Western  Stares,  the 
counties  are  subdivided  into  townships i  but  in  the  rest  thev 
ore  not.  ' 

6.  The  Eastern  States  are  generally  mountainous  oi 
hilly.  South  of  Long  Island,  the  coust,  in  some  parts  for 
more  than  100  miles  Irom  the  sea,  is  mostly  a  flat  sandy 
plain,  elevated  but  a  little  above  the  level  of  the  ocean : 
but  above  the  head  of  tide  waters,  the  country  becomes  first 
hilly,  and  afterwards  mountainous.  The  vast  extent  of 
countrpr  lymg  between  the  Alleghany  and  the  Rocky  Moun- 

T  ^T^l'      '    **'  ^^^^  J'^"'^'  ^"^  moderately  uneven. 

7.  Ihe  two  great  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  JRockv 
Mountains  m  the  west,  and  the  Alleghany  or  Appalachian 
Mountains  m  the  east.  The  Alleirhany  mountains  extend 
from  Alabama  to  the  state  of  New  York  ;  or,  according  to 

f?™M^f'^^''  ^^'^  '"^"1!?  "^  **'«  ^'-  t^a^vrence,  inclucFing 
the  White  Mountains  of  New  Hampshire. 

8.  Tho  two  largest  Lakes  wholly  within  the  United 
States  are  Mtch'igan  and  Champlain'.  Lakes  SupeWior, 
Huron,  E'ne,  and  Ontn'rio,  lie  one  half  in  this  country, 
and  one  half  in  Upper  Canada.  "uuiry, 

9.  The  United  States  contain  many  large  and  navigable 

5.  How  are  the  states  divided  >  G.  What  is  the  face  of  the  counlrv " 
7.  What  ranges  of  raountains.?    8.  Lakes?    9.  Riyew? 

^'  ^I^K^""  Bmallest  Slates?     43.  How  is  Maine  bounded  ? 

^' Jtl^JY^^frL  ^^'  Vermont?    46.  Massachusetts  .^ 
47.  Rhode  Island?    43.  Connect  cut?    49.  New  York?^ 
New  Jersey  ?    51.   Pennsj^lvania?    52.  De lawarl^    53   M^I 
r^land?  ^4    Virginia  ?     53.    North  Carolina?    56?  Soutl 
Caroina?    57.  Georgia?    58.  Florida?    69.  Alabama^  S 
^iT'r^P^-    f»-,I^«»i«'-''n^?    62.  Arkansas.'    63  Tennes: 
r/r?in-^""K  S-Ohio?   60.  Michigan?    67  India 
71    Hm       ^^•^"'"'''s'  qO- Missouri?  70.  Wisconsin?    71.  Iowa ^ 
71.  Between  what  states  is  the  city  of  Washington  situated? 

''•  ^otrBSTnd'Ztllr  «^»^--'^^^"^<ielphia,  New 
f<i-  In  what  direction  is  Detroit '    76.  Harrifibiirw  ? 


aa 


UNITED  STATES. 


Ttnlneuee,    MU^uUv'ti    ^tlT"',  «?"""» ""A,  Ohi'o, 

extremities  of  the  Un?n„  *,i  S-  ponhern  and  southern 
annual  ,„amity  of  SnJj^S'"^"'  ^l  months.  The 
but  the  JroporRon  of  Sr  w^^fh   ^^'f  ""■"  «  Europe  ; 

"  «ra..^„f  2'Td2"y;:i?e'r''T  f  "•»  Eas.er„  State. 
States,  i/l™«/,'s™™';„,f '"'«'!  "*'«^-  of  the  Southern 

We«ern  States.  ,r.„;  TA,  ZL^rL^ZlCX^i  t 

and\  ^JeSr th't'tf  n^'oth ^'"'" '"  ^""-^ -•«"-''. 
Britain.  '         "*  "»  '"''^''  country  except  Great 

Umber,  and  rice.  "^iraes  are  coMoa,  /(our,  lobaeco, 

ed.'tnJtterenum'elT"  "!""".''^f">  ^My  extend 
out  the  country- Sf'h!,"""'""""' "foaming through. 

«en.s  on  soi:;!^  aaalTn/in  £»r^r/"'  """'"*'- 

exifci^-^frr'- j:?-  £rj>'""%'i">  «•"  «■- 

dMfe,  ^r«&w  KX°i  "/"''?'■  »■•«  ^Oi""",  Jlfi/S 

merous  in  Pennsylva'°ia  Jfe  Dutthf/T*"' ^'^,  "^°«*  """ 
JV«icA,  in  Louisiana  /r/*AW  1  ^^^^o^k.  and  the 
iards,  are  found  in  con^idSie^  S^^^  ^P<^^ 

^  17.  The  negroes  are  mo^sfl,.  hoU  •       .  aJnerent  parts. 

found  chiefly  i^the  Southern  tt  '"    """■•'•  "'"'  "- 

Unitd^s'tZrer'of'Jhl  MiS"'"'.'"  ■'''""""«'!"  "•" 
removed  to  the  cou„?rv  I  vin»w.f,P/'.'i:''''™  ■««"  '«=ently 
and  Missouri.  ^  ^  ^  "*"  "'^  ""o  ««tes  of  Arkansas 


W:  mJuaSdoftt;'™"^-     "•  P'»'i"ctlon,» 


ansf 


UNITED  STATEd. 


9/ 


19.  riie  government  is  that  of  a  federal  renublie  Ern-h 
state  iH  .ndcpendorjt,  and  has  a  separate  execCve  leSda- 
ture  and  judicmry  ;  but  the  defence  of  the  countrv  thJ 
regulation  of  commerce,  and  the  general  intere^a^  ho 
confederacy,  are  intrusted  to  the  general  goveSnt. 

prfnciui?/n?Z!^"''''r.'^*'"'*^'.*«  ^^«  «'»'2«"s  *e  grand 

?Son^^^^^^  of  conscience  in  matters  of 

religion,  |jr>er  y  of  the  press,  trial  by  jury,  and  the  riirht  of 

Sr'".r  «'^  ^'»?  c'l^^cn  to  office.    ^    ^'  "^"  *''^ 

mi^Lor.  thf" r^"*^  'P''"''^  '^^''^'^  '«  *h«  Po^er  that  ad- 
ministers the  government,  is  vested  in  a  nresidenf    whn 

together  with  the  vice-president,  is  chosenTr  4  vea«  bv 

?ie8  of  */«/i     ;i^^"^'^«  department,  are  t£e  four  secreta- 
ih  ^*^t'j^»  "O^e '»««»«»-y,  ofwar,  and  of  the  n«t»y. 

makes  ihe  livl"  ?,'''' ?T^'*'  ^^'^^  ^«'  *»»«  power'^which 
S.V^%lT^  ----^  of  a 

4cJ tr^y'Sii^^^^^^  each 

25.  The  reprfi«cnfa/ire*  are  elected  by  the  peonle  ever* 
2  years.    One  representative  is  chosen  f^r  e^cJvT?  TOol? 

edtocl'nt  hp'*^'  ^^"-ve-holding  states,  5  slavJ/area^^^^^^ 
ea  to  count  the  same  as  3  freemen. 

26.  The  judiciary  power  is  the  authority  which  disnenwa 
justice,  or  expounds  and  applies  the  laws.  3  is  inSn 

tZaVLlf''r,V  ^'^^"'"^^  hold.thelr  office  dS 
fudges  supreme  court  is  composed  of  I 

n^l'-  ^^l  ^"'^^<'^  States  were  originally  colonies  of  Great 
the'S  ^f'j  /'Tt?;''^  a  declaration  o^^-  inde/^de^JZ 
ZW.  ?i  y"'/' J77b  ;  and  after  a  revolutionary  -war  of  7 
Britain  '"^<^P<^"J«"ee   was   acknowledged  by  Great    ' 

28.  The  present  Constitution  was  adopted  in  1788  •  and 
denf,rT789."^"'^  ^'"'-^"'"'^  under  Was^nglVa's  prS 

2l"  wETn^  •  Au    n '^"^'^  ^^''^  "^  •*«  chara^;;;;^  ""^ 

23   Wha    ?,       •/^P^u°"f''^""°"■     22.  The  executive  power' 

a^   Ti       '^    "^  the  legislative   power?     24.   The  SeTate^ 
27    wS;-    '^'''P'''^."*''"^''^^-     2G.  The  judiciary;  ^• 

•3.  »yncn  was  the  Constitution  adopted? 


28 


UNITED  STATES. 


Thomas  Jefferson, 
James  Madisoo, 
James  Monroe, 
John  Q.  Adams, 
Andrew  Jackson, 
Martin  Van  Buren, 
Wm.  Henry  Harrison, 
John  Tyler, 


from 

I78U  to  1797 

u 

1797  "  1801 

t( 

1801  "  1809 

u 

1809  «  1817 

u 

1817  «  isas 

(( 

1825  "  1829 

(( 

1829  «  my? 

M 

1837  «  1841 

M 

1841  «  1841 

(( 

1841 

4     1826    91 

8    1826    83 

8    1&36    85 

8    1831    73 

4 

8 

4 

1  month. 


NEW  ENGLAND  or  EASTERN  STATER 

thi  Hudson'''  tZT""  '"'J^-^''  ?r"«^^1^  States  He  east  of 
ine  Hudson.     1  hey  are  Matne,  New  Hamoshire   Vermnnt 
Mas,aehusetU,  Rhode  Island,  and  ConneS    '  ' 

Npw  Fn!i"'?'  ^o»«««'^«'.  the  largest  and  finest  river  of 
New  England,  is  navigable  for  sloops  to  Hartford,  50  miles  • 
and,  by  means  of  loclcs  and  canals,  it  has  been  renTereJ 
navigable  for  boats  above  Bath,  N.  H„  about  sSS  miles  It 
flows  through  a  very  fine  country,  and  there  aVeTpon  ite 
banks  many  pleasant  towns.  ^ 

fJ:  The  «Mr/actf  of  the  country  bordering  on  the  seacoast 
to  a  considerable  distance  inland,  is  moderately  unlJeSiu 
some  parts  spreading  into  plains,  in  other  parts  hUlv  but 
ferior  it"C°  *'°»«i3«'-f»^lf.  elevations.  FuShe7in  fc  in- 
mZ\^t  ^'"^''^  diversified  with  valleys,  hills,  and 

7lft.JF^®  P""^'Pal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Oreen 
^^ntains,  which  extend  through  Vermont,  Massachuset^ 

cold    bSf  i?^?!*  t  'ukJ^*"*  t*°  ?^^^*  extremes  of  heat  and 
cow,  but  IS  very  healthy.     In  the  spring,  chillinff.  damn 
easterly  winds  prevail  in  the  countr/bo?dering  on  the  seJl 
coast,  which  are  very  disagreeable.  ^  ^^'^ 

6.  New  England  is  the  roost  highly  cultivated  portion  of 

29.  Who  have  been  the  8  fluccessiva'preBidenU  ? 

f^^lZT""'"^'  ^'"'^^  "«  "^  ^^'^^'^  «  W«^  England 
'!*  S^***"^'".*^  °^*^*®  "''^'  ConnecUcut  ? 

SfL°f  *^^  m?T.°^.^®  ^tern  States?    4.  Wh4t  moun- 
tMifl?    5.  What  i„  the  climate?    6.  Soil? 


NEW  ENGLAND.  ^ 

r.    1  he  most  important  production  is  cr/w*     tk- 

ton  is  the  centra  nf.l.rr'  "f"'"'"'^  "?  «"«  harborrs.     Bos- 
York;  and  f„  .he  Lrthern  par,'  of  WnT"^?  "k^'^ 

w£h  .T trt  SSe  T„'r '  '';Uc"e^''""Th"er;'"'' 

division  of  the  Xon  """»/'""'"•".  «!•«■•  in  any  other 

vailing  denominations     Tilo^fk         •  ^9P^*»^*  are  the  pre- 

MAINE, 
for.,  «boundin,«X:  w'hfoh^iL".rJ!.ie7  ^S^^^f 
has  a„  m^ny  good  /bfc'  ""''  "°  °"'«''  "»'«  "'  "-^  Union 

Maine,  —  l.  What  is  said  of  Maine  '    2    Whnf  «r  ♦!, 

and  coast?    3.  Commerce?  *^®  ■eashor© 


W  MAINE. 

nIw  YorT"'"''^  '*^  """'^  ^^^  '^°^'''  ''^  M«ui8acliusett3  and 
4.  Tho  faco  of  tho  country  is  much  diversined  t  in  soma 
liignest  summit.  * 

and  ^nn^^'^^Th^'"*!  """' •  ''^  ^"'"''  "'"'^  *^«  P^oJ'.col 
ana  Kennebec .     I  ho  former  ih  nuv  .nihlo  lor  whins  to  Bnn 

go.S  upward,  of  50  miles  from  the  «eS  j  the     ttcrKloons 
to  Augusta,  more  than  10  miles.  * 

6.  There  are  numerous  lakes,  some  of  tho  princinnl  of 
Woi  "and  •^r'^^^^^  (^0;-'eB  long),  C'A.,  JSr^/m' 
b7a?an\";'2?mriong'^'''^^  " '^"""^"'^'^^  '''''  ^'-•^'-'•^ 

flourii'Jnr!'''''  '^^'*^^^  Of  gorernn.rnt,  is  a  handsome  an<i 
flourishmg  town,  pleasantly  situated  at  the  head  of  «looi» 

fesnrsena"^''"""''  °"  '"'"""  ''''^'^"''  ""'^  "  U'"^*^'» 
d*.Lh%/''"^'  ^''^.^^''g^.st  t«wn,  is  handsomely  huilt,  an.l 
Harbors  in  the  world,  and  an  extensive  commerce. 
«(A*8rf  ^'ITn'  fl*""-^ll-  °'  *^^  ^^"'^  "'■  "«vigation  on  the  Pe- 
uTti^ber  trade      ""^  commercial  town,  and  noted  for 

town-  If!«I® /"*^..T"y  ^**'^'    considerable    commercial 

Th<ma»ton  (noted  for  its  tra/e  in  lime),  Balk,  Hallowdl 
(hoPo-el),  Brunswick,  and  S&eo.  ^  '  «a«ot<;€« 

4.  Face  of  the  country?    5.  Rivera?    G.  Lakes?    7.  What  is  said 

j^>fn"r'^'  ^•^"'"'"'*-  9»-"g"''  10. whrofotr' 


&e  J»fap  0/  U.  S.-  How  is  Maine  bounded  ?  What  river  seoar- 
ates  the  Boutheast  part  from  New  Brunswick  ?  Where  loea 
W^  H  "''^'  T  .""^  ^'VPty  ■'  Where  is  Passamaquoddy 
Robbinston'   "     ^^^°'^  "'"'^''^ '     ^'^°'^'"^-     ^^l'^'"  «»d 

^^  m''^  fif'™'  ^^gl^rul.~\\o^  is  Penobscot  bay  situated^ 

What  a^eThi  .'"'''  ''^??'^ '  •  ^?'"^  "^"«  '^'^  ^^ere  in  Vie?  ' 
«li  .  Tt'"*  ^"d  termination  of  tlie  Penobscot?  The  Ken- 
nebec  ?    The  Aa.J.uscog'gin  ?    The  SA'co  ? 

"kJIoT^^^I  u  ^•'^  ''*"^^*'*^  •     Chestmcook  ?  '  Umbagog  ?    Se- 
bago  ?    Katahdin  mountain  ?  b  fe       -'- 

Hon- isAugusta  situated?    Portland?    Bangor?    Belfast?    R«fb » 

-         Pp^r'.p'^^'^^r^'r-     York?    Wfat  towns  are  on   the 

?„T?'*'w     .^}^  Kennebec?    The  Androscoggin  ?    The 

Portland  ^'n  ^^"'n"  \^"  coast  between  Portsmouth  and 
«  ortland  ?     Between  Portland  and  Castine  ? 


MAINE. 


•I 


sacliusetls  and 

ifiml  ;  in  somw 
tuin    being  tbo 

th«  Penoh'ecot 
•  ships  to  Ban 
ttor,  for  sloops 

0  principnl  of 
un'eook,  Um' 
with  PoitlanJ 

handsome  and 

head  of  sloop 

elegant  state 

and  n  United 

ety  built,  an«i 

ne  of  the  best 

erce. 

on  on  the  Pc- 

md  noted  for 

commercial 
ff/ast,  O'rono, 
ihy  Hallowell 


'.  What  is  sniil 
What  of  other 


at  river  separ- 
?  Wilcre  doea 
'assamnquoddy 
?    Calais  and 

bay  situated  ? 
in  Maine  ? 
t?    The  Ken- 

mbagog  ?    Se- 

ilfast  ?  Bath  ? 
IS  are  on  the 
:oggin  ?  The 
)rtstnouth  and 


II.  The  nrincipal  literary 
(bo'din)  Colftge  at  Brunswick, 
torvillo,  the  Maine  Theological 
the  Maine  Wetleyan  Seminary 

13.  Maine  formed  a  part  of 
till  1820.  Its  settlement  was 
York  and  some  other  places. 


institutions   are    Bowdnn, 
Waterville  College  at  Wa- 
Ifutitution  at  Bangor,  and 
atReadiield.  * 

the  state  of  Massachuaetta 
commenced  about  1690,  at 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 
White  Mountains. 


1.  New  Hampshire  is  the  most  mountainous  state  in  the 
Union ;  and  a  considerable  portion  of  it  is  so  rouirh  and 

«   rjlu*^  'JPA*."  ^^  susceptible  of  cultivation.  * 

Pn-rotn   «f\     *  -l^omtaim  are  the  most  elevated  in  the 

tK  1.^?*^''  °"'*  "^i^P'^y  ^*»«  ™««'  sublime  acenery! 
The  highest  summit  is  Mount  fFathington.  "^"^T^- 

nnZL  ^^*'''  ''*'  ^i  '"  1'*°  WhitelVIountains  is  a  great 
natural  curiosity.  Tfce  whole  mountain  range  seems  to 
have  been  cloven  down  quite  to  its  base,  opening  a  narrow 
passage  for  a  road,  and  for  the  head  stream  oT  the  river 


11.  What  literary  institutions  ?    12.  What  is  related  of  its  history  f 

^^'^wu^^'tf^^^'T^'  What  is  said  of  New  Hampshire  ?  2.  The 
White  Mountains?    3.  The  Noteh?  i«""«f  *•  *<» 

A 


m 


MliVV  HAMPSHIRE. 


^^i  ^*^  *'^.*^®  ^^^^'^  mountains  in  the  state  are  Laf^M 

in  V»{I'V""'''J^^^  ^'V'^''  which  has  its  course  princioallT 
W^f  J^^^P?^'^^'  '^  *^«  ^^r'rimack,  whidi  rK  in  thJ 

tt^poT'lt'  l^'iirlTV'''  A'l-^«  oS  "elow 
Haverwfl^%  ms.  "^J^^^'e  for  vessels  of  200  tons  to 

fhl!*      *  •    "''®*.5  ^"^  ^y  ™eans  of  the  Middlesex  canal 


4.  What  other  monntains  are  there  ?    5    Wlm*  ««♦..-  i        ^~~T" 

ye^ihe  Haystack?    6.  wTat  is'sa^M  rhe^MerJiS^ 

7.  Winnipiseogee?    8.  Concord  ?    9.  Portsmouth?    i?n^ 

Ter  and  Nashua?     11.  What  other  places  are^ntioned?     ' 

at  literary  msti.utions?  13.  What  L  related  oShfstory  ^ 


TCi  ana  i^ai 
^  12.  What  literary 


^  wLf-^*^***  £^anrf;  ~  How  is  New  Hampshire  bounded  ? 
What  river  separates  it  from  Vermont  ?    Wh=V       Dounaed  ' 

the  southeast  ?art  from  Ma?ne  ?  '     ^^"*  °"^  ^P"**^'' 

How  isTke^w'ir*'  •'""^  termination  of  the  Merrimack  ? 

w  lake  Winnipiseogee  a  tuated  ?     Sauam  lakp  ;^     tKo  wu-/ 

ivnat  towns  axe  on  thp  innnn»««u,.4 1    mL.  ..-     .       ,^ 


VERMONT. 


33 


VERMONT. 

French  rtrd  JV/on/l    wE\  u        **  P""'  Mounlaitu  (m 
tend  tLughout  ,h2'c"„''„'?i;  ri7^  ^'lf>  evergreens,  «! 

U,^»*«l,,a.ederrveV[f,'„^S.l''  '''"""  '""^  -»"»- 

Cr«*  0„£j,4^<,^,^^jfj^,h;«"o  •"»  the  0.«^ 

.heb*  rrd'IS'atC'  "^  SoUSf",  «.ua,ed  « 
in  ihe  cenSpk^  ytLV^"'""'^'i  ''J'  '■'«''  eminences, 
«ate-ho«,e8  i/Se  Union       ^  "'"'  ''»«<»«  »f  l-e  fines? 

"•  y«"°o°»  »;asscltlodmuchtoer^^        .h.  „■■...-  ^Toit 

'''Te7ri;rcLK:'iS'iff  l''A™°"'^"2r;yh«  .re  „„,  „r 

3.  What  IS  sai/nf  «i!^       f        ®  ,    ^"  Mounta  iw  ? 

Areutnejp  *""■  t*""-' «  R"mp  ?   Kiiliagton  Pert  ? 

"°"   nin^rr't^o:;,'^::'/   S°ri'r°"/    Middleb„ry?    Ben 


VERMOKT. 


England  States.  Bennington,  the  oldest  town,  was  char- 
tered in  1749 :  and  the  state  was  admitted  into  the  Union 
in  1791. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

CatdUng  Whales. 


1.  Masaachusetts  is  distingaished  for  having  been  settled 
before  any  other  of  the  Eastern  States  ;  for  the  leading 
part  which  it  took  among  the  colonies,  particularlv  in  the 
revolutionary  war ;  for  the  intelligence  and  enterprise  of  its 
citizens  ;  for  literary  institutions ;  for  agricultural  and  man- 
ufacturing industry  ;  for  being  the  most  thickly  settled  and 
most  commercial  state  in  the  Union  j  and  for  carrying  on 
the  principal  part  of  the  fisheries. 

2.  It  is  often  called  the  "  Bay  State  '»  from  Massachusetts 
Bay,  which  lies  on  the  east  of  it,  between  Cape  Cod  and 
Cape  Arm. 

3.  The  peninsula  of  Cape  Cod,  which  is  in  the  form  of 
a  man's  arm  bent  inward,  is  a  remarkable  feature  of  the 
state.  It  is  mostly  sandy  and  barren,  and  the  inhabitants 
obtain  their  subsistence  chiefly  from  the  sea. 

4.  The  surface  of  the  country  west  of  Connecticut  river 
is  mountainous  ;  east  of  this  river  it  is  hilly,  except  in 

Mamachosstts.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Massachasetts  ? 
9.  Why  is  it  called  the  Bay  State  ?      3.  What  is  said  of  the  pen 
insula  of  Cape  Cod  ?    4.  The  surface  of  the  couotry  i 


MASSACHUSETTS 


own,  was  char- 
into  the  Union 


35 


flie  southeast  part  of  the  state,  where  it  is  lerel  or  moder. 
ately  uneven  9  and  here  the  soil  is  poor. 

5.  The  principnl  mountains  are  the  Cfreen  Mountain*, 
vvhich  extend  through  the  western  part ;  of  which  the 
hitfhest  sutnmit  in  Massachusetts  is  Saddleback  Mountain. 
Wachusett  is  a  noted  summit  in  the  township  of  Princeton  : 
and  Mount  Ho'lyoke^  near  Northampton,  is  famous  for  its 
delightful  prospects. 

6.  The  two  largest  islands  are  Nantucket  and  Martha''* 
Fineyard,  neither  of  which  is  very  fertile. 

7.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Connec'ticut,  Mer'rinuKk, 
Charles,  and  Tdun'ton. 

8.  Massachusetts  has  various  canals  and  railroads.  Mid- 
dlesex Canal  and  four  important  railroads  facilitate  the  in- 
tercourse of  Boston  with  various  parts  of  the  country. 

9.  Boston,  the  capital  of  Massachusetts  and  the  literary 
and  commercial  metropolis  of  New  England,  is  an  opulent 
and  well-built  citv,  distinguished  for  its  fine  situation  on  a 
peninsula  at  the  head  of  Massachusetts  bay,  for  its  excel- 
lent harbor,  and  for  being  the  second  city  in  the  Union  in 
active  commerce. 

10.  Salem  is  a  pleasant  commercial  city,  long  famous  for 
the  India  trade ;  and  New  Bedford,  a  well-built  flourish- 
ing town,  is  noted  for  the  w*^aie  fishery. 

11.  Some  of  the  other  commercial  towns  are  New'bwy' 
port,  noted  for  its  fine  situation  ;  Marblehiad'  and  Olouees 
ter  (gios'ter)  for  the  cod  fishery  ;  Nantuck'et,  for  the  whale  " 
fishery  ;  Plymouth,  for  being  the  first  settled  town  in  New 
England. 

12.  Low'ell,  a  newly  built  city  at  Patucket  Falls  on  the 
Merrimack,  is  now  the  second  city  in  the  state  in  popula- 
tion, and  is  one  of  the  most  conside'  able  places  in  toe  Un 
ion  for  cotton  and  woollen  manufactures. 

13.  Some  of  the  other  principal  manufacturing  towns  are 
Fall  Ri»er,  Taunton,  and  Waltham,  noted  for  cotton  goods: 
Springfield,  for  cotton  goods  and  for  the  United  States  ar 
mwy  ;  Lynn,  for  shoes. 

14.  Charlestown,  adjoining  Boston,  is  distinguished  for 
the  United  States  navy-yard,  state-prison,  the  asylum  for 
the  insane,  and  for  being  the  place  where  Bunker  Hill  battlo 


6.  What  Is  said  of  mountains  ?  6.  Islands  ?  7,  Rivera  ?  8.  Canala 
and  railroads  ?  9.  What  is  said  of  Boston  ?  10.  Salem  and 
New  Bedford  ?  11,  What  are  some  of  the  other  commercial 
towns  ?  12.  What  is  said  of  Lowell  ?  13.  What  are  acme  of 
the  other  manufacturing  towns  ?    14.  What  other  towna  are 


4* 


-fS      TTSJKt     XSVLCU 


M  .  MASSACHUSETTS. 

TnS  »WL*   Worcester  (veoos'ter),  for  a  lunatic  hospital 
??^iwi^"^  ""^  ,*^^  American   Antit^uarian    Society 
frTv^C^*  ag  a  pleasant  town,  finely  situated  :  Lexingl 
tK^^u     ^'^^  '**"'®  ^^  ***«  revolutionary  war  * 

•Ji#..  ?J?"TP?*"*®r"y'"^*""^^on»  are  Harvarrf  Uni- 
nl^^^*"  A  *™'*"'**^ir*^f.  '''*^^^'  ^"^  ^^est  endowed  semi- 
3hS J!i  ^"Jf "''''  \  fV*Utams  College  at  Willian.stown  : 
ind  JSi/f  ^  !*■  V  ^™^/^?  J  »he    Theological  Seminary 

16.  The  first  English  settlement  in  New  England  was 
made  at  Plymouth  by  101  English  Puritans,  who  fled  f^m 
Sec^mbe?,*  iS     "'  '''  Plymouth  on  the  22d  of 

mtJI -i^^S^*"^"!® *^,?"^'"'*"y/°^™^^  ^^»  colonies,  Plytn- 

RHODE  ISLAND. 

•««;  ?^°^«,^^«n2  "  !»»e  smallest  state  in  the  Union  iu  ex- 

S»L£^/*'^' **"*!."*  P'°P<*"*°°  *<>  population,  the  first 
with  regard  to  manufactures. 

S.  Iteniost  distinguishing  natural  feature  is  Narragan'set 
Joy  which  IS  a  beautiful  expanse  of  water  intersecting  the 
state,  towards  the  east  side,  from  north  to  south.        ^ 

5.  -Ihe  island  of  BAorfc  Wanrf,  from  which  the  state  de- 


^^*  ^iML*^"'7,'",'SJ*"^r''L  ?^-  What  is  related  respecUng  the 
Bettlement?  17.  Of  what  two  colonies  did  Mai«aoh.fJr*: 


originaljy  consist? 


SeeJUap  of  JVew  England.  —  How  is  Massachosette  bounded  > 
What  capes  are  on  its  coast  r  What  bay  lies  east  of  it  ?  Where  is 
Cape  Cod  Bay  ?  Buzzard's  Bay  p"^  Where  are  Martha^s  W 
yard  and  Nantucket  island  ?  Through  what  part  of  the  state 
does  the  Connecticut  flow?  The  IVferrimack?  What  rivws 
flow  into  the  Connecticut?  The  Merrimack  ?  Where  is 
Charles  nver?    Taunton  river?    Blackstone  CanaP 

f.iTp^"  f'*^*!fu-    ,®'>™-      New  Bedford?     Taunton? 
F^ll  River?  Dedham?    Concord?    Newburjport?    Lowell 
Wwcester?    What  towns  are  on  the  Connecticut?    The 
Mewunack  ?    What  towns  are  on  or  near  the  coast  north  of 
of  Boston  ?    What  ones  south  ?  ; 

Rhod.  Islawd.  -.  1    What  is  said  of  Rhode  Island  ?    2.  NaWa- 
gonsit  Bay  ?    3.  The  Island  of  Rhode  Island  ? 


How 


! 


RHODE  ISLAND. 


37 


,  ^'  7^.^  inlands  of  Conan'ieut,  Patience,  and  Providence 
also  he  in  Narraganset  bay  j  and  Block  Island  is  in  the  At- 
lantic. 

6.  The  surface  is  moderately  uneven,  except  in  the  west- 
ern part  which  is  hilly  j  and  the  aoU  of  the  country  border- 
ing on  Narraganset  bay  and  of  the  islands  is  fertile  :  of 
the  western  and  northern  parts,  poor.  •  * 

6.  Mount  Hope,  an  eminence  near  Bristol,  is  noted  for 
having  beep  the  residence  of  the  famous  Indian  kingPhilin 
«A  .?»0Y»»=^"CE,  situated  at  the  head  of  Narraganset  bay! 
»0  miles  from  the  sea,  is  the  largest  town,  and  one  of  the 
most  considerable  for  manufactures  in  the  United  States  • 
and  it  has  a  flourishing  commerce.  * 

8.  JVew»or<,  finely  situated  at  the  southwest  end  of  the 
island  of  Khode  Island,  is  noted  for  its  admirable  harbor 
and  the  salubrity  of  its  air;  and  it  is  much  resorted  to 
during  the  hot  months. 

-«S*  D     t'"!*?^  Warren  are  pleasant  commercial  towns  : 
and  Pawtucket  is  noted  for  manufactures. 

10.  Ihe  legislature  of  the  state  meets  twice  a  year  at 
iVew^orf,  once  at  Providence,  and  once  alternately  at  Eait 
Greenwich  and  South  Kingston. 

11.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Brmjon  Univer- 
*  ?«'"*^if^  ^J'^^^^^'^Soarding  School,  both  at  Providence, 
fjf*  J  celebrated  Roger  Williams,  who  was  banished 
from  Massachusetts  on  account  of  his  religious  opinions, 
began  the  sett  eraent  of  this  state  at  Providence  in  1636. 
and  established  a  political  community  with  religious  toleral 

13.  Rhode  Island  continues  to  be  governed  under  the 

ItZTn  S^n"^-  ^y  ?^^l^^'  "•  '"  »«63  ;  and  it  is  the  onl^ 
state  in  the  Union  that  has  not  formed  a  constitution 


4. 

5, 


What  is  said  of  other  islands  ?  -4 

What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  soil?    6.  Mount  Hope?    7. 
Providence?    8   Nexvport?    9.  Bristol,  Warren,  and  Paw 
tucket?    10.  Where  does  the  legislature  meet ?    11.  What 

ISSe^ ^"ir^v"  ntnt>  ^''  "^'^^  "  "^'^'^  °^  ^' 


VnL^X'^^''^  ^n5'K«<^.-How  is  Rhode  Island  bounded? 
ilnf/'^T,'*"'^-  The  island  of  Rhode  Island?  Block 
slaiid?    mat  canal  extends  from  Providence  to  Worces- 

wLnp'pawrkttr"*"'^"^'-     ^^"P°'*-     «'^^*'«'* 


3d 


CONNECTICUT. 


CONNECTICUT.     "^ 
1.  Coi  .lecticut  is  a  small  state,  favorably  situated,  and  \a 

^.  The  surfaced  diversified,  and  generally  hillv,  but  ther« 
SL^  anV^fell  r.^atj  '  °"'  "  '''^'  ^^  ''  ^^^^ 

feet  ijerpendiciilar,  near  Salisbury.  cataract,  60 

-'*•  T«'8  state  IS  distinguished  for  the  extent  and  variety 

of  Its  manufactures,  which  are  widely  diffused  throuXSt 
he  country ;  so.ne  of  the  principal  Articles  are  3^"- 

tures  of  cotton,  woollen,  leathet,  tin,  and  iron  -wooden 

clocks,  coaches,  combs,  buttons,  hits,  and  paper?  ' 

oftSnS^^n  ;"cK;^  '''''''  ^^  appro;HatedVtL^^lfo^ 

Stat  go^^r^mlnj:  '"'  '''"^^^'^  ''"^  '"^^  *-«  «-»^  ^^  ^^e 
f  n!;„  I  i"^  Haven  situated  on  a  bay  which  extends  up  from 
Long  Island  sound,  IS  a  very  beautiful  city,  and  has  more 

hTSV**'*"  "7  "^i"*"  "]  '^^  «*«t«-  I*  is  connected  wUh 
ctuitV^ca^f '"''  '"'  "^''  Northampton,  io  Massa^ 
8.  Hartpord,  pleasantly  situated  at  the  head  of  sIood 
T.T:T'  »"  Connecticut  river,  50  miles  from  its  fnouth^ 
IS  a  handsomely  built  city,  and  has  a  flourishing  trade  and 
extensive  manufactures.  unamu^  iraae,  ana 

aJ*nS''p'''""*  and  iVbrw,cA  have  considerable  trade  and 
Wn^o  ,  *^''  "manufactures.  Norwich  is  connected  with 
Worcester,  in  Massachusetts,  by  a  railroad. 

{„  S;«  ♦.«.'/  commercial  city,  has  the  best  harbor 
Z3n/^-^^''    ^riseport   has    considerable    commerce 

r^fr/,J^  ""'^'^  ^^'^  •'•*»•»  works  and  mineral  waters  ' 
L»/cA/»cirf,  as  a  pleasant  town.  waieis  , 

11.  New  Haven,  New  London,  Danbury,  Fairfield,  and 

CoicNECTiccT.-l.  What  is  said  of  Connecticut  ?  2.  Surface 
fi  wi^f  ""'Ik  ?•  RJ^«"?  4.  Manufactures?  5.  Educaton* 
6.  What  are  the  two  seats  of  government?    7.  What  is  said  of 

lo'^Ne^f  nnH  ^'  S'^'f''^^-     ^^  M^ddletowrand  Norwich  ? 
11   Whn/.?      London,  Bndfl^eport,  Stafford,  and  Litchfield? 
11 .  What  places  were  tenderedmemorable  in  the  revoluUonary  irar  ? 


CONNECTICUT. 


39 


iron  ;  wooden 


w  seats  of  the 


Norwalk  wore  rendered  memorable  for  evente  durinir  the 
revolutionary  war.  ° 

't3*  '^tt  P""<5'Po'  literary  instituUons  are  Yale  College 
at  New  Haven,  one  of  the  most  distinguished  and  flourish- 
ing seminaries  in  the  Union  ;  Washington  CoUere  and  the 
Asylum  M  the  Deaf  and  Dumb  at  HaTtford  j  thf  Wesl^^ 
an  VntvenilvHt  Middletown  j  and  the  Theological  hutitu- 
tton  at  Jfkist  Windsor. 

18.  Connecticut  Colony  and  New  Haven  O^ony  were  orie- 
inally  under  separate  governments,  but  were  united  in  1666. 
Hartford  was  settled  m  1683  j  New  Haven  in  1638. 

MIDDLE  STATES. 
1.  This  division  of  the  Union  comprises  the  two  ffreat 

;lfi®'  fjy'^^r  ^'"'^  '^^Ji  Pennsylvania,  and  the  two  Lall 
ones  of  JSTew  Jersey  and  Delaware. 

onS*  ?*•*  ^^J^^  principal  rivers  are  the  Hudson,  Delaware, 
and  Susquehan'na.  *     ^uM/urc, 

8.  The  Hudson,  the  great  river  of  New  York,  rises  in  the 
mountains  west  of  lake  Champlain,  and  flows  in/b  the  At- 

ij-athtnlrr^^'"  ^""'^  *^^y.-  ^'  "  remarkable  for  fhe 
straightness  of  its  course,  and  is  nav  gable  for  laree  shins  to 
Hudson,  1 17  miles,  and  for  sloops  to^rov  TsOnSles  ^The 
passage  of  the  Hudson  through  the  fl'^A/anris  celebrated 
for  Its  romantic  and  sublime  scenery.  ceieorateU 

4.  The  Delaware  rises  in  the  Catskill  mountains  in  New 
York,  separates  New  York  and  New  Jersey  from  Pennsvl^ 
vania,  and  flows  into  Delaware  bay.  It  is  navigable  for  74 
gun  ships  to  Philadelphia,  55  miles,  and  for  sloops  to  Treni 

.   J-  'The  Susquehan'na,  the  largest  river  in  Pennsylvania 
IS  formed  of  two  branches,  the>.astern  and  WeS.  Snd 
flows  into  the  head  of  Chesapeake  bay.     Its  navigatbn^s 
much  obstructed  by  falls  and  rapids.  navigation  is 


12.  What  literary  seminaries?  13.  What  is  related  of  the  history? 

WhS  ft/of"*  England.  -  -  How  is  Connecticut  bounded  ? 

What  is  the  course  and  termination  of  Connecticut  river"  The 
H^Z'Jp  ^he  "ousatonic  ?  How  is  New  Haver,  tuatel^ 
Hartford?  Bridgeport?  Litchfield?  Stafford?  What  towni 
L^rnri-td^rurr'^  The  Thame.?    The  HouslS? 

Middle  States.-  1.  Which  are  the  Middle  States  ? 

tL^'Zi^^  "r"r-  J,-  ^^»'  »  "'d  °f  tl^e  Hudson?    4. 
The  Delaware?    5.  The  Susquehanna ? 


40 


MIDDLE  STATES. 


teii,i,ely  cultivated      Ev  „«;,.'  ""^P^""'  •"«  ex- 


NEW  YORK. 
Fa/i»  of  Niagara. 


MijontB  States  fl  r'i:,»..«   >  «  n     . 

a  Education  .p        ^■^"°'^-  ^'P'odu, 


ctioiw?   8.  Coraniercfl. 


1 


N  ;w  rORK. 


41 


high.?„„.„i„    :2,«^.° -"S^pl.t-'-'  ranges  ot' 

Ig'am,  and  «/.  lam-T,St  '  *^'' *"«'*.  G*'"'"',  JW- 

in  New'-Vlrr  fat'  ^/^f a  ZifrT"'"'"  "'  "'"'' 
■urrounded  by  romnnti^mS,  •  ^  of  Iransparent  water, 
mostbeautifaiakTiS  he  Union  ^"^""J.  io  es.eeraed  .he 
are  Onel'da,  Ca,^,^",,  andfe,.  ^'^  "'  ""'  »"■"  l«k« 

Canada,  are  eslSZ-  "^''T"  New  York  and  Upper 
the  work  The  n>e?i,h.r?h°'''  ol,jec,  of  .he  kind  in 
wid.h,  and  the  perSic„l„r  H     ™  '>"'""'"  "^  '  "ile  i" 

«  I6l'  fee,,  a7d°rtet:w'''S',rdVY62''f""?""-^t' 
cloud  of  vapor  ascending  from  tho  S  n  •'  ^^^  ^'^*'**  ^he 
ble  at  the  d  stnncTof  60  .nJ^.T  **'^^.""«  ^«  sometimes  visi- 

for  forming  bSful  rat  bows'  °Thp'  T.^"  ^^  "^  "»«d'""» 
ous  visitors.  rambows.    Tiiese  falls  attract  numer- 

F^il'^o^rVitltlnl^tc^^^^^^^^  r/  Trenton 

Falls  of  the  OenesTe  Rn7fh  V  ".'^^  P"""''  ^^^tica  ;  the 
near  it^  mouth.  '     ^  '^^  ^'"''^'^  «»  t^e  Mohawk, 

^^^:!^X^[^^S;:^Jr'  *^e-st  cele. 
by  great  numbers  of  people  summer  months 

aniVSV'attitTe:Ts;L?p"'"^'''^r''  ^^^^  ^^^^  -«'"-We, 

9.  What  minera,!  wafers  i     I'n  ^5?/ «"'^' ''*'*'*^^ ' 

railroads?  ^°-  ^*'*  Springs?     n.  Canals  and 


.43 


NEW  YORK. 


The  length  of  canals  in  the  state,  io  1888,  includinir  two 
unfinished,  was  973  miles. 

l±Erie  Canaly  which  forms  a  communication  between 
the  Hudson  at  Albany,  and  Lake  Erie  at  Buffalo,  S6S  miles 
m  length,  is  one  of  the  greatest  works  of  the  kind  ia  the 
world. 

13.  Albany,  the  seat  of  government,  and  the  second  city 
in  the  state  in  population,  is  advantageously  situated,  and 
by  means  of  rivers,  canals,  and  railroads,  has  an  easy  cora- 
inunicntion  with  a  vast  extent  of  country. 

14.  Nevf  Yorky  situated  on  Manhattan  or  New  York  isl- 
and, at  the  entrance  of  the  Hudson  into  New  York  bay,  is 
the  most  populous  and  commercial  city  in  America  ;  and 
ni  commerce,  it  is  supposed  not  to  be  surpassed  by  any  in 
the  world  except  London.  It  has  an  admirable  harbor, 
possesses  extraordinary  advantages  of  situation,  both  for 
internal  and  foreign  commerce,  and  imports  more  than 
half  of  the  goods  brought  into  the  United  States. 

15.  Some  of  the  other  most  important  towns  on  the  Hud- 
son, are  Newhurgk,  Poughkeepsie  (po-kep'se),  CotskiU, 
Httdaon,  and  Troy. 

16.  Brooklyn,  on  Long  Island,  near  New  York,  is  a 
flourishmg  commercial  town,  noted  for  the  United  States 
navy-yard,  and  for  the  greatest  defeat  that  the  Americans 
sustained  during  the  revolutionary  war. 

17.  Buffalo,  at  the  west  end  of  Erie  canal,  is  a  flourish- 
ing commercial  town.  Other  important  towns  on  the  canai 
arc  Lockporl,  Rochester,  8yr*aeuse,  Uliea,  and  Sehmee'tady. 

18.  Ith'aca,  Geneva,  Auburn,  Cananddi'gua,  Osvoe'go, 
and  Ogldenaburg  are  flourishing  towns. 

19.  SaekeWs  Harbor  is  noted  as  a  place  of  military  en- 
campment ;  Plattsburg,  for  an  important  battle  during  the 
last  war  with  England  ;  Sarato'ga,  for  mineral  waters  and 
for  the  surrender  of  Burgoyne  ;  Ticondero'ga  and  Crown 
Potni,  as  celebrated  military  posts  during  the  French  and 
revolutionary  wars. 

20.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Columbia  Col- 
lege, University  of  New  York,  two  Theological  Seminaries, 
and  the  Medical  College,  in  the  city  of  New  York  j  Union 
College  at  Schenectady  j  Hamilton  College  at  Clinton  ;  Ge- 


12.  Erie  Canal  ?    13.  What  is  said  of  Albany  ?    14.  New  York  ? 

15.  What  other  towns  on  the  Hudson  ? 

16.  What  ig  said  of  Brooklvn  ?    17.  Buffalo,  &c.  ?    18.  What  others 

are  mentioned  as  flourishing  towns  ?  19.  What  places  are 
noted  for  important  circumstances?  20.  What  are  the 
literary  institutions .' 


m 


NEW  YORK. 


43 


,  including  two 

ication  between 
jffalo,  MS  miles 
the  kind  in  the 

the  second  city 
ly  situated,  and 
as  an  easy  com- 

•  New  Yorlc  isl- 
ew  York  bay,  is 
America ;  and 
assed  by  anv  in 
nirable  harbor, 
lation,  both  for 
orts  more  than 
ates. 

ns  on  the  Hud- 
p'se),   Cattkitt, 

ew  York,  is  a 

3  United  States 

the  Americans 

1,  is  a  flourish- 
'ns  on  the  canai 
id  Schenee'tady. 
'guoy   Otwe'gOj 

nf  military  en- 
attle  during  the 
eral  waters  and 
'ga  and  Crown 
lie  French  and 

I  Columbia  Coir 
xed  Semituniet, 
r  York  ;  Union 
t  Clinton ;  Ge- 

4.  New  York  ? 

18.  What  others 
What  places  are 
.    What  are  the 


neva  College  nt  Gonova  :  the  Theological  Seminary  at  Au- 
burn ;  the  Literary  and  Theological  Inttitution  at  Hamil- 
ton ;  the  Medical  College  at  Fuirfield ;  and  the  United 
Staten  Military  Academy  at  West  Point. 

21.  New  York  was  discovered  by  Henry  Hudson,  in 
1609,  and  settlements  were  commenced  by  the  Ihilch  at 
Albany  and  on  Manhattan  island,  in  or  about  the  yeor  1614 
The  country  was  called  New  Netherlands  till  it  was  taken 
from  the  Dutch  by  the  English  in  1664  j  and  it  then  receiv- 
ed its  present  name. 

NEW  JERSEY. 

1.  New  Jersey  i.j  advantageously  situated  between  the 
two  great  cities  of  Hevf  York  and  Philadelphia  ;  through 
which  its  commerce  is  chiefly  carried  on. 

2.  The  surface  in  the  southern  and  eastern  parts  is  level : 
further  in  the  interior,  diversified  and  hilly  j  and  in  the 
northern  part,  mountainous. 

8.  The  soil  in  the  level  parts  is  sandy  and  poor  :  in  the 
other  parts,  generally  fertile. 

4.  The  Delaware  separates  this  state  from  Pennsylvania, 
and  the  Hudson  from  New  York.  The  largest  rivers 
withm  the  state  are  the  Passa'ic  and  Rar'itan. 

5.  The  Falls  of  the  Passaic,  at  Paterson,  are  a  fine  cat- 
aract, 72  feet  perpendicular,  and  are  much  visited  as  a 
curiosity. 


21.  What  is  related  of  the  history  ? 

New  Jersky.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  New  Jersey?    2.  What  of 
the  surface?    3.  Soil?   4.  Rivers?   5.  Falls  of  the  Past^c  ? 


See 
What 


What 
What 

What 

How 

What 


Map  of  the  Middle  States.  —  How  is  New  York  bounded  ? 
lakes  and  rivers  border  upon  it?    How  is  Lon«r  Island  sit- 
uated ?     Slaten  Island  ?     What  are  the  course  and  termina- 
tion of  the  Hudson  ?    The  Mohawk  ?    The  Genesee  ? 
rivers  of  Pennsylvania  rise  in  New  York  ' 
rivers  flow  into  lake  Ontario?    The  St.  Lawrence  ?    Lake 
Lhamplam  ?    How  is  lake  George  situated  ? 
lakes  lie  in  the  western  part?     Where  are   the  Calskill 
mountains  ?    The  Falls  of  Niao-ara  ? 

«r^-??"X  ,^*^,ii^*®'^ ;  ^®w  YSrk?  Brooklyn?  Saratoga? 
Whitehall?  Piconderoga  and  Crown  Point?  Ocdensburff? 
Plattsburg?  Sackelfs  Harbor?  BuiTalo  ?  Canandaigua? 
Oeneva?  Auburn?  Ithaca?  Oswego?  Owego? 
towns  on  the  Hudson?  Erie  Canal?  Lake  Champlain ' 
Lake  Ontario?  Lake  Erie?  The  Genesee?  The  St.  Law'- 
rence  ? 

5 


44 


NEW  JERSLY. 


irnH,  ?    ?    -r        °^'*'     ^ ^'"  """*^  nnportnnt  ruilroadd  were 

7.  The  state  abounds  in  iron  ore,  and  irreat  auanthioi.  nf 
tron  ure  manufactured  ;  nl.o  leather  and  Yhol^  '  °^ 

oted  afjh'e  fu^lf.'of  rh?n  Y  K"^«'*"'"«»».  "  pleasantly  «itu. 
0    ir,     ^""^07*'°  ^«'"wure,  at  the  head  of  tide  water 

tifSi  if  he  U;.?t:.d  Sr^f''  ^"^r.'  '?"^'  «"«  «^  "•«  "loHt  befu: 
tureV  and  fnrT^       "  f '  •^"'*'"^"'^^''«^  f"'' «'«  mnnufac- 
10 '  X^L    n      "^  «^^,«'  "^"t  cider  made  in  the  vicinity. 

erlon  ^^J.7T''^  ''  ?•  '^'""*^  °^  «°'"«  commerce  ;  Pat'. 

thToid'srrnleltr""^''^^""^'   '^"^  £W.M/oi»,  aa 

11.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  CoIUo-p  nr 

toin   '\n\^^f  ^^f"^  settlement  was  made  at  Elizabeih- 
mBtLllrin  S   ^°"""->:  w««  divided  into  AW  and 

a.Kl^^o„«»ou//.  were  rendeVed  famou's  by'Ske'^rhtv":! 

PENNSYLVANIA. 
1.  Pennsylvania,  one  of  fhe  most  important  states  in  thn 

a^u  works  Sfrtdf  '"'  '''  °^"-^-.  -atutc'ture'! 
mm  works  ot  mternal  improvement.     It  is  in  the  fonn  nr  n 

nearly  regular  parallelog.iam,  and  has  no  seacoast.  ^ 

6.  Railroadaand  Canal«?   7.  Manufactures?  8.  Trenton  >  O^W 
?5      iJ?-  ^?«^,.^»"««'iek,  Patterson,  and  EI  zabeUit^wJ^; 

1  i'  w'f  T^,.'.?"*'*"^'""'  •'  15i-  What  is  related  of  the  h  -toTw  a 
13.  What  of  the  revolutionary  war  ?  history  ? 

Pknmsylvania.  _  1.  What  is  said  of  Pennsylvania? 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


45 


4  ji^T:  "^  ^:^.^z^'z:::^i;;-;t'  "-* 

which  i,hJ,,„,.i,„'4X.°n^ 
hS,.,l'of  p'ust'",'^*'' '  °"''  *""'»"•''■"  coat  i„  the  neigh- 


besides  othera  in  progress, 
o.    J  he  Pennsvlv  ~ 


.nVschS''5r;n?l'e^'^r  "'"T''  ^'--""'i"  Delaware 
■nolhcr  at  ri..ht  nii°l».      I,  •    '     ,     "■»  ""e"  "osa  one 

12.  ^ '"■torg,  advanmgeoualy  situated  at  tf:e  junction  of 

*■  "  w'oLwnr^.'l  'Rit'r'  -S^Pff'-S  ■""■-  divLion.,    4. 
«i«l.  »„!i       1       J  ;  "  •     "•  ^■•'"efal  prod uc  ions  ?    7   r. 


46 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


the  Alleghany  and  Monongahela,  where  they  unite  to  form 
the  Ohio,  is  one  of  the  greatest  manufucturing  towns  in  the 
United  States. 

13.  Lancaster,  in  the  interior,  is  a  handsome  town,  situ- 
ated in  a  pleasant,  fertile,  and  highly  cultivated  country, 
which  is  inhabited  chiefly  by  Germans. 

14.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  Easton,  Read- 
ing, Pottsville,  Wilkes' bar-re,  in  the  eastern  part;  York 
and  Carlisle  (car-lile'),  in  the  south  ;  and  Erie  and  Wash- 
tngton,  in  the  west. 

15.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  Universitu 
of  Pennsylvama  and  the  Medical  Schools  in  Philadelphia  : 
Dickinson  College  ut  Carlisle  ;  Pennsylvania  College  at 
Gettysburg ;  Lafayette  College  at  Easton  ;  Marshall  Col- 
lege at  Mercersburg  ;  Jefferson  College  at  Canonsburg  ; 
Washington  CoUege  at  Washington  ;  Mleghany  CoUege  at 
Meadville  ;  and  Theological  Seminaries  at  York,  Allegha- 
ny Town,  and  Pittsburg. 

16.  William  Penn,  the  founder  of  Pennsylvania,  arrived 
in  the  country  in  1682,  and  the  next  year  laid  out  the  plan 
of  Philadelphia.  He  established  a  friendly  intercourse 
with  the  Indians,  which  was  uninterrupted  for  more  than 
70  years. 

17.  The  declaration  of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  was  made  in  Philadelphia,  on  the  4th  of  July,  1776. 
—  Germantown  and  Brandywine  Creek  were  rendered  fa- 
mous by  battles  in  the  revolutionary  war. 


13.  Lancaster  ?   14.  What  other  towns  ?    15.  Literary  institutions .' 
16.  What  IS  related  of  the  history  ?     17.  Revolutionary  events  i 


See  Man  of  the  Middle  States  —  How  is  Pennsylvania  bounded  ? 
What  is  its  form  ?  By  what  water  does  it  communicate  with 
tiie  Atlantic  ocean.?  What  great  lake  borders  upon  it.^ 
What  forms  the  eastern  boundary  ? 
What  are  the  sources,  course,  and  termination  of  the  Susquehan- 
na? What  other  rivers  in  the  eastern  and  central  parts.? 
What  ones  in  the  western  part  ?  What  rivers  unite  to  form 
tiie  Ohio  ? 

How  is  Harrisburg  situated .'    Philadelphia.?    Easton.?    Lancaster? 

Bethlehem?  Wilkesbarre?  Carlisle?  Chambeisburg ?  York? 

Gettysburg?    Pottsville?    Pittsburg?     Washincrton  ?    Erie? 

Meadville?    Canonsburg? 
What  towns  are  on  or  near  the  Delaware  ?    The  Schuylkill  ?    The 

Susquehanna?     The   Pennsylvania  Canal  and  Railroad? 

Tiie  Alleghany  ? 


DELAWARE. 


47 


DELAWARE. 

1.  Delaware,  which  lies  on  the  wes  side' of  Delaware 
river  and  bay,  is,  next  to  Rhode  Island,  the  smallest  state  ia 
the  Union  in  extent  of  territory. 

2.  The  surface  is  little  diversified,  being  generally  level  or 
moderately  uneven  ;  the  *ot/,in  the  northern  part,  fertile,  in 
the  southern,  sandy  and  poor. 

3.  Delaware  is  distinguished  for  the  production  of  Oaur; 
and  the  Jlour-miUs,  on  the  Brandy  wine  near  Wilmin«rton! 
Ave  the  most  celebrated  in  the  United  States.  " 

i:  T.}'^^  railroads  and  a  canai  are  formed  across  this  state, 
to  tacihtate  the  intercourse  between  Philadelphia  and  Bal- 
timore. 

6.  Dover,  a  small  town  in  the  central  part,  is  the  seat  of 
government. 

i'.^^^J^^S^on  is  much  the  largest  town,  and  is  distin- 
guished for  its  trade  in  flour.  MwcasUe  has  some  trade  • 
and  Lemsfoion  is  noted  for  saltworks. 

7.  The  principal  literary  institution  is  Mwark  CoUege  at 

..!?;^u'*^'°'"®  ^"^  ^''^*  settled  by  Swedes  and  Finns  in 
IS^.  '.  .  *  "  ^^^  granted  to  William  Penn  in  1682  :  and  in 
1704,  it  became  a  separate  colony. 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 

1.  This  division  of  the  Union  comprises  Maryland,  Vir- 
giuta,  JSTorth  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Jila- 
bama ,  Mississippi,  Louisiana.,  and  Arkansas,  tosether  with 
the  small  district  of  Columbia. 

2.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Poto'mac,  James,  Savan'- 
nak,  Maba'ma,  Mississip'pi,  Red  River,  and  Arkansas  (ar- 
kan-saw'),  ^ 


Delaware.  — I.  What  is  said  of  Delaware.?     2.  Surface  and 
«    i»7i  •  •^'"^"*'^'*'"  •     ^-  ^^ailroads  and  Canal  ?    5.  Dover  ? 
6.  Wilmington,  Newcastle,  and  Lewiatown  ?  7.  Literary  in 
stituUon  ?    8.  What  is  related  of  the  history, 

1X7?**  "^"^  ^-^  '**  Middle   States.  —  How  is  Delaware  bounded  ? 
What  capes  at  the  mouth  of  Delaware  bay  ?    How  is  Dover  situat- 

ImL  Wilmington.'     Newcaalle?    Newark?     Lewiatown? 

Milford  ? 

SooTHERN  States.  —  1.  What  do  the  Southern  Slates  comprise  ? 
2.  What  are  tlie  rivers  ?  ' 

5* 


48 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 


8.  The  Potomac  separates  Marjriand  from  Virginia,  anil 
flows  into  Chesapeake  bay.  It  is  navigable  for  large  shins 
to  Washington,  295  miles  by  the  river  and  bay  from  the 
Atlantic:  and  for  boats  to  Cumberland,  nearly  200  miles 
above  Washington. 

4.  James  River  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  120  tons  to  th« 
falte  at  Richmond  :  end  for  bateaux  220  miles  further. 

5.  The  Savamak  separates  South  Carolina  from  Georgia, 
k  IS  navigable  for  large  vessels  to  Savannah,  17  miles  ;  and 
for  boats  to  Augusta. 

e.  Arkansas  and  Red  River  are  two  great  tributaries  to 
the  Mississippi,  each  about  2000  miles  Jong,  and  are  navi- 
gaWe  for  boats  throughout  most  of  their  course. 

7.  The  M'Ughany  Mountains  extend  through  all  the  South 
ern  States,  which  border  on  the  Atlantic. 

8.  The  tract  of  country  bordering  on  the  Atlantic,  and 
extending,  m  some  places,  130  miles  inland,  is,  for  the  most 
partj  a  flat,  sandy  plain,  elevated  but' little  above  the  level 
ot  the  sea.  Further  in  the  interior,  the  country  becomes 
uneven  and  hilly,  and  afterwards  mountaiijous.  The  part 
bordering  on  the  ocean  is  called  the  Low  countn/ ;  and  the 
interior,  the  Upper  or  Upland  country. 

^'  y^\]'^^  country  is  generally  covered  with  pitch  pines, 
and  IS  called  pine  barrens,  being  mostly  sandy  and  barren, 
except  the  tracts  on  the  streams  of  water,  which  are  often 
very  fertile.    Much  of  the  soil  in  the  upland  country  is  ex- 
cellent. •' 

10.  In  the  northern  parts  of  this  division,  the  staple  pro-  . 
ductions  are  wheat,  tobacco,  and  Indian  corn ;  in  the  southern 
part,  coWon,  rice,  and  svgar :  — Sweet  potatoes  and  a  variety 
offtuits  abound  in  all  parts.  The  pitch  pine  of  the  low 
country,  grows  in  great  i)erfection,  and  yields  mVcA,  tar,  tur- 
pentme,  boards,  and  other  kinds  of  timber.  These  form  im 
portant  articles  cf  export. 

11.  In  the  states  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Car- 
olina, and  Georgia,  gold  mines  of  considerable  importance 
are  found.  *^ 

.12.  The  teinlers  are  mild  ;  but,  in  the  low  country,  the 

«tt»Mn€r*  are  hot  and  sultry,  and,  from  July  to  the  latter  part 

ot  October,  the  climate  is  unhealthy.    The  upper  country 

has  a  mild  and  healthy  climate. 

13.  The  principal  part  of  the  slaves  in  the  United  States 


3.  V  hat  IS  said  of  the  Potomac  ?    4.  The  James  ?  5.  The  Savan- 
o   -..r."  .  ••      .,^?®  Arkansas  and  Red  River?     7.  Mountains? 
8.  What  IS  said  of  the  country?    9.  Soil?    10.  P/oductiwi»?  11 
Gold  mines  ?    12.  Chmate  ?    13.  Slaves  ? 


SOUTHERN  STATES. 


m 


nited  States 


ore  in  this  division.  They  ore  found  chiefly  In  the  low 
country,  where  fieltl  labor  is  performed  almost  whollj  l»r 
negroes.  , 

14.  The  low  Country  is  inhabited  by  planters,  who  live 
at  a  considerable  distance  from  each  other,  having  generally 
large  plantations,  with  many  slaves.  They  are  distinguish- 
ed for  hospitality,  and  are  fond  of  amusement.  The  upper 
country  is  inhabited  by  farmers,  who  have  generally  small 
estates  with  fevr  slaves,  and  depend  chiefly  on  their  own  la- 
l)or  for  support. 

J 5.  The  higher  classes  are  distinsuishcd  for  hospitality 
flnd  are  generally  well  educated ;  but,  among  the  lower 
classes,  education  is  much  neglected. 

J6.  The  principal  commercial  towns  are  Baltimorey  Mtr- 
folk,  Cliarlestoton,  Savannahf  Mo-btle'j  and  JVew  Orleans. 

MARYLAND. 

1.  Maryland  is  the  first  state  in  proceeding  southward,  in 
whichslavery  is  found  to  exist  to  any  considerable  extent; 
and  it  is,  therefore,  commonly  classed  with  the  Southern 
States,  though  its  position  would,  perhaps,  more  naturally 
place  it  among  the  Middle  States. 

2.  It  is  of  very  irregular  form,  and  its  most, remarkable 
natural  feature  is  Chesajteake  Bay,  which  divides  the  state 
into  two  parts,  the  Eastern  and  fi'estern  Shores. 

S.  The  Eastern  Shore  is  generally  level  or  moder&iely 
uneven  j  the  Western,  diversified,  hilly,  and  mountainous  : 
and  much  of  the  soil  in  both  parts  is  fertile. 

4.  The  two  principal  rivers  are  the  SusqueJianna  and  Po- 
to'mac.  w 

5.  Maryland  is  distinguished  for  its  commercial  advan- 
tages ;  and  its  two  princjpal  articles  of  export  are^ottr  and 
tobacco. 

6.  This  state  has  several  important  railroads  and  canals. 
The  Bdtimore  and  Ohio  Railroad,  which  is  designed  to  ex- 
tend from  Baltimore  to  the  river  Ohio,  was  finished  as  far  as 
Harper's  Ferrv,  81  miles,  in  1835.  Baltimore  is  also  con- 
nected with  Philadelphia,  York,  and  Washington,  by  rail- 
roads. 

7.  The  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Canal  extends  from  George- 
town toward  Cumberland,  partly  on  the  Maryland  and  partly 

15.  Education?    16.  Cora- 


14.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabiuints  P 
mercial  towns  ? 


Maryland.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Maryland?    2.  Its  foMu  and 
distinguishing  feature?    3.  Surface  and  soil  ?  4.  Riv;"*" 
Coinracrcc  ^  o.  Railroads  r   7.  Uhesapuake  and  Ohio  i 


c;anaj 


50 


MARYLAND. 


r.Ld  ?„^l3lJ'"«„t!H  '^'i ' -^  ^°*°"^"^-     '37  miles  wore  fin- 
i=sned  ui  1339;  and  the  design  is  to  continue  it  to  Ohio  river 

gover^nSif "''  ^  "^""  '"'  ^«»^-™«  -^^^  i.  the  rtTf* 

/eg.^at  Aunapolis  ,  and  .&.  ^  Ifa^.  C:^  a^^^^^ 

*nf  brXr  Leon«r^  r  ^  '''^  ^''^  settlement  was  formed  b^ 
ijLhL     I*      '  '^"^  ^  ^""^^  toleration  of  relicionwas  eatAh 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

states  of  Maryland  and  Vh^alH«   .L-^^',  ^f.^^en  the 

♦k\^^®""'"*'^°^'  ^"ely  situated  on  the  Marvlin.^  *i,To  «p 
.the  Potomac,  295  miles  bv  the  cnnr««  n?  fi'^'^y'^""  «'"e  of 

8.  What  is  said  of  Annapolis  ?    9.  Raltlmni«  ?   m    iwu  »    x-    ;~~ 

'   """"XT  'S'.'Ta'L^i;^"'^  °f '^=  »«"-'  °f «" 
See  Atap  of  the  Middle  States.  — How  is  Vl«r«la„j  k       jo, 

w«»,  •    ti.    T\-  ^  .       «  ^  »»Jjai  ones  on  the  Eastern  Shore  ? 

«ow.8tf,e  District  of  Columbia  situated?    On  which  side  of  L 
Potomac  axe  Washington  and  GeorgetowiiT    Ale«„drfaS 


;j.7iJP^'^T*W"\'/= 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 


61 

chfefly  Ki'ur  '"'  -^'^"""^"^  ""^^  considerable  trade, 

In'isHu'lTra&rth^^^  or  government  in  ,801. 

who  burnt  7he  Cuni?ol    rhn  P     '-'f^'  ^"^f*"  S^"<'»'^'  Ro«8, 
public  edifices^       ^       '  '^^  President'.  House,  and  othe^ 


VIRGINIA. 

ex^nTI^Fr^i^^^'r;^^^!-  being  the  lai^est  state  in 
ty  and  abundance  of7t<.^„t  i  '  ^"""^'o"  J  ft>r  the  varie  • 
native  land  of  Wash in^nnf''^  resources  j  for  being  the 

waysheldin  theUntn?a„dr-^^  *"f  '^'"^  ^^  ^««  «'' 
any  other  of  the  stnfP«  «»  ,  i5^  '^"^'"^  b*'®"  settled  before 

generally  good -iJ.'!,^  °  ?  °"f,  P""' i  '"  ""  middle, 
W,  feil?e.  'bevoml  i"",/"""^  ""=^'  "''  ">e  Blue 
mucl.  of  il  barren.  *"*'  ""^  """'"^  "  '"•»''«".  a-J 

o?  this  "She  peS  J&r'"';:.""^^  'f ''« *'"«  A«  •• 


52 


VIRGINIA. 


Mitural  .Viidge. 


Lexin'^wn-Tf  ;'n?  fPf^''  """"  ^"'"  ^'■«''-  H  mile.,  from 
worl.r   tI.     ^      °'  ""'  e^<""«^'  natura  curiosities  In  the 

ietridJex.e„ris''Sn?'''i'='?  '^\''.'r  '•"*'•'■="  "»'-™ 
torn,  «„3  M  fee"  a,'  JL  1'p''"  '"=''•'  '*  ^"^  "'"«  "  "■«  "«- 

i„Tit?.™^'i^:t'Sssr«:!.'^X- 

tainilTg^^'^roVuS^.^^^fl";^^^^^^^^  than  20  apartments,  con- 
display  the  mn«?  h«a?.v  i  °'','®^  ^"^  incrustations,  which 
sure^teli^  brilliancy',  when 

thecitJS^^:li^:^^/.',\^«/'^^^^  about  UmHes  above 
^ yot  Washington,  76  feet  m  perpendicular  descent, 


7.    What  is  said  of  the  Natural  Bridge  ?" 
Cave?    10.  Fails  of  the  Potoniici' 


8.  Caves?     9.  Wier'a 


VIRGINIA. 


53 


cording  to  Ml  Jeffer.on,  '«1S  Jnh^'nn  ^7^'  "'Z^" 
scenes  in  nature."  "®  '"<*'**  stupendous 

feet  ill  diameter  at  the  baVo  „m    «n  (■       ™  'l"'  '"«'•>  *<» 
co„^i,,s,h„„,a„d»o?1..r;„'sTele''.l'!"  "  "•"  ""' '  '"" 

•blndanc:  Sr/„re,  HveTlr:i7;'°''',  "",  '<"'•  <■«""•>  i» 
very  valuflhl«  W/  111-         '    °"'  ^°'^'  «"<*  *a^'-     I'here  are 

are  manuCactureci  '     ""^  ^'"^  'K'oatities  of  salt 

mv%a(«,n.'       ™"""'*'.  «""«'».  aud  in.provemoiits  of  rivtr 

«nJ';.i«:r~'itt^io'„"tlff',r"r,"''  ■■" "  "«'"'«••" 

tlie  head  of  tfc  tide  am?  hi       '''"^  °'.  •'""■«»  '"<"■>  "I'l  at 
16  AirJJtt  k     ■  '      ,  "»'  »"  exteiis  ve  trade. 

for  forlign  commerce  At  rn,i  i!''"'^''''  li  "^^  '"  ^'''^'"5* 
a  United^StateT  navy-^anl  ^'"'^  ""'*''  ^•'^•^°''''  '^^^'^  i^ 
coJLJS^^^^^^^^^^^^  ^e...c^i„.^,  „re  all 

infbee'^treX^Crapitlr^^^^^ 

of  the  British  army  u„de  "^  '^^  surrender 

the  United  States  a rmoiv  •  ^/o^/  f'  '  ^'"'^'';'*  ^^"^S'*  *'«'• 
nence  on  the  Poto?nacfi..'  h     -      ^^^''^n,  a  pleasant  emi- 

Washington  jairjSon/L/vr'"^  ^'""^  '^^  residence  of 

lottesviire.forhavLbeen   h^../•\^  ""^'  C*'^'^ 

20.  The  priS^S-'^^.'^^n'^^  of  Jefferson. 

Mary  Coi/eTnZjn^  institutions  are  mtiam  and 

United  SlafesV  at  WmiS"'!"'''^  ^f^^^>  '^^  ">*i«8t  in  the 
oiaies;,  at  Willmrnsburgj  the  Univer^nty  of  VirgiSa, 


11. 
15. 


20 


'^&^J%f„ai>'^Tt   ^2.  Mineral  producUons?    J3. 

VVhati.said''ofTchmL'fTG''liS:t^^^^^^  ,      , 

comniercal  towns?    IS    wr-i  •        -i^' .  i?'  ^''*'  other 
Wheeling?    irWhat /.illJ? . .  "  «a'd  of  Winchester  and 

What  literafy  instiiulions  /      '  ^''*'"'  ''"'^  ^"^  ^^'"^^  n°»'''^' 


54 


VIRGLMA. 


a  well  endowed  institution,  at  Charlottesville ;  Hampden- 
Sidney  College,  in  Prince  Edward  county  ;  Washinglon  Col- 
lege, at  Lexington  ;  Randolph-Macon  College,  at  Boydton  ; 
and  three  Theological  Seminaries,  one  near  Alexandria^ 
another  near  Hainpden-Sidney  College,  and  the  other  at 
Kichmond. 

21.  The  first  permanent  English  settlement  in  the  United 
States,  was  made  in  1607,  in  Virginia,  on  James  river,  at 
Jamestown,  a  place  now  in  ruins.  One  of  the  first  settlera 
was  the  famous  John  Smith,  who  is  styled  the  father  of  the 
colony. 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  North  Carolina  is  a  large  state,  and  has  great  agricul 
Jural  resources  j  but  its  commercial  prosperity  is  checked 
by  its  want  of  good  harbors,  as  its  rivers  have  sand  bars  at 
their  mouths,  and  it  has  no  large  towns.  A  great  part 
of  Its  exports  go  to  Charleston,  S.  C,  and  to  Petersburg, 
in  Virginia.  ° 

2.  Like  the  other  southern  Atlantic  states,  it  consists  of 
three  divisions  ;  1st,  the  alluvial  and  sandy  region,  which 
constitutes  nearly  one  half  of  the  state,  and  is  covered  with 
immense  forests  of  pine  ;  2dly,  the  hilly  country  in  the  mid- 
dle J  Sdly,  the  mountainous  region  in  the  west.  It  has 
tnuch^ood  soil,  and  much  that  is  poor. 

3.  This  state  has  three  noted  capes,  Cape  Hatteras,  Cape 
Lookout,  and  Cape  Fear,  all  formidable  to  seamen. 


21.  What  is  related  of  the  history  ? 

North  Carolina.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  North  Carolina.?  2.  Sur 
face  and  soil  ?    3.  Capes  .'' 


See  Map  of  the  Middle  States.  —  What  part  of  Chesapeake  bay  is 
in  Virginia  ?    What  capes  at  its  mouth  ? 

What  river  separates  Virginia  from  Maryland  ?  From  Ohio?  From 
Kentucky  ?  Wkat  rivers  flow  into  Chesapeake  bav  ?  Into 
tlie  Potomac?    Into  the  Ohio?  ^ 

What  rivers  in  the  south  part  of  the  state  ?  How  does  the  Blue 
Ridge  intersect  the  state  ? 

How  is  Richmond  situated  ?  Norfolk  ?  Williamsburg »  York- 
town  ?  Petersburg  ?  Fredericksburg?  Lynchburg?  Boyd- 
ton  ?  Staunton  ?  Lexington  ?  The  Natural  Bridge  ?  Wier's 
Cave?  Winchester?  Harper's  Ferry  ?  Charlottesvi  ' )  ? 
Monticello?  Mount  Vernon  ?  Wheeling?  Charleston? 
The  Sulphur  Springs  ?     Warm  Springs  ? 

What  towns  on  the  Potomac  ?  The  Rappahannock  ?  The  York ' 
The  James  ?    TJie  Ohio  ? 


atolina  ?  2.  Sur 


lesapeake  bay  is 


does  the  Blue 


c?    The  York? 


NORTH  CAROLINA.  ~  gg 

m%3hr  ^'x^^  Swamp,  about  30  miles  loiiff,  lies  parti. 

3/z£.«/Jl^'""''''"\""^  P^^"7  '»  Virginia  ;  Little  Disn^Jr 

5   ThI  ^T'"-^'  ^- '^*'^"  AlbemarTe  and  Pamlico  Soind/ 

grcaTSislJl"''™''"™""'  »"•'  '""""S  object,  ,eea?t  a 
^*:„S''"''  •^'"■o'i'.'*  abounds  in  tVon  ore,  and  bos  celeh™. 
^.^(SllfiS'SSr.  '■"'""' '»  '"^  "=oun./CS"b^ 
Thl  ^*7  state  has  several  important  railroads  and  canala 

ItdT&^i,Xrt^A^:.tn''in'M^^^^^ 

«rnKi'   ^*'"»*?«''o»>  on  Cape  Fear  river,  is  the  most  conaJd 

p"     S'^rT  '"i  '^'  'T  ^9'  ^^''^'Sn  commerce       "''"^ 
hnn:?    -^««^6ern,   pleasantly  situated  on   the   Neuse    is  r 

13  XV/r  •/,  ^"^  ^e^  considerable  commerce         '    '  * 
rnnl  K^y^^^P'^^^^  the  head  of  steamboat  navigation   on 

o^rr  e^1^;;r^5;,l'a"nS'i:^'df- ^^  ^"'"'"«""-'  ''  'O """""^ 

cinSruetron  *^    ^"^'  '"^^'''"^  '°  ^"  °^  ^^^'««'^* 

J6J[he^r-acipal  literal^  institutions  are  the  University 

la  Halei,h?    n.  WitSnP   y"SrrilXf 

*•  ^i*L°.*'*?'^*'°»".'"«cial  towns?    15.    What  olh^r  Wna    „„^ 
r«x  vv«ai  noted .-'    jb".  literary  institutions  ?  "' 


56 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 


NoIhT!"^  r  *  permanent  English  settlement  was  mack  in 
SnwK  ^Ye'"V^'''"  Albemarle  Sound,  in  1662  or  1663. 
mrth  and  South  Carohna  wore  originally  included  under 
one  government,  but  were  separated  in  1729. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

1.  South  Carolina  is  favorably  situated  for  agriculture 
and  commerce,  and  18  distinguished  for  the  opulence  of  Its 
planters,  and  the  refinement  and  intelligence  of  its  citizens, 
an/r  ;     !?'*,«**'*«  ^he  */«»M  exceed  the  whites  in  number  ; 
and,  in  the  low  and  alluvial  country,  in  the  laJio  of  more 
inan  5  to  I.     This  portion  comprising  less  than  one  third 
ot  the  territory  of  the  state,  contains  more  than  half  of  tno 
slaves,  and  only  about  one  fifth  of  the  whites. 
-„fi  ^''^P"nc>'^l  rivers  are  the  Pedee',  which  is  navi- 
gable for  large  boats  200  miles  ;  the  Santee',  which  is  nav 
igable  for  steamboats  to  Columbia,  where  it  has  the  name 
of  the   Congaree's    ond  tho   Savan'nah,  which  separates 
South  Carolina  from  Georgia.  * 

4.  The  Meghany  Mountains  extend  through  the  west- 
ern part.    The  most  remai'knble  summit  in  South  Car- 
olina IS  Table  Mountain,  which  is  about  4,800  feet  high 
and  presents,  on  one  side,  a  tremendous  rocky  precipice 
above  1,500  feet  in  height.  ^  '^  ^^'i»^» 

5.  This  state  has  some  important  works  of  internal  im- 
provement. The  South  Carolina  RaUroad,  extending  from 
Charleston  to  Hamburg  on  the  Savannah,  opposite  to  Au- 
gusta, 13  136  miles  long.  *  ^    »  ^t=  lu  au 

Off  i  ^^J-^**?,'^'  *he  seat  of  government,  is  pleasantly  situ- 
ated on  the  Congaree,  the  main  branch  of  the  Santee,  near 
the  centre  of  the  state,  and  is  a  handsome  town. 
7.  Charleston,  much  the  largest  town,  is  the  principal 


17.  What  is  related  of  the  history  ?  ' , 

SoiTTH  Carolina.  - 1  What  is  said  of  South  Carolina  ?  2.  The 
inhabitante?  3.  Rivers?  4.  Mountains?  5.  InlernS  im! 
provement?    6.  Columbia?    7.  Charleston?  '«"*'"  '™ 

Sec  Map  of  the  U.  S.  -  Ho  w  is  North  Carolina  bounded  ' 
What  capes  on  the  coast  ?    How  are  they  situated  > 
Where  IS  Pamlico  sound  ?    Albemarle?    What  rivers?   What  are 
«ru      *h«»J!; .co"'"''«s  •'     Where  is  Ararat  mountain  ? 
Where  is  Dismal  Swamp  ?    How  is  Raleigh  situated  ?    Newbern  > 

Ch^?fru^'  J^^yTV^l^  i      *^^^"*°"  '     Wafhingto^  ? 
Chapej^FlilI?    Salem?    Salisbury?    Charlotte?    The  Warm 


8. 
10. 


i$on  College  in 

t  was  ma(}«  in 

1662  or  1663. 

Qcludcd  under 


or  agriculture 
pulence  of  its 
of  its  citizens. 
ea  in  number  •, 
raJio  of  more 
than  one  third 
in  half  of  tno 

r'hich  is  navi- 
which  is  nav 
^as  the  name 
ich  separates 

igh  the  west- 
1  South  Car- 
00  feet  hi^h, 
cky  precipice 

'  internal  im* 
tending  from 
posite  to  Au- 

easantly  situ- 

Santee,  near 

n. 

he  principal 


olina  ?    2.  The 
.  Internal  im* 


ided  P 

rs  ?   What  are 

?  Newbcrn  ? 
Washington  ? 
?   The  Warm 


SOUTH  CAROLINA,  5% 

emporium  for  the  commerce,  not  only  of  Sou  h  rnrni!„- 
hut  of  a  considerable  part  of  North  Srol  na     It  is  si^^^^ 
nn/AT'  J'*^""^  ^•^""^^  ^y  the  confluence  if  CooTer 
eTa'te'^'ziYveS""'  ''' ""  ^^"^«"'-»  »'-»^-  '^rZa' 
8.    Some  of   the  oth6r   principal    towns  are   CamJ^ 

Vn«/A  /?I.r/-'"*^'P"*  ^'.!''''"''>'  institutions  are  the  CoUere  of 

some  time,  the  seat  of^^ rlfoto^T^v^r'l^d  ZhlrlZ 
ton  and  Camden,  also  the  places  naZI i,ta\.Spn^Tin^ 
CowPens,  were  rendered  famous  by  warlikeTchfe3e'^ 

GEORGIA. 
I.  Georgia  is  one  of  the  largest  states  in  extent  of  terri 

'Zl-^^i^Za.:^"'  ""«  "-•=-'«»"  with  r.isst  IS. 

wi?hIin*eZ'o,r  half  is  mostly  level  alluvial  land,  covered 
«7SSr^o:Sr„-.S^^^^^^^^^^^^  '^  Sfe'-rS^t  tSnTveS 

*-      r '^f  principal  rivers  are  the  Savan'nah,  Oe-e'ehee  JUa. 
/am«A«  (aj-ta-ma-haw'),,  f'/.n/,  and  ChaZoo'Iee       ' 
tvhAn.,     -.u-      u  "*'**''  '^   '""°h    *he  largest  river  that  ia 

(tfZ^''^'V^^  T'^^  «"•' '«  ^'"ne'l  hy  the  two  branches 
Oco'nee  and  OcmuVgee,  which  unite  120  miles  from  the^n 

^ille^  aboTson'"'  "''1"^  V^"  ^*=°"^^  ^'•""^b  to  M  lle'dle: 
vine,  about  SOO  mnes  by  the  course  of  the  rlver«  frnm  rh« 

7^1' r^^  '^^  Ocmulgee  to  Macon  ;  and  they  also  ascend   bp 
^-^hoochee  to  Columbus,  43o'miies  frU  th"/ gulf  of 


RvZ&t  "'*  ^'  5.-7"°^^  •«  South  Carolina  bounded  ' 

V^^r  ," "ii""".'' •    <^''"l"lon?  Georgetown'   Beaufort' 


53 


GEORGIA. 


Ik  Toccoa  Falls  nnd  Tatlulah  Falls.  1 1  na  c»  apart,  are 
beautiful  cascades.  The  perpendicular  descent  of  the  for- 
mer is  186  feet. 

6.  Indian  Springs,  also  Madison  Springs,  23  miles  north- 
west of  Athens,  are  mineral  waters  that  are  considerablv 
visited.  ' 

7.  Georgia  has  some  important  railroads  and  canals, 

\r^  \^*ij^al  Railroad  extends  from  Savannah  to  Macon. 

about  200  miles  ;  and  Monroe  Railroad  continues  the  lino 

from  Macon  to  Forsyth,  25  miles.     The  Georgia  Raitroaa 

e^Jenda  irom  Augusta  to  Athens  and  Madison. 

8.  Mii/lbdgeville,  a  small  town  near  the  centre  of  the 
state,  IS  the  seat  of  government. 

9.  Savan'nah,  on  the  river  Savannah,  17  miles  from  its 
mouth,  IS  regularly  laid  out,  and  is  the  chief  emporium  of 
the  state  for  foreign  commerce. 

10.  Augvsta,  on  the  Savannah,  lias  an  extensive  trade, 
particularly  in  cotton,  * 

11.  Ma' con  and  Colum'bus  have,  within  a  few  years,  be- 
come places  of  importance,  and  are  flourishing  commercial 
towns.  o  »» 

12.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Franklin  Col- 
Z^^',,**  respectably   endowed  seminarv,  at  Athens:  and 

&nlP^  ^^^^^^^^%  recently  founded  at  Midway. 

13.  Ihe  first  English  settlement  in  Georgia  was  com- 
menced at  Savannah,  in  1733,  by  General  Oglethorpe,  to- 
gether with  160  persons.  , 

FLORIDA 

1.  Florida,  the  southen,  vost  portion  of  the  United  States 
consists  mostly  of  a  large  peninsula,  resembling,  in  its  liei/ 
eral  aspect,  the  low  country  of  the  Southern  States  :  and 


5,  FallaorcMcades?  0.  Mineral  waters?  7.  Railroads  ?  8,  Mil- 
ledgeville?  9  Savannah  ?  10.  Augusta?  II.  Macon  and 
Co  urnbus?  12.  Literary  institutions  ?  13.  What  is  related 
oi  the  settlement  ? 

Florida.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Florida  ? 


Se.e  Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  How  is  Georgia  bounded  ' 
What  islands  on  the  coast?    What  river  separates  it  from  South 
Carolina  ?    What  one  from  Alabama  ?     What  rivers  in  the 

w««,  •  ®  M^li "/"'-n  ^"•**'^  "^f '^^  •'  Where  is  Okefonoke  Swamp? 

How  18  MiUedgevilIe  situated  ?  Savannah?  Augusta?  Macon? 
Lolumbus  ?  Athens  ?  Madison  ?  Forsyth  ?  Darien  ?  Toe- 
coa  Falls  ?  Indian  Springs  ?  What  towns  on  or  near  the 
coast  ?    What  ones  in  the  north  part  ?    In  Uie  central  part  > 


HI  c»  nnart.  are 
scent  or  the  for- 

.  3S  miles  north- 
re  considerably 

ida  and  canalt. 
innh  to  Mncon, 
ntinucH  the  lino 
eorgia  Haitroaa 

le  ccntro  of  tho 

miles  from  its 
f  emporium  of 

jxtensive  trade, 

I  few  years,  be- 
ing commercial 

!  Franklin  Col- 
;  Athens  3  and 
[Vfidway. 
rgia  was   com- 
)glethorj»e,  to- 


United  States, 
iug,  in  its  geu 
n  States  :  and 


ilroads  ?  8.  Mil- 
1 1 .  Macon  and 
What  is  related 


rLORIDA 


OU 


s  it  from  South 
lat  riveM  in  the 
ifonoke  Swamp  ? 
;usta  ?  Macon  ? 
Darien  ?  Toe- 
on  or  near  the 
he  central  part ' 


^ir^  ""^  l!!°  .""'^'"'^ '?  «'*'''  *°  ""e  more  than  about  200 
feet  above  tho  level  of  the  sea. 

»n?i*  mn't  ^T'""*  P"'-'  'i^  i''**  ^'''""''•y  •"  «nn*Jy  and  poor, 
indmuch  ot  ir    particularly  in  the  south,  is  mnr«hy  ;  ye 

iY«Ti    ^^u''^  *"i:^''^  *''"''**  interspersed  throughout,  cio- 
clally  m  tho  northern  part.  o     "  >  "j'"- 

3.  Florida  is  distinguished  for  its  trees  and  plants.    The 
Itveoak,  valuable  for  ship  timber,  is  found  in  grJat  porfe^- 
lion  ;  end  the  magnoha,  with  its  large  milk-while  floivcrs 
adds  to  tho  beauty  of  the  forests.  noivcrs, 

«u^*«r^llSj5""?*®   ""''  *''''  "'*®   '^^"P^'^   t«  c^""".  rice, 
sugar  indigo,  cHive«,  oranges,  and  other  tropical  fruits. 

fJ:.,  I  P"»cipal  rivers  are  the  Appalachico'la  and  S/ 
/oto,  botf,  navigable.  The  latter  haf  a  sluggi.h  current, 
and  IS  navigable  about  200  miles.  t-urreni, 

i.  J;  ^'^'^''^"^s'sEE,  a  new  and  flourishing  town,  is  the 
«eat  of  government.  * 

«„!*  rf?"'u''''''L  *«""erly  the  capital  of  West  Florida,  has 

8.  St  Auguatinf,  formerly  the  capital  of  East  Florida 

United  te."*  "'"''^°"'  ""^  "  ***^  '^'^^^^  ^«-»  i"  '^« 

ioLfl'l'^rv'/^'''',^  ^'-  ''*"'^*''  '^'^  "«^  commercial 
towns ;  and  Key  West,  on  a  small  island,  is  a  nlace  of 
some  commercial  importance.  *  * 

B./At^!?''''*''.'^®*  conquered  by  the  Spaniards  in   1539. 
and  St.  Augustine  was  founded  by  them  /n  1564.     In  1763 
the  country  was  divided  into  East  and  West  Florida  •  and 
in  1821,  It  was  ceded  by  Spain  to  the  United  States    '         ' 


^'  ^""'^^^   ^'^n^^hle  growth?     4.   Productions?     5.  Rivers? 
<i   voJ':^^^^''^''^^'''     7.  Pensacola?    8.  St.  Aucustine ' 
D.  What  other  towns  ?    10.  What  is  related  of  thffiory  i* 

Se«  JIfap  of  the  U.  S.  -  How  is  Florida  situated  ? 
What  18  Its  southernmost  cape  ?    Where  is  Cape  Florida ' 
What  islands  to  the  south  of  Florida  ?     Wherfis  Apaiachee  tay  f 
H«»  •  ^M,*  u"^"  "^  ^'°"^''  •     What  swamp  on  the  north  ?     ^ 


6« 


60 


ALABAMA. 


ALABAMA. 

1.  Alabama  is  a  new,  large,  and  important  state,  having 
great  agricultural  and  comiriercial  advantages,  and  it  is  dis- 
tinguished for  its  rapid  growth. 

2.  The  surface  of  the  southern  part  is  low  and  level  or 
moderately  uneven,  and  most  of  it  covered  with  pine  for- 
ests J  the  middle  and  northern  parts  are  diversified  and 
hilly,  and  a  portion  is  moujitainous. 

3.  Much  of  the  soil,  particularly  in  the  parts  watered  by 
the  Alabama,  Touibeckbee,  Tennessee,  and  their  branches, 
is  fertile. 

4.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Jllaba'ma,  Tombeck'bee 
or  Tombig'bee,  Chatafioo'chee,  and  Ten'ncssee. 

5.  The  Jilabd'ma  is  navigable  for  small  steamboats  to  the 
junction  of  the  Coosa  and  Tallapoosa,  about  300  miles  ; 
and  the  Tombeckhtey  by  its  eastern  branch,  the  Black  War- 
rior, to  Tuscaloosa,  300  miles  ;  and  by  its  western  branch, 
to  Columbus  in  Mississippi,  upwards  of  400  miles. 

6.  The  Tennessee,  which  flows  through  the  northern 
part  of  the  state,  forms  an  expansion  25  miles  long  and  2 
or  8  broad,  called  the  Muscle  Shoals,  from  the_abundance 
of  sofk-shell  turtles  and  fresh-water  clams.  A  canal  ex- 
lends  from  the  head  of  these  shoals  to  FIorencer37  miles. 

7.  TuscALoo'sA,  situated  at  the  falls  of  the  Black  War- 
rior, in  the  central  part  of  the  state,  is  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment. 

B.  Mobile',  on  an  elevated  plain,  at  the  head  of  Mobile 
bay,  is  much  the  largest  town,  the  principal  emporium  of 
the  state,  and  has  a  great  commerce. 

9.  Montgomery  and  Wetumpka,  near  the  head  of  steam 
boat  navigation  on  the  waters  of  the  Alabama,  are  flourish- 


Alabama.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Alabama  ?   2.  Surface  ? 
4.    Rivers?     5.  The  Alabsma  and  Tombeckbee  r 
Tennessee?    7   Tuscaloosa?    S.  Mobile? 
9.  What  other  towns  ? 


3.  Soil  r 
(5   The 


Sei  Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  How  is  Alabama  bounded  ? 

Where  is  Mobile  bay  ?    What  are  the  rivers  of  Alabama  ? 

What  river  forms  a  part  of  the  eastern  boundary  ?  What  rivers 
unite  to  form  the  Alabama  ?  Wljat  is  the  eastern  branch  of 
the  Tombeckbee  ?     Where  the  Muscle  Shoals  ? 

How  is  Tuscaloosa  situated  ?  Mobile  ?  Montgomery  ?  St.  Ste- 
phen's?   Florence?   Huntsville?    What  other  towns  in  the 


ALABAMA. 


41 


<T»g4owns ;  also  Florence,  at  the  head  of  steamboat  naviga- 
tion on  the  Tennessee,  and  Huntsville  in  the  northern  part. 

10.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  University 
ofJllabama,  a  well  endowed  seminary,  at  Tuscaloosa  ;  Lm 
Oranf^e  College  at  La  Grange;  and  Spring  Hill  College 
near  Mobile. 

11.  Alabama  was  erected  into  a  territorial 
in  1817,  and  into  a  state  in  1319. 


government 


Tombeck'bee 


MISSISSIPPI, 

!.  The  state  of  Mississippi  resembles  Alabama  in  its  gen- 
eral characteristics ;  but  it  is  less  intersected  by  rivers, 
and  has  a  smaller  proportion  of  upland  or  hilly  country. 

2.  The  southern  part  is  level  or  moderately  uneven, 
and  mostly  covered  with  pine  forests,  interspersed  with  some 
cypress  swamps  and  marshes  ;  the  northern  part  has  a  sur- 
face diversified  with  hills,  valleys,  and  plains  j  but  there  are 
no  mountains. 

3.  The  pine  forests  and  level  lands  of  inferior  qiiaiity 
constitute  more  than  half  of  the  state  ;  but  there  is  a  largo 
portion  that  has  a  very  fertile  soil,  exceedingly  well  adapt- 
ed to  the  production  of  cotton,  which  is  the  great  object  of 
attention  with  the  planters  in  this  state,  as  well  as  in  Alaba- 
ma and  Georgia. 

4.  The  Choctaw  and  CJiicka^mo  Indians,  who  lately  pos- 
sessed some  fine  tracts  of  land  in  the  northern  and  north- 
eastern parts,  have,  within  a  few  years,  removed  to  the 
west  of  the  Mississippi ;  and,  since  their  removal^  this  state 
has  increased  very  rapidly  in  population. 

5.  The  river  Mississippi  forms  the  great  natural  feature 
of  the  state.  The  three  other  principal  rivers  are  the  Pfl#- 
cagdu'la,  Pearl,  and  Yazoo'. 

6.  Several  important  railroads  have  been  constructed  in 
tliis  state.  ^ 

7.  Jackson,  a  small  town,  in  the  central  part,  is  the  seat 
of  government. 

8.  J\ratchez,  pleasantly  situated  on  an  elevated  bank  of  the 
Mississippi,  and  Vicksburg,  a  new  town,  on  the  same  river, 
below  the  junction  of  the  Yazoo,  are  the  largest  and  most 
commercial  towns. 


10.  What  literary  institutions  ?    11.  What  is  related  of  the  history  ? 

Mississippi,  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Mississippi?  2.  Surface  ?  3, 
Soil-ftnd  productions  ?  4.  Indians  ?  5.  Rivers  ?  G.  Rail- 
roads P    7,  Jackson?    8.  Natciiez  and  Vicksburg ;> 


02 


MISSISSIPPI. 


9.  Some  of  the  other  most  considerable  lovyiis  are  ijotum* 
huSt  Clinton,  Manchester,  and  Port  Gibson. 

10.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Jefferson  VoUege 
at  Washington,  and  Oakland  College  at  Oakland. 

11.  The  first  settlement  of  whites  was  made  at  Natchez 
bv  the  French  about  the  year  1716  ;  and,  in  1729,  the 
French  colony  was  massacred  by  the  Natchez  Indians. 

12.  But  few  American  settlements  were  made  till  near 
the  end  of  the  last  century.  A  territorial  government  was 
established  in  1800  ;  and,  in  1817,  Mi.ssissippi  was  erected 
into  a  state. 


LOUISIANA. 

1.  Loliiftia'na  is  remarkable  for  embracine  the  Delta  of 
the  great  river  Mississippi ;  and  by  means  of  this  river  and 
its  tributaries,  it  possesses  great  commercial  advantages, 
although  its  long  line  of  seacoast  affords  no  good  harbor. 

2.  It  is  qpe  of  the  most  level  states  in  the  Union,  consist* 
iDg  chiefly  of  an  immense  plain,  divided,  with  respect  to 
its  surface,  into  sea-marsh,  which  is  overflowed  by  high 
tides,  alluvial  lands,  liable  to  inundation  by  the  overflowing 
of  the  rivers,  prairies,  pine  forests,  and  hickory  and  oak 
lands ;  and,  in  the  northwest  part,  there  is  a  portion  that  is 
hilly. 

8.  The  southern  part  Consists  of  marshes  or  low  prairie 
Hand  destitute  of  trees,  but  covered  with  reeds  or  coarse 
cnrass,  and  intersected  by  numerous  bays,  lakes,  and  rivers. 
Nothing  can  be  more  dreary  than  the  prospect  of  the  im- 
mense waste,  which  is  afforded  from  a  ship's  mast,  in  sail" 
jpg  up  from  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi,  to  New  Orleans. 

4.  The  Delta  of  the  Mississippi,  which  is  elevated  only 
about  10  feet  above  the  gulf  of  Mexico,  comprises  about 
one  fourth  of  the  state,  and  is  annually  inundated  by  the 
spring  ioods. 


9,  What  is  said  of  other  towns  ?  10. 
What  is  related  of  the  history  .' 
slate .' 


Literary  institutions .'    11. 
12.  When  eructed  into  a 


Louisiana. —  1.  For  what  is  Louisiana  remarkable?  2.  What  is 
said  of  its  surface  ?    3.  The  southern  part  ?    4.  The  Delta  ? 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  How  ia  Mississippi  bounded  ?  What  riv- 
ers in  it  flow  into  the  Mississippi  ?  What  ones  into  the  gulf 
of  Mexico  ?  How  is  Jackson  situated  ?  Natchez  ?  Vioks- 
hmg?    Columbus  ?  What  towns  on  or  near  the  Mississipni  ? 


TT  isrzz  viitrr?  \Tti  2.  can  iiTtrx 


LOUISIANA. 


63 


vyiis  ure  uotum* 


5.  A  considerable  part  of  the  state  consists  of  prairies, 
come  of  them  of  great  extent,  particularly  the  Opelou'sas 
pranie,  which  is  computed  to  contain  more  than  6.000 
square  miles. 

€.  Louisiana  possesses  a  great  variety  of  soil ;  much  of 
the  country  is  barren  or  not  susceptibJe  of  culUvation  :  and 
much  of  It  IS  of  extraordinary  fertility. 

7.  The  Staple  productions  are  cotton,  sugar,  and  lice  :  and 
calHe  are  raised  m  great  numbers  in  some  parts,  particular- 
ly on  the  Opelousas  prairie. 

^\rF^^*^.  ^""*'  Principal  rivers  are  the  Mississip'm,  Red  Riv- 
er, Washita',  and  Sabine'. 

9.  The  principal  lakes  are  Borgne  (bom),  Pontcharirdhi 
(pon-shar-train'),  Maurepas,  (maw'-re-pa),  Mermen'tau,  and 
i^alcastu  (^cal-ca-soo),  which  are  properiy  bays  or  inJets  of 
the  sea,  m  the  south  ;  and  Bisleneau  (bis-te-no'),  a  beauti- 
ful lake  in  the  north. 

10.  New  Orleans,  the  capital  and  only  large  town,  ia 
eituated  on  the  Mississippi,  105  mile?  by  its  course  from  Its 
entrance  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico.  It  possesses  unrivalled 
commercial  advantages,  having  a  river  navigation  above  it, 
by  means  of  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries,  far  more  ex- 
tensive than  any  other  city  on  the  globe  ;  and  ne  other  city 
gives  employment  to  so  many  steamboats.  It  is  the  empo- 
m"™?  "^*  °"*y  °^  Louis'ana,  but  of  the  great  valley  of  the 
Mississippi,  and  has  a  greater  amount  of  exports  than  any 
other  city  in  America. 

11.  Some  of  the  other  most  considerable  towns  are  BcUm 
liotige  (ba'tn-roozh),  Alexandria,  and  MUchUoches  (nak-e-to'- 
cnez^. 

12.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Lottmana  Co?- 
tege  at  Jackson,  and  Jefferson  College  at  St.  James. 

IS.  In  1673,  the  Mississip})i  was  discovered  by  Mctrquitk 

and  Johct,  two  French  missionaries  9  in  1682,  the  country 


S.  What  is  said  of  its  prairies  ?  6  Soil  ?  7.  Productions  ?  8. 
Rivers?  9.  Laiies  ?  10.  New  Orleans.?  II.  What  other 
.towns.'  12.  What  literary  institutions.?  13.  What  is  .relat- 
ed of  the  history  ? 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  How  is  Louisiana  bounded  ?  What  por- 
tion lies  east  of  the  Mississippi  ?  What  river  forms  the  wes- 
tern boundary?  What  are  tlie  course  and  termination  of  Red 
River  ?  What  other  rivers  in  Louisiana  ?  What  lakes  in 
the  southeast?  In  the  southwest?  In  the  north?  How  ii 
New  Orleans  situated?  Baton  Rouge  ?  Jackson?  Madi- 
son ville  ?  Opelousas?  What  towns  on  the  Mississippi? 
On  Red  River  ?    On  the  Washita  ?  ' 


64 


LOUISIANA. 


was  explored  by  La  Salle,  and  named  Louisiana,  in  honor  of 
Louis  XIV.;  in  1699,  a  French  settlement  was  begun  at 
Iberville;  and  in  1717,  JVew  Orleans  was  founded. 

14.  In  1803,  the  extensive  country  of  Louisiana,  com 

{)rising  aH  the  territory  now  belonging  to  the  United  States, 
ying  west  of  the  Mississippi,  was  purchased  of  France  for 
the  sum  of  $  15,000,000,  and  in  1812,  the  State  of  Louisiana 
was  admitted  into  the  Union. 


ARKANSAS. 

1.  This  nbw  state  is  one  of  the  largest  and  least  settled  in 
the  Union,  and  it  has  no  large  towns. 

3.  The  surface  in  the  eastern  part,  for  about  100  miles 
west  of  the  Mississippi,  is  low  and  level,  and  much  of  it 
subject  to  inundation  ;  in  the  middle,  uneven  and  hilly  ;  and 
in  the  western  part,  hilly  and  mountainous.  The  Ozark' 
Mountains  traverse  the  northwestern  corner. 

8.  The  greater  part  is  covered  with  forests,  and  some  of 
it  is  heavy-timb;.i'ed  ;  but  there  is  considerable  prairie  land. 

4.  The  country  is  well  watered  b^  numerous  rivers  and 
streams,  and  much  of  the  soil,  especially  that  on  the  water- 
courses, is  fertile. 

5.  The  principal  agricultural  productions  are  cotton,  com, 
and  cattle  ;  the  mineral  productions  are  iron,  lead,  coal, 
and  salt, 

6.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mississippi,  which  forms 
the  eastern  boundary  ;  Arkansas  (ar-kan-saw'),  which  is 
navigable  far  beyond  the  limits  of  the  state  ;  IVhite  River, 
which  is  navigable  for  steamboats  to  Batesville,  about  800 
miles  ;  St.  Francis,  a  large  navigable  river  ;  and  WashUd'. 
*■  7.  The  Hot  Springs,  near  the  sources  of  the  Washita, 
consisting  of  as  many  as  70  fountains,  are  much  visited  by 
invalids.  The  temperature  of  the  water  is  from  100°  to 
150",  but  not  strongly  impregnated  by  any  mineral  sub- 
stance. 

8.  Little  Rock,  situated  on  the  Arkansas,  300  miles  from 


i.  What  is  said  of  the  purchase,  &c.  ? 

Arkansas.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Arkansas  ?  2.  Surface  .?  3.  For- 
ests and  prairie.''  4.  Soil.'  5.  Productions?  6.  Rivers' 
7.  Hot  Springs?    8.  Little  Rock  ? 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  How  is  Arkansas  bounded  ?  What  river 
on  the  east  ?  What  one  on  the  southwest .'  Wliat  other  riveni 
flow  through  it  ?   How  is  Little  Rock  situated  ?    BatesvilLu » 


ARKANSAS. 


65 


its  mouth  by  the  river,  is  the  largest  town,  and  the  seat  of 
government ;  and  it  has  considerable  trade. 

9.  Arkansas  was  erected  into  a  territorial  government  in 
1819,  and  into  a  state  in  1836. 


least  settled  in 


irfaco  ?    3.  For» 
8  ?    6.  Rivers? 


WESTERN  STATES. 

Taking  Buffaloes. 


1.  The  western  division  of  the  Union  comprises  the  states 
of  Ten'nessee,  Kentuck'y,  OMo^  Mich'igan,  Indian'a  (in- 
je-an'na),  Illinois'  (il-le-noy'),  and  Mistdu'ri,  together  with 
the  IViscon'sin,  I'owa,  Western^  and  Or'e-gon  territories. 

2.  The  Mississippi  Valley  which  comprises  all  these 
states  and  territories,  except  Oregon,  is  a  term  applied  to 
the  vast  country  which  is  watered  by  the  Mississippi  and 
its  numerous  tributary  rivers,  and  which  extends  from  the 
Alleghany  mountains  on  the  east,  to  the  Rocky  mountains 
on  the  west.  This  valley  surpasses  in  extent  all  other  val-. 
leys  on  the  globe,  that  of  the  Amazon  (and  perhaps  also 
tiiat  of  the  La  Plata)  excepted. 


9.  When  erected  into  a  state  ? 

Western  States.  — 1.  What  does  the  western  division  com 
;  .ise  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  the  MiaiisRJnni  Valley  ? 


66 


WESTERN  STATES. 


8.  The  great  river  MUainaippiy  which  gives  name  io  thftf 
▼alley,  is  about  a  half  a  mile  in  width,  and  very  deep.  It 
k  the  narrowest  river  on  the  globe,  in  proportion  to  the 
mass  of  water  which  it  cdrneSr  the  extent  of  country  which 
it  drains,  and  the  commercial  facilities  which  its  waters 
afford.  This  river,  together  with  its  tributary  streams,  is 
supposed  to  furnish  more  than  20,000  miles  of  steamboat 
navigation, 

4.  The  largest  tributaries  on  the  western  side,  are  the 
J\Ii$80uri,  Arkansas,  and  Red  River  ;  on  the  eastern  side, 
the  Ohio  and  Tennessee. 

5.  The  surface  of  this  valley  is  diversified,  but  there  are 
no  considerable  mountains.  In  some  parts  it  is  hilly ;  a 
good  deal  of  it  is  undulating ;  but  the  most  of  it  may  be 
regarded  as  a  vast  plain. 

ft^  Though  this  country  has  barren  tracts,  yet  the  soil  of 
a'great  portion  of  it  is  of  uncommon  fertility  j  and,  on  the 
timbered  lands,  the  foi^^  n  trees  are  often  of  great  size. 

7.  The  elimate  is  various  ;  in  the  south  warm,  and  in 
north  cold.  The  winters  are  more  changeable,  and  the 
quantity  of  snow  less,  than  in  the  same  parallels  in  the 
countr7«.hordering  on  the  Atlantic.  Some  parts  are  un- 
healthy, particularly  the  inundated  lands  on  the  rivers,  and 
the  wet  prairies. 

8.  A  remarkable  feature  of  this  country  consists  in  its 
cxtensiVeprainV*,  which  are  tracts  of  land  entirely  desti- 
tute of  tFl»s,  and  generally  covered  with  weeds  and  grasp, 
and  are  oiiiftmented,  at  certain  seasons,  with  a  profusion 
of  the  most  beautiful  flowers. 

9.  The  prairies  are  generally  very  level,  and  are  divided 
into  wet  and  dry  j  but  the  dry  or  upland  prairies  form 
much  the  greater  part.  Those  wbjch  are  wet  and  marshy 
commonly  border  on  water  courses.  These  natural  mead- 
ows generally  are  of  great  fertility,  and  are  covered  with 
the  most  luxuriant  vegetation. 

10.  The  prairies  are  found,  to  some  extent,  in  the  state 
of  Ohio  J  as  we  proceed  to  the  westward,  the  proportion 
which  they  bear  to  the  timbered  land  increases  j  and,  after 
we  proceed  two  or  three  hundred  miles  to  the  west  of  the 
Mississippi,  they  are  found  to  occupy  almost  the  whde  ex- 
lent  of  country,  except  the  margins  of  the  rivers, 

111  The  prairies  to  the  west  of  the  Mississippi  affbid 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  Missi- 
S.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  . 

8r  What  is  said  of  the  prairies f    9.  What  varieties?    10,    Vaerfl 
Me  they  found  ?    11.  What  animals  abound  ^ 


:-»ppi?    4.  What  are  the  tribut^nes  ? 
ot'  the  valley  ?    G.  Soil  ?    7.  CI :  :  i'-  ? 


li'ii 


WESTERN  STATES. 


67 


ies  ;  and,  after 


pasture  to  immense  numbers  of  buffaloes,  or  more  properly, 
hitons  ;  also  elk,  deer,  and  other  wild  animals.  Herds  of 
Aufialoes  are  here  seen,  that  are  supposed  to  contam  moro 
than  10,000. 

13.  This  animal  is  the  chief  object  of  hunting  among  the 
Indians ;  and  its  flesh  is  the  principal  article  of  food  both  to 
the  savages  and  the  white  hunters.  The  Indians  oAen 
attack  the  buffaloes  on  horseback,  and  kill  them  by  piercing 
them  with  arrows  or  balls  ;  and  sometimes  they  decoy  the 
animals,  and  precipitate  them  down  a  precipice. 

13.  There  are  found  throughout  the  western  country,  with 
greater  or  less  frequency,  tumuli  or  mounds,  some  of  them 
of  immense  size.  There  is  no  histonr  or  tradition  that 
throws  any  light  upon  their  orign  ;  and  it  is  impossible  to 
ascertain  when,  by  whom,  or  for  what  purpose  they  were 
formed.  They  are  commonly  found  on  the  most  fertile 
lands,  in  plains  and  near  large  streams.  They  are  mere 
erections  of  earth,  and  indicate  little  art,  yet  great  labor, 
in  their  construction.  In  some  instances,  trees  several 
hundred  years  old,  are  seen  growing  out  of  them. 

14.  Some  of  the  most  important  productions  of  the  West- 
ern States  are  wheat,  Indian  com,  kemp,  and  cattle  ;  and  in 
the  southern  parts,  cotton  and  tobacco. 

15.  The  most  numerous  denominations  of  Christians  are 
Jitethodiats,  Bapti$t8,  and  Preabyteriana  ;  but  there  are  few 
fettled  ministers  in  these  states  except  in  the  towns ;  and 
Ihe  greater  part  of  the  religious  instruction  is  given  by  itin- 
erant ^eachers.  % 

16.  The  three  largest  towns  are  Cincinnati,  LouiaviUe, 
and  St.  Louis. 

TENNESSEE. 

1.  Tennessee  is  an  interior  state,  situated  remote  from 
the  sea,  and  it  suffers  inconvenience,  particularly  the  east- 
ern part,  on  account  of  the  distance  from  market ;  but  it 
has  a  pleasant  and  healthy  climate. 

3.  It  is  of  an  oblong  form,  and  the  Cumberland  Moun- 
tains, a  range  of  the  AUeghanies,  extend  through  it  in  an 
oblique  direction,  dividing  it  into  East  and  West  Tennessee. 

3.  East  Tennessee  is  traversed  by  various  ridges  of  the 
Alleghany  mountains,  and  is  an  elevated  country,  abound- 


12.  What  is  said  of  hunting  the  buffalo  ? 
or  mounds?  14.  Productions? 
tions  ?    16.  Towns  ? 


13.  What  is  said  of  tumuli 
15.  Religious  denomina* 


TxifRKSSEE.— 1. 

divided  ?    3. 


What  is  said  of  Tennessee?    2.  How  is  it 
What  is  said  of  East  Tennessee  ? 
7 


6B 


TENNESSEE 


Mg  in  grand  and  imposing  scenery,  such  as  is  formed  bt 
precipitous  declivities  of  mountains,  fine  cascades,  prctor* 
estjue  valleys,  with  clear  and  beautiful  streams  Much  off 
it  IS  broken  and  unproductive,  but  the  valley»  are  verv 
fertile.  ^ 

4.  The  swfitcv  of  the  part  of  West  Tennessee,  that  is 
situated^  to  wards  the  Mississippi,  is  levol  or  undulating  ;  the 
part  further  east,  called  Middle  Tennessee,  is  hilly  ;  a  great 
part  of  the  soit  is  very  fertile, 

5.  The  state  is  well  watered  by  nmnerous  wnaH  streams, 
«nd  has  three  large  rivers,  the  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  and 
Cumberland,  which  are  of  great  advantage  in  facilitating 
commercial  intercourse. 

6.  The  Tennessee  is  the  largest  tributary  of  the  Ohio, 
and  is  navigable,  at  some  seasons,  for  stean)boats  to  Flor- 
ence in  Alabama  j  and  the  Cumberland  is  navigable  for 
steamboats  to  Nashville  and  also  to  Carthage. 

7.  There  are  various  interesting  natural  curiosities,  some 
of  which  are  the    Whirl  or  Suck  where  the  Tennessee 

J  u*^^  5'*'®"Sh  the  Cumberland  mountains  j  channels  form- 
ed by  rivers  through  solid  limestone  to  the  depth  of  SOO  or 
400  feel;  beautiful  cascades,  remarkable  caves,  petrifac- 
tions of  trees,  and  organic  remains, 

8.  Iron  ore  abounds,  and  large  quantities  of  iron  are  roan- 
nfactured ;  other  mineral  productions  are  goldy  coal,  salt, 
marble,  and  gypsum. 

9.  Agriculture  forms  the  chief  employment  of  the  inhab- 
itants, aiw  the  principal  productions  are  Indian  com,  eot-- 
ton,  wheat,  tobacco,  hemp,  and  cattle. 

10.  Nashville,  the  seat  of  government,  pleasantly  situ- 
ated on  the  Cumberland,  is  a  well  built  and  flourishing 
town,  much  the  largest  in  the  state  ;  and  it  carried  on  an 
extensive  commerce  with  New  Orleans. 

U.KnoxviUe,  on  the  Holston,  is  the  principal  town  in 
East  Tennessee,  and  has  considerable  trade  and  manufaG» 
tures. 

%M^^:^  ®°?'®  ®^  *^®  ^^^^^  ™^*  considerable  towns  are 
Mur'freesborough,  formerly  the  capital ;  Memphis^  a  new 
commercial  town  on  the  Mississippi ;  Columbia  and  Frank- 
tin, 

13.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  the  Univer- 
sity of  Nashville  at  Nashville,  Jackson  College  near  Cq- 


4.  What  is  said  of  West  Tennessee  ?  5.  Rivers  ?  6.  The  Tennes- 
see and  Cumberland  ?  7.  Natural  curiosities  ?  8.  Minerals  > 
9.  ProducUons  of  agriculture  ?  10.  Nashville  ?  It.  Knox- 
vule  ?    18.  What  other  towns .'    13.  Literary  insUtutions  ? 


TENNESSEE. 

te?'"*'  ^"A'  ^^'^'^f.^w  ,^ollege  at  KnoxviHe,  OreenttilU 

College  at  Greeneville,   Washington  College  in  Washinir- 

^rM  r  "u^  ^o«<^tf«/«a    Theological  Seminary 

14.  The  firet  permanent  settletnent  was  mad«  in  East 

Zll^T"^:  '"  '^^®    "'■    "^^  ?   '»   ^"^^"^^  Tennessee   was 
erected  into  a  separate  territorial  government,  and  in  1796, 

KENTUCKY. 

1.  KentucTty  Is  more  centrally  situated  than  any  otlrer 
etate  in  the  Umon,  with  respect  to  the  territory  that  is  now 
4settie(i< 

2.  The  Ohio  and  Mississippi  form  almost  one  half  of  its 
boundary;  the  Great  Sandy  River  separates  it  from  Vir- 
gmia  i  and  it  is  traversed  by  the  Tennessee  and  Cumber- 
land.  1  he  principal  rivers  wholly  within  the  state  are  the 
KentueTey,  Ltckmg,  Salt,  and  Vreen  rivers. 

i„„Ki  r  *11?^  ^'I^*"'  ^^i^'""^  g'^^s  name  to  the  state,  is  nav- 
Jgablefor  boats  IMmfles;  and  it  flows,  throuffh  a  consid- 
erable part  of  its  course,  in  n  deej)  chasm  cut  in  soKd  Hme- 
fitone,  jte  perpendicular  hanlts  being,  in  some  places,  300 
Feet  high.  Similar  channels  have  been  formed  by  some  of 
the  other  rivers.  ^ 

^  4.  The  surface  is  gi-eatly  diversified  ;  the  southeast  part 
iS  mountainous  ;  t4ie  conntry  bordering  on  the  Ohio,  hilly  : 
the  central  and  southwest  parts,  moderately  uneven  or  un- 
tlulating,  wiOi  considerable  Jevel  tracts. 

5.  Though  there  are  large  tracts  that  are  sterile,  vet  a 
S«tl 'l'"?°H '%''-^f^  fertile;  and  the  district  of  country 
watered  by  the  Licking,  Kentucky,  and  Salt  rivers,  some- 
times  criUed  the  gmden  of  Kentucky,  in  the  central  part  of 

14.  What  is  related  of  tl»e  history  ? 
Kentcckv.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  the  sltualkn  of  Kentucky  ? 

1   Sf/*'"  'rT''    ^-  ^^^^  '«  "^^  «*■  Kentucky  riverf 
4.  Surface  of  the  state  ?    5.  Soil? 


SeeJI^p  ^  AeU.  S.  -  How  k  Tennessee  bounded  ? 
Ky  what  mountains  ,s  it  intersected  ?     What  river  forms  the  west- 
em  boundary  ?     What  is  the  course  and  termination  of  the 
f ln»  -     (5    u'^M  •    -^''^  Cumberland  ?     What  other  rivers ? 
How  IS  Nashville  situated  ?     Knoxvilte?     Memphis?    Murfree.- 

T.nnf  ■    ,^Sr^^^  •  .  ':''''"^""  ^     ^J'«t  towns  on  th^ 
„,.       l^ennessee  ?    The  Cumberland  ? 

What  town*  east  of  the  Cumberland  mountains  ?     What  ones  i« 
the  central  part  of  the  state  P 


Harrodaburg  and  the 


KENTUCKY. 

which  Lexington  is  situated,  is  one  of  the  naost  delightful 
and  fertile  tracts  in  the  United  States. 

6.  The  level  and  undulatin;;  vN  lie  upon  an  immense 
bed  of  limestone>  generally  iU)imh  e>  ii  et  below  the  surface  ; 
and  in  dry  seasons  the  ^"rcutyn  iig  liable  to  fail,  the  in- 
habitants, in  8om«  districts^  are  subjected  to  inconvenience 
for  want  of  water. 

Beautiful  marble  and  iron  ore  are  abundant ;  also  itUt 
$pring8,  nitrous  earth  in  caves,  and  conl  in  son:>6  places. 

8.  Mineral  waters  are  found  in  various  places 


those  of 
ave  liic  u>octt  cele- 


Olympian  Spring! 
brated. 

9.  In  the  southwest  part  of  the  state  there  are  several 
caves  of  extraordinary  dimensions.  One  of  them  is  called 
the  Mammoth  Cav€y  which  has  heretofore  been  represent- 
ed to  be  10,  15,  and  even  20  miles  in  length ;  but  recent 
examinations  have  reduced  the  extent  to  3|  miles,  which  is 
indeed  a  considerable  distance  for  an  underground  excur 
sion.  It  comprises  various  apartments,  and  in  some  parts 
are  found  columns  of  brilliant  spnr  60  feet  high. 

10.  The  exports  go  chiefly  to  New  Orleans,  and  the  most 
important  articles  are  hemp,  tobacco,  and  toheat. 

11.  The  manufactures  are  considerable,  more  so  than 
those  of  any  other  of  the  Western  States,  except  Ohio. 

12.  This  state  has  engaged  very  largely  in  works  of  in 
ternal  improvement,  as  railroads,  turnpike-roads y  canals, 
and  improvement  of  river  navigation. 

13.  pRANKPORT,  the  seat  of  government,  is  a  small  town, 
situated  in  a  deep  valley  on  the  Kentucky  river,  60  miles 
above  its  entrance  into  the  Ohio. 

14.  Louisville,  situated  at  the  falls  or  rapids  of  the  Ohio, 
is  a  large  and  flourishing  town,  much  the  most  populous 
and  commercial  in  the  state,  and  one  of  the  greatest  ports 
for  steamboats  in  Atn   rico. 

15.  Lexington,  delightfully  situated  in  a  beautiful  and  fer- 
tile country,  is  handsomely  built,  and  has  extensive  manu- 
factures and  considerable  trade. 

16.  MaysviUe,  on  the  Ohio,  is  next  to  Louisville  in  com- 
mercial importance  ;  Covington  and  Newport  on  the  same 
river  opposite  to  Cincinnati,  are  among  tht)  other  flourish- 
ing towns. 

On  what  does  it  lie  ?  7.  What  minerals  ?  8.  Mineral  watera  ? 
9.  Caves?  10.  Exports?  11.  Manufaotuies ?  12.  Internal 
i.nprovement?  13.  What  is  said  of  Frankfort?  14.  Liouia 
ville  ?    15.  Lexington  ?    16.  What  otlxer  towns  > 


KENTUCKY. 


ft 


inost  delightfal 


idant ;  also  tatt 


17.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Tranavtvania 
Unwerstty  at  Lexington  ;  St.  Joseph^s  ColUge  at  Bards- 
town  ;  (  entre  College  at  Danville  ;  Augusta  CoUere  at 
Augusta ;  Cumberland  College  at  Princeton  :  and  Bmcon 
College  at  Georgetown. 

,^l!'  }*^^r??^  permanent  settlement  wa<»  commenced  in 
1775,  by  Colonel  Daniel  Boone,  on  Kentucky  river  at 
Boonesborough  ;  and  Lexington  was  founded  near  the  same 
?4nn  ^^."^^."CKy  formed  a  part  of  the  state  of  Virginia  till 
1790  ;  and,  m  1792,  it  was  erected  into  a  state. 

OHIO. 

1.  Ohio  is  distinguished  for  its  rapid  growth ;  for,  althoujrh 
the  settlement  of  it  was  begun  but  little  more  than  half  a 
century  since,  it  has  already  become  one  of  the  first  states 
in  importance.  It  has  great  agricultural  resources,  and  is 
the  most  populous  of  the  Western  States,  and  the  most 
considerable  for  uianufaf  tures. 

3.  It  is  of  a  compact  tbrm,  lying  between  the  river  Ohio 
and  lake  Erie  ;  the  southern  aiwJ  much  the  larger  part  slop- 
ing gently  towards  the  river,  and  the  northern  part  towards 
the  lake. 

3.  The  greater  part  of  it  has  the  aspect  of  an  alluvial 
country,  being  mostly  level  or  moderately  uneven  ;  but  the 
eastern  and  southeastern  parts,  and  some  portions  of  the 
country  bordering  on  the  Ohio,  comprising  as  much  as  one 
quarter  of  the  state,  are  hiily  ;  yet  there  are  no  mountains, 
m  the  northern  division  there  are  extensive  marshy  tracts 
which  are  the  most  elevated  lands  in  the  state.  ' 

4.  The  most  of  the  country  was,  in  its  natural  state,  cov. 
ered  with  a  dense  forest,  composed  a  uost  wholly  of  trees 
whose  leaves  fall  in  the  autumn  ;  but  in  the  interior,  towards 
the  sources  of  the  Great  and  Little  Miami,  Scioto,  and 
Muskingum,  there  are  extensive  prairie  lands.    ^ 

17.  What  is  said  of  the  literary  institutions  ?     18.  What  is  related 
of  the  history  ? 

^^"°a~}'  ^^*' "  ^"'^  °^  ^^^^  ■      '   '^»  fo''"  an<l  situation  ?  3 
Surface  "    4.  What  is  said  of    a  natural  state  ? 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  — How  is  Kentucky  bounded  ?  What  rivers 
form  a  great  part  of  the  boundary  ?  What  r  era  are  within 
the  state.?  How  i;,- Frankfort  situated  ?  LouisvUe?  l^xinir- 
ton  ?  Maysville  ?  Danville .'  Batdsi  ,wn  ?  Paris  r  Princeton  » 
*ne  Mammouth  Cave.?  What  rivers  are  on  the  Ohio  ^ 
mat  ones  in  the  western  part'  In  the  southern-  In  the 
middle  ? 

7» 


n 


OHIO. 


5.  The  soil  ia  generally  very  fertile,  and  nine  tenths  of 
the  land  are  supposed  to  be  susceptible  of  cultivation.  The 
country  has  been  divided  into  farms  of  moderate  size, 
more  after  the  manner  of  New  England,  than  in  any  other 
of  the  western  statea. 

6.  The  river  Ohio,  from  which  the  state  derives  its  name, 
is  908  miles  in  length  from  Pittsburg  to  its  mouth  j  and  it  is 
esteemed  one  of  the  most  beautiful  rivers  in  the  world.  It 
is  of  easy  navigation,  and  has  a  gentle  current,  nowhere 
broken  by  falls,  except  at  Louisville. 

7.  The  principal  rivers  within  the  state  are  the  Miukin'- 
gum,  Hockhock'ingy  Scio'to,  Great  Miam'i,  LUUe  Miam'iy  Mau- 
me&f  Sandus'ky,  and  Cuyahoga  (ki-ho'pa). 

8.  There  are  salt-springs  from  which  salt  is  obtained  in 
eonsiderable  quantities  ;  cody  in  some  parts,  is  abundant, 
also  iron  ore. 

9.  The  exports  go  to  New  Orleans  and  to  New  York  ; 
the  Ohio  river  facilitating  the  intercourse  with  the  former, 
and  Lake  Erie  with  the  latter. 

10.  This  state  has  many  important  works  of  internal  im- 
provement, as  canals  and  railroads.  The  Ohio  Canal,  ex- 
tending from  Portsmouth  on  the  Ohio  to  Cleveland  on 
Lake  Erie,  is  307  miles  in  length  :  and  the  route  from  Cin- 
cinnati to  lake  Erie,  by  the  Mxamx  and  the  Wabash  and  Erie 
Canals,  is  about  365  miles. 

11.  Columbus,  the  seat  of  government,  pleasantly  sit- 
uated on  the  Scioto,  in  a  central  part  of  t^e  state,  is'  a 
nourishing  town,  and  has  an  extensive  trade. 

12.  Cincinnati,  pleasantly  situated  on  the  Ohio,  is  regu- 
larly laid  out,  handsomely  built,  mostly  of  brick,  and  is, 
next  to  New  Orleans,  the  largest  town  in  the  Mississippi 
yalley.  It  is  a  great  emporium  of  western  commerce,  ex- 
ports vast  quantities  of  pork,  flour,  and  other  articles  of 
produce,  and  has  extensive  manufactures. 

18.  Some  of  the  other  towns  in  the  southern  part,  are 
Dayton,  Chillico'the,  ZaneafvUle,  and  Sltu'hemUle,  all  consid- 
erable for  manufactures  and  trade. 

(  14.  Cleveland^  on  lake  Erie,  is  a  very  flourishing  commer- 
cial town.  Further  to  the  west  are  Huron  and  Sandus'ky ; 
and,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Maumee,  is  Tole'doy  a  new  and 
very  thriving  town. 

15.  The  principal  literary  seminaries  are  the  University 

^ ■  

6.  What  ia  mid  of  its  aoU  ?  6.  Tlie  river  Ohio  ?  7.  What  other 
nvers?  8.  Mineral  productions?  9.  Commerce  .•'  10.  Ca- 
nals? 11.  Columbus?  12.  Cincinnati?  13.  What  other 
towns  ?  1*.  What  towas  oa  labs  Erie  ?  16.  Literary  imrti- 
tutiomr'  ' 


OHIO. 


78 


o/"  Ohio  at  Athens  ;  Miami  University  nt  Oxford  ;  Franklin 
CMege  at  New  Athens;  tVtstem  Reserve  College  at  Hudson  ; 
Kenyan  College  at  Gambler  ;  GranvUU  CoUege  at  Granville  ; 
Marietta  College  at  Marietta ;  Oberlin  Institute  at  Oberlin  ; 
Cincinnaii  CoUege,  Woodward  College^  the  Medical  CoUege  af 
OhiOf  and  the  iMne  Theological  Semintwy,  at  Cincinnati ;  and 
the  fVUlovghby  Medical  College  at  Willoughbv. 

16.  The  first  perinanetit  sottlcment  of  Ohio  was  coni> 
menced  in  17S3,  at  Marietta,  by  General  Rufus  Putnam, 
from  Massachusetts  ;  and,  in  1803  it  was  erected  into  a 
state. 


MICHIGAN. 

1.  Michigan  is  remarkable  for  its  situation,  being  bordered 
by  the  four  g.  oat  lakes,  Superior,  Michigan,  Huron,  and  Erie, 
and  also  by  lake  St.  CUnr;  and,  notwithstanding  its  dis- 
tance from  the  ocean,  it  possesses  great  advantages  for 
commercial  intercourse. 

3.  It  is  one  of  the  largest  states  in  the  Union  in  extent, 
and  is  composed  of  two  parts  ;  the  larger  and  by  fur  the  more 
important  part  being  a  peninsula  lying  between  lakes 
Michigan  and  Huron  ;  and  the  smaller  or  upper  part  situ- 
ated to  the  northwest,  between  lakes  Michigan  and  Supe- 
rior. 

S.  The  surface  of  the  Peninsula  is  mostly  level  or  mod- 
erately uneven,  but  a  portion  of  it  is  hilly  ;  and  the  soil  is 
generally  very  fertile. 

4.  The  surface  of  the  upper  part,  called  Upper  Michigan 
or  the  Upper  Peninsula,  is  greatly  diversified  by  mountains, 
hills,  valleys,  and  plains  ;  and  the  soil  of  the  greater  por- 
tion is  unproductive  ;  but  this  part  is  very  little  settled. 


16.  What  is  related  of  the  history? 

MicHiQAir.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  the  situation  of  Michigan  ?^ 
2.  Of  what  two  parts  is  it  composed  ?    3.  What  is  saM  of  the 
Peninsula  ?    4.  The  upper  part  ? 


See  JIfap  of  the  Middle  States.  —  What  part  of  the  boundary  of 
Ohio  is  formed  by  the  river  Ohio  ?  What  bounds  it  on  the 
north  ?  What  rivers  of  the  slate  flow  into  the  Ohio  ?  What 
ones  flows  into  lake  Erie?  How  is  Columuus  situated? 
Cincinnati?  Cleveland?  Zanesville?  I?ajton?  Toledo? 
Gambier  ?  Oxford  ?  What  towns  are  on  the  Ohio  ?  Lake 
Erie?  Cuyahoga?  The  Muskingum ?  The  Hockhocking? 
The  Scioto?  The  Li itSb  Miami »  The  Great  Mkuni ? 
Ohio  Canal  f 


Tie 


74 


MICHIGAN. 


5.  The  riven  of  Michigan  are  numerous  ;  most  of  them 
small,  though  some  are  of  considerable  size. 

6.  The  country  is  mostly  covered  with  forests  ;  but  there 
are  many  prairies  ;  most  of  them  of  small  extent. 

7.  Michigan  has  of  late  had  a  very  rapid  growth  in  pop- 
ulation and  improvement  j  and,  though  so  new  a  state,  it  has 
already  undertaken  important  works  of  internal  improve- 
ment, as  railroads  and  canals. 

8.  Detroit,  the  capital,  and  much  the  largest  town,  is 
pleasantly  and  advantageously  situated,  regularly  laid  out 
and  well  built,  and  has  an  extensive  commerce. 

9.  Monroe  is  a  flourishing  town  in  the  southeast  part. 
^nn  Arbour,  Adrian,  Kalamazoo!,  and  Grand  Rapids  are 
some  of  the  thriving  towns. 

10.  MxchUimackinac,  or  Mackinac  (mak-e-naw'),  on  an  is- 
land in  the  strait  of  the  same  name,  between  lakes  Huron 
and  Michigan,  is  a  small  town,  long  noted  for  the  Indian 
trade. 

11.  This  state  possesses  a  very  liberal  provision  for  the 
support  of  schools,  in  lands  appropriated  to  this  object  by 
the  general  government. 

-,??•.  '^*»e  literary  institutions  founded  in  this  state  are  the 
Michigan  University  at  Ann  Arbour,  a  well  endowed  semi- 
nary ;  and  Marshall  College  at  Marshall. 

J8-  Detroit  was  settled  by  the  French  about  the  year 
1670.  In  1806,  Michigan  was  erected  into  a  territorial  gov- 
erniasnt ;  and,  in  1336,  into  a  state. 


Whatia  said  of  the  rivers?  6.  The  natural  condition  of  the 
country?  7.  Its  progress?  8.  Detroit?  9.  What  other 
towns?  10.  Michilimackinac ?  11.  Provision  icr  the  sup. 
port  of  schools?  12.  Literary  institutions?  13.  What  is  re- 
lated of  the  history  ? 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  and  Middle  States.  —  How  in  Michigan 
bounded  ?  What  lakes  border  upon  it  ?  Into  what  two  parts 
IS  It  divided  ?  Where  is  Saginaw  bay  ?  Green  bay  ?  St. 
Clair's  lake?  What  rivers  flow  into  lake  Michigan  ?  Into 
lake  Erie?  Lake  Huron?  What  ravers  in  the  upper  part 
of  Michigan  ?  Where  are  St.  Mary's  Falls  ?  How  is  Detroit 
situated?  Michilimackinac?  Marshall?  Grand  Rapids' 
Monroe?    Ann  Arbour?    Saginaw?    Adrian? 


most  of  them 
sts :  but  there 


INDIANA. 


75 


INDIANA. 

..  Indiana  has  great  agricultural  resources,  is  rapidly  ad- 
vancing in  population,  wealth,  and  improvement,  and  has 
numerous  thriving  villages,  but  no  large  towns. 

2.  It  Is  generally  a  level  country,  more  so  than  Ohio, 
consisting  chiefly  of  vast  plains,  though  the  southern  coun- 
ties bordering  on  the  Ohio,  and  some  other  portions,  par- 
ticularly towards  the  north,  are  hilly  ;  but  there  are  no 
mountains. 

8.  In  fertility  of  soil,  it  is  esteemed  superior  to  Ohio  : 
Sy.  f"'"®  '^"^^  abound  in  it  much  more  than  in  Ohio  or 
Michigan,  but  less  than  in  Illinois.  The  prairies  are  foynd 
mostly  in  the  western  and  northern  parts ;  some  of  them 
are  of  great  extent ;  but  timbered  and  prairie  lands  are 
here  more  happily  balanced  than  in  the  country  farther 
west. 

\  The  Ohio  forms  its  southern  boundary.  The  Wd'- 
bash  and  its  tributaries  are  the  most  important  rivers  wilhin 
Su  ^^'li®' '^"^  afford  important  facilities  for  transportation. 
1  he  Wabash  is  navigable  470  miles  ;  and  White  River,  its 
largest  tributary,  is  navigable  for  steamboats  to  Indian- 
apolis. 

5.  Indiana,  by  an  act  in  1835,  commenced  an  important 
system  of  iniernal  improvement,  which  embraces  840  miles 
of  canals,  90  miles  of  railroads,  and  385  miles  of  Macad- 
amized turnpike  roads  ;  and  in  1838,  about  400  miles  of 
these  improvements  were  ekher  finished  or  in  progress. 

6.  Indianai'olis,  the  seat  of  government,  is  pleasantly 
situated  on  White  River,  where  it  is  intersected  by  the 
National  Road,  and  has  considerable  trade. 

7.  r-'n-cennes',  on  the  Wabash,  is  noted  as  the  oldest 
town  ;   and  Madison  and  New  Mbany  on  the  Ohio,  and 


Indiana.  — 1.  What  is  naid  of  Indiana  ?  2.  Surface.'  3,  Soil 
and  prairies  .'  4.  Rivers  .?  5.  Internal  improvement?  6.  In» 
dianapolis  ?    7.  What  other  towns  ? 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  — How  is  Indiana  bounded.? 
What  lake  does  it  border  upon  .?    What  separates  it  from  Ohio  .> 
What  river  separates  the  southern  part  from  Illinois .' 
What  arc  the  tributaries  of  the  Wabash  .?  What  rivers  in  the  north  ? 
How  IS  Indianapolis  situated  ?    New  Albany  ?    Vincennes .'    Madi 

son  I    Michigan  City  .?    Crawfordsville  .'    Bloomineton' 
What  towns  on  the  Ohio .'    On  the  Wabash  ? 


n 


INDIANA. 


Michigan  City  on  lake  Michigan,  are  some  of  the  largest 
and  most  nourishing  commercial  towns- 

8.  The  principal  literary  institutions  are  Indiana  College 
at  Bloomington  ;  South  Hanover  College  at  South  Hanover  j 
and  Wabash  College  at  Crawfordsville. 

9.  Vincennes,  which  was  settled  about  the  heginning  of 
the  last  century  by  French  emigrants  from  Canada,  long 
remained  a  solitary  village  ;  and  few  settlements  were 
made  by  citizens  of  the  United  States  till  the  end  of  the 
last  century.  In  1801,  Indiana  was  erected  into  a  terri- 
torial government ;  and,  in  1816,  into  a  state. 


ILLINOIS. 

K  Illinois,  with  reapect  to  territory,  is  one  of  the  largest, 
most  level,  and  most  fertile  states  in  the  Union  ;  it  is  also 
one  of  the  most  thriving,  and  seems  destined  to  become  one 
of  the  most  populous  and  powerful. 

%.  It  has  a  greater  quantity  of  fertile  land  capable  of  cul- 
tivation than  any  other  state,  and  therefore  possesses  great 
agrl'cuir-ura'i  resources;  it  has  also  great  advantages  of 
coioTneroJiil  intercourse  by  means  of  rivers  and  lakes. 

3.  !t  is  more  level  than  Indiana,  its  general  aspect  being 
th'4t  of  i.  vast  plain  ;  yet  there  are  some  portions  in  the 
north  ar*i  south  that  are  hilly. 

4.  It  jj  dii'tinguished  for  its  vast  and  fertile  prairies, 
wh^cJ  are  apposed  to  comprise  about  two  thirds  of  the 
whole  country.  They  are  divided  into  wet  and  dry,  the 
inclination  in  many  parts  being  too  little  to  carry  off  the 
water  that  falls  in  rain.  They  are  found  in  too  great  a  pro 
portion  to  the  timbered  land,  are  too  level,  and  too  large 
for'  convenience  ;  so  that  in  this  country  of  exuberant  fer 
tility,  and,  at  some  seasons,  of  exquisite  beauty,  the  inhab- 
itants are  incommoded  by  the  want  of  timber,  fuel,  good 
water,  and  often  by  the  want  of  health. 

5.  Illinois  has  exceedingly  rieh  lead  mines  in  the  north, 
valuable  salt-springs  in  the  south,  coal  in  various  parts,  also 
iron  ore,  copper,  and  gypsum. 

6.  The  Mississippi,  Ohio,  and  Wabash  form  about  two 
thirds  of  the  boundary.  The  principal  rivers  within  the  state 
are  the  Illinois  (il-le-noy'),  Kaskas'kia,  and  Rock  River. 

7.  The  Illinois  is  a  beautiful  river,  navi'^able  at  all  sea 
sons  for  steamboats  from  the  Mississippi  to  Ottawa. 

8,  What  literary  institutions  ?    9.  What  is  related  of  the  history  ? 


Illinois.  —  I. 

face  ?    4 


What  ia  said  of  Iliino"  ?  ? 
Tralries  '    5.  Minerals  .' 


2.  Its  resources  ?  3.  Sur- 
C.  Rivers?    7   The  IIU- 


ILLINOIS. 


7T 


8.  A  system  of  internal  improvement  by  the  construcUon  of 
railroads  and  canals,  and  tho  improvement  of  river  navig^Son 
was.establ^hed  by  an  act  of  the  legislature  in  1837.  ^  ' 
J.  The  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal,  a  very  important  work 
ex  ending  from  Ot  awa  on  the  Illinois  to  Chicago,  abo^t  96 
miles,  and  connecting  the  steamboat  navigation^f  the  Jl^ 
nois  and  Mississippi  with  the  lake,  was  begun  in  1836 

JO.  bPRiNGFiELD,  a  flourishing  town,  situated  in  a  'very  fer- 
tile country,  in  the  central  part  of  the  state,  is  the  selt  of 
government.  '  '  "' 

J  I.  Chicd'go,  a  new  town  at  the  south  end  of  lake  Michi- 
gan, ,s  a  very  flourishing  town,  the  largest  in  the  statf  and 
has  an  extensive  commerce.  '  ®"" 

J2.  Mon,  advantageously  situated  on   the   MississiDoi    2 
miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  is  a  flourishing  town 
and  has  considerable  commerce.  ^  ' 

n  ]h  ^^'"^  of  the  other  most  considerable  towns  are  Gale'na. 
PeoL  "'"'''  Jacksonville,  quincij,  Rushvi^lT^d 

nf  wJ^*"  '^n"'''Poi!  ''^f^'*y  instituti-onsare  Illinois  College 
rnt^^TA^'^  «A«r//.#6V/.g-^  at  Alton  ;  McKendreean 
t^La%t£'Tl'  '  r.t^^'^^onough  Codge  at  Macomb? 
thlvrlt  u  7P'"''«*V^'^  ^«"»tiy  in  1683,  and,  soon  after, 
the  French  made  a  settlement  at  Kaskaskia.    viry  few  cit- 

Tm  IX''' if,^'  ^'^^^^  «^"»^^-  '"^^  county  bXe 
lauo.  in  1809,  Illinois  was  erected  into  a  territorial  irov- 
erninent ;  and,  in  1818,  into  a  state.  ^ 

MISSOURI. 

of^'h^mn"!?"  ''  r^  ""^^^^  ^"^'3^'^  «*«*««  ^»  extent,  and  one 
of  the  most  western  ;  yet  with  respect  to  the  whole  terri- 

15.  Wia't  A^:^l^^L^  "^'^'^'^  '^'''^-  •' 
Missouri.  - 1.  What  ie  said  of  the  situation  of  Missouri  f 


riven 


See  Map  of  the  U.S.-  How  i.  Illinois  bounded  ? 
v>hat  rivers  form  a  great  part  of  the  boundary?     What 

Thro.  Jh      h  l*"^  '^^^  •     °"  ^''^^  ^"^^  <J«««  it  bolder  ? 

llirouffh  what  would  one  pass  in  sailing  from  Chicago  to  Buffalo. 


n 


MISSOURI 


u 


tory  belonging  to  the  United  States  from  Maine  to  Oregon 
ir  is  the  most  central. 

2.  For  a  country  bo  far  from  the  ocean,  its  situation  is 
advantageous,  being  washed  oo  one  side  by  the  Mississippi, 
and  traversed  throughout  by  the  Missouri.   The  other  prin- 
cipal river  is  the  0»flg:c',  which  is  navigable  for  boats  up 
wards  of  600  miles.  , 

S.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified  with  plains,  marshes, 
prairies,  forests,  undulating  districts,  and  hilly  and  broken 
tracts  ;  but  there  are  no  hign  mountains.  The  chain  of  the 
Ozark'  Mountains  presents  no  considerable  summits  till  it 
passes  out  of  the  limits  of  this  state. 

4.  Considerable  tracts  bordering  on  the  rivers  are  liable 
to  inundation,  and  there  are  extensive  prairies,  particularly 
in  the  western  part.  Though  a  considerable  part  is  barren 
or  unproductive,  yet  a  large  portion  has  a  very  fertile  soil. 
One  of  the  best  and  most  settled  portions  is  the  country 
lying  between  the  Missouri  and  Mississippi,  which  is  diver 
sified  with  timbered  and  prairie  lands.  . 

5.  This  state  has  rich  lead  mines,  which  are  found  in  a 
sterile  district,  containing  about  3,000  square  miles,  lying 
about  40  miles  west  of  the  Mississippi ;  and  its  mines  of 
iron  ore  are  equally  inexhaustible.  It  has  also  various  other 
minerals,  as  coal,  gypsum,  zinc,  salt,  &,c.  ... 

6.  Jefferson  City,  a  small  town  on  the  Missouri,  in  the 
central  part  of  the  state,  is  the  seat  of  government. 

7.  St.  Louis,  finely  situated  on  the  Mississippi,  1,200 
miles  above  New  Orleans,  is  a  very  flourishing  town,  far  the 
largest  in  the  state,  and,  next  to  New  Orleans,  the  largest 
on  the  Mississippi.  It  has  an  extensive  commerce  with 
various  parts  of  the  Mississippi  valley,  which  is  earned  on 
chiefly  by  steamboats. 

8.  Some  of  the  other  most  considerable  towns  are  ral- 
my'ra,  Booneville,  and  Columbii. 


What  is  said  of  the  rivers  ?  3.  Surface  .' 
parts?  5.  Minerals?  C.  Jefferson 
8.  What  other  towns  ? 


4.  Soil  of  the  different 
City  ?     7.  St.  Louis  ? 


See  M(  p  of  the  IT.  S.  —  How  is  Missouri  bounded  ?  , 

Whatri\er  intersects  it?  On  which  side  of  the  Missouri  is  the 
lart'er  portion  ?  What  rivers  of  the  state  flow  into  the  Mis- 
sissippi ?  Into  the  Missouri  ?  ^.  .  .  n , 
What  is  the  course  of  the  Osj.ge  ?  How  is  Jefferson  City  situated . 
St.  Louis  ?  Palmyra  ?  St.  Genevieve  ?  The  lead  ^pies  ? 
Potofli  ?  What  towrs  on  the  Mibsouri  ?  On  the  Mississippi, 
flouili  of  St.  Louie  ?    What  ones  north ' 


towns  are  Pd" 


MISSOURI.  M^ 

nf\7^l.T''V^^^  l'*^*'/*'"^  institutions  arc  the  Umversitv 

I    lan/^^        .  ^o"'siana  to  the  Uiiired  States  in  isnq 

WISCONSIN, 
aui'slllf  T'Mi.h-^^'^^  ''T"*''^'  'y'"S  west  of  the  lake 

onfyJLXrroTt^^ 

population  is  rapidly  increasing.     ^      ^       '^^"^'^  '  ^"^  ***« 
nr:n«-     I  •^**«"">/'»  bounds  it  on  the  west.     Some  of  thp 

th,nn;,h   -'"iTm"!"*  ?•"  *°'"°  portions,  particularly  towards 
««o/a=;p„r.Vo„tvP/r7fc«il"/  ""'  '"'""  ""''  "■" 

6.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  M^nisniv  tho  c«o*  ^^ 


10.  What  is  related  of  the 


9.  What  Is  said  of  literary  institutions 
history  ? 

\^-!SC0Ns,N.-l    Whatis  said  of  Wisconsin?    2.  Settlements > 
3.  Rivers  ?   4.  Surface  and  soil  ?  5.  ProductionsTrTTw,!?  ? 


VfhAf£  ^-  J'-tH^'"^  i«  Wisconsin  bounded? 

^^''^  S.!f..*l°^?  •t,.*^?^'^^'-  "Pon  ?    What  river  forms  the  western 


--  — „  .,  uuiuci  ufiuiir     rvnai 
boundary  ?     What  rivers  flow  into 


u'jjssippi  ?    What 


J    ■         ...•>.,    .o^io    uuw   into    i,',;:'.    1':,    <<iiaaiitni  S 

ones  flow  into  lake  Michigan  ?     InUr^ktsuSor? 


80 


IOWA. 


IOWA. 

1  Th's  is  a  large  district  of  country  lying  west  of  the 
M  ssissim)  and  north  of  the  state  of  Missouri,  the  settle- 
^^nt  ofThich  has  been  but  recently  commenced  wa. 
erected  into  a  territorial  government  in  1833  ;  and  U  is  rap 

^'^^K;tt^t^t^d  comprises  the  southeast  por- 
tion,  which  is  a  beautiful,  fertile,  healthy  country,  mode- 
rately uneven,  interspersed  with  timbered  lands  and  prai- 

"T  The  Mississippi  forms  the  eastern  boundary.  Some 
of  the  rivers  within  the  country  are  the  Fowa,  Dcs  Momes, 

"1.  S^e^of  thTprincipal  towns  are  Bun.iKaTCK,  the  seat 
of  gove?nn?ent ;  lubuque  (du-buk'),  Montrose',  and  Fori 
Madison. 

WESTERN  OR  INDIAN  TERRITORY. 

1.  This  extensive  country  lies  west  of  Arkansas,  Mis- 
souri, and  Iowa,  ond  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

2.  The  southern  part  of  this  country,  which  lies  to  the 
we«t  of  the  states  of  Arkansas  and  Missouri,  has  been  as- 
si'ned  by  the  government  of  the  United  States  as  a  perma- 
nent  abode  of  various  tribes  of  emigrant  Indians. 

3  Some  of  the  principal  tribes  which  have  been  removed 
to  this  country  from  the  east  of  the  Mississippi,  are  the 
Cherokees,  Creeks,  Chodaws,  Chickasaws,  and  Semmoje*. 

4.  Besides  the  tribes  of  emigrant  Indians,  there  are  in 
this  re-ion  numerous  native  tribes,  some  of  the  principal 
of  which  are  the  Sioux  (sooz),  Blackfeet,  Pawnees,  Man- 
dans  Minetarees,  Crows,  and  Jlssmaboins. 

5.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Missouri,  Arkansas,  Kon- 
zas.  Plane,  and  Yellowstone. 


Iowa.  - 1 .  What  is  said  of  Iowa  ?    2.  What  of  the  part  settled  ? 

3,  What  of  the  rivers?    4.  Towns? 
Western  or  I«dian  TERRtTORT.  —  1.  How  is  this  country  sit- 
imted  ^2    What  pa^t  of  it  is  assigned  to  emigrant  Indians 
3.  What  are  the  principal  emigrant  tribes?   4.  What  native  tribes? 
5,  Rivers  ? 


tr^  McP  of  the  U.  S.  -  How  is  Iowa  situated  ?     What  rivers  in 
^     Sow  into  ihe  Mississippi?     How  is  Burlington  situated' 
Dubuque  ?     What  other  t  wne  on  the  Wississippi  ? 


WESTERN  OR  INDIAN  TERRITORY. 


m 


outheast  por- 
miitry,  mode- 
ids  and  prai- 


3T0N,  the  seat 


6.  The  Hocky  Mountains,  which  extend  through  the 
western  part  of  this  region,  are  much  the  highest  range  in 
the  United  States. 

7.  A  considerable  portion  of  this  country,  particularly 
that  bordering  on  the  rivers,  has  a  good  soil  ;  but  a  great 
part  of  it  consists  of  barren  deserts,  destitute  of  trees,  and 
of  all  kinds  of  vegetation. 

OREGON. 

1.  This  is  an  extensrve  country,  lying  between  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  inhabited  by  viirious 
tribes  of  Indians,  and  watered  by  the  great  river  Ot'egon 
or  Columbia  and  its  branches. 

2.  It  was  explored  by  the  American  travellers  Lewis  and 
Clarke,  in  1805  ;  and  it  is  claimed  both  by  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain. 

S.  In  1811,  the  establishment  of  Astoria,  on  the  Oregon, 
was  formed  by  some  Americans  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
on  the  fur  trade,  but  it  was  afterwards  sold  to  the  English 
Northwest  Fur  Company. 

4.  The  country  bordering  on  the  Oregon  and  its  branches 
has  a  good  soil,  and  is  covered  with  heavy  timber,  con- 
sisting chiefly  of  various  kinds  of  fir  or  pine  ;  Lut,  at  a  dis- 
tance from  the  ocean,  the  country  is  mountainous,  destitute 
of  trees,  and  much  of  it  barren. 

5.  The  climate  in  the  mountainous  parts  is  severe,  but 
near  the  ocean  it  is  much  milder  than  iq|fl^  same  parallels 
of  latitude  on  the  Atlantic.  ^^ 


Arkansas,  Kon- 


this  cowntry  sit- 


6. 


What  mountains  ?    7.  What  is  said  of  the  country. 


OREGOif.  —  1.  How  is  Orej^on  situated  ? 
1,  and  by  whom  is  it  claimed  ? 


plored, 
toria  ? 


2.  By  whom  was  it  ex- 

3.  What  is  said  of  As- 
Clsaractcr  of  the  country  ?    5.  Climate. 


See  Map  of  the  U.  S.  —  Wliat  are  the  course  and  termination  of  the 
Missouri?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Misscniri  on  the  east 
side  ?    On  the  west  side  ? 

What  is  the  course  of  the  Arkansas  ?     Red  River? 

Where  are  Council  Bluffs?  Mandan  Village?  The  Great  Falls 
of  the  Missouri  ? 

See  Map  of  J^orth  America.  — How  is  Oregon  territory  bounded  •* 
How  is  Astoria  situated  ?     What  rivers  flow  into  the  Oregon  ? 
Where  is  Nootka  Sound  ? 


TEXAS. 


TEXAS. 

I.  Thi8  country,  which  formerly  constitt.ed  a  part  of  the 
republic  of  Mexico,  but  was  declared  independent  in  13S6. 
Id  situated  between  Louisiana  and  Mexico,  lying  north  of 
the  gulf  of  Mexico. 

^;  J^.^.  R^ncipal  rivers  are  the  Trinity,  Brassos,  Colord'do, 
and  Guaamdupe'. 

3.  The  face  of  the  country  towards  the  gulf  of  Mexico 
13  low  and  level ;  towards  the  north  diversified  :  and  there 
are  extensive  prairies. 

u  '**.  J?**.®  climate  is  represented  as  generally  mild  and 
healthful ;  much  of  the  soil  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  cot- 
ton,  sugar-cane,  rice,  Indian  corn,  tobacco,  indigo,  sweet 
potatoes,  and,  in  some  parts,  wheat  and  rye. 
^  5.  Most  of  the  inhabitants  are  emigrants  from  the  United 
otates  ;  but  the  country  is  very  little  inhabited,  and  there 
are  no  large  towns. 
6.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  AusTi?f,on  the  Colorado, 

StiriJ";^-     y'l^^^''^?^',5r"""'"''^5  IJousto1^  Galveztorl 
JSrazona,  J\acodoches,  and  Vdaaco. 

MEXICOT 

Pyramid  of  Cfiolula. 


T"AS._.l.  What  ia  said  of  Texas  ?    2.  Rivera?    3.  Surface'' 
4.  Climate,  aoil  and  productions  ?  5.  Inhabitants  ?  6  Towns? 


See  Maps  of  fforth  America  and  U.  S.  —  How  is  Texas  situat- 
ed ?  What  rivers  are  there  ?  How  is  Houston  situated » 
Brazoria  <     Nar.ndor.hpa  f     Rpvnr  ? 


MEXICO. 


m 


ssoSj  Colord'dOf 


1.  Mexico,  a  country  of  great  extent,  and  exctcdinglv 
rich  both  in  mineral  and  vegetable  productions,  waa  lor 
three  centuries  a  very  important  province  of  Spain  i  but  it 
is  now  an  independent  republic.  V 

2.  Its  most  remarkable  natural  feature  is  its  great  eleva- 
tion. The  lands  are  low  on  both  coasts;  and  from  each 
there  is  a  gradual  rise,  till  the  country  attains  the  height  of 
from  6,000  to  8,000  feet,  when  it  spreads  out  into  immense 
plains  called  table  land. 

S.  The  country  is  traversed  by  a  chain  of  mountains 
called  the  Cordilk'ras  of  Mexico,  which  are  regarded  as  a 

Sart  of  the  great  range  which  takes  the  name  of  the  Rocky 
fountains  further  north,  and  that  of  the  Jlndes  in  South 
America. 

4.  Some  of  the  mountains  of  this  range  are  volcanic,  and 
many  of  them  are  always  covered  with  snow.  Two  of  the 
most  remarkable  summits  are  the  volcanoes  Popocat'epetl 
and  Orizd'ha.  '^ . 

5.  Joriil'lo  is  a  famous  volcanic  mountain,  which  burst 
out  from  a  plain,  in  1757,  and  rose  to  the  height  of  nearly 
1,700  feet.  "  ^ 

6.  Mexico  suffers,  in  many  parts,  for  the  want  of  watci 
and  navigable  rivers.     The  three  largest  are  the  Del  JVor'te, 
Col-o-ra'do,  and  Bue-na-ven-tu'ra  (bwa-na-ven-too'ra),  all  of 
which   flow  through   the  most  uncultivated  parts  of  the 
country,  and  are  therefore  of  little  use  to  commerce. 

7.  Mexico  has  two  remarkable  peninsulas,  Califor'nia,  in 
the  west,  which  is  aboui  900  miles  long,  but  possesses  very 
few  inhabitants  ;  and  Yucatan',  in  the  southeast,  which  is 
noted  for  mahogany. 

8.  The  climate  on  the  coasts  is  hot  and  unhealthy;  on 
the  table  lands,  it  is  generally  mild  and  salubrious  ;  but  on 
the  highest  of  them  it  is  cold,  even  south  of  the  tror.ic  of 


soU; 


Cancer. 

9.  A  large  part  of  the  country  has  a  very  fertile 
though  much  of  the  high  table  land  is  barren. 

10.  The  kind  of  graijj  which  most  abounds  in  Mexico  is 
maize.  The  agave,  which  yields  a  liquor  called  vtUque,  is 
extensively  cultivated  ;  also  sugar,  indigo,  tobacco,  cotton, 
cochineal,  and  various  kinds  of  fruit  and  grain. 

11.  Mexico  is  celebrated  for  its  silver  mines,  which  are 
the  richest  in  the  world,  and  have  for  a  long  time  produced 

Mexico,—  1.  What  ia  said  of  Mexico  ?    2.  What  is  its  most  re- 
markable natural  feature  ?    3.  What  mountains  ? 
4.  What  13  said  of  the  summits  ?    5.   JoruUo  ?    6.  Rivers '    7 
Peninsulas?    8.  Climate?    9.  Soil?  10.  Productions^    11 


u 


MEXICO. 


annually  ten  times  as  much  silver  as  oil  the  mines  in  Eu  • 
rope.  Some  of  these  mines  are  regarded  as  curiosities  ; 
and  one  of  them  is  excavated  8  miles  in  length,  and  1,640 
feet  in  depth. 

13.  Some  religious  monuments  of  the  ancient  Mexicans 
are  still  to  be  seen  in  the  country,  of  which  the  most  cele- 
brated is  the  Pyramid  of  CholiUa,  It  is  constructed  of  un- 
burnt  bricks,  consisting  ot  four  stories  or  terraces,  with  a 
base  of  1,423  feet  broad,  and  is  177  feet  high. 

18.  Mexico,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  a  lake,  in  a 
beautiful  valley,  elevated  almost  7,500  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  ocean,  and  surrounded  by  naked  and  majestic  moun* 
tains.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  regularity  and  width  of  its 
streets,  for  the  splendor  of  its  edifices,  and  for  the  largest 
mint  in  the  world. 

14.  Pue'bla  is  a  regular  and  beautiful  city,  the  second  in 
population,  and  is  finely  situated  on  a  plain,  nearly  as  elevat- 
ed as  that  of  Mexico  ;  Guadalaxu'ra  (guiid-a-la-ha'ra)  and 
Quereta'ro  arc  also  large  and  handsome  towns. 

15.  Guanaxud'to  (gwan-a-hvvai'to)  and  Zacate'cas  are  fa- 
mous for  their  rich  silver  mines ;  and  Xala'pa  or  Jal'd'pa^ 
for  giving  name  to  the  medicinal  root  called  ja/a/>. 

16.  Mexico  has  but  few  good  harbors  ;  some  of  the  be.si 
and  most  frequented  are  Pt'ra  Criaf  and  TampVco  on  the 
gulf  of  Mexico,  and  Acapul'co  and  San  Bias  on  the  Pacific 
ocean.  Vera  Cruz  is  the  port  through  which  most  of  the 
commerce  between  Mexico  and  Europe  has  been  carried 
on. 

17.  Lesfi  than  one  quarter  of  the  inhabitants  of  Mexico 
are  whites ;  more  than  a  third  consist  of  subdued  Indians, 
and  about  as  many  of  mixed  races.  The  only  religion  tolerat- 
ed is  the  Catholic. 


12.  What  is  said  of  the  Pyramid  of  Cholula?    13.  Mexico.?    14. 
Puebla,  &c.  ?     15.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
16.  What  is  said  of  the  harbors?     17.  Inhabitants.? 


See  Map  of  Korth  America.  —  How  is  Mexico  bounded .?  How  is 
California  situated .?  Yucatan .'  The  gulf  of  Mexico .? 
Gulf  of  California  .?  Gulf  of  Tehuan'lepec  .?  Campeachy 
bay  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  gulf  of  Mexico .?  What 
ones  into  the  gulf  of  California .?  What  ones  into  the  Pacific 
ocean .?  How  is  Orizaba  mountain  situated  ?  What  moun- 
tains extend  north .?  In  what  part  of  Mexico  are  most  of  the 
frincipal  towns .?  How  is  the  city  of  Mexico  situated  ? 
'uebla .?  Zacatecas  ?  Vera  Cruz  .?  Acapulco .?  Tampico  ? 
Santa  Fe .?  San  Bias .?  Guadalaxara .?  Cholula .?  Durango .'' 
Ctnaloa .?  Guazaca  (gwa-ha'ca)  P  What  towns  in  the  nei^h 
borhood  of  Mexico .' 


MEXICO. 


18  In  1521,  the  Spaniard:)  under  Cortez  subdued  Mexico, 
which  was,  at  that  time,  under  the  government  of  the  em- 
(peror  Montezuma  ;  and,  in  1B21,  the  Mexicans  declared 
•themselves  independent  of  Spain. 

GUATEMALA,  or  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

1.  Guatema'la  consists  of  a  lon^  isthmus,  forming  the 
:SOUthcrnmost  part  of  North  America,  and  lying  between 
<he  Caribbe'an  sea  and  the  Pacifi,;  ocean.  It  was  formerly 
.subject  to  Spain,  but  was  declared  independent  in  1831  ; 
and  it  has  since  been  named,  from  its  situation,  the  Repub- 
iic  of  Central  America. 

2.  The  country  is  extremely  mountainous,  and  has  many 
volcanoes,  some  of  which  are  liable  to  frequent  eruptions  ; 
And  it  is  much  subject  to  earthquakes. 

8.  The  soil  is  very  fertile ;  the  productions  similar  to 
those  of  Mexico  ;  and  the  part  of  the  country  bordering  on 
the  bay  of  Hondu'ras  is  celebrated  for  mahogany  and  log- 
wood. 

4.  The  climate  is  very  various ;  on  the  coast  and  low  coun- 
try, hot  and  unhealthy  ;  in  the  elevated  parts,  agreeable } 
•on  the  mountains,  cold. 

5.  The  rivers  are  numerous,  and  often  partake  of  the  na- 
ture of  torrents,  but  are  not  large.  —  The  jirincipal  lake  is 
ithat  of  J\/tcardfgua. 

6.  Guatema'la,  the  capital,  is  situated  near  the  Pacific 
•ocean,  and  has  a  good  harbor,  and  some  magnificent  edi- 
iices. 

7.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  San  Sal'vador, 
Chtquimu'la,  Leon',  Carld'go,  and  Chid'pa;  also  Omo'Oy  not- 
«d  as  a  port. 

8.  Balize^  is  an  English  settlement  on  the  bay  of  Hon- 
duras, and  is  noted  for  itd  trade  in  mahogany. 


18.  What  notice  of  the  history  ? 

GuATSMALA.  —  1.  What  is  Bttid  of  Guatemala  ?    2.  What  is  said 
of  the  country  ?    3.  Soil  ?    4.  Climate  ? 
5.  What  Ib  said  of  the  rivers  ?    6.  The  city  of  Guatemala  f    7. 
What  o  her  towns  ?    8.  What  of  Bolize  ? 


See  Map  of  Jforth   Jlm^rica.  —  How  is   Guatemala  bounded  ? 

How  is  the  bay  of  Honduras  situated  ?    Lake  Nicaragua  P      The 

Mosquito  Shore  ?    The  city  of  Guatemala  ?     Cniapa  ?     Le* 

on  ?    OmoB?    Balize  ?    Chiquimula  ?    San  Salvador  ?    Car- 

tagOf 


> 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


t/i 


& 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


La  121    12.5 
|5o  '*^~    Mi^H 

■^  IM    12.2 

!  -^  IIIIIM 

•lUU 

IIIIIM 

1.4    11.6 


V] 


v: 


A%^^^ 


>> 


M 


'^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MS80 

(716)  872-4503 


V 


\ 


\ 


'9> 


V 


^ 


cS\ 


''h 


WEST  INDIES. 


WEST  INDIES, 

I.  The  West  Indies  consist  of  a  long  chain  of  islands, 
Iving  between  North  and  South  America,  and  extending 
from  the  const  of  Florida  to  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco  ;  the 
Bahama  Islands  being  the  most  northern,  and  Trinidad 
and  Margarita  the  most  southern. 


TAB^x.AR  View 

OP  THE  PuiNciPAi.  West  India  Islands. 

Name. 

Belonging  to 

Sq.M. 

\amas. 

Pop. 

Chief  Towni. 

Ba) 

Bahama,           ^ 

Providence,      V 

G.  Britain, 

5,500 

19,000 

Nassau. 

Abaco,  &c.       ^ 

■ 

Greai 

Antilles.                                    1 

HavU, 
Cuba, 

Independ'i, 

28,000 

935,000 

Port  Republican. 

SpaiTif 

50,000 

704,000 

Havannah. 

Porto  Rico, 

do. 

4,000 

324, (KM) 

St.  Juan. 

Jamaica, 

0.  Brilain, 

6,400 

350,000  '  Kingston. 

Caribbean  Isli 

inds. 

Martinique, 

France, 

370 

120,000 

St  Pierre. 

Guadaloupe, 

do. 

675 

120,000 

Basse  Terre. 

Mariegalanle, 
Barbadoes, 

do. 

90 

12,000 

Basse  Terre. 

G.  Britain, 

J66 

103,000 

Bridgetown. 

Trinidad, 

do. 

1,700 

45,000 

Port  of  Spain. 

Antigua, 

do. 

93 

a5,ooo 

St.  John's. 

Gremtda, 

do. 

110 

28,000 

St.  George. 

St.  Vincent, 

do. 

130 

27,000 

Kingston. 

St.  Christopher's, 

do. 

70 

25,000 

Basse  Terre. 

jDominica, 

do. 

29 

19,000 

Roseau. 

St.  Lucia, 

do. 

225 

18,000 

Carenage. 

Tobago, 

do. 

140 

15,000 

Scarborough. 

Nevis, 

do. 

20 

11,000 

Cliarlestown. 

Montserrat, 

do. 

78 

8,000 

Plymouth. 

Tortcda, 

do. 

90 

7,000 

Road  Harbor. 

Anguilla, 

do. 

30 

3,000 

Santa  Cruz, 

Denmark, 

100 

34,000 

Christianstadt. 

St.  Thomas, 

do. 

40 

11,000 

St.  John's, 

do. 

St.  Eustat^a, 

Holland, 

22 

12,000 

The  Bay. 

Curaqoa, 

do. 

600 

12,000 

Williamstadt. 

St.  Martin, 

do. 

90 

6,000 

St.  Bartholomew, 

Siccden, 

60 

8,000 

Gustavia. 

Margarita, 

Venezuela, 

350 

15,000 

Ascension. 

Wk9t  Indies.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  the  West  Indies  ? 


Irinoco  ;  the 
Dd  Trinidad 


)iA  Islands. 


hief  Towns. 


WEST  INDIES.  g7 

mai  Indies,  because  he  sunnoLSS,'^*''*  ""'"^'^  ^y  ^'^  »he 
India,  in  thi  souTeast  of  ffi         ^^  """"^  connected  with 

naLr^''thySw;J!^'  t^hTS  SS7^  ^s"e-  «^  "»-«<j-. 

A/amtf/  Of  theCal^bPel  M^d^^"^''  '*'i^  f^  C-'^i^'an 
of  it,  are  called  mXard  A/S'^ ^*/?i*  *'  »?  *h«  «outh 
that  lie  between  \t^r?or^&  *"**  Doi„  nl'ca  and  all 
lands;  and  a  part  of  thp««  !?;„?'*  u""®  ^'^^  ^'^  X^eu^arrf  /,. 
are  also  callerer^„'&^^'"«  '"  ^^«  «««^  «f  Porto  Rico, 

indVnl'ttnArr^^^^^  «»/«  which  is 

ore  owDed  by  differ..^  P.f,7  "e'ongs  to  Venezuela, 

&>n.e  of  .he  rnS"  oSetble  T,he°"c.ribt.'"?r''"'- 

cently,  most  of  !hem  slive.  •  bu,  }k2^^'  "'"!  "T'  ''"  «" 
800.000  have  l^TeJSi'&S'"'"''^"""""''^  <"" 

connUulions.     a'heTe  are  but'  tJ^  i™'*  ""j'  '"  "''"'■•™ 


"•  "^t'ui^ii^i'^r/f'v  wLr.!.'^  wi!^»p.ofw.nd. 

The  AiuilW >    Whf.l.  „f  .i."'S"'?°  ""=  B«l>«n>M bcloni ? 


88 


WEST  INDIES. 


10.  The  exports  are  very  valuable,  and  consist  of  s^dTy 
rum^  coffee,  indigo,  cottony  tobacco,  and  various  other  tropical 
productiona. 

11.  Cuba,  the  largest  and  most  important  of  the  West 
India  islands,  has  a  fertile  soil,  and  among  its  productions 
are  tobacco,  esteemed  the  best  in  America,  also  sugar  and 
coffee. 

i2.  Havan'nak  or  Havan'a,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  the 
largest  and  most  commercial  city  in  the  West  Indies,  and 
is  celebrated  for  its  admirable  harbor. 

13.  Havti  was  formerly  called  Hispanio'la  and  St,  Domin'- 
go,  and  was  divided  between  Fruiico  and  Spain.  It  is  a 
very  fertile  island,  and  next  to  Cuba  in  size.  Here  the 
first  European  colony  in  America  was  established  by  Co- 
lumbus ;  and  here  also  the  first  independent  state  formed 
by  African  slaves,  has  been  founded. 

14.  The  principal  towns  of  Hayti  are  Port  Republican, 
Cape  Hap'txen,  and  St.  Domingo. 

15.  Kingston,  in  Jamaica,  is  the  largest  and  most  com- 
mercial town  in  the  British  inlands  ;  as  is  St.  Pierre  (peer), 
in  Martinique,  of  the  French  islands. 


10.  What  is  said  of  its  exports  ?  11.  Cuba?  12.  Havannabi*  13 
Hayti?  14.  What  are  the  principal  towns?  15.  What  are 
the  principal  towns  of  the  English  and  French  islands? 


See 


Map  of  jYorth  .America. —  Where  are  the  Bahama  islands? 
The  Caribbee  islands?  Cuba?  Jamaica?  Hayti  or  St. 
Domingo  ?  Porto  Rico  ?  Trinidad  ?  Guadaloupe  ?  Bar- 
badoes?  Martinique?  How  is  liavannah  situated ?  Kings- 
ton ?  Cape  Haytien  ?  Port  au  Prince '  What  other  to-  .'nfl 
Oil  Ilayti  ?    What  ones  ou  Cuba  ? 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


SOUTH   AMERICA. 


Chimhorazo. 


1.  South  Americn  may  be  rpgnrdcd  as  a  vast  peninsula  ; 
and  it  is  a  highly  favored  part  of  the  globe,  compared  with 
the  other  great  divisions,  as  il  respects  the  salubrity  of  its 
chmate,  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  and  the  value  of  its  natural 
productions. 

2.  But  little  has  been  done  to  turn  to  good  account  its 
vast  natural  resources,  as  it  is  very  thinly  peopled,  and  the 
most  of  it  uncultivated  ;  and  there  is,  in  all  parts,  a  great 
want  of  works  of  internal  improvement,  such  as  roads, 
bridges,  and  canals. 

8.  The  western  part  consists  chiefly  of  elevated  table 
land,  crowned  by  chains  of  majestic  mountains  ;  to  the  east 
of  this  high  land,  there  is  an  expanse  of  country,  two  or 
three  times  as  broad,  composed  of  marshy  and  sandy 
plains  ;  and  still  further  east,  there  is  another  elevated  re- 
gion extending  nearly  to  the  Atlantic  coast,  but  not  so  high 
as  that  in  the  west. 


South  America.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  South  America? 
2.  What  is  its  state  of  improvement  ?  3.  Whit  is  said  of  the  surface  ? 


90 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


4.  The  most  striking  natural  features  of  South  America 
consist  in  its  mottntaim  and  river».  It  differs  from  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  continent,  in  being  but  little  indented  with 
inland  seas  and  gulfs,  and  in  having  few  large  lakes. 

6.  The  ^ndes  are  an  immense  chain  of  mountains  run- 
nmg  throughout  South  America,  at  a  distance  var^'ing  from. 
60  to  160  miles  from  the  western  const ;  and  they  have 
been  seen  at  sea  at  the  distance  of  180  miles  from  the 
shore.  They  are  composed,  in  great  part,  of  porphyry,, 
and  abound  in  precious  metals. 

6.  They  are  the  most  elevated  mountains  on  this  conti- 
nent, and  have  a  considerable  number  of  summits  that  are 
volcanic^  and  a  great  many  that  are  always  covered  with 
snow.  They  abound  in  natural  wonders,  such  as  stupendous 

f>recipices,  impetuous  torrents,  picturesque  cataracts,  and 
rightful  chasms.   The  torrents  and  chasms  are  often  cross- 
ed by  rope  bridges. 

7.  The  highest  summits  have  an  aspect  of  unrivalled  sub- 
limitv,  their  elevation  carrying  them  above  the  region  of 
the  clouds  ;  and  below  their  snowy  tops  the  storm  is  seen 
to  burst  J  and  the  exploring  traveller  hears  the  thunder  roll, 
and  sees  the  liehtnii^  dart  beneath  his  feet. 

8.  Between  the  different  ridges  there  are  extensive  plains 
®  jTml    'u*'''y  ^"'^  beauty,  well  cultivated  and  populous. 

9.  The  three  great  riven  of  South  America  are  the  JSm'- 
azoHt  La  PUl'tft,  and  Orino'eo.  These  rivers,  with  their 
tributaries,  water  most  of  South  America. 

^  10.  The  Amazon,  called  also  the  Mar'anon  and  Orella'na, 
18  the  largest  river  in  the  world  ;  and  some  of  its  tributaries 
are  equal  in  length  and  size  to  the  largest  rivers  in  Europe. 
It  IS  upwards  of  4,000  miles  long,  and  180  miles  wide  at  its 
mouth  ;  and  the  tide  flows  up  more  than  500  itiiles.  It  is 
navigable,  to  the  junction  of  the  Ucay'a-le  with  the  Tuncu- 
ra'gua,  for  vessels  of  400  tons. 

U.  The  La  Plata,  together  with  the  Parana',  its  princi- 
pal branch,  is  about  3,000  miles  long,  and  80  miles  wide  at 
Buenos  Ayres,  200  miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  ocean  ; 

,«"mL"**^*^*'''®  throughout  the  greater  part  of  its  course. 

12.  The  Ortnoeo,  which  is  much  inferior  to  the  other 
two,  IS  about  1,800  miles  long,  and  navigable  700.  A 
water  communication  is  formed  between  this  river  and  the 
Amazon  by  the  Caasiquid'ri  and  the  Negro* 

4.  What  are  the  most  striking  features?  6.  What  is  said  of  the 
Andes?    6.  What  is  said  of  their  elevation,  &c.  ? 

7.  What  of  the  highest  summits?  8.  What  is  found  between  the 
different  ridges  ?    9.  What  ore  the  thne  great  rivers  ? 

10.  What  is  said  of  the  Anuwon  ?  II.  The  La  Plata  ?  12.  Th» 
Orinoco? 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


01 


.Jp^?t.7*®jCi''®P""*''P«'  Wanda  are  Ter'ra  del  Fui'ro 
tbeFMk'tandUland,,  andthe  island  of  ChUo'e.  ^  ' 

14.  Ihe  ehmate  in  the  south  is  cold ;  in  other  parts  on 
the  lo^y  plains  ,t  is  hot,  and  in  many  pl'aces  unheafthv  •  In 
the  elevated  plains,  it  is  salubrious  and  delightful?  free  C^ 
great  heat  in  summer  and  from  severe  cold^in  winter? 

15.  Many  parts  of  South  America  are  extremelv  subiect 
to  earth^kes,  ana  for  the  sake  of  greater  8Sitvth« 
houses,  in  these  parts,  are  common l/ buUtwhh  only' oSe 

some  ofThL^fiTr^^l^  ^f^^'H^^Js  in  valuable  productions  ; 
some  ot^  those  for  which  it  is  most  celebrated  are  leold  Mill 

barkf        '  "*''''"'*^'  diamonds,  and  cinchZVr  &"« 

the7e  tip  l«5n,f  •  ^i;^  *  ^'^^^  """^"^  °^  Wrds.  Among 
larffes  birH^U  h  ^^^.^""'J^  remarkable,  and  is  reputed  thf 
largest  bird  that  has  the  faculty  of  flying  in  the  air  It« 
wings,  when  extended,  measure  from  12  to  ?6  feet  -^nd? 
^?  »^  ***«  \«'f!>»  of  more  than  20,000  feet  '  " 

r«i«-  :      inhalants  of  South  America  consist  of  vkrioua 
races,  as  xohtte;  ctvUized  or  subdued  Indians  ne^oL^^. 
hzoes,  mulatloes,  samboes,  and  .•n4mS  /«X«/  '  The 

aXTSf'thrinH-'"*'  of  thewfites  and  IndTans;  the 
samooes,  ot  the  Indians  and  neirroes      Th«»   nrhit^J  --^ 

h.' ?!,.'"«!"  ^V™!!'"''  '»  America  that  were  colonized 
.L^l  Spaniards,  the  white  inhabitants  are  divided  iMo 
X"'?""'  '  'u^"  *"'•  "•ose  born  in  Spain,  who  Ire  oaniS 

int«io7f:ri,"tet",;.iS"' '"■""'  ^''"«'""»  '"'"'"■• 

«it:^°arKjarser  £  'aifrr  ^^'^^ 

H.C..  have  esublished  riruWrcanVrr™  "f  eof^^^^^^^ 
The  onlfri"  '?"'=''  "J'  P-'""=«'  contention Tnd  dfsorier 

is'  mJJ  — ?  •     ^^- .  ^^"^^  "  the  climate  ?  ' 

17   wk!I  "  "*J  J  respecting  earthquakes  ?    16.  Productions  > 
9  Hn^'  "^  Ik'^  respecting  birds  ?    18.  Inhabitaite  ?  ' 

Z^^fiV^'^!  '"  ?P*"«»»  America  divided  ?    20.  Where 

.     Sc^XTo-ftiStm-jL^^^ 
9 


od 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


23.  South  America  comprises  the  following  countries, 
namely,  New  Grenada,  Venexui'la,  Equator,  and  Ouia'na 
(ge-a'na),  in  the  north  ;  BrazW,  in  the  east ;  the  United 
Provxneet  of  La  Plata,  Paraguay,  and  Uruguay,  in  the 
■outheast;  Patago'nia,  in  the  south  5  and  Chi'li  (che'le), 
Boliv'tUi  and  Peru  j  in  the  west. 

COLOMBIA. 

1,  The  republic  of  Colombia,  which  comprised  all  the 
northwestern  part  of  South  America,  was  formed^  in  1819, 
by  the  union  of  New  Grenada  and  Venezuela  (yen-e- 
zwa'la),  which  had  previously  been  provinces  of  Spain. 

2.  This  extensive  republic  was,  for  several  years,  under 
the  government  of  Simon  Boti'var,  the  celebrated  South 
American  general. 

S.  Since  1831,  it  has  been  divided  into  three  republics, 
New  Grenada,  Venezuela,  and  Equator. 


22.  What  countries  does  it  comprise  ? 

Colombia.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Colombia?    2.  By  whom  was 
it  governed  ?    3.  What  republics  have  been  formed  from  it  ? 


See  Map  of  South  Afneriea.  —  What  ocean  lies  on  the  east  of  South 
America  ?  What  ocean  on  the  west  ?  What  sea  on  the 
north  ?  What  is  the  most  northern  cape  of  South  America? 
What  the  most  eastern  ?    Southern  ?     Western  ? 

What  island  lies  at  the  south  extremity  of  South  America  ? 

What  island  at  the  northeast  of  Terra  del  Fuego  ? 

What  strait  separates  Terra  del  Fuego  from  Patagonia  ?  Where  is 
the  island  of  Chiloe  ?    Masafuero  and  Juan  Fernandez  ? 

What  islands  on  the  north  of  Venezuela  ?  What  mountains  ex- 
tend the  whole  length  of  South  America,  towards  the  west 
side  ?  Where  does  the  Rio  de  La  Plata  empty  f  What  aie 
its  principal  branches  ? 

What  countries  does  South  America  inclide  ? 

In  What  country  do  the  Paraguay,  Parana,  and  Uruguay  rise  ? 

Where  does  the  Amazon  empty  ?  What  are  some  of  its  principal 
branches  ? 

Where  does  the  Orinoco  empty  ?    The  Magdalena  ? 

What  country  lies  in  the  north  of  South  America  ?  What  one  in 
the  south?    What  countries  in  the  west?    In  the  east? 

What  countries  lie  chiefly  between  the  equator  and  the  tropic  of 
Capricorn  ?  What  countries  lie  south  of  the  tropic  of  Capri- 
corn ?  What  north  of  the  equator  ?  How  is  New  Grenada 
bounded  ?  Venezuela  ?  Equator  ?  How  English,  Dutch, 
and  French  Guiana ?  Brazil?  Peru?  Bolivia?  The  United 
Provinces  ?    Paraguay  ?    Uruguay  ?    Chili  ?    Patagonia  ? 


NEW  GRENADA. 


93 


NEW  GRENADA. 

J.  The  republic  of  New  Grenada  consists  of  what  was 
formerly  the  Spanish  viceroyalty  of  the  same  name,  and 
comprises  the  northwest  part  of  South  America,  embracing 
the  isthmus  of  Panama'  or  Darien. 

2.  The  face  of  the  country  is  greatly  diversified  by  low 
and  ehBvated  plams  and  stupendous  mountains, 

8.  Theprincipal  river  is  the  Magdale'na,  which  is  navi- 
gable to  Honda,  700  miles. 

4.  The  cataract  of  Tequendamd',  on  the  river  Bogota'  15 
miles  from  the  city  of  Bogota,  is  one  of  the  most  extraordi- 
nary in  the  world.    The  water  rushes  down  a  perpendicu- 

R*'*^k  "*  ^-^^  bounds,  from  the  height  of  574  feet. 

5.  The  climate  on  the  coast  and  low  plains  is  very  hot, 
and  m  many  parts  unhealthy  j  on  the  elevated  plains,  mild 
throughout  the  year.  i         ,     m 

6.  Much  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  producing  grain,  cotton, 
cocooy  coffee,  sugar,  cinchona,  and  various  fruits. 

7.  The  mountains  are  rich  in  gold  and  silver  ;  and  have 
also  mines  orplattna,  copper,  teed,  and  emeralds, 

«5i  ^X^'^u'  ^-  ^^"7^  ^^  ""^  Bogota',  the  capital,  Is  a 
well  built  city,  situated  on  one  of  the  elevated  fertile  plains 
of  the  country  and  is  8,700  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sen. 
V.  ropayan'  is  a  handsome  town  in  the  interior;  and 
Larlhage'na,  Panama',  and  Buenaventu'ra  are  some  of  the 
principal  seaports. 

VENEZUELA. 

1.  The  republic  of  Venezuela  comprises  the  country 
Which  was  formerly  a  Spanish  province,  known  by  the 
'^ftn*®  of  the  Captain-generalship  of  Caraccas. 

2.  The  country  is  watered  by  the  great  river   Orino'eo 

Q  wr  ^^^^^?\  "Zh^^ "']•**  *'°«'»  New  Grenada  consist ? 

A   %^     f  *^?  ^Vit,  °^  ^''®  ^'"""^y  ■     3.  The  Mngdalena  ? 

4.  The  cataract  of  Tequendama  ?    5.  Climate  ?     6.  Soil  and 
^  ,„,  productions?    7.  Minejals?    8.  Boffota? 
9.  What  other  towns  ?  ^ 

Venezuela.-  I.  What  does  Venezuela  comprise  ? 
»•  By  what  is  it  watered  ?  ^ 

See  Map  of  South  America.  —  How  is  New  Grenada  bounded? 
Wow  is  the  bay  of  Panama  situated  ?    The  gulf  of  Darfen  ? 
What  is  the  course  of  the  Magdalena  ?  How  is  Santa  Fe  de  Bvota 

situated  ?    Panama  ?    Carthagena  ?     Buenaventura  ?    Pq. 

payan?    Porto  Bello?    Pamplona?    Honda? 


il  VENEZUELA. 

and  its  branches ;  and  it  includes  the  large  lake  of  Mara- 
eaff'bo. 

8.  Some  portion  of  the  country  is  mountainous  ;  but  the 
general  character  of  it  is  that  of  u  plain  of  immense  extent. 

4.  The  climate  is  hot,  and  the  productions  such  as  belong 
to  a  tropical  region.  Some  of  the  principal  are  cocooy  reck- 
oned the  best  in  the  world,  cotton,  sugary  coffee,  atd  tobac- 
co i  also  cattle,  horses,  and  mules. 

5.  Carac'cas,  the  capital,  is  a  considerable  city,  but  has 
sufiered  much  by  earthquakes.  La  Ouag'ra,  its  port,  is 
7  miles  distant.  .' . 

6.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  Maracag'hot 
Valen'cia,  Cumana',  and  St.  Thomas. 


EQUATOR. 

Cotopaxi, 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?    4.  Climate  and  productions ' 
5.  Capital  ?    6.  What  other  towns  ? 


See  Map  of  South  America.  —  How  is  Venezuela  bounded  ?  By 
what  river  is  it  watered  ?  What  are  some  of  the  tributaries 
of  the  Orinoco  ?  How  is  lake  Maracaybo  situated  ?  Carac- 
cas  ?  La  Gu&yra  ?  Cumana  ?  Maracaybo  ?  Valencia  ? 
St.  Thomas .?  Varinas  ?  What  towns  on  the  coast .'  What 
one  iii  the  interior  ^ 


EQUATOR, 


95 


1.  This  nowrcptiblic,  which  comprises  the  country  which 
was  once  known  by  the  name  of  the  Spanish  Presidency  of 
Quito,  is  intersected  by  the  equator,  and  derives  its  present 
name  from  its  situation. 

2.  It  includes  the  most  celebrated  summits  of  the  Andes, 
among  which  are  Chimbora'zo  and  Cotopax'i  ;  and,  though 
aituated  in  the  middle  of  the  torrid  zone,  many  of  its  moun- 
tains are  always  covered  with  snow,  and  its  elevated  plains 
enjoy  a  mild  climate  throughout  the  year. 

3.  Chimbora'zo,  a  little  more  than  4  miles  high,  was  as- 
cended by  Humboldt  to  the  height  of  19,300  feet,  supposed 
to  be  a  greater  elevation  than  was  ever  before  attained  by 
man.  This  mountain  has  heretofore  been  considered  the 
highest  mountain  in  America,  but  some  summits  further 
south  have  been  found  to  be  more  elevated. 

4.  Cotopaxi,  the  most  tremendous  volcano  in  the  world, 
rises  in  a  regular  and  beautiful  cone.  It  sometimes  sends 
up  Its  burning  entrails  nearly  8,000  feet  above  its  summit ; 
and  Its  roarings  are  said  to  have  been  heard  at  Honda,  600 
miles  distant. 

6.  Quito  (ke'to),  the  capital,  is  remarkable  for  its  great 
elevation,  being  situated  on  the  skirt  of  the  volcanic  moun- 
tain Pinchincha,  9,600  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  is 
one  of  the  largest  cities  in  South  America,  and  has  many 
magnificent  edifices.  ' 

6.  Chtag'aquil  (gwl'a-keel),  is  the  pr-.icipal  port;  and 
Ctttffifa  (kweu'sa)  and  Riobam'ba  are  considerable  towns  in 
the  iflterior. 

GUIANA. 

I.  The  name  of  Guia'na  (ghe-a'na)  was  formerly  applied 
to  a  large  country  extending  from  the  Orinoco  on  the  north, 
to  the  Amazon  on  the  south  j  but  Spanish  Ouiana  now 
forms  a  part  of  Venezuela,  and  Portuguese  Guiana  a  part 
of  Brazil.  The  rest  of  the  country  belongs  to  the  English. 
Dutch,  and  French, 

EilDATOR.  —  1.  What  does  Equator  comprise,  and  by  what  is  it  in- 
tersected  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?  3.  Chixnborazo? 
A.  Colopaxi  ?    5.  Quito  ?    6.  What  other  towns  ? 

Guiana.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Guiana? 


See  Map  of  Sorith  America.  —  How  is  Equator  bounded  ? 
Un  which  side  of  the  equator  does  most  of  it  lie  ?   What  rivers  rise 
from  lU  mountains  ?    How  are  Chimborazo  and  Cotopaxi 
situated .     Quito?    Guayaquil?    Cuen(ja? 
What  towns  on  the  coast  ?    What  ones  in  the  interior  ? 

Q# 


ti  GUIANA. 

8.  The  aurface  i»  gciieraiiy  very  level ;  the  climate  hoi 
anil  unhealthy  ;  the  aoil  very  fertile. 

S.  The  productions  are  Himilar  to  thone  of  the  West  In- 
dies, and  couHirit  chieHy  of  augar,  coffee,  cotton,  cocoa, 
tnaize,  and  indigo. 

4.  Enolirii  GruiANA  contains  three  small  colonies,  name- 
ly, Eaaequt'bo,  Demard'ra,  and  BerbUe'.  The  principal 
town  is  ata'broek. 

5.  Dutch  Guiana,  is  also  called  Surinam',  from  the  prin- 
cipal river  by  which  it  ia  watered.  The  capital  is  Paha- 
mar'ibo,  which  is  a  very  pleasant  town,  situated  on  the 
Surinam. 

6.  French  Guiana  is  also  called  Caff-enne',  and  is  noted 
for  the  production  of  Cayenne  pepper.  Cag-enne'-.  the 
chief  town,  is  situated  on  an  island. 

PERU. 
Silver  Mines. 


2.  What  of  the  surface,  climate,  and  soil?    3.  Productions? 
4.  What  is  said  of  English  Guiana  ?   5.  Dutch  Guiana?    6.  French 
Guiana  ? 


Set  Map  of  South  America.  — How  is  English  Guiana  situated  ? 
Essequibo  ?     Deinarara  ?     Berbice  ?    Stabroek  ? 
How  is  Dutch  Guiana  situated  ?     What  river  intersects  it  ? 
How  is  Paramaribo  situated?    How  is  French  Guiana  situated <* 
Cayenne  ? 


PERU. 


91 


climate  ■  boi 


1.  Peru,  before  it8  conquest  by  the  Spaniards,  was  the 
seat  ol  tlio  celebrated  empire  of  the  Incas,  famous  for  its 
civilization,  and  for  its  abundance  of  the  precious  metals  • 
but  the  most  valuable  silver  mines  have  been  detached 
from  the  country,  which  now  retains  the  name  of  Peru. 

2.  The  country  lying  between  the  Andes  and  the  Pacific 
ocean,  is  called  Low  Peru,  and  consists  chiefly  of  sandr 
deserts  and  jilains,  having  no  vegetation  except  on  the  bor- 

o  ®i* I  n ^®™ '  '*"'*  "^^^^  ***"  •'  *"»«  '»"'«  o""  no  rain. 

d.  High  Peru,  which  lies  to  the  east  of  Low  Peru,  ia 
composed  of  lofty  mountains,  interspersed  with  ferUle  val- 
leys and  plains. 

4.  Peru,  like  other  countries  in  South  America,  is  very 
thinlv  peopled,  and  suffers  for  want  of  roads,  bridges,  and 
canals  ;  and  goods  are  transported  on  the  backs  of  mulea 
and  lamas. 

5.  Some  of  the  most  noted  productions  are  goU,  aUver, 
mercury,  and  cinchona  or  Jesuits  bark. 

6.  Lima  (le'ma),  the  capital,  7  miles  from  CaUiifo,  ita 
port,  was  formerly  a  city  of  great  opulence  and  splendor  ; 
but  It  18  now  much  reduced. 

7.  Cuxfeo,  formerly  the  seat  of  the  empire  of  the  Incaa,  is 
still  a  large  town,  and  contains  monuments  of  its  former 
splendor. 


na  situated? 


BOLIVIA. 

I.  This  country,  which  once  formed  a  part  of  Peru  and 
afterwards  a  part  of  Buenos  Ayres,  was,  in  1836,  formed 

^"^T^^«H'd"''*,°*!  ^^LV  *•  What  is  said  of  Low  Pe 
ro?  3.  High  Peru?  4.  What  of  the  condiUon  of  the  conn 
try?  5.  NotedproducUong?  6.  What  is  said  of  Lima  ?  7 
Cuaco?    b.  What  other  towns  ? 

^°"^^t-  T  ^'  What  is  said  of  the  formation  of  the  republic  of 
ISolivia  ?  ' 


See  Map  of  South  America.  —  How  is  Peru  bounded  ?     W 
ers  rise  in  it  ?     What  mountains  are  there  ?    How 


What  riv- 
•t  ^  j^'A'  "•""  •"""■•MiiuB  ttrei  uierer  now  is  Lihia 
situated?  Cuzco?  Arequipa?  Callao?  Guainanga?  Guan- 
caVehca?  Caxamarca?  Ayacucho?  What  towns  on  the 
coast  south  of  Lima  ?    What  ones  north  ? 


98 


BOLIVIA. 


into  an  independent  republic,  and  named  Bolivia,  in  honor 
of  General  Bolivar. 

2.  It  is  mostly  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country, 
containing  stupendous  summits  of  the  Andes,  some  of 
which,  according  to  recent  measurements,  are  higher  than 

Chimborazo.  •       ,  ,         . 

3.  Bolivia  contains  rich  silver  mines,  the  most  celelirated 
of  which  are  those  of  Potusi,  which  were  formerly  the 
most  productive  mines  in  America. 

4.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  La  Pla'ta  or  Chc- 
duiSA'CA  (chd-ke-sa'ka),  the  capital  ;  Potost',  famous  for  its 
silver  mines  and  great  elevation  ;  La  Paz  and  Cochabam'ba, 
large  towns  ;  and  Cobi'ja,  the  only  port. 


BRAZIL. 

Diamond  JVashing. 


1.  Brazil  is  one  of  the  largest  empires  in  the  world  in  ex 


8.  What  of  tlie  country  ?    3.  Mines  ?    4.  Towns  ? 
Brazii..  —  1.  What  does  Brazil  comprise? 


See  Map  of  South  America.  —  How  is  Bolivia  bounded  ?  What 
rivers  rise  in  it  ?  Where  is  lake  Titicaca  ?  What  part  of 
Bolivia  borders  on  the  ocean  ?  How  is  Chuquisaca  situated  ? 
PotoRi.  ?  Gochabamba  ?  I^a  Paz  ?  Cohija  ?  Charc^S  ?  Oro 
pesa? 


BRAZIL. 


99 


!  world  in  ex 


tent  of  territory,  comprising  the  eastern  and  central  parti 
of  South  America ;  but  the  greater  portion  of  it  ia  unin- 
habited except  by  Indians. 

2.  It  has  a  great  variety  of  surface,  soil,  and  climate  ; 
comprising  mountainous  regions  and  plains  of  vast  extent, 
some  of  them  barren,  and  others  very  fertile  j  and  its  natu- 
ral resources  ar^  great. 

3.  It  has  an  abundance  of  valuable  productions,  as  cotUm, 
augar^  cqffct^  grain,  tobacco^  and/ruits ;  also  ^W  and  diamond*. 
Great  numbers  ofcaUle  are  raised,  and  the  forests  abound  in 
valuable  timber. 

4.  Some  of  the  great  rivers  are  the  Amazon,  Madei'ra, 
Topa'ioa^  Xin'gu,  JSL  Franda'co,  Paraguay',  and  Parana. 

5.  Ri'o  Janei'ro,  the  capital,  has  an  excellent  harbor, 
and  is  the  most  populous  and  commercial  city  in  South 
America. 

6.  SL  Sal'vador  or  Bah'ut,  and  Pemamhtifco,  are  large  sea- 
port towns,  and  have  an  extensive  commerce. 

7.  Cuya'ba,  Villa  Ri'ca,  and  Villa  Boa,  in  the  interior,  are 
noted  for  gold  mines  ;  T^u'co,  for  the  most  celebrated  dia- 
mond mines  in  America. 

UNITED  PROVINCES 

1.  This  country  once  formed  the  Spanish  Viceroyalty  (f 
Rio  de  la  Plata.  In  1816  it  was  declared  independent,  and 
assumed  the  name  of  the  United  Provinces  of  South  ,^erica, 
in  1825,  the  United  Provinces  of  La  Plata,  and,  in  1826,  the 
*^g€ntine  Eipublic;  it  is  also  often  called  Buenos  Ayrts 
(bwa'nos-aL'e-rez)^  from  the  name  of  the  chief  city. 

2.  It  is  watered  by  the  great  river  La  Plata  and  its  bran- 
ches, the  two  principal  of  which  are  the  Paraguajf  and 
Paran&\ 


2.  What  is  said  of  the  eountTy?    3.  Produotions?    4.  Riven? 
5.  Rio  Janeiro?    6.  What  other  towns? 

United  Provinces. —  l.  By  what  name  has  this  conatry  been 
known  ?    8.  By  what  is  it  watered? 

8ce  Map  of  South  .America.  —  How  is  Brazil  bounded  ?  On  which 
side  of  the  equator  is  the  most  of  it  ?  What  part  is  in  the 
Southern  temperate  tone  ?  What  are  the  course  and  termi- 
nation of  the  Amazon  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Amazon  on 
Ihe  north  side  ?  What  ones  on  the  sooth  side  ?  VVhat  riv- 
ers in  the  south  part  of  Brazil?  What  rivers  of  Brazil  flow 
into  the  Atlantic  ?  How  is  Rio  Janeiro  situated  ?  St.  Salva. 
dor?  Pernambtico?  Maranham?   Para?  Tejuco?  Villa  Boa? 

V;i1~  o; — s      r* u_  M      ■i»n--4^  .1  "*  .  .•         M 

f  tjtti  xijta:       ■v^uyuuar       Triiai  luwns   On  IIIC   COOBl  Jionn    01 

St.  Salvador  ?    What  ones  south  ' 


m 


UNITED  PROVINCES. 


8.  The  northern  and  western  parts  are  n.ountainous  ;  but 
the  country  is  mostly  a  plain,  and  a  great  portion  of  it  is 
formed  of  the  immense  basin  or  valley  of  the  La  Plata,  and 
much  of  the  portion  bordering  on  the  river  is  liable  to  in- 
undation. 

4»  In  the  southern  parts  are  found  immense  Pampas  or 
plainst  which  are  more  than  1000  miles  long  and  500  broad. 
They  resemble  the  prairies  of  North  America,  and  are 
destitute  of  trees,  and  covered  with  high  grass,  which  af- 
fords pasture  to  vast  numbers  of  cattle  and  wild  horses. 

5.  The  climate  is  various  but  generally  healthy  ;  much  of 
the  »oU  very  fertile,  but  little  cultivated;  and  the  country 
abounds  in  catUe^  horsesy  and  mtt/etfj  and  in  mines  of  goldf 
silver,  coppery  and  lead. 

6.  Buenos  Atrgs,  the  capital,  and  much  the  largest  city, 
is  the  outlet  of  almost  all  the  commerce  of  the  country,  but 
the  navigation  to  it  is  difficult.  It  derives  its  name  from 
the  salubrity  of  its  climate. 

7.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  St.  Juan,  Men' 
dotOs  and  Cordova. 

PARAGUAY  AND  URUGUAY. 

1.  These  are  two  small  republics  formed  within  a  few 
years  from  territories  which  formerly  belonged  to  the  Unit- 
ed Provinces. 

2.  Paraguay,  which  lies  between  the  rivers  Paraguay 
and  Parana,  is  generally  a  very  level  and  fertile  country, 
abounding  in  various  productions  ;  but  famous  especially 
for  the  small  plant  called  mal'te  or  Paraguay  tea,  which  is 
used  very  extensively  in  South  America,  as  the  tea  of  Chi- 
na is  with  us. 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  of  the  country  ?  4.  Pampas  ?  5. 
Climate,  soil,  and  productions?  6.  Buenos  Ayrea?  7 
What  other  towns  ? 

Paraguay  and  Urugoat.  —  1.  Of  what  are  these  republics  form* 
ed  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  Paraguay  ? 


See 


Map  of  South  America.  —  How  are  the  United  Provinces 
bounded?  What  are  the  two  principal  branches  of  the  La 
Plata?  Where  do  they  unite?  What  rivers  flow  into  the 
Parana  ?  What  rivers  southwest  of  the  La  Plata  ?  What 
is  the  course  of  the  Uruguay  ?  Where  are  the  Pampas  ? 
How  is  the  country  of  Paraguay  bounded  ?  Uruguay  ?  How  is 
Buenos  Ayres  situated  ?  Cordova  ?  St.  Juan  ?  Mendoza  ? 
Assumption  ?  Monte  Video  ?  Maldonado  ?  What  towns 
on  the  west  towards  Chili "    What  towns  in  the  north  ? 


PARA  (QUAY  AND  URUGUAY. 


101 


S.  Assumption,  the  capital  of  Paroguny,  18  a  considerable 
aTcs  ""  "''^*'  Paraguay,  1200  miles   above   Buenos 

4.  Uruguat,  formerly  called  Banda  Oriental,  is  a  fertile 
and  healthy  country,  situated  between  the  river  Uruiruav 
and  the  Atlantic  ocean.  "6w«jr 

fhS^^r*  Video  the  capital  of  Uruguay,  is  situated  on 
the  La  Plata,  and  has  the  best  harbor  on  the  river,  and 
considerable  commerce.  * 


CHILI. 

1.  Chili  (chele)  is  a  long  and  comparatively  narrow 
country,  lying  chiefly  betvjreen  the  Andes  and  the  Pacific 
ocean. 

2.  Its  general  aspect  is  that  of  an  inclined  plane,  risinir 
gradually  from  the  Pacific  ocean  to  the  ^ndesy  which  extend 
along  the  eastern  side,  presenting  many  elevated  summits, 
some  of  which  are  volcanoes. 

8.  The  countrjr  is  watered  by  numerous  small  rivers, 
which  desqend,  with  rapid  currents,  from  the  mountains  to 
tbe  ocean. 

4.  The  climate  is  generally  very  healthy  and  pleasant: 
though  in  the  northern  part,  in  the  country  borderinir  on  the 
coast,  ram  seldom  or  never  falls. 

6.  Much  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  the  country 
abofinds  in  vegetable  productions  and  in  cattle,  and  has  also 
rich  nitnes, 

6.  The  Araucanians,  a  celebrated  tribe  of  independent 
Indians,  possess  a  large  tract  of  country  in  the  southern 
part  of  Chill. 

J'  The  most  considerable  island  is  that  of  Chilo'e.— Ju- 
an Feman'dez,  a  desert  island  off  the  coast  of  Chili,  is  fa- 
mous for  the  lonely  residence  of  Mexander  Selkirk,  a  Scotch 
sailor  ;  a  circumstance  which  gave  rise  to  the  celebrated  ro- 
mance of  Robinson  Crusoe. 

8.  Santia'go  or  St.  Ja'go,  the  capital  of  Chili,  is  situated 
on  a  beautiful  plain,  aboyt  90  miles  from  Valparaiso,  and 
Its  houses  are  built  of  unburnt  bricks. 

9.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are    Valparaiso^ 


II .'    Mendoza  ? 


3.  What  is  said  of  AssumpUon?    4,  What  is  said  of  Urueuav  ? 
5.  Monte  Video  ?  ^    ' 

Chili.  --  What  is  said  of  Chili  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  the  aspect 
of  the  country  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  rivers?  4.  Clira^? 

\Wh;t^lSertowns^^'^^'"'^^^'-    '•^*'*"^'"    8.  Santiago? 


102 


CHILI. 


the  most  frequented  port,  Concepttortf  Valdivia,  and  Comthm 
ho. 


PATAGONIA. 

1.  Patagonia,  a  large  country,  coiTi  prising  the  southern 
parts  of  South  America,  is  cold,  uncultivated,  and  of  dreary 
aspect,  the  western  part  being  mountainous,  and  the  east 
ern  having  extensive  plains. 

2.  It  is  entirely  in  the  possession  of  native  Indians,  who 
are  represented  as  of  large  stature,  abounding  in  horses,  and 
being  excellent  horsemen. 

8.  Tt/ra  dd  Fue'go,  separated  from  Patagonia  by  the 
straits  o£  Magellan,  is  a  large  dreary  island,  having  its  moun 
tains  always  covered  with  snow. 


See  Map  of  South  .imtriea.  —  How  is  Chili  bounded  ?    In  what 
zone  18  it?   How  is  the  island  of  Chiloe  situated  ?  Joan  Fer 
nandez?    The  Arancanians ?   Santiago?    Valparaiso?  Con- 
ception?     Coaoimbo?     Valdivia?     What  towns  north  of 
Santiago  ?    What  ones  south  ? 


Pataooiiia.  —  1 .  What  is  said  of  PatagoDia? 
3.  Terra  del  Fuego  ? 


3.  Inbabitonts? 


See  Map  of  South  America.  —How  is  Patagonia  bounded  ?    What 
-ulfs  on  the  west  side  ?    What  bays  on  the  east  ?    How  is 
erra  del  Fueeo  situated  ?    The  Falkland  Islands  ?    Wheie 
I  the  strait  ofMagellan  ?    What  rivers  in  Patagonia ' 


guT 

^  TBI 


EUROPE. 


Inhabitants? 


1.  £urope,  though  much  the  smallest  of  the  four  quarters 
of  the  globe,  b  far  the  most  important  and  powerful ;  and 
it  governs  a  great  part  of  the  others. 

3.  It  lies  almost  wholly  within  the  northern  temperate 
zone,  and  is  distinguished  for  the  excellence  of  its  climate, 
its  useful  productions,  its  commercial  enterprise,  its  mili- 
tary power,  and  its  civilization,  science,  and  literature. 

3.  £urope  contains  the  following  countries,  namely,  Lap-' 
land,  Norwayy  Sweden,  and  Russia,  in  the  north ;  Oreat 
Britain,  France,  Netherlands  (Holland  and  Belgium),  Den- 
mark, Poland,  Prussia,  Germany,  Austria,  Hungary,  and 
Switzerland,  in  the  middle  ;  Portugcd,  Spain,  Italy,  Tur- 
key,  and  Greece,  in  the  south. 

4.  The  political  divisions  of  Europe  are  the  three  empirds 
oi  Russia,  Austria,  and  l^urkey  ;  the  16  kingdoms  of  Swe- 
den, Denmark,  Holland,  Belgium,  Great  Britain,  Prussia, 
Hanover,  Saxony,  Bavaria,  Wurtemberg,  France,  Spmn, 
Portugal,  Sardinia,  Two  Sicilies,  and  Greece  s  and  4| 
other  states,  mostly  very  small,  republics,  duchies,  princi 
palities,  &c.  , 

8.  The  five  most  powerful  states  of  Europe,  called  the 
Great  Powers,  are  Russia,  Great  Britain,  France,  Austria, 
and  Prussia.  The  nations  most  distinguished  in  science 
and  literature,  are  the  British,  French,  and  Germans. 

6.  The  established  or  prevailing  religion  of  all  Europe, 
with  the  exception  of  Turkey,  is  Christianity.  The  Prot- 
estant religion  prevails  in  the  north  ;  and  the  Roman  0>th- 
olie  in  the  south.  The  Greek  Church  is  the  religion  of 
Russia,  Greece,  and  of  the  Christian  inhabitants  of  Tur 
key.  The  Turks  are  Mahometans.  Jews,  are  found  in 
almost  all  parts,  but  especially  in  Poland. 

7.  The  six  principal  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Ahs, 
the  Pyr'enees,  the  Ap'ennines,  the  Carpa'thian,  DofrejUld, 
and  UrcfiUan  mountains. 


9,.  For  what  is  it  distin- 
contain  ir 


Europe.  —  1.  What  is  eaid  of  Europe 
guished?    3.  What  countries  o< 

4.  What  are  the  political  divisions  ? 

5.  Which  are  the  most  powerful  states,  and  which  nations  are  moat 

distinguished  for  literature  ?     6.  What  is  the  religion  of 
Europe?    7.  What  mountains ? 
10. 


04 


EUROPE. 


8.  The  Mpa,  which  separate  France,  Switzerland,  and 
Germany,  from  Italy,  are  the  most  elevated  range  of  moun 
tains  in  Europe,  and  have  many  summits  which  are  always 
corered  with  snow  j  and  the  elevated  valleys  abound  in 
magnificent  glaciers.  The  two  highest  summits  are  Mont 
Blanc  and  Mont  Rosd. 

9.  The  Pyrenees  divide  France  from  Spain  ;  the  Men- 
ntnea  extend  through  Italy  ;  the  Carpathian  Mountains  lie 
on  the  north  and  east  of  Hungary  ;  the  Dofrefield  or  Dof- 
rmeMourUams  are  between  Norway  and  Sweden  ;  and  the 
Ural%an  Mountains  are  in  Russia,  between  Europe  and 
Asia.  *^ 

10.  The  four  celebrated  volcanoes  m  Europe,  are  EVna, 
m  Sicdy  ;  Vesu'vius,  near  the  city  of  Naples  ;  Strom'boli, 
on  one  of  the  Lip'ari  islands,  and  HecHa,  in  Iceland. 

Ih  The  seveft  nrrost  noted  capes  are  North  Cape,  the 
Na»e,  Gape  Clear,  Cape  Finisterre',  Cape  Or'tegal,  Cape  St. 
Vxn'eenty  and  Ctme  Matt^fntn'. 

12.  Some  of  the  most  important  islands  are  Oteat  Brit- 
am^  Ire'land,  and  Ice'land,  in  the  Atlantic;  Sic'ily,  Sar- 
din'ia,  Cor'sica,  and  Can'dia,  in  the  Mediterranean. 

13.  Europe  is  much  indented  by  seas  and  gulfs,  which 
afford  great'  facilities  for  commerce.     The  principal  seas 
are  the  Medtterra'nean,  ^rchipel'ago,  Mar'mara,  Black 
Azof,  North,  BAl'tic,  and  White  Beat 

14.  The  Mediterranean,  which  is  2,000  miles  long,  is  the 
largest  and  most  celebrated  sea  in  the  wor/d,  and  is  suc- 
rounded  by  countries  that  have  always  been  famous  in  his- 
tory.    The  eastern  coasts  of  it  are  styled  the  Levant'. 

16.  The  three  largest  gulfs  are  those  of  Ven'ice,  Fin'- 
land,  and  Both'nia  ;  and  the  only  large  bay  is  that  of 
Bts'eay. 

16.  The  most  considerable  lakes  are  Lado'ga,  One'ga, 
and  PeVpus,  m  Russia  ;  Wen'ner  and  Wet'ter,  in  Sweden  : 

t^'^'m*"^  ^°^''*''*^^»  in  Switzerland  and  on  its  borders. 

17.  The  three  most  important  rivers  are  th«  Foi'c-a. 
Don'ube,  &nd  Rhine.  ® 

«  ii  ^M®  K^^Sa,  the  largest  river  in  Europe,  is  upwards  of 
^wu  miles  m  length.  It  has  its  whole  course  in  Russia,  and 
MOWS  into  the  Caspian  sea,  by  several  mouths.  It  is  navi- 
gable to  Tver,  and  is  connected  with  the  Neva  by  a  canal, 
tnus  tornung  a  communication  between  the  Caspian  and 


10   Wh„»     ^"li  °^^'®  ^'P'/  ,?•  iy**^'^  •'^  thfr other  raountainB? 
14    wS»!?      •/  r^u*"??'^.  "•  ^*P«^'    12.  Islands?    13.  Sea»? 
What  ig  mid  of  the  Mediterranean  ?    15.  What  are  the  irulft  > 
16;  Lakes  ?    17.  Rivets  ?    W.  What  is  said  of  the  Yol^  ? 


EUROPE. 


105 


pe,  are  Et'na, 
I ;  Strom' boli, 


moray  Black, 


Baltic  aeos  ;  and  also  with  the  northern  Dw inn,  forminir  a 
communication  with  the  Arctic  ocean.  * 

19.  The  Danube,  which,  though  not  so  lonar  as  the  Volira. 
hns  a  greater  volume  of  water,  rises  in  the  neighborhood 
ot  lake  Constance,  and  flows  into  the  Black  sea.  It  has  a 
rapid  current,  and  is  of  but  little  importance  with  respect  to 
foreign  commerce.  ^oi^c^,!,  w 

20.  The  Rhine,  though  much  smaller  than  the  Danube. 
IS  superior  to  it  in  sublime  scenery,  and  in  its  importance 

sea,  111  Holland,  and  is  navigable  to  the  Falls  of  Schaffhaw- 
*en,  m  S*vitzerland      Great  quantities  of  timber  are  con- 


19.  Wiiat  is  said  of  the  Danu1»e  ?    20.  The  Rhine  ? 


-^  ofEurope^^  What  countTies  lie  in  the  north  of  Europe  ? 

What  ones  HI  UiesouUi?    In  the  east?    In  Uie  west? 

w1f«»"  ''''  ?entral  paria  ?  What  islanda  are  west  of  Europe  ? 

What  ones  m  the  Baltic  ?    In  the  Mediterranean  ? 
What  fleas  lie  ,n  and  about  Europe  ?     Where  is  the  gulf  of  Both- 

TJ    ?'•!  8:"f«f  Finland  ?    The  gulf  of  Riga  ?    The  .rnlf 
•  BajTBiLJ?"  ^"'^«f '''"-^^^    T'«  Arcfipelago?  ffi 

Where  are  the  StraitB  of  Gibraltar?    The  British  Channel?^  St. 
u/i.      9«?rg*^«  Channel?    Tlie  Skager  Rack  ?     Cattegat? 

f?^F^?P^-,  The  Naze  ?;cape  Clear?  CapllVIatapan? 

_„.      V»P®  F'nisterre  ?    Cape  St.  Vincent  ?  *-  f     * 

What  "vers  flow  into  the  White  Sea  ?   What  ones  into  the  Baltic  .» 

Into  the  North  Sea?    Into  the  British  Channel  ?    Into  the 

Bay  of  Biscay?    Into  the  Mediterranean?    Into  the  Black 

wru     *®*     .u  *°.^^®  '^^  "^  A^^*"'    '"^"  t'>e  Caspian  sea  ? 

talSp  Th^'ff  f  Jm  Py'^r"-',  3:?«  Carpathian  moun- 
tains  ?   1  he  Dofrefield  mountains  ?   The  Uralian  mountains  » 
How  IS  Russia  bounded?    Sweden?    Norway?    England  "  Den 
mark?    Prussia?    Austrian    Dominions?    Holland"?     Bel- 

ffiey?^Tr::c??'    ^""'-    ^^""  '    P-^ugal  ?' Italy  f 

'^'*^Va3?i/r'^^r'  '^^°"'^?"•     Which  way  from  Paris  to 
Madrid?    To  Rome?    To  Vienna?    To  St.  Petersburg: 


JM 


LAPLAND. 


LAPLAND. 

The  Reindeer. 


1.  Lapland,  a  cold  and  dreary  country,  comprising  most 
of  that  part  of  Europe  which  lies  in  the  frigid  zone,  belongs 
partly  to  Norway,  partly  to  Sweden,  and  j>artly  to  Russia. 

3.  It  is  very  thinly  peopled,  for  though  it  is  about  three 
fourths  as  large  as  France,  it  contaius  only  about  60,000 
inhabitants  ;  and  it  has  no  towns  larger  than  small  villages. 

S.  The  Laplanders  are  of  low  stature  and  swarthy  com- 
plexion, rude  and  ignorant.    The  reindeer  is  their  most 
valuable  possession,  which  supplies  them  with  food  and 
clothing ;  and  by  means  of  which  they  make  rapid  jour 
neys,  drawn  in  sledges. 


Lapland.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Lapland  ? 

9.  How  extensive  is  it,  and  how  is  it  peopled  ? 

the  Laplanders  and  the  reindeer  ? 


3.  What  is  said  of 


NORWAY. 


lOT 


NORWAY. 

The  MaeUtronx, 


1.  Norway,  a  long  and  proportionally  narrow  country, 
irery  thinly  inhabited,  and  extending  irom  the  Naze  to 
North  Cape,  derives  its  name,  which  signifies  Northern 
FTay,  or  Country  to  the  North,  from  its  northern  situation. 

2.  It  IS,  next  to  Switzerland,  the  most  mountainous  coun- 
try in  Europe,  abounding  in  sublime  and  picturesque  scene- 
ry ;  and  its  long  lino  of  seacoast  presents,  in  many  parts, 
a  rugjred  and  grand  aspect  of  elevated  rocks. 

3'  The  principal  range  of  mountains  are  the  Dofrefield 
or  Dofrine  Mountains,  which  extend  between  Norway  and 
Sweden,  and  have  many  summits  always  covered  with 
snow :  the  highest  is  SneehaVla. 

4.  The  rivers,  which  are  numerous,  are  so  rapid  as  fre- 
quently to  partake  of  the  nature  of  torrents,  and  abound  in 
cataracts.    The  largest  is  the  Glomme. 

5.  The  climate  is  severe  j  the  soil,  particularly  in  the 
north,  barren  ;  but  in  the  south  it  affords  good  pasture. 

6.  The  forests  abound  in  pine,  fir,  and  ash,  and  timber  is 
the  principal  article  of  export.     The  mines,  fisheries,  and 
cattle  are  the  other  principal  sources  of  wealth  and  subsist 
ence. 


Norway.  —  1.  What  Is  gaid  of  Norway  ?    2.  Surface  ?    3.  Moun- 


tains? 


i.  Rivers? 
10* 


5.  Climate  and  soil  ?    6.  ProductionB  ' 


NORWAY. 


7.  The  MdeValrdm,  on  the  const  of  Norway,  is  a  cele- 
brated and  formidable  whirlpool,  which  is  so  violent  as 
sometimes  to  draw  in  and  swallow  up  ships  and  whales 
that  come  near  it. 

8.  The  Norwegians  are  a  frugal  people,  robust  and 
healthy,  accustomed  to  a  plain,  and  otten  to  a  coarse  and 
•canty  fare. 

9.  CuRiSTiAiriA,  the  capital,  is  noted  for  its  trade  in  deal 
timber.  Bergen  and  Drontheim  (dron'tim),  the  other  prin- 
cipal towns,  nave  considerable  commerce. 

10.  Norway,  once  an  independent  kingdom,  was  annex- 
ed to  Denmark  in  1897,  and  to  Sweden  in  1814. 


SWEDEN. 

1.  Sweden  consists  of  three  parts,  Gothland  in  the  south, 
Sweden  Proper  in  the  middle,'  and  Norland  in  the  north. 
Norland  comprises  more  than  half  the  territory,  but  only 
about  one  tenth  of  the  population. 

3.  Sweden  is  encompassed  on  the  west  and  north  by  high 
mountains :  but  it  is  generally  a  very  level  country,  and 
one  of  the  least  fertile  and  least  populous  in  Europe. 

8.  The  greater  part  of  the  country  is  covered  with  for- 
estSt  which  abound  in  pine,  spruce,  and  fir  ;  and  timber  is 
one  of  the  chief  articles  of  export. 

4.  The  most  striking  feature  in  the  appearance  of  the 
country  consists  in  its  numerous  and  extensive  lakes, 
which  are  sheets  of  pure,  transparent  water,  abounding  in 
fish.  Some  of  the  largest  are  lakes  Wen'nert  WeVter^  and 
Jlfa'/ar. 

5.  The  rivers  are  numerous,  but  mostly  small.  The 
DiM  is  the  largest.  The  Lu'lea  has  a  cataract  which  is 
400  feet  in  height,  and  one  eighth  of  a  mile  in  width  ;  and 
it  is  one  of  the  greatest  in  Europe. 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  Maelstrom  ?  8.  The  Norwegians  ?  9.  Towns? 
10.  What  is  said  of  the  history  ? 

SwxDxir.  —  1.  Of  what  three  parts  does  Sweden  consist  ? 
B.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?    3.  By  what  is  it  mostly  covered  ( 
A.  What  is  said  of  its  lakes  ?    5.  Rivers  ? 


Ste  Map  of  Europe.  —  How  is  Norway  bounded  ? 

What  capes  on  the  north  and  south  end  of  Norway  ? 

What  sea  separates  it  from  Denmark  ?  What  islands  on  the  north- 
west coast?  Where  is  the  Maelstrom?  The  Dofirefield 
mountains  ?  How  is  Christiana  situated  ?  Bergen  ?  Dron- 
theim ?    Roraas  ?    What  towns  south  of  Bergen  ? 


SWEDEN. 


vas  annex- 


?  9.  Towns? 


109 


Ja  ThJ'  *"'"""*  i\  severe.    The  winter  is  lonir  and  verv 

.SenSl'         "'"'  '^^^customecT  to  a  plain  diit  and  C 

nhf;  i?^*"'?''*''  *^®  *'°P'*»'' '«  «»  commercial  city,  remark- 
abeforite  picturesque  situation  on  several  island/ R^Si- 
budt  partly  on  piles,  near  the  junctiorof  liie  Ma/ar  with 
the  Baltic.    ItCas  one  of  the 'finest  royal  palacl' i„  E^- 

.ni":  ^<*'''«»*«'*«*j,8  noted  as  the  second  town  in  ponulation 


RUSSIA. 


•  V  J*»«  empire  of  Russia  (rush'e-a  or  ru'she-a^  whirh 
includes  the  most  of  the  north' of  Europe,  a^d  aU  t^e  noJth 
of  Asia,  18  the  most  extensive  empire  on  the  aiohp  „^3^o 
more  than  twice  as  large  as  all  ESrope ,  but  t^he  Xtil 
part  of  It  IS  ver^  thinly  inhabited.  '  prmtipal 

2.  The  Jstattc  part  is  far  the  larger  in  extent  •  but  thA 

fuoTC"  P'''/'  K  'K"''''^  Pop^ulois 'though  this  i! 
much  less  populous  than  the  middle  and  South  of  Europi 

a  U7U.4  :_  __!j     TT      77  ' ■ — 


6.  What  is  said  of  its  climate  ? 
Stockholm? 
Finland  ? 


,-    „- ''•  Exports? 

10.  What  other  towns?    11. 


8.  Swedes?    9 
What  is  said  of 


''"'uVdoVrtlr/ar*^^''"""'"^"^-  ^"^^""^-^    2-  What 

**  ^aKv!^^^^^'^^'  -How  is  Sweden  bounded  ?    What  islands 
S  Bot?„u^*^  ""wl^?  f  ?"*  •.    What  rivers  flow  k^tolhe  gulf 

Wh!*    4u    ^o^tenburg?     Carlscrona?     Upsal?     Fahlun? 
i^^LX'p  ^^^^^^^^'^^^^^  "O't^  than  Stoam?    Wlit 


110 


RUSSIA. 


'  8.  European  Rusnia,  formerly  called  MiWeovy,  compri8 
M  almost  one  half  of  the  territory  of  Europe,  but  less  tnau 
a  quarter  of  the  population.     It  is  generally  a  level  country, 
and  the  greater  part  of  it  m  covered  with  forests. 

4.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Uralian  chain,  which 
forms  the  ooundary  between  Europe  and  Asia,  and  is  about 
1,400  miles  in  length. 

5.  RuRRia  is  watered  by  some  of  the  largest  rivers  of  Eu- 
rope. 'J  je  principal  ones  are  the  Vol'ga  or  tfol'ga^  Don, 
Dniia'ter  (nees'ter),  Dnii'per  (ne'per),  Dwi'na,  One'ga, 
J^torihern  Dwi'na^  and  Petcho'ra. 

6.  The  largest  lakes  are  those  of  Lado'ga,  One'ga,  and 
Pei'ptis  or  Tchud^koe. — Ladoga  \a  140  miles  long,  and  75 
broad,  and  is  the  largest  lake  in  Europe. 

7.  The  climate  in  the  southern  part  is  temperate  ;  in  the 
middle  and  northern,  extremely  cold. 

8.  The  soil  in  the  southern  part  is  generally  fertile  ;  but 
in  advancing  north,  it  becomes  less  so.  ^gnctUtwe  is  in  a 
backward  state. 

9.  Russia  is  distinguished  for  its  extensive  inland  naviga- 
tion. By  means  of  rivers  and  canals,  communications  are 
opened  both  from  the  Baltic  sea  and  Arctic  ocean  to  the 
Black  and  Caspian  seas. 

10.  Some  or  the  principal  exports  are  hemp,  Jlax,  iron, 
timber,  tallow,  grain,  and  leather.  The  Russian  leather  is 
esteemed  the  best  in  Europe. 

11.  St.  Pe'tersburo,  the  metropolis  of  Russia,  was 
founded  by  Peter  the  Great,  in  1703  ;  and  it  is  situated  at 
the  east  end  of  the  gulf  of  Finland.  It  has  an  extensive 
commerce,  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  is  the  most  magnifi- 
cently built  city  m  Europe. 

12.  Moscow,  the  ancient  capital,  is  situated  in  the  central 
part  of  European  Russia,  and  exhibits  a  singular  contrast 
of  splendid  edifices  and  miserable  hovels.  It  is  famous  for 
its  great  conflagration,  at  the  time  of  the  invasion  of  the 
country  by  Bonaparte,  when  nearly  three  fourths  of  it  were 
burnt. 

18.  The  principal  seapo'U  are  St.  Petersb'"''^',  Pi'i-^n, 
Odes'sa,  and  Archdn'gtl.  Odessa  is  noted  for  ♦*  '  >  ..•  ^f 
grain  j  Archangel,  for  being  the  most  northerly  considerable 
town  in  Europe  ;  C  on'siadt,  on  an  island,  in  the  gulf  of 
Finland,  for  being  tlie  chief  station  of  the  Russian  navy. 

3.  What  is  said  of  European  Russia  ?  4.  What  are  the  principal 
A  %;.T3tains?  5.  Rivers?  6.  Lakes?  7.  What  is  said  of  the 
Animate?  8.  Soil  ?  9.  Inland  navigation  ?  10.  Exports? 
.'   .  W .  .at  of  St.  Petersburg  ?    18.  Moscow  ? 

3.  Whai  are  the  prinwiptil  ports  ? 


RUSSIA. 


HI 


14.  Tufla  is  famous  for  hardware  :  jVov'rorod  for  its  for 

I  iitn;?^^  '   r-       /  ^"^  t""'."*  ^'"'  '""-merly  Iho  capiuil  of 
ltge"par°J.f^Sry" ''''''"«"""  """  '''»  <=•""•'  -^  « 

.   '?i  •'^"'''  """^  .^"''of  »rB  nolcd  for  Lnttlos  betweon  Pe- 
ter  the  Great  and  Charles  Xll. ;  Smofc™*'  und&Zi'Z 

trr.iJ^'f/^Jt''""^'""  ■'■"""yoper'a.ion.  1„  .ho 

17.  This  empire  contains  people  of  different  reliirionii 
and  languages.  But  the  Rwi^iaJ,  properly  so  called  %o 
GrTek^chE  ""Th"'"'  •*"  a  Sci;i;onfc  n/ti^n.^and  Jf^the 
of  ?ho  "[mi-  ^^"^y  """^  '■*»^"«'  and  brave  j  but  are  one 
of  the  most  illiterate  nations  in  Europe.  A  great  raajo?hy 
of  them  are  in  a  state  of  miserable  servitude  ttni  we 
bought  and  sold  with  the  land  which  they  cult"vat;.  ^ 

n  r«;iu  ^osaclu,  inhabiting  the  frontiers  of  Russia,  are 
X^u'"^  r°P'!.'  """  «'"g"'ar  character  and  habite"  and 
they  have  been  distinguished  in  the  Russian  wars     The 

Zr^u  v'^v'^'^"  ^f  '^^"^  «»•«  «»y»«J  nonCoZL  from 
their  inhabiting  on  the  river  Don.  * 

«t«t„  ^\^*»?  beginning  of  the  last  century,  Russia  was  in  a 
nations.     The  foundation  of  its  greatness  was  laid  by  Pda 


14. 


^i'JJ;  f '^  °r'^"^"'  Novgorod,  &c.  ?     15.  What  places  are 
noted  for  mihtoiy  events?     16.  What  is  said  of'^Cher.on 

if  iSssiaf  *  ^*«'^*'^^«-     1^-  What  noUce  of  the  history 


and 


SeeM,^  of  Europe.  -  How  is  Russia  in  Europe  ooundcd? 
3  I'e  on  the  south  of  it.^  What  ones  on  the  west 
north.?  Where  are  the  principallakes .» 
How  "Ladoga  lake  situated?  What  rivers  of  Russia  flow  into 
ihfwt •?''*■,  \»t«  "'e  Caspian ?  Into  the  Baltic?  Into 
Uie  White  sea  ?  Into  the  Arctic  ocean  ?  How  is  St.  Peters- 
burff  sauated?  Moscow?  Riga?  Archangel  .*  S 
Wifna?  Kiev?  Odessa?  Tcherkosk  ?  Tula  ?  PoltavJ  ;^ 
Smolensk  ?    Borodino  ?  "*«»*» . 

towns  are  on  the  gulf  of  Finland  ?  The  gulf  of  Riga  ?  The 
Black  sea?  The  sea  of  Azof ?  The  Volga?  &  Vonf 
The  Dnieper  ?    The  Dnieeler  ? 


Wha- 


119 


RUSSIA. 


the  Great ;  it  has  been  further  enlarged  and  improved  b^ 
Cathanne  II  and  Mexander;  and  it  has  now  th^  most  formi- 
dable land  army  in  Europe. 

POLAND. 

1.  Poland  was  formerly  one  of  the  largest  kingdoms  in 
Europe  ;  and  the  country,  with  regard  to  surface,  ia  one  of 
the  most  level  ;  consisting  chiefly  of  a  vast  plain,  in  many 
parts  marshy. 

2.  In  1795,  this  country  was  divided  between  Russia, 
Austria,  and  Prussia  ;  an<l  in  1915,  the  central  part,  com- 
prising less  than  a  fifth  of  ancient  Poland,  was  erected  into 
a  kingdom,  which  was  subject  to  Russia ;  and  which  has 
since  been  incorporated  into  the  Russian  empire. 

8.  The  only  considerable  river  is  the  Fia'tulUy  which  runs 
through  a  level  country,  and  ia  navigable  as  far  as  Cracow. 

4.  The  soil  is  naturally  fertile,  but  is  miserably  cultivated. 
Grain  is  the  most  important  production. 

5.  The  Poles  are  of  Sclavonic  origin,  mostly  Catholics, 
and  are  one  of  the  most  illiterate  nations  in  Europe.  The 
peasantry  are  in  a  state  of  miserable  servitude. 

6.  There  are  more  Jews  within  the  limits  of  ancient  Po- 
land than  in  all  the  rest  of  Europe  ;  and  most  of  the  trade 
of  the  country  is  in  their  hands. 

7.  War'saw.  the  capital,  and  the  only  large  town  in  the 
kingdom  of  Poland,  is  situated  on  the  Vistula,  and  has  an 
extensive  inland  trade.  PuUusk  is  famous  for  a  battle  be- 
tween the  French  and  Russians  ;  Ra'kcw,  for  having  been 
the  chief  residence  of  the  Polish  Unitarians. 

Cra'cow,  on  the  southwest  border  of  the  country,  was 
anciently  the  capital  of  Poland,  and  is  now  a  free  city,  which, 
together  with  a  small  district,  is  styled  the  Republic  of  Cra- 
cow. 


Poland.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Poland?  2.  What  has  happened 
to  it  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  Vistula  ?  4.  The  soil  ?  5. 
The  Poles  ?  6.  The  Jews  ?  7.  Warsaw,  Pultusk,  and  Ra- 
kow  ?    8.  Cracow  .' 


Sfe<«  Map  of  Europe — How  is  the  kingdom  of  Poland  situat- 
ed ?  In  what  direction  does  the  Vistula  cross  Poland  ?  How 
is  Warsaw  situated  ?  Cracow  ?  What  ither  towns  in 
Poland  ? 


DENMARK. 


118 


DENMARK. 

Copenhc^en, 


and  several  iSrfi  X*"  nju-  '^tr"""  ''•"=''3'  •>'  Aol'Hem, 
Z«/««<  and  ^"n"^'"!"!' Baltic,  the  largest  of  which  are 

n.os.lUurnSifCo'i,/"'"  ?,""" ^"=-.  -  one  of  the 
n>a„y  .nallatrea';  ,Taife"s',rd  it "  "''^''  "'''»'  "•" 

th»„gML°'rntphe:e'.-s{i""?  '^TT '?  <■-  '"»  '»"""''=  > 
is  fertile.  "^       '  *      "  considerable  proportion  of  it 

theBllto  toThf  fifd^^'fifrmi^f';"  '"'"«'■'•■  ^«'=»''»  '''»"• 
Baltic  to  the  NoJui  seaT"?  "  ."»™""'nKation  from  the 
draught.  '  ""''  ""'""'*  ''esseU  of  9  feet 

on'.-hfr.jtra'st^^ftrff'o'^rV";'^"'"^''"''-'''' 

bor  and  an  extens  ve  co,„m.r  °  ^T'.""''-  <•■«  a  good  har- 
great  establishmenis  of  Z  kingdom    "  "■«»»«""•«" '"« 

it:-.,     ^'"^uriace.      o.  Sou  and  dima«i>  ? 

o.  v;opeuhagen  ?  ~  " 


What  of  the  sit- 

J     Tl «      ~ 


114 


DENMARK. 


6.  M'tonoy  in  Holstein,  on  the  Elbe,  near  Hamburg,  is 
noted  as  the  second  town  in  Denmark,  in  population  and 
commerce  ;  Ehineuy,  a  seaport  on  the  north  end  of  the  is- 
land of  Zealand,  as  the  place  where  all  vessels  passing  into 
and  out  of  the  Baltic,  pay  toll  or  duty,  as  a  compen8.ation  to 
the  king  of  Denmark  for  the  light-houses  on  the  coast. 

ICELAKD. 

1.  Iceland,  a  large  island,  belonging  to  Denmark,  rcceiv 
ed  its  name  from  the  ice  with  which  it  abounds.  It  is  cele- 
brated for  its  natural  wonders,  and,  with  regard  to  soil  and 
climate,  it  is  one  of  the  least  favored  countries  on  the  globe. 

2.  It  is  composed,  in  great  part,  of  masses  of  volcanic 
mountains  :  its  surface  is  in  the  highest  degree  rugged  ;  the 
soU  mostly  barren  ;  and  no  considerable  trees  are  to  be  seen, 
but  only  stunted  birches,  willows,  and  other  shrubs.  It  is 
very  thinly  inhabited,  and  has  few  villages,  and  no  consid- 
erable town.  ,  .         ,      1 

5.  Mount  Hec'la,  one  of  the  most  celebrated  volcanoes  on 
the  globe,  is  subject  to  the  most  dreadful  eruptions,  thougb 
its  summit  is  always  covered  with  snow  ;  and  it  w  said  to 
have  thrown  matter  to  the  distance  of  more  than  100  miles. 

4  The  Geg'sers,  or  Hot  Springs,  are  reckoned  among  the 
greatest  wonders  of  the  world.  They  throw  into  the  air 
lets  of  boiling  water  to  the  height  of  100  or  200  feet,  ac- 
companied with  a  noise  like  that  of  a  cannon,  and  a  trem- 
bling of  the  adjacent  ground.  Stones  are  also  thrown  up 
much  higher  than  the  water. 

6.  What  is  said  of  Altona  and  Elsineur  ? 

IcELAKD.  - 1.  What  is  said  of  Iceland  ?  2^  What  of  the  surfaM 
and  soil?  3.  What  is  said  of  Mount  Hecla ?  4.  The  Gey- 
sers ? 

See  Map  of  Europe.  —  How  is  Iceland  situated?    On  what  part 

of  It  is  Hecl^'    Reikiavik  ?    Where  are  the  Faroe  Islands? 

Bv  what  waters  is  Denmark  surrounded?    How  is  Copenhagen 

^situated?    Elsineur?    {Sec  Map  VIII.)  meU    Tonmngen? 

Altona? 


i 


GREAT  BRITAIN 


115 


O'REAT  BRITAIN,  or  THE  BRITISH  ISLES. 

London.  ,i  f  s 


1.  The  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland 
comprises  the  two  large  islands  of  Great  Bntain  and  Ire- 
land, together  with  many  small  ones,  which  are  advanta- 
geously situated  in  the  Atlantic  ocean,  to  the  west  of  the 
continent  of  Europe. 

2.  The  proper  or  legal  name  of  thfs  kingdom  is  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Bntain  and  Ireland;  yet  it  is  very  common- 
ly styled  the  Bntxsh  Empire,  or  simply  Great  Bntain,  from 
the  name  of  the  principal  island  ;  and  England,  from  the 
most  important  division  of  the  island. 

.u^'r?'**'^  kingdom,  with  regard  to  population,  ranks  amona 
the  iliuropean  states  as  only  the  4th»  and  with  regard  to 
extent  of  territory,  as  only  the  7th  ;  yet  it  surpasses  all  other 
empires  on  the  globe,  in  respect  to  manufactures,  com- 
raerce,  naval  strength,  and  in  the  extent  and  importance  of 
^ts  foreign  possessions. 

4  Besides  the  islands  above  mentioned,  Great  Britain 
possesses  the  fortress  of  Gibral'tar  and  the  islands  of  MiU'ta 

Grbat  Britain  - 1.  What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland  ?  8.  What  of  the  name  ?  3.  What  of 
sts  raukaiui  importance  ?  4.  VvUal  of  its  foreign  possessions  ? 


116 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


and  HtVigoland,  in  Europe  ;  and  has  very  extensive  pos- 
sessions in  America,  Asia,  and  Africa.  Among  other  pos- 
sessions in  Asia,  is  the  rich  and  populous  country  of  iJ!^- 
dostan. 

5.  The  island  of  Great  Britain,  the  most  important  island 
on  the  globe,  the  largest  in  Europe,  and  the  largest  that 
was  known  to  the  ancients,  is  divided  into  England^  Wales, 
and  ScoUand,^ 

.       ENGLAND. 

St.  PatU'a  Church. 


1.  England,  which  comprises  the  largest,  most  fertile, 
and  most  populous  part  of  the  island  of  Great  Britain,  rs 
separated  from  Scotland  by  the  river  Tweed,  the  Cheviot 
Hills,  and  Solway  Frith  ;  and  it  is  divided  into  40  counties. 

5.  What  of  the  island  of  Great  Britain  and  its  divisions  ^ 
England.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  England  ? 


See  Map  of  the  British  Isles.  —  How  is   Scotland  situated  with 

regard  to  England  ?     Wales  ?     Ireland  ? 
Where  are  the  Hebrides  or  Western  Islands  ?   The  Orkneys  ?   The 

Shetland  Islands  ? 
What  channel  and  sea  separate  England  from  Ireland  ? 
What  islands  are  in  the  Irish  Sea?   Where  is  the  English  channel. 

British  channel  ?    The  Straits  of  Dover '    Solway  Frith  f 


ENGLAND. 


117 


mo«  than  3.M?  feefhfir  1,2?  A.W™'""  ^T,""''^-  "^ 
, ;  ,  ."®  *"C8t  important  rivers  are  thp   T'A/y^.^-  /*        ^ 

Ur  are  picturesque  lakes  in  the  norTh  of  Engi.°3^  ^"•«"- 
.  S.  England  is  celebrated  for  its  extensivl  nml'  „,„  ■> 

n,os/ Jther  cornS'e7ne  sa^ri  a^udr  °™  '°'^  "■°"  '» 
and  sTu.l^n^K'Tu'I^i.fThi''''  •■f."'''"'''-'^' '"  *«  n,iddle 

and  ntS":oii,"r!^?fe''  '^  '"•  »  ■"f'-'^  '"P^ved  ,h..e ; 
.ion.  '^ceppZ;7^^}ZTn^^  «<""'  -"-«' 

are  ,^t  »r,s.;zr;rer''''"'™'  -^  »^-■"'"' 

la  .  •.pr=',C^^:Z,S^'-.  valuable,  particu- 

11.  JLiighuid  IS  famous  for  manufactures      Tho  =,;.-      • 

12.  Eaueation  among  the  higher  nnH  mwirii^  «i 

much  attended  to  ;  but  with  rn^«rf?  ^T,u    ^  *^l*^^®^  " 

was  much  neglected    tirsinn/n     *«  ^^e  lower  classes  it 

schools  and  scCohnldh^slttTon""^""  °'  '""^«^ 


o 


^?akV!fp'*l*^  wu^^'"'^?''®-     3-  Mountaina?    4.  Rivers  and 

7   So  1  >      ft^i''  •"  'f^  °^  '"'^"^  navigation  ?    6   CHmatll 
'•  oou.''      8.  Agriculture  ?      9.  Prodiicliona  ?      in    m         i 


118 


ENGLAND. 


13.  England  has  but  four  univeraities,  thoso  of  Oxford 
and  Cambridge,  tho  most  richly  endowed  in  Europe,  and 
those  of  London  nnd  Durham  recently  established. 

14.  Tho  government  is  a  limited  monarchy,  the  supreme 
power  bemj,'  vested  in  a  king  and  parliuinont. 

15.  The  Parliament  is  composed  of  two  houses,  namely 
a  House  of  l>ords,  consisting  of  hereditary  peers,  or  nobiU 
ity  of  five  different  ranks,  namely,  duken,  marquises,  earls, 
viscounts,  and  barons  ;  and  a  House  of  Commons,  compos- 
ed ot  653  representatives,  elected  by  the  people. 

16.  The  established  religion  is  that  of  the  church  of 
r^"  ,'  ^'^'^^  ^^^^  *^®  archbishops,  those  of  Canterbury 

and  Ifork,  and  25  bishops  ;  but  Dissenters  are  numerous 
*^7^"fl^H"^  ^^i^^y  ^^  independents,  Presbyterians,  Baptists, 
Methodists,  Roman  Catholics,  Unitarians,  and  Quakers. 

17.  London,  the  metropolis  of  tho  British  empire,  is  sit- 
uated on  the  Thames,  60  miles  fr&m  its  mouth,  and  is  the 
most  populous  city  in  Eu-opc,  and  the  most  opulent  and 
confiimercial  one  on  the  globe.  It  is  not  greatly  distinguish 
ed  for  splendid  edifices.  The  two  most  remarkable  are  St. 
Paul's  Cathedral  and  JFestminster  Mbey. 

18.  The  three  ;?oWs  which  rank  next  to  London  in  com- 
merce, are  Liv'erpool,  largely  concerned  in  the  American 
trade,  and  noted  for  its  docks  ;  Bris'tol,  formerly  the  second 
^^7  i?®,.  i""^  commercial  town,  nnd  noted  for  its  hot  wells ; 

IOC  '^^  ^""^^^  ^^  ^''^  Baltic,  and  the  whale  fishery. 

l^-Some  of  the  smaller  commercial  ports  are  New'castle, 
Sun'derland,  Whtfby,  and  JVhiteha'ven,  noted  for  the  coal 
wr  ^  K^f"*ouUi,  for  packets  to  Spain,  Portugal,  and  tho 
West  Indies ;  Hover,  for  packets  to  France ;  Yar'mouth, 
for  the  herrmg  fishery. 

20.  Ports'mouth,  Plym'outh,  and  Chat'ham  are  distin- 
guished as  tho  chief  navul  stations. 

21.  Some  of  the  principal  manufacturing  towns  are  Man'- 
Chester,  famous  for  cotton  goods ;  Bir'mingham,  for  hard- 
ware ;  Leeds,  Wakefield,  Ex'eter,  and  Nor'wich  (nor'rij), 
for  woollen  goods  ;  Sheffield,  for  cutlery  ;  Kid'derminster, 
tor  carpets  ;  NoVtxngham  and  Leicester  (les'ter),  for  stock- 
ings ;tov> entry  for  watches  and  ribands  ;  Gloucester  (<t|os'- 
ter),  for  pins ;  Worcester  (woos'ter),  for  porcelain  :  New'- 
eastle-under-Lme,  for  pottery  ;  Bur'ton,  for  ale. 

13.  What  is  said  of  universities?    14.  Government?    15.  Parlia- 
,Q    ,«^®"*-     16.  Religion?    17.  London? 

Jo   w5*!  "®  ^^^  ^'"■^:?  P^""**  "^^*  ^"  London  in  commerce  ? 

%.\f.  Wftatare  some  of  the  other  commorcial  ports?    20.  What  are 

£g  "owns  '*''"°"'  ■     ^^ '  ^''"^  ""'^  ''°'"''  °^  ^^"^  manufactur 


ENGLAND 


119 


Jt  l4nn  ,?"'l,C'am  fnrfg..  arc  famous  for  their  univer- 
wties;  ^'/o»,  for  its  college  ;  Green'ioich,  for  its  observa- 
^'Z'  }^'f''^  ""«'  War'wick  (vvor'ik).  for  their  castles 

23    Can'terbury  vvas  formerly  noted  for  pilgrimage  to  tie 
tomb  of   Thomas  Beckot,  now  as  the  firit  archbi^hopr  c  • 

aSistVlr""^  ^^  ^"'^^^^''  ""^  ^-  ^-»'  ^'^-eS^^ 

24.  Bath  and  Chel'tenham,  two  of  the  most  ele-ant  towns 

in  England    are  noted  for  .nineral  waters  an.f  for  beTn ' 

^rea    resorts  of  valetudinarians  and  votaries  of  .Xa'm'e" 

n5  V,       tT^  *f ''*'   "''°    "'"'''    "'"•^^'   «s   waterin.r.„iapes  • 

fll    ^^^^^"I'.Q^^^or  m  the  11th  ;  and  from  him  the  pres- 
ent royal  family  are  descended.  ^ 


22.  What  is  said  of  Oxford  Cambridge,  &c.?    23.  Canterbury  and 
for^a-ba^hing  ?"    *°""^  ''^  ""^'^^  ^«  watering-placed  and 

i'  Whft  nnti'^Tf  .f  ^  M  Pl^«^«  "«ted  in  English  hislory  > 
•io.  Wiiatnoticeofthe  history  of  England? 


See  Map  of  the  British  7.Zc;».  _  What  ia  the  southwest  extremity 

What  ifth."^''"^  '''  '''^,-    nJ^^^*  «'"^"  •^''^"'^^  "«  n^ar  it?  ^ 

What  «  the  course  of  tbe  Thames  ?     Where  is  the  Wash  '    The 

Wl,      '^""It"^    What  rivers  flow  into  the  Humber? 

Where  are  the  Tees  and  Tyne  ?    The  Mersey  and  Dee  > 

What  rivers  flow  into  Bristol  Channel  ? 

How  18  London  situated  ?  Canterbury?  Portsmouth?  Plymouth? 
Exeter.'  Bristol?  Bath?  Oxford?  Cambridge 'Oreenl 
wich  ?  Norwich  ?  Leicester  ?  Yarmouth  ?  Birmingham ' 
Kidderminster?    Liverpool?    Manchester?    York?ffii 

^^^^r&^I  ^^.^r^^^-^^    NewcasS^? 

b™  ■  °  «,";""l°''  '¥  '"""s  »»  the  south  coast  ?    On  the  east  > 

''^yf^'^fC^    H-r'^""'''''*""  ""J'-""^"  '  Swan. 

o        * 


n» 


120 


ENGLAND. 
Wales. 


27.  Wules,  u  mountainous  country,  abounding  in  pictur- 
esque scenery,  has  a  less  fertile  soil  than  that  of  England, 
and  IS  not  so  well  cultivated.  Its  mineral  productions  are 
abundant,  particularly  iron. 

28.  The  two  largest  towns  are  Mer'thyr  Tyd'vtl,  noted 
for  iron  works  j  and  Swdn'sey,  for  commerce  and  sea 
bathing. 

SCOTLAND. 


FingaVs  Cave. 


1.  Scotland,  a  country  consisting  of  two  parts,  the  High- 
lands  and  Lowlands,  lies  to  the  north  of  England,  and  is 
much  more  mountainous,  and  far  less  fertile  and  populous ; 
and  it  has  a  much  colder  climate. 

2.  The  Highlands,  which  comprise  the  northern  and  the 
larger,  but  much  the  less  fertile  and  populous  part,  consist 
mostly  of  barren  and  dreary  mountains,  with  some  tolerably 
fertile  valleys. 

3.  The  Lowlands  comprehend  the  country  which  lies 
south  and  east  of  the  Grampian  mountains.    This  division 


27.  What  is  said  of  VVales  ?    28.  What  towns  ? 

Scotland.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Scotland .' 
9.  What  is  said  of  the  Highlands .'    3.  The  Lowlands ' 


SCOTLAND. 


121 


as  agreeably  diversified  with  hills  nnd  plains  :  and  the  east- 
ern portion  rivaUEndand  in  fertility  and  cultivation? 
,««;«  J„  ^'•°"»/"«"  Mountains  are  the  most  considerable 
range  in  Scotland,  and  the  summit  of  Ben  Ne'vis  is  the 
highest  m  Great  Britain. 

5.  The  western  coast  of  Scotland  is  much  indented  bv 
inlets,  and  the  country  abounds  in  fine  lakes,  calleS  focA,^ 
Loch  Lo'mond,  the  largest,  is  30  miles  long,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  lakes  in  Europe.  Loch  KaVeHne 
■which  18  bordered  by  the  mountains  cilled  the  Tros'ach^'\l 
famous  for  bein^  the  scene  of  Scott's  «  Lady  of  the  Lak^." 
y>/%      o^'^  principul  rivers  are  the  Fwth,   Toy,  Tweed. 

fXth'nf^lT  '";^^''•   .T\^  ''''''  abound  wit-l   ,aK 
and  the  inlets  and  bays  with  herring. 

\'  I***'^^®.P""^'ll'^'  «'*"«''»  ore  the  Caledonian  Canal 
The  island  ^'^'^^  ^''"''''  "^^*^  ^^  ^*^*«^  "'^«^«^"^« 

8.  The  islands  belonging  to  Scotland  are  numerous,  com- 
ZT^u    n^?^  '''"'^^'■'  °^  ^'^^  He6'rirf^5  or  Western  Isl- 

o*'^^S^  0''A'?^y».  and  the  Shet'land  Islands, 
fj'h  '  u  '^'*'"*^  "^  ^°''*'''  "'"^  "f 'he  Hebrides,  is  famous 
S/«Sr"^  ^fr  ^'T'  ^f  l«^'-"i»S  in  the  middle  iges  ;  and 
rSt/'fuT'-i^'  ^'e^^  k'.''?"^'  ''  remarkable  for'' Fingal^s 
ZZL^?  ^^'^7,''^  7^'''^  "'•^  ^"•••"^'^  l^y  perpendicular 
SralcIiriosTty"  ^"'"'"^  '  ^^  "-  regarded  Is  a  great 

♦i.i®'  "^^^  ^"°^^^  ^"^°  extensive  manufactures,  of  which 
Ivon  ''"Por^ant  are  coWongoorfa,   /incn,  woo//en,,  and 

11.   There  are  four  universities,  those  of  Edinburgh, 

P^^IfT'/'l'^"''u^'"'*'  ^"'*  -^^errfeen.     Parish  schools  Sre 
established  throughout  most  of  the  country. 

.J.'-  .,  established  religion  is  Preshyterianism,  which 

fo?me?    "^  ^  ""'  ^^^  c«'«brated  Scotch  re" 

«ol?;  ^^^,^'^0^'^^  are  enterprising,  industrious,  and  tem- 
E!«!  '  ^l!'  'i^^M^  ,""'  ^™°"S  the  best  educated  in  Eu- 
rope. —  The  iJeg-A/a«rfcr«  are  a  brave,  hardy,  warlike  race, 
living  generally  in  miserable  cottages,  and  enjoying  but  few 
ofthe  comforts  of  life;  though  thdr  condition  and  habi  I 
have  been  of  late  much  improved. 
14.  Ed'inbuhgh,  the  capital  of  Scotland,  has  a  command-  ' 

4.  What  Is  said  of  mountains  ?  5.  Lakes?  6.  Rivers?  7.  Ca- 
nals?  8.  Islands?  9.  lona  and  Staffa ?  10.  Manufactures? 
11 .  Universities  ?  12.  Religion  ?  13.  The  Scotch  and  the 
Highlanders  ?    14.  Edinburcrh  >  ^ 


.-iSia™.^..'. 


122 


SCOTLAND. 


ing  nnd  picturesque  situation,  near  the  Frith  of  Forth,  nnd 
is  surrounded  on  all  sides,  except  the  north,  by  lofty  hills. 
It  is  one  of  the  best  built  nnd  inust  elegant  cities  in  Great 
Britain,  the  chief  scat  of  the  law  courts  of  Scotland,  and 
one  of  the  most  celebrated  scuts  of  learnnig  in  Europe. 

15.  Glas'gow,  on  the  Clyde,  the  largest  city  in  Scotland, 
and  the  first  with  regard  to  commerce  and  manufactures,  is 
noted  particularly  for  cotton  goods.  Pais'ley,  Perth,  and 
Dunferm'line,  for  cotton  and  linen  manufactures  ;  Kilmar'- 
nock,  for  carpets  ;  Car' r on,  for  iron- works. 

16.  The  princijjal  ports  are  Gree'nock  and  Port  Glasgow, 
on  the  Clyde  ;  Lcilli,  the  port  of  Edinburgh  ;  Aberdeen', 
Dundee',  and  Montrose',  on  the  eastern  coast ;  and  Inver- 
ness', the  metropolis  of  the  Highlands. 

17.  Fal'kirk  is  noted  for  cattle  fairs  ;  Melrose'  and  Kel'so 
for  ruins  of  tine  abbeys  ;  Gretna  Green,  for  the  marriages 
of  fugitive  lovers  from  England  ;  Ban'nockburn,  for  a  great 
victory  over  the  English  ;  CuUo'den  Moor,  near  Inverness, 
for  the  final  overthrow  of  the  English  Pretender. 

18.  The  crowns  of  England  and  Scotland  were  united  in 
1603. 

IRELAND. 

1.  Ireland   is  a   pleasant,  fertile,  and   populous  island 
forming  a  striking  contrast  to  Scotland,  being  mostly  level, 
©Immoderately  uneven,  and  having  few  mountains  ;   and 
these  are  chiefly  in  the  northern  and  western  parts. 

2.  It  is  divided  into  four  provinces  ;  Ul'ster,  in  the  north, 
JLcinsler  in  the  east,  Mun'ster,  in  the  south,  and  Con'naught, 
in  the  west :  and  it  is  subdivided  into  32  counties. 


15.  What  is  said  of  Glasgow  and  othor  manufacturing  towns? 

16.  What  are  the  principal  ports  ?    17.  What  other  places  are  men 

tioned,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
18.  When  were  the  crowns  of  England  and  Scotland  united  ? 

Ireland.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Ireland .'    2.  How  is  it  divided ' 


See  Map  of  the  British  Isles.  —  Which  side  of  Scotland  is  moat 
indented  by  inlets  ?  What  friths  are  there  on  the  eastern 
onast  ?     On  the  western  .'' 

What  islands  north  of  Scotland  ?    What  ones  west  ? 

Where  are  lona  and  StafFa  ?     Where  the  Caledonian  Canal  ? 

Where  does  the  Clyde  empty  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  North 
t  Sea  on  the  east  ?  How  is  Edinburgh  situated  ?  Glasgow  ' 
Greenock?  Paisley  and  Kilmarnock  ?  Leith  and  Falkirk  * 
Dundee  ?    Perth  ?    Montrose  ?    Aberdeen  ?     Inverness : 

What  towns  are  near  the  borders  of  Encrlaud  ? 


lUELAI^D. 


198 


3  The  u'cstem  const  is  much  indentdd  l.v  inlets  •  nnl  nn- 


TAe  Gianl's  Causewaj. 


3.  What  is  said  of  inlets  and  botrs'    4    Rivora  n^^  i  i      -    - 
The  Giant's  Causeway  ?     G.^ClJuiate  '    7    Wh.f  '        :.    ^*: 
agriculture?    8.  rroductions?  7.  What  is  said  of 


134 


IRELAND. 


articles  of  food  for  the  great  mnss  of  tho  people.     Orata 
and  aUoJlax  are  important  productions. 

9.  The  principal  manufacture  is  linen  ;  and  the  chief  ei- 
porla  are  linen  and  provisions. 

10.  Tho  established  religion  is  the  same  as  that  of  Eng- 
land ;  but  more  than  three  fourths  of  the  people  are  Roman 
Catholics. 

11.  Ireland  has  but  one  tenivcrsity,  that  of  Dublin ;  and  a 
Catholic  college  at  Mnynooth  .  Education  among  the  lowci 
classes  is  laniontably  neglected. 

12.  The  Irish  are  ingenious  and  courageous  ;  ardent  in 
all  their  affections  ;  but  less  industrious,  frugal,  and  tern- 
Derate,  than  the  Scotch.  The  great  mass  of  the  people 
live  in  miserable  cabins,  constructed  of  mud  walls,  and  are 
sunk  in  ignorance  and  poverty  to  a  degree  rarely  witnessed 
in  a  civilized  country. 

13.  Duu'r.iN,  the  caf)ital  of  Ireland,  which  is  finely  situ- 
ated near  tho  head  of  a  very  beautiful  bay,  ranks  as  the 
secotid  among  the  British  cities,  is  one  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful in  Europe,  and  contains  niaivy  magnificent  edifices. 

14.  Gorki  the  second  city  in  population,  has  an  excellent 
harbor,  and  is  the  groat  emporium  of  the  south  of  Ireland, 
as  Beyitat'  is  of  the  north. 

15.  Some  of  the  other  principal  towns  are  lAm'erick, 
ffa'ter/ord,  Drog'heda,  and  Londonder'ry ;  also  Armagh  (ar- 
ina')>  noted  as  the  first  archbishopric  ;  Kitdure',  for  horse- 
iiices  ;  Bal'inastde' ,  for  cattle  fairs. 

16.  Ireland  was  conquered  by  England,  in  1172,  and  its 
union  with  England  was  carried  into  eflfect  in  1801.. 


What  is  said  of  mnnufactures  and  exports '  10.  Religion?  11. 
Education?  12.  The  Irish?  13.  Dublin?  14.  Cork  and 
Belfast?  15.  What  other  towns?  10.  When  was  Ireland 
conquered  by,  and  when  united  with,  England? 


Set  Map  of  the  British  Isles.  —  What  cape  is  on  the  south  of  Ire- 
land ?  What  bays  on  the  west  ?  Where  is  Valentia  island? 
What  is  the  course  of  the  Shannon  ?  What  are  some  of  the  other 
rivers?  What  lakes?  Where  is  the  Giant's  Causeway? 
How  is  Dublin  situated  ?  Cork  ?  Waterford  ?  Limerick  ? 
Killarney  ?  Galway  ?  Belfast  ?  Londonderry  ?  Armagh  ? 
Kildare  ?  Kinsale  ?  What  towns  on  the  east  coast,  north  of 
Dubhn '    What  ones  south  ? 


HOLLAND. 


125 


HOLLAND. 
jyeck-Shuit, 


1.  Hollaml,  or  the  Seven  United  Provinces,  and  Belgium 

r5fo j^?^''"/'*  '■  i"^' '",  ^^^^''  »ho  people  of  Bdgium  sepa- 
rated themselves  from  Hollan.J,  and  establinhed  a  seDarkJe 

tS7sTn;  o^N  ,'J"f  ''^  "^iJ^l"^''  however/retS'h  ; 
hlln^S       r?  ^^  Ne  herlands.     The  term  JVetherlqnds  has 

ia^n«r^7^  "J"''''.'^.  **^  '^"^  ^''^'  ^Netherlands,  to  ^o/! 
tonrf  and  Belgium  umted,  and  now  to  the  Kingdom  of  Hol- 
land, or  the  Jatettan  JVetherlands.  ^         ^ 

..rfl'n?''"!"^  -^  *^®  """".^  '^''^'  country  in  Europe,  the  gen- 

or  mil.     Much  of  it  is  lower  than  the  surface  of  the  sea  at 
high  water,  resembling  a  large  nmrsh  that  has  been  drained 
weail!       ^"J'P"^^'*  ***  **^^«  <>nce  formed  the  bed  of  tbe 

diL'^^^  country  is  protected  from  being  overflowed  hv 
sea  amf  ThT^'  ^^  earth,  which  shut  out  fhe  waters  of  tK 
sea  and  the  rivers,  and  which  have  been  formed  and  are 
Icept  in  repair  with  great  labor  and  expense.    The  dikes 


2   K  •'  "* -"i*^  r  °[  """?"*'»  Netherlands,  and  Belgium  ? 
'i   What  IS  said  of  the  surface  of  Holland  ?    3.  How  is  U  ntot^ot 
ed,  and  what  is  said  of  the  dikea?  *'  P'°*®*'*' 


126 


HOLLAND. 


are  furnished  with  sluices,  so  that  the  country  can  Le  laid 
under  water  on  the  approach  of  an  enemy. 

4.  Some  })arts  of  the  country  are  sandy  and  barred,  and 
others  marshy  ;  but  much  of  the  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  the 
country  is  noted  for  its  rich  pasture,  and  for  its  excellent 
butter  and  cheese. 

5.  The  climate  is  often  unhealthy,  and  the  air  damp  and 
chilling. 

6.  1  he  three  principal  rivers  of  this  country  and  Bel- 
gium, are  the  Hhine,  Meuse  (muze),  and  Scheldt  (shelt). 

7.  Canals  are  numerous,  and  serve  the  same  purpose  as 
roads  in  other  countries.  The  common  mode  ot  travelling 
is  alon^  a  canal  in  a  covered  boat,  called  a  treck-shuity 
drawn  by  horses. 

8.  Tbe  inhabitants,  styled  Dutch,  have  been  long  noted 
for  commerce,  and  are  distinguished  for  gravity  of  man- 
ners, industry,  the  neatness  and  elegance  of  their  cities  and 
towns,  and  the  general  cleanliness  of  their  habits.  They 
are  ^nerally  well  educated,  and  mostly  of  the  Reformed 
religion. 

9.  ^  Am'sterdam,  in  North  Holland,  much  the  largest 
city  in  the  kingdom,  and  one  of  the  most  commercial  in 
Europe,  is  situated  among  marshes,  on  an  arm  of  the  Zuy- 
derZee,  and  the  foundation  of  its  buildings  is  formed  by 
piles  driven  into  the  ground.  It  is  a  rich  and  elegantly  built 
city,  and  the  royal  palace,  formerly  the  stadthouse,  is  one 
of  the  noblest  structures  in  the  world. 

iCl  The  Hague,  the  residence  of  the  royal  court,  is  noted 
for  its  elegance.  Rotterdam,  on  the  Meuse,  the  second  com- 
mercial city,  is  noted  for  the  birth  and  statue  of  Erasmus. 

II.  Leaden  <Ii'dn),  Ulrecht,  (u'treht)  and  Gron'ingen  are 
noted  for  their  universities,  Utrecht  also  for  a  famous  treaty 
of  peace  in  1713;  /fm-'/cm,  for  its  famous  organ,  and  its 
trade  in  flowers,  particularly  tulips  ;  Dort,  as  the  place  of 
the  lauding  of  timber-floats  on  the  Rhine,  and  for  the  synod 
which  condemned  Arminianism. 


4.  Wb-\t  is  said  of  the  soil  ?    5.  Climate  ?    6.  Rivers?   7.  Canals? 
8.  What  is  said  of  the   inhabitants?     9.  Amsterdam?     10.  The 

Hague  and  Rotterdam?    11.  What   other  towns,  and  for 

what  noted  ? 


See 


Map  JVo.  Vin.  —  How  is  Holland  bounded  ?  Where  is  the 
Zuyder  Zee?  Where  Texel  island?  Walcheren  island? 
What  rivers  flow  through  Holland  and  Belgium?  How  is 
Amsterdam  situated  ?  Rotterdam  ?  The  Hague  and  Lev- 
den  ?    Dort  ?    Utrecht  ?    What  towns  in  the  north  of  Hoi- 


I—    tU- j|-    -1 

III  uic  suuiii  r 


lii  tnc  cast 


BELGIUM. 


BELGIUM. 


127 


1.  Belgium  comprises  the  Belgie  Netherlands  or  Low 
Countries,  a  term  applied  to  the  country  on  account  of  its 
low  situation  ;  although,  with  the  exception  of  the  western 
part,  which  lies  near  the  sea,  it  is  more  elevated  and  less 
level  than  Holland,  and  the  air  less  damp. 

2.  Much  of  the  soil  is  fertile,  and  highly  cultivated,  pro- 
ducing large  quantities  of  grain,  flax,  hemp,  and  fruits  ; 
and  the  country  is  the  most  populous  in  Europe. 

3.  The  inhabitants,  who  are  styled  Belgians,  Walloons, 
or  blemtngs,  are  mostly  Catholics,  generally  speak  the 
French  language,  and  resemble  the  French  more  than  the 
Dutch. 

4.  This  country  has  long  been  distinguished  for  manu- 
faetures ;  and  it  boasts  an  eminent  school  of  paintine, 
called  the  Flemish.  r  e>» 

5.  Brus'sels,  the  capital,  and  one  of  the  most  elegant 
cities  in  Europe,  contains  a  royal  palace,  and  is  famous  for 
the  manufacture  of  lace,  camlets,  and  carpets. 

6.  Ant'werp,  on  the  Scheldt,  is  noted  for  commerce  : 
CrA«n/,  for  manufactures,  and  a  treaty  of  peace  between 
the  United  States  end  England  ;  Liege,  for  iron-works  and 
hre-arms  ;  Lduvdtn',  for  its  university  :  Mech'lin  (mek'lin), 
for  lace,  and  as  the  first  archbishopric :  Spa,  for  mineral 
waters.  '    ^  > 

7.  No  part  of  Europe,  of  the  same  extent,  has  been  the 
scene  of  more  numerous  and  important  warlike  operations, 
withm  a  few  centuries  past,  than  Belgium.  Some  of  the 
places  which  have  been  rendered  memorable  by  battles  or 
sieges,  are  Ostend',  Oude'narde  (ood'nard),  Ypres,  (e'pr), 
roumay',  Fontenoy',  Ramillies  (ram-e-leez'),  and  Wdherloo. 

GERMANY. 

1.  Germany  is  a  large  country  situated  in  the  central  part 
ot  JJiUrope,  extending  from  the  Baltic  on  the  north  to  the 


Bbloicm.  — 1.  What  18  said  of  Belgium?  2.  Soil  and  produc- 
tions  ?  3.  The  inhabitants  ?  4.  For  what  is  the  countrv 
distinguished?  5.  What  is  said  of  Brussels  ?  6.  What  other 
towns,  and  for  what  noted  ?  7.  What  places  are  memorable 
for  battles  ? 

Germart.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Germany  ? 

See  Map  JVo.  VIII.  —  How  is  Belgium  bounded  ?    How  is  Brus> 
sels  situated ?    Antwerp?    Ghent?    Liege?    Spa' 
WHat  towns  in  the  west  ?    In  the  south  ?    In  the  east  ? 
13 


128 


GERMANY. 


fulf  of  Venice  on  the  south.     It  is  somewhat  hirger  than 
'ranee,  and  contains  a  greater  number  of  inhabitants,  who 
belong  to  various  political  states. 

2.  Before  the  French  revolution  Germany  was  an  em- 
pire, divided  into  9  circles,  namely,  Up'per  Sax'onyy  Lov}'- 
er  Sax'ony,  and  Westpha'lia,  in  the  north  ;  Up'per  Rhine, 
Loto'er  Rhine,  and  Franco'nia,  in  the  middle ;  Swa'bia, 
Bava'ria,  and  ^ua'tria,  in  the  south.  Bohe'mia,  Moravia, 
and  Sile'tia,  which  were  not  included  in  the  9  circles,  form- 
ed also  a  part  of  the  German  empire. 

3.  The  empire  of  Germany  was  also  subdivided  among 
upwards  of  300  sovereign  princes,  each  independent  in  his 
own  territory  but  subject  to  the  emperor  as  head,  who  was 
chosen  by  9  electors  ;  but  this  division  has  been  discontinu- 
ed, and  Germany  is  no  longer  an  empire. 

4.  The  country  of  Germany  now  comprises  about  one 
third  of  the  empire  of  Austria  ;  the  greater  part  of  the 
kingdom  of  Prussia  ;  Hol'stein  and  Lau'enburg,  belonging 
to  the  kingdom  of  Denmark ;  Lux'emburg,  belonging  to 
Holland ;  the  kingdoms  of  Bava'ria,  Sax'ony,  Han'over, 
and  Wur'temberg,  together  with  the  36  smaller  states,  and 
the  4  free  cities. 

5.  The  states  are  all  united  under  the  Germanic  Confed- 
eration, whose  affairs  are  intrusted  to  a  Federative  Diet, 
which  meets  at  Frankfort  on  the  Mayne. 

6.  Germany  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  the  difference  of 
the  surface.  Low  Germany,  formmg  the  northern  division, 
is  mostly  level ;  High  Germany,  the  middle  and  southern 
parts,  which  are  greatly  diversified  with  ranges  of  moun- 
tains, hills,  and  plains. 

7.  The  southern  part  is  traversed  bjr  ranges  of  the  Mps  ; 
and  the  middle,  by  the  Sudetic  Mountains  and  other  smaller 
ranges. 

8.  The  6  largest  rivers  are  the  Dan'ube,  Rhine,  Elbe, 
O'der,  We'ser,  and  Mayne. 

9.  The  largest  lake  in  Germany  is  the  beautiful  lake  of 
Coiintance,  which  lies  on  the  borders  of  Switzerland. 

10.  The  climate  is  rather  cold  in  the  north,  but  mild  in 
the  south  'f  and  the  air  salubrious,  except  in  the  marshy 
parts. 


2.  How  was  it  divided  before  the  French  revolution  ? 

3.  How  was  it  subdivided  and  governed?    4.  What  does  it  now 

comprise  ?    5.  How  are  these  states  united  ? 
6.  How  is  Germany  divided  by  surface  ?    7.  What  mountains  ? 
8.  Rivers?    9.  Lakes?    10.  Climate' 


GERMANY. 


{•4\f 


11.  Much  of  the  country  has  a  fertile  soil;  thougn  sandy 
plains,  barren  heaths,  and  marshes  abound  in  the  north : 
and  in  the  south  large  portions  are  rugged  and  mountain- 
ous. 

12.  The  Protestant  religion  prevails  in  the  north  of  Ger- 
many, and  the  Catholic  in  the  south.  The  Catholics  com- 
prise rather  more  than  half  of  the  population. 

13.  Germany,  particularly  the  northern  part,  is  distin- 
guished tor  literature  and  science  ;  and  in  no  other  country 
IS  authorship  so  extensively  made  a  business  for  life. 

14.  Germany  contains  24  universities,  some  of  which 
have  a  high  reputation,  and  are  resorted  to  by  students 
from  other  countries.  Some  of  the  most  distinguished  are 
those  of  Got'tingen,  Berlin',  Hal'le,  Leip'sic,  Jem,  and 
Vienna,  r      '  j 

15.  The  principal  states  in  the  north  of  Germany,  are 
Fruasia,  Hanover,  Mecklenburg,  and  Oldenburg;  in  the 
middle,  Saxony,  Hesse-Cassel,  Hesse-Darmstadt,  Nassau, 
and  Saxe-  Weimar  ;  in  the  south,  Austria,  Bavaria,  fVur- 
temberg,  and  Baden. 

PRUSSIA. 

1.  Prussia  (prush'e-a  or  pru'she-a),  formerly  a  small 
state,  but  now  a  powerful  kingdom,  consists  chiefly  of  two 
parts,  entirely  separated  from  each  other,  the  larger  one 
lying  in  the  northeast  of  Germany,  and  the  smaller  one  in 
the  west. 

2.  The  kingdom  is  divided  into  10  provinces.  The  two 
provinces  of  East  Prussia  and  West  Prussia  comprise 
Prussia  Proper  ;  the  province  of  Posen  is  formed  of  the 


11.  What  is  said  of  the  soil?     12.   Religion?     13.    Literature? 
14.  Universities  ?    15.  What  are  the  principal  states  ? 
Prussia— 1.  What  is  said  of  Prussia.'    2.  What  of  the  differ- 
ent divisions  ? 


See  Map  JVb.  VIIL  —  Note.    Germany  includes  the  countries  rep 
resented  on  this  Map,  tohich  lie  to  the  east  of  Holland.  Belirium, 
France,  and  Switzerland. 

What  part  of  Germany,  is  embraced  by  Prussia  ?    How  is  the  king 
dom  of  Hanover  situated  ?     Holstein  ."    Mecklenburg  ?    OI. 
denburg.'    Hesse-Cassel .'     Hesse- Darmstadt  f    Nassau  ? 

What  part  of  Germany  is  included  in  the  Austrian  dominions  .'* 

How  is  Saxony  bounded  ?    Bavaria  ?    Wurtemberg  >    Uaden  ? 

What  rivers  are  there  in  the  north  of  Germany  ?    in  the  south  i 

Where  is  the  Mayne  ? 


130 


PRUSSIA. 


Prussian  part  of^  Poland  ;  the  other  seven  provinces  are  all 
included  within  the  liiniti)  of  the  late  German  Empire. 
The  western  part  of  the  kingdom  includes  the  three  prov- 
inces of  Westphalia,  Cteves-Berg,  and  Lower  Rhine ;  the 
eastern  part,  the  other  seven. 


Provinces.     Chief  Towns. 
East  Prussia,    Kunigsbcrg. 
West  Prussia,  Dantzic. 
Brandenburg,   Berlin. 
Pomerania,       Stettin. 
Poscn,  Posen. 


Provinces. 
Silesia, 
Saxony, 
Westphalia, 
Clevcs-Berg, 


Chief  Towns. 
Breslau. 
Magdeburg. 
Munster. 
Cologne. 


Lower  Rhine,  Aix-la-Chapelle. 


3.  The  Prussian  territories  are  generally  very  level, 
abounding  in  small  lakes,  marshes,  and  rivers  of  a  slow 
current. 

4.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Rie'sgngebirg,  a  part 
of  the  SuaeVic  chain,  which  separates  Silesia  from  Bohe- 
mia and  Moravia. 

5.  The  country  is  well  supplied  with  navigable  rivers ; 
the  principal  of  which  are  the  Nie'men,  Vts'tula,  O'der, 
and  Elbe,  m  the  eastern  part,  and  the  Rhine,  in  the  western. 

6.  The  soil  is  in  some  parts  good,  and  highly  cultivated  ; 
but  not  generally  fertile,  being  often  sandy  atfd  covered 
with  heath. 

7.  The  most  remarkable  mineral  production  is  amber, 
which  is  found  in  large  quantities  on  the  shores  of  the 
Baltic. 

8.  Prusii'ia  is  rather  an  agricultural  than  a  trading  or 
manufacturing  country  ;  yet  it  has  considerable  commerce, 
and  some  districts  are  uuich  employed  in  manufactures, 
particularly  Silesia  and  Westphalia,  which  are  noted  for 
their  linens. 

9.  Nearly  two  thirds  of  the  inhabitants  are  Protestants, 
and  one  third  Catholics  ;  but  all  religions  are  tolerated  and 
on  an  equal  footing. 

10.  There  are  flourishing  universities  at  Berlin',  Hal'le, 
Kon'igsberg,  Bres'lau,  and  Bonn.  The  Prussian  govern- 
ment is  distinguished  for  patronizing  learning,  and  the  king- 
dom is  one  of  the  best  educated  in  Europe. 

11.  Berlin',  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  is  situated  in  a 
level  and  sandy  district,  on  the  river  Spree,  and  is  the  sec- 
ond city  in  Germany  in  population,  and  one  of  the  most 
regular  and  beautiful  in  Europe. 

3*  What  of  the  surface  ?  4.  Mountains  ?  5.  What  of  the  rivers  r 
6.  SoilP  7.  Mineral  production  ?  8.  Agriculture  and  trade? 
9.  Religion  ?    10.  Universities  and  education  ?    11.  Berlin 


PRUSSIA. 
Berlin. 


13i 


12.  The  three  principal  commercial  ports  are  Kon'igs- 
berg,  formerly  the  capital  of  Prussia  ;  Dant'zie.  famous  for 

he  export  of  gram  ;  and  Stei'tin,  which  is  the  chief  port 
lor  the  commerce  of  Berlin.  Other  ports  are  £/W, 
otral'sund,  and  Mem' el.  ® 

13.  Some  of  the  principal  trading  towns  in  the  interior 
are  Bres'lau,  the  capital  of  Silesia,  the  second  city  in  popu- 
lation, and  famous  for  its  fairs  and  manufactures  ;  FVank'^ 
jort,  on  the  Oder,  also  noted  for  its  fairs  :  Mag'deburg,  on 
the  Elbe,  for  its  strong  fortifications  ;  Cologne  fko-lon')  on 
the  Khine,  for  trade,  Cologne  water,  and  the  invention  of 
gunpowder. 

14.  Aix-la-Chapelle'  (ais'-la-sha-pel')  is  famous  for  har 


12.  What  is  said  of  the  commercial  ports? 
towns  in  the  interior  ? 


13.  What  trading 


See  Map  of  Europe.  —  On  what  sea  does  Prussia  border  ? 

What  rivers  flow  through  Prussia  into  the  Baltic  ?  Through  what 
corner  of  Prussia  does  the  Niemen  flow  ?  How  is  Koniffi- 
berg  situated?  Dantzic  ?  Elbing?  Tilsit ?  Memel  ?  Eylau? 
[See  Map  JVb.  VIII]  How  is  the  island  of  Usedom  situated  f 
What  branches  of  the  Elbe  are  in  Prussia  ?  Of  the  Oder  ? 
Of  the  Rhine? 

How  is  Berlin  situated  ?  Breslan?  Posen  ?  Magdeburg?  Halle? 
Potsdam  ?  What  towns  in  Prussia  are  on  the  Elbe  ?  The 
--•.•!;      .1  lie  Tisiuia:     xiicivisiner     me  cauic  odft.'' 

«0W' is  Aix-Ia-Chapelle  situated  ?  CobrentzP  Treves?  Munster' 
12* 


132 


PRUSSIA. 


ing  been  the  residence  of  Charlemagne,  for  treaties  of 
peace,  and  for  its  wnrnri  baths  ;  Mun'ster,  for  a  treaty  call 
ed  the  Peace  of  Westphalia  j  Pots'dam,  for  its  splendid 
edifices  and  the  palace  of  Sans  Souci ;  Hal'le,  for  its  uni- 
versity and  salt-works  ;  Wittenberg,  for  the  cornmence- 
ment  of  the  Reformation  by  Luther  ;  Thorn,  as  the  birth- 
place of  Copernicus  ;  Lut'zen,  for  a  battle  in  which  Gusta- 
vus  Adolphus  was  killed  ;  Kun'nersdorf,  for  the  defeat  of 
Frederick  the  Great ;  Ey'lau,  for  a  battle  between  the 
French  and  Russians  ;  Til'sit,  for  a  treaty  between  France 
and  Prussia. 

15.  Prussia,  first  erected  into  a  kingdom  in  1701,  was 
much  distinguished  in  the  history  of  Europe  in  the  last 
century,  during  the  reign  of  Frederick  the  Great ;  and  it 
has  gradually  acquired  a  great  accession  of  territory. 

HANOVER. 

1 .  The  kingdom  of  Hanover  lies  in  the  northwest  part 
of  Germanv,  comprising  a  part  of  the  late  circles  of  Lower 
baxony  and  Westphalia  ;  and  ii  encloses  the  free  city  of 
iiremen,  and  almost  surrounds  the  grand  duchv  of  Olden 
burg.  '' 

2«  The  country  is  advantageously  situated,  and  well  wa- 
tered by  the  Elbe,  Weser,  Lelne,  and  Ems ;  but  the  soil  of 
most  of  it  is  sandy  and  poor. 

8.  Hanover  consists  chiefly  of  an  immense  plain,  with 
gentle  undulations,  except  a  tract  in  the  south,  which  is 
traversed  by  the  Hartz  mountains. 

4   The  Hartz  Mountains  abound  in  mines  of  silver,  cop- 
per, lead,  iron,  &c.     They  are  covered  with  forests,  and 
are  remarkable  for  their  picturesque  scenery.    Brocken 
the  most  celebrated  summit,  is  much  visited  by  travellers 
on  account  of  its  curiosities. 


14.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ?    15.  What  notice  of 
the  history  of  Prussia  ? 

_  Hanover.  —  1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Hanover  ? 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  country.?    3.  What  is  the  surface  > 

4.  What  IS  said  of  the  Hartz  mountains .' 


See  Map  No.  F///.  — What  river  bounds  Hanover  on  vhe  north 
east .'    What  rivers  water  the  country  .? 
What  small  country  is  nearly  surrounded  by  it .'    How  is  the  city 
of  Hanover  situated  ?    Gottingen  .?    Emden  .?    Luneburg ' 
Osnoburg? 


HANOVER. 


133 


.13  university  ;  Em'dm,  for  being  .he  princiS  i^™'/"/ 

^  SAXONY. 

1.  Saxony,  situated  ia  the  central  nart  of  fi,.rmnn„  j 
comprising  a  portion  of  the  late  circle  of  TTnnl?^^'  °"*' 
the  smallest  kingdom  in  Europe  °*^Upper  Saxony,  ,s 

Free  Cities. 

5.  What  towns  are  there,  and  for  wJiat  noted  > 

Saxony.  — 1.  '"" 
3.  What  is  said 
4.  Dresdei-. 
what  noted  ? 

^'"''ciUer/^''""  ^-  ^^'"' ''  '^''^  °^  *^«  "«"«e  Towns  and  Free 


uic  mere,  ana  lor  wJiat  noted  ? 

d^f  *h"%*^  w'/T'?  \"^  «^*^"t  of  Saxony  ? 
tf  'yj:  ^hat  of  the  Erzgebirg  mouL 
sn?    o.   Leipsic?    C.  What  oth'er  towns,  and 


mountains  ? 
d  for 


SecJifap  M.  Vl/r.  ~WhB.l  river  crosses  Saxony?  Bv  wh«t  i- 
it  separated  fmm  Rnimrr,;^  3  «_.  .  "^""^ ,  "7  '"""  " 
Lfinain  3  F.^Vu' — ':,'"\'„"l"' '  *^"^^  ''^  i/resden  tiituated  ^ 
l^ipaic.     Freyberg'    Meissen'    Bautzen  and  Herrnhut ' 


134 


FREE  CITIES. 


with  IVank'fort  on  the  Mayne,  are  now  me  four  Free 
Citiet  of  Germany. 

2.  Ham'burg,  on  the  Elbe,  about  70  miles  from  its  mouth, 
is  noted  as  the  first  commercial  city  in  Germany.  Lubeek', 
for  having  once  been  the  head  of  the  Hanse  Towns  ;  Brem'- 
en,  for  commerce  ;  and  Frankfort  on  the  Maijne,  for  trade 
and  fairs,  and  for  being  the  seat  of  the  Germanic  Diet. 

SMALL  GERMAN  STATES. 
Tabular  View  of  the  Small  German  States. 


State. 


Baden, 

Hesse-Darmstadt, 

Mecklenburg-Schwe- 
rin, 

Mecklenburg-Strelitz, 

Oldenburg, 

Saze-  Weimar-  Eise- 
nach, 

Hesse-Caasel, 

Nassau, 

Brunswick, 

Saze-Coburg-Gotha, 

Saxe-Meiningen-IIild 
burghausen, 

Saxe-Altenburg, 

Anhalt-Dessau, 

Anhalt-Bernburg, 

Anhalt-Cothen, 

Lippe-Detmold, 

Scnwartzburg-Rudol- 
Btadt, 

Schwartzburg-Sonders- 
hausen, 

Waldeck, 

Reuss,  Younger  Line, 

Reuss,  Elder  Line, 

Hohenzollern-Sigmar- 
ingen, 

HohenzoUern-Hechin- 

Schauenburff-Lipp«, 
Hesse-Homburg, 
Lichtbnstein, 
I  Hamburg, 
Frankfort, 
Bremen, 
Lubeck, 


Title. 


G.  Duchy, 
do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 
Electorate. 
Duchy, 

do. 

do. 

do. 
do. 

do. 

do. 
do. 
Principal, 

do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
Free  City, 
do. 
do. 
do. 


Pop.        Sq.  M. 


1,240,000 
765,000 

472,000 

85,000 

260,000 

243,000 
699,000 
372,000 
250,000 
132,000 

146,000 
114,000 
67,000 
45,000 
36,000 
79,000 

64,000 

54,000 
56,000 
69,000 
30,000 

42,000 

21,000 
26,000 
24,000 
6,000 
153,000 
56,000 
58,000 
46,000 


5,933 
3,744 

4,746 

765 

2,622 

1,418 
4,228 
2,183 
1,520 
1,036 

884 
496 
360 
339 
318 
43' 

466 

487 
459 
688 
148 

429 

95 
195 
106 

53 
133 

90 

75 
116 


Capital. 


Carlsruhe. 
Darmstadt. 

Schwerin. 

Strelitz. 

Oldenburg. 

Weimar. 

Cassel. 

Wisbaden. 

Brunswick. 

Gotha. 

rjeiningen. 

Altenburg. 

Dessau. 

Bernburg. 

Cothen. 

Detmold. 

Rudolsladt. 

Sondershausen 
Corbach. 
Lobenstein. 
Greitz. 

Sigmaringen 

Hechingen. 
Buckeburg. 
Homburg. 
Vad'tttz. 


9.  What  is  said  of  Hamburg,  Lubeck,  Bremen,  and  Frankfort? 


SMALL  GERMAN  STATES. 


13S 


1.  Th«  religion  of  the  principalities  of  Hohenz<Ktem- 
iyigmaringen,  Hohenzol'lern-Hech'wgen,  nnd  Lichtetutei$u 
and  of  the  tnnjonty  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  grand-vilichir 
ot  Baden,  is  the  Catholic ;  the  prevailing  religion  of  the 
other  states  is  the  Protestant.  e        b        "«  iw 

2.  The  government  of  Oldenburg  and  Heast-Hombjrit  is 
an  absolute  monarchy;  of  the  free  cities,  republicanism  i 
and  of  the  other  states,  limited  monarchy. 

3.  The  grand-duchy  of  Baden,  the  most  considerable  of 
the  smaJi  states,  is  watered  by  the  lihina  and  Neekar  :  has 
generally  a  good  soH  and  a  diversified  surface :  and  the 
fiouihern  part  is  traversed  by  the  Black  Forest  or  Schwarx- 
tvala. 

"^'/^J^^V^ncipa]  towns  are  Carlsruhe  (kariz-roo'  >,  the 
capital  or  Baden,  a  handsome  town,  famous  for  its  -inff 
built  in  the  form  of  an  ojien  fan,  the  streets  proceed,  ug  as 
radii  from  the  palace  as  the  centre  ;  Man'h^im,  noted  as  a 
beautiful  town  ;  Hei'delberg,  for  its  university  and  the  ruins 
ot  a  magnificent  castle  ;  Con'stance,  for  the  council  which 
condemned  John  Huss  and  Jerome  of  Prague. 

5.  Mentz,  in  Hesse-Darmstadt,  is  an  ancient  town,  fa 
•nous  for  the  invenUon  of  prinUng  and  its  strong  fortifica- 
ind"Unf'r^"?  in.Saxe-Weimar.as  a  seat  of  learning, 

the  French  and  Prussians  ;  Wisbaden  and  Seltzer,  in  Nas- 
sau,  for  mineral  waters  ;  Bruns'wick,  the  capital  of  the 
ouchyofBrunswick,  for  fairs.  * 

WURTEMBERG. 

i.  Wurtemberg,  a  small  kingdom,  situated  in  the  south 
west  part  of  Germany,  comprising  a  part  of  the  late  circle 

Small  German  States.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  religion  of 
ttiesestateaf  2.  Government?  3.  The  grand-dulhy  of 
Baden  ?  4.  Towns  ?  5.  What  towns  of  other  states  aw 
mentioned  r 

WoRTEMBERc.  —  1.  What  IS  said  of  Wurtemberg  ? 

See  Map  JVb.  FIH.  —  How  is  Baden  situated  ?  What  rivers  and 
mountains?  How  is  Mecklenburg  situated?  Holstein  ? 
Oldenburg?  Hesse-Cassel  ?  Hesse-Darmstadt?  Nassau? 
How  is  Hamburg  situated  ?  Lubeck  ?  Schwerin  ?  Rostock  ? 
btrehtr?  Bremen?  Brunswick?  Weimar?  Jena?  Gotha? 
Meinmgen?  Rudolstadt?  Hildburghausen?  Sondershau- 
tir"  I.  J  ,  ■■?.• ,  ^''^^^-  Frankfort?  Marburg?  Hanau  ? 
Wisbaden?  Seltzer?  Hockhcim  ?  Giesen?  Darmstadt? 
Manheim?  Worms?  Mentz  ?  Carlsruhe  ?  Heidelbere  ? 
Freyburg?    Rosladt?    Baden? 


136 


WURTEMBERG. 


of  Swabia,  ia  watered  by  the  head  branches  of  the  Danube 
and  by  the  Neckar  ;  and  the  southern  parts  are  traversed 
by  the  Black  Forest  and  the  Swabian  Alpt. 

2.  The  surface  of  the  country  is  agreeably  diversified; 
and  it  is  one  of  the  most  fertile,  populous,  and  best  culti- 
vated parts  of  Germany. 

S.  The  principal  towns  are  Stott'gard,  the  capital ; 
Vim,  noted  for  its  strong  fortifications  ;  Tu'bingen,  lor  its 
university. 

4.  Near  the  south  of  Wurtemberg  are  the  small  states  of 
Uohenxol'lem-Hechingen  and  Hohenzol'lern-Sigmaringen. 

BAVARIA. 

1.  Bavaria,  a  kingdom  of  considerable  size  and  impor- 
tance, is  situated  towards  the  southwest  part  of  Germany, 
and  is  composed  of  most  of  the  late  circles  of  Bavaria  and 
Franconia. 

2.  A  small  portion  of  the  kingdom,  entirely  separated 
from  the  rest,  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  Rhine,  and  ia 
composed  of  a  part  of  the  late  Palatinate  of  the  Rhine. 

8.  Bavaria  is  separated  from  Tyrol  on  the  south,  and 
from  Bohemia  on  the  northeast,  by  rugged  mountains  ;  but 
the  most  of  the  country  is  nearly  level  or  moderately  un- 
even, and  the  soil  generally  fertile. 

4.  The  country  is  watered  by  the  Dan'ube  and  its 
branches,  the  Inn,  User  (e'ser),  IVleVy  Lech  (lek),  and 
Mayne. 

5.  Mu'nich  (moo'nik),  the  capital,  situated  on  the  Iser, 
is  one  of  the  handsomest  cities  in  Europe,  and  is  distin- 
guished for  its  university  and  a  celebrated  museum  cf  an- 
tiquities and  other  curiosities. 

6.  Jlugs'burg,  one  of  the  principal  trading  towns  in  the 
inkerior  of  Germany,  is  remarkable  for  being  the  place 
•whL.e  the  Lutheran  Confession  of  Faith  was  presented  :o 


S 


,  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  soil  ?  3.  What  are  the  principal 
towns  ?  4.  What  small  states  are  near  the  south  of  Wur- 
temberg ? 

Baviria.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Bavaria  ?  2.  What  portion  is 
separated  from  the  rest?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and 
■oil  ?  4.  Rivers  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  Munich  ?  6.  Augs- 
burg and  Nuremberg  ? 

See  Map  JVb.  VIII. -^On  what  lake  does  Wurtemberg  borders* 
By  what  rivers  is  it  watered  ?  How  is  Stuttgard  situated' 
Ulm?    Tubingen?   Hechingen?    Sigmaringen? 


BAVARIA. 


13T 


Charles  V.  in  1530  ;  Nu'remberg,  for  trade  and  for  manu- 
factures, particularly  of  toys,  and  also  of  watches  which 
were  first  invented  here. 

7.  liat'ubon  is  noted  for  having  long  been  the  place  of 
the  meeting  of  the  Diet  of  the  German  empire  ;  Patiou' 
for  a  Religious  Peace,  in  the  time  of  the   Reformation  : 
bptre,  for  the  Protest  of  the  Protestants j  Deux-Pontt  (du- 
pong'),  for  its  editions  of  the  classics  ;  Blen'heim,  Det'lin 
i*n,  Hohenliti'deni  and  Eck'muhl,  for  battles. 

AUSTRIA. 

Vienna. 


1.  Austria  was  erected  into  an  empire  in  1804,  and  Is 
composed  of  various  states  or  countries  situated  towards 
the  south  of  Europe. 


7.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
Austria.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Austria  ? 


See  Map  JVb.  VIII.  —  What  part  of  Bavaria  is  intersected  by  the 
w/u      ^*""he  ?   What  rivers  in  Bavaria  flow  into  the  Danube  ? 
What  part  is  crossed  by  the  Mayne  ?     What  lake  is  there  in  the 
southeast?      How  is  Munich  situated  .'     Augoburg?    Pas- 
sau.'    Nuremberg.?    Ratisbon.?     Wurtzburg? 
What  towns  are  on  or  near  the  Danube  ?    What  ones  to  the  south  ? 
Whs^t  ones  to  the  north  ? 


I9S 


AUSTRIA. 


3.  Tho  Archdukes  of  Austria  were,  during  several  eentur- 
>ei,  Buccessively  elected  emperors  of  Germany ;  but  in  l^Q\ 
Francis  II.  assumed  the  title  of  Hereditary  Kmperor  of  Aus- 
tria ;  and  in  1806,  he  resigned  his  title  ot  Emperor  of  Ger- 
many, and  the  German  empire  was  dissolved. 

8.  The  Austrian  Dominions  comprise  about  one  third 
part  of  Germany ;  the  kingdom  of  l/ungary ;  Transylvania, 
J)almaiia,  Sclavonia,  and  Croatia ;  a  part  of  Poland  styled 
Galieia;  and  the  Lombarda- Venetian  kingdom,  in  the  north- 
east of  Italy. 

4.  The  inhabitants  of  the  empire  consist  chiefly  of  four 
races  or  nations,  namely,  Germans,  Sdavonians,  Hungarians 
or  Magarians,  and  Italians. 

5.  The  government  is  an  hereditary  monarchy,  nearly  ab- 
solute ;  except  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania,  where  the 
power  of  the  emperor  is  limited  by  constitutional  provis- 
ions. 

6.  The  established  religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  but  all 
others  are  tolerated  ;  and  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania  the 
members  of  the  Protestant  and  Greek  churches  are  numer- 
ous. 

7.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Danube,  Drave,  Save, 
Theis  (tis),  Po,  and  M'ige. 

8.  In  the  Italian  territories  are  fonnd  the  fine  lakes  of 
Maggiore  (ma-jo'ra),  Como,  Ise'o,  and  Garda ;  and  in  Car- 
niola  is  the  remarkable  lake  of  Cirknitz,  which  has  subter- 
ranean cavities,  through  which  its  waters,  at  certain  seasons, 
disappear,  and  again  flow  in. 

9.  The  state  of  agriculture  in  the  Italian  territory  is  high- 
ly improved  j  in  the  German  territories,  indifferent  j  in  the 
other  parts,  very  backward. 

Austrian  German  Territories.  . 

10.  The  Austrian  Dominions  in  Germany  consist  of  the 
Archduchy  of  Aus'tria,  Stir'ia,  Tyrol',  and  the  Illyrian  prov- 
inces of  Carin'thia  and  Carnio'la  (all  included  in  the  late 
circle  of  Austria),  together  with  Bohemia  and  Mora'via. 

11.  The  surface  is  diversified,  but  much  of  it  is  mountain- 
ous. Ranges  of  the  Alps  traverse  the  southern  parts. 
Bohemia  consists  of  a  valley  encompassed  by  mountains. 


2.  What  is  said  of  the  archdukes  of  Austria  and  of  Francis  II.  ? 

3.  What  do  the  Austrian  dominions  comprise?    4.  Of  what  races 

do  the  inhabitants  consist  ?    5.  What  is  the  government  ?  6 
Religion?    7.  Rivers?    8.  Lakes?     9.  Agriculture? 

10.  What  do  the  Austrian  dorainions  in  Germany  comprise  ? 

11.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ? 


AUaTIlIA. 


12.  Tho  soil  of  a  groat  portion  is  fertile,  nnrticularly  of 
tho  arcliiluchy  of  Austria,  Bohemia,  and  Moravia ;  but 
much  of  tho  other  parts  is  mountainous  and  unproductive. 

13.  Vien'na,  the  motropulis  of  Austria*,  and  the  largest 
city  in  Germany,  is  situated  on  tho  Danube,  in  a  spacious 
valley,  and  is  subject  to  inundation.  It  is  the  centre  of  the 
trade  of  Austria,  and  is  a  gay  and  splendid  city,  with  beau- 
tiful environs. 

14.  Lintz,  on  the  Danube,  is  noted  for  woollen  manufac- 
tures ;  Salzfburg,  for  its  situation  among  mountains,  and  for 
hardware  ;  Hahein,  for  sult-vvorks  ;  Wa^ram,  a  village  near 
Vienna,  for  a  battle  between  tho  French  and  the  Austrians. 

15.  Gratz^  the  capital  of  Stiria,  has  considerable  manu- 
factures-; Tri-este'y  m  Illyria,  is  the  principal  commercial 
port  in  the  Austrian  Dominions  ;  and  Id'ria  has  the  most 
celebrated  quicksilver  mines  in  the  world. 

16.  In  Tyrol  are  Ins'pruck,  the  capital;  2Vc»t/,  noted  for 
a  famous  council  ;  Bolzd'nOf  for  its  fairs. 

17.  In  Bohemia  are  Prague,  much  the  largest  town,  and 
having  considerable  trade  and  manufactures  ;  Ta'bor,  noted 
for  having  been  the  chief  place  of  tho  Hussites  ;  Carls'bad 
and  Top'litz,  for  mineral  waters. 

13.  In  Moravia  are  Brunn,  the  capital  ;  Ol'mutz,  noted 
for  the  imprisonment  of  Lafayette  ;  Aus'terlUz^  for  a  great 
victory  of  Bonaparte. 

HUNOAHT. 

19.  Hungary,  a  large  country,  entitled  a  kingdom,  fornui 
almost  a  third  part  or  the  empire  of  Austria,  and  is  famous 
for  grain,  cattle,  wine,  and  mines  of  gold,  silver,  copper, 
lead,  iron,  and  opal. 

20.  The  Carpathian  Mountains  extend  along  on  the  north- 
east border ;  but  the  surface  of  the  country  is  generally 
level  or  moderately  uneven  ;  and  much  of  the  soil  is  fertile. 

21.  Bv'da,  the  capital,  situated  on  the  Danube,  is  noted 
for  its  hot-baths  ;  Pestf  opposite  to  Buda,  as  the  largest  and 
most  commercial  town  ;  Pre^burg  for  having  been  the  for- 
mer capital ;  Debret'zin  and  Zeg'edin,  for  trade  and  manu- 
factures ;  Schem'nitz  and  Krem'nitz,  for  gold  and  silver 
mines  ;  JVew'sohl,  for  copper  mines  ;  Tokayf,  for  wine. 


12.  What  is  said  of  the  soil  and  agriculture?  13.  Vienna?  14. 
Lintz,  Salzburg,  &c.  ?  15.  V^hat  is  said  of  Gratz,  Trieste, 
andldria.?  16.  What  towns  in  Tyrol .?  17.  Bohemia?  18. 
Moravia  ?  19.  What  is  said  of  Hungary  ?  20.  What  of  its 
surface?    21.  Buda  and  other  towns? 

13 


'  1 


140 


AUSTRIA; 


TRANSYtVANIA. 

22.  This  country  which  lies  on  the  east  of  Hungary,. » 
called  Transylvania,  which  signifies  beyond  the  woods^  be- 
cause it  lies  to  the  east  of  a  woodv  tract  of  country  in 
Hunganr  ;  and  it  has  a  diversified  surface  and  a  fertile  soil 

23.  The  principal  towns  are  Her'manstadL  the  capital. 
Ciau'senburg,  and  Cron'stadL 

G&hlCIA. 

S4.  Galicia,  which  lies  to  the  northeast  ofthe  Carpathian 
mountains,  formerly  constituted  a  part  of  Poland,  and  con- 
"^<Jl^?^t"-''       ^"  immense  plain,  ami  has  a  fertile  soil. 

35.  1  he  principal  towns  are  Lem'berg,  the  capital  :  Bro'- 
dy,  noted  for  trade  j  and  Wiclicz'ka,  for  the  most  famous 
salt  names  in  the  world. 

Austrian  I-jtalt. 

26.  Austrian  Italy,  called  the  Lombardo- Venetian  kingdom, 
consists  of  the  northeast  part  of  Italy,  which  lies  north  of 
the  lo,  and  east  of  the  Tictno.  It  comprises  a  large  part 
ot  what  was  anciently  called  Cisalpine  Gait/,  and  afterwards 
iMmbardy. 

27.  With    the  exception  of  the  parts  that  border  on 
Switzerland  and  Germany,  it  is  generally  very  level,  com 
posed  chiefly  of  large  and  beautiful  plains,  of  such  fertility 
Euro        ^"^***'^*'*'"'  ^^^^  '*  ^^^  l^een  styled  the  Garden  of 

y.^^.:ffi^'T'-  ^^^  ?.P^^?.'  9^  Austrian  Italy,  is  situated  in  a 
beautiiul  plain,  and  is  distinguished  for  its  magnificent  edi- 
fices, particularly  its  cathedral.    It  has  an  extensive  trade, 

Sn^®  rJ^^>^^  ^^®  principal  seats  of  Italian  literature, 
or  ?;>  iwl?*''-^'.  «""»*«^  "ear  the  head  of  the  gulf  of  Venice, 
?I«I  i  !u  '^'^"'^s,  seems,  at  a  distance,  to  float  on  the  sur- 
wl  M^r'^^^T*  '^^^'  ^^"^^«  instead  of  streets:  and 
rllTr'. I  }^^  gondolas  instead  of  coaches.  It  was  once  the 
rff?  n  tK   ^  ^^  e,b'*^^«d  republic,  ami  the  most  commercial 


am 

2S. 

S6. 

28. 


nnhithr?'"  '^T:^^  ^^^  !.hV^™ai"s  of  its  great  ancient 
nphitheatre;  Pad'ua  and  Pavia,  for  their  universities  j 


^townsp'^'oi  w??"-^^^'r-.5^-  ^^'^^  "«  the  principal 
VfhlTnLl^:^  \'^^  '"'^  of  Galicia?  25.  What  towns? 
What  does  Austrian  Italy  comnrse  ?  27  What  is  saiH  nf  it? 
What  is  said  of  Milan?    29.  Venice? 


30.  What  other  tow  ns,  and  for  what  noted' 


AUS-nilA. 


141 


ram» 


SWITZERLAND. 

The  Glaciers. 


rl'.  ^„^'*^^^J?"^  •«  ^*»e  most  mountainous  country  In  Eu- 
rope,  abounding,  mot^  than  anj.  oti»er,  in  grand  and  ^cfu?I 

SwiTi^RLANjj.  - 1.  What  is  said  of  SwitzerJand  ? 

See  Mnpg  Eurcpt.  ~  What  river  flows  thrcnigh  the  central  nart 
ot   the  Austrian   dom  n  ons  ?     Whnt     iifor^   ««      •   .    P. 

Danube  with™  tF«3se  ^oiionsT  "Ue^a^The'^C  Jn^ 
Ihian  mountains?  »»"t!re  are  tne   Carpa- 

^'''VfeS:^'""^'^'     Buda  and  Pest?    Lember.  and  lJrody> 

Adr^empty?     What  rivers  in  tlie  con  "al\nnd  nonhorpart 

l^.e  Adifo"""H""'"""v' '  ■  '^'^'?^  *«^^"«  ^'^  «"  the  Danube  ' 
liie  Adigo?     How  is  Venice  situated?     Milan'    BrPflrJ«> 

— 1  ^  ,  ,  ,  ,  ,  i  ^  £   J 


142 


SWITZERLAND. 


esque  scenery,  such  as  is  composed  of  stupendous  moon 
tains,  valleys,  glaciers,  precipices,  cataracts,  and  lakes  * 
and  on  account  of  these,  it  is  much  visited  by  travellers. 

2.  It  is  traversed  by  ranges  of  the  Alpsy  which  lie  chiefly 
to  the  south  and  east.  Some  of  the  principal  summits  in 
Switzerland  are  Cervine  Jungfrau,  SimploHj  St.  Bernard, 
and  iSIf.  Gothard;  and  close  upon  its  bordera  are  the  elevated 
summits  of  Mont  Blanc  and  Mont  Rosa. 

8.  Mont  Blanc,  in  Savoy,  on  the  borders  of  Switzerland, 
is  the  highest  mountain  in  Europe,  and  receives  its  name, 
which  signifies  JVhite  Mountain,  from  the  inr.mense  mantle 
of  glaring  white  snow,  with  which  its  summit  and  sides 
are  always  covered. 

4.  On  the  north  side  of  Mont  Blanc  is  the  celebrated 
vale  of  Chamuu'ni  (sha-moq'ne),  which  is  greatly  admired 
for  the  beauty  and  grandeur  of  its  scenery. 

6.  Mount  Simplon,  between  Switzerland  and  Piedmont, 
is  famous  for  the  magnificent  road  made  over  it  by  Bona- 
parte, the  most  elevated  point  of  which  is  more  than  6,000 
feet  high. 

6.  I^tween  the  two  principal  summits  of  Mount  St.  Ber- 
nard, is  one  of  the  principal  passages  from  Switzerland  to 
Italy  J  and  at  the  height  of  8,033  feet,  the  most  elevated 

Eoint  in  the  passage,  there  is  a  Benedictine  monastery  and 
ospital,  which  is  the  highest  inhabited  spot  in  Europe. 

7.  The  Glaciers,  which  abound  in  the  elevated  hollows, 
between  the  peaks  of  the  high  mountains,  are  fields  or  lakes 
of  glittering  ice  and  snow  j  extending,  in  some  instances, 
15  or  20  miles  in  length,  and  often  presenting  the  most  fan 
tastic  forms. 

8.  Avalanches  are  immense  masses  of  snow  and  ice, 
■which  occasionally  detach  themselves  from  the  glaciers, 
and  are  precipitated  down  the  mountains,  as  sheets  of  snow 
down  the  roof  of  a  house. 

9.  The  Rhine  and  the  Rhone,  two  of  the  largest  rivers  of 
Europe,  and  also  the  Inn,  a  head  branch  of  the  Danube, 
rise  in  the  mountains  of  Switzerland.  The  ^ar  (ar)  is  the 
largest  river  that  has  its  whole  course  within  the  country. 

10.  Cataracts  are  very  numerous,  and  small  streams  are 
often  precipitated  from  a  great  height.  About  40  miles  to 
the  southeast  of  Berne,  is  the  famous  cascade  of  the  Stauh- 
hack,  which  is  nearly  1,000  feet  perpendicular. 


2.  What  mountains  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  Mont  Blanc  ? 

4.  What  is  said  of  Chamouni  ?    5.  Simplon  ?    6.  St.  Bernard 

7.  The  Gl  iciers  ?    8.  Avalanches  ?     9.  Rivers  ?    10.  Cat- 

aracta? 


SWITZiiRLAND. 


143 

n^o'^'nTt'd ttfcfL^fc^^^  ^on«  the 

travellers.     The  river  "lerp  ffi      .       u  "'"^^  ^'""^'^  ^Y 
of  about  50  feet  "'''^'  ''^^^long  from  a  height 

teemed  the  most  E  ifi     Mce  in  ^^,.f  "^^%^^h'«''  i«  cs- 

others  are  the  lakes  oe%M^^^^^  fnuTn\  ^^^'"/  °^ '''*' 
and  Zu'nch  (zu'rik).        ^"'^i^'^'^^^^  (nu-sha-teJ'),  i.u-ccme', 

18.  The  climate  of  Switzprlm/l  la  j^«„i.u     • 
the  elevated  parts.      '^'^"'^^'''^"^  '«  healthy,  but  severe  in 

14.  The  jot7  is  not  ffenerallv  fpifiln    „nj   ^     u     /.   . 
country  is  rucraed  and  sfprjL  .  i  .,^!        '     ,       "^^^^  of  the 
cultivated  wiFhlrert  ca,^      •  k"  /''^  pnxiuctive  parts  are 

the  principal  iouCofrbsisf^fee'""''"'"  ^' ^^"'^  ^--« 

divided;  but  the  PrS  Ita  f^  ll^  ^/-o^e^fanf,  and  6  are 
thanhalf  of  tht\vh:r;o";u^^^  "  ^^'^  ^-'  -re 

issp;,ii;i„^fh\"jl;nfonrss'hn'?  ''"™:^" '  ^""  ^••-«'' 

ItZn  in  the.canZrwIJ^rb'ordttnV;^^^^^^^^         «"'»  ^^- 

re^'blEr^Tt-ct^trCe^^^^^  «^^^.  ''".e 

spective  constitutions  some  nP  wK      '    7'"^  **'^"'  ••«- 
rnost  of  them  oTSc      Bur  thl     '"'^  <Iemocratic,  but 

the  confederacy  aiointVusted   to   « ^'""^'"^  ''T''"''  "^ 
-et.,  by  rotation,  at  J^^^zl^l  ff  ij^^^^f^'  "^'^'^ 

18.  Genf'vfl,  the  most  populous  toWn  in  SwTvpVl.n,!  i, 
a  very  picturesque  situarion,  at  theT.u  me' t  end  "^Jht 

le«™,„g.a„dforhad„gUee„  the  cnrooAhl  Uefol^S 

issaid  of  the  government?    18.  Geneva?    ll).  What  other 


towns  ? 


hTe  f?r^^^^-  -  V""^  i«  Switzerland  bounded  ?    Flow  i«  the 
„        Jtin'swiJrrir'-'    Lake  Constance?     What  river. 

How  ,«  Berne  situated  ?    Geneva?    Biile  ?    Zurich?    Schaffhau. 
sen?    J^ausanne?    Lucerne?    NeufchatoP 
J3» 


144  SWITZERLAND. 

town  in  Switzerland  ;  Zu'rich,  for  its  delightful  situation 
for  learning,  and  for  the  cultivation  of  flowers  ;  Lauaannc 
(lo-zan'),  for  its  picturesque  situation  on  the  lake  of  Gene- 
va i  Gruyeres  (gru-yare'),  for  cheese. 

FRANCE. 

Paris. 


1.  France,  a  fine  country,  advantageously  situated  to  the 
west  of  the  central  pai*t  of  Europe,  has,  during  the  last 
thousand  years,  been  one  of  the  leading  states  in  that  quar- 
ter of  the  globe. 

2.  Before  the  French  Revolution,  France  was  divided 
into  32  provinces,  some  of  the  most  important  of  which 
were  Brit'tany,  Nor'mandy,  Pic'ardy,  and  the  Isle  of 
France,  in  the  northwest ;  Champagne'  (sham-pan  ),  Lor- 
raine', Alsace',  Franche  Comte  (transh  kong'ta),  and  Bur 
gundy,  in  the  northeast  ;  Pro-venee',  Dau'phiny,  Langue- 
doc',  Gas'cony,  and  Gutenne'  (ghe-en'),  in  the  south. 

^  8.  The  kingdom,  including  the  island  of  Cor'sica,  is  now 
divided  into  86  departments,  which  are  named  from  the 
principal  rivers  by  which  they  are  watered,  or  from  other 
natural  features. 

4.  France  is  favorably  situated  for  commerce,  b'^'nr 
^ — _ j^ 


Franck.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  France  ?    2.  What  of  its  divisions 
before  the  Revolution  ?    3.  What  of  its  present  divisions  .■' 
4.  What  of  its  commercial  advantages  ? 


bound< 

cay,  oi 

Bouthe 

many 

inland 

land. 

5.  T 
in  I*  rai 
is  navi< 
to  Trc 
which 
(son)  ; 
where  i 
guedoc 
navigal 

6.  TJ 
die,  agr 
tainous 

7.  Tl 
in  the 
ranges  ] 
(vozh). 

8.  Tl 
warmer 
but  it  is 

9.  W 
Though 
yet  a  gn 

10.  Sc 
em  part 
soutnern 

n.  T 

chiefly  o 

12.  So 
linen,  coi 

13.  Tl 
manufaci 
manufaci 

14.  E( 
styled  th( 
26  acadei 
universiti 


6.  What  i 
Clii 
tion 
ofe 


FRANCE. 


145 


bounded  on  the  west  by  the  Atlantic  ocean,  or  Bay  of  Bis- 
cay, on  the  northwest  by  the  British  Channel,  and  on  the 
southeast  by  the  Mediterranean.  It  is  also  watered  by 
many  fine  rivers,  and  has  numerous  canals:  thouirh  its 
land"    "^'"«''^'°"  "*  '""^^  'ess  complete  than  that  of  Eng- 

5  The  four  largest  rivers  which  have  their  course  chiefly 
in  trance,  are  the  Seme,  which  flows  through  Paris,  and 
IS  navigable  for  vessels  of  200  tons  to  Rouen,\nd  for  boats 
whJh'^^^'  (trvva);  the  Loire  (Iwar),  the  navigation  of 
which  IS  connected  by  canals  with  the  Seine  and  Saone 
(son)  ;  the  Ga-ronne',  which  is  navigable  to  Toulouse 
where  it  is  connected  with  the  Mediterranean  by  the  Lanl 
guedoc  canal,  140  miles  long ;  and  the  Rhone:  which  L 
navigable  to  Seyssel.  '   "-"ii^u  is 

6.  The  surface  in  the  northern  part  is  level ;  in  the  mid- 
fafnou^^^    ^  diversified  ;  and  in  the  south  and  east,  mouii- 

•   ^:i7^^  principal  ranges  of  mouniains  are  the  Pvr'enees 
m   the  south  :  and   the   ^[ps,  in   the  southeast.  InfS 
ranges  are  those  of  Ce-vennes',  Can'lal,  Jura,  and  VosgTs 

wn®;m'^)^'•'*'""'^'^°"^  ?^  *^^  ^"«^*  •"  ^^^  ^orld,  being 
warmer,  drier,  and  less  changeable  than  that  of  England  : 

"i"wT''*'  ^°'*^^^"  •"  *'^«  "'^"h  than  in  the  south.  ^         ' 

Thnnl't  ''^^'"■'^  *°  '''/''  ^'•'^"'^^  '«  «  f'^vored  country, 
i  hough  there  are  m|iiy  large  tracts  that  are  unproductive, 
yet  a  great  proportp  is  fertile.  ^      "^-uve, 

^rn^L^^""^  ^^1.^''^.  T'^,  important  productions  in  the  north- 
ern part  are  wheat,  barley,  oats,  pulse,  and  potatoes  ;  in  the 
southern,  wme,  maize,  silk,  and  olive  oil. 

ohUa„  c^-  "'•"^'••^'  productions  are  valuable,  consisting 
en  efly  of  iron,  copper,  tin,  lead,  and  coal.  ^ 

uLZ  .ir  °*"^*1^  principal  exports  are  wine,  brandy,  silks, 
linen,  cotton,  and  woollen  goods.  ^  * 

13.  The  French  have  been  long  distinguished  for  their 
manufacture  of  silk,  woollen,  and^ linen  goods  :  the  co?^» 
manufactures  are  ot-comparatively  recent  introduction. 
«tvi: 'i  Jt  ,7^'.""  IS  fornied  into  one  comprehensive  system. 
&iJl^  P^T'^^^y  ^f  ^'^»'^>  which  embraces  not  only 
26  acotfmtM,  that  are  constituted  on  a  plan  similar  to  the 
universities  of  other  countries,  but  also  all  other  institutions 


6.  What  is  said  of  its  rivers?  6.  Surface?  7.  Mountains?  8. 
SnT'^9V°^'  10.  Productions?  11.  Mineral  produc- 
of  Sucatfonf'''^'^  •      l^.  Manufactures  ?    14.  Sei^nariea 


146 


FRANCE. 


for  imparting  education,  down  to  tlie  lowest  schools  ;  and 
at  the  head  of  the  whole  is  the  *'  Minister  of  PubUc  Instruc< 
tion." 

15.  The  French  have  always,  since  the  revival  of  modern 
literature,  ranked  amonj?  the  most  literary  nations  of  Eu- 
rope ;  and  they  excel  in  the  belles  leltres,  mathematics, 
astronomy,  and  chemistry.  The  education  of  the  lower 
classes  has  heretofore  been  much  neglected,  but  is  now 
mjre  attended  to. 

16.  The  French  language,  which  is  derived  from  the 
Latin,  is  one  of  the  most  polished  of  the  modern  languages  ; 
and  it  is  more  used  than  any  other  in  European  courts. 

17.  The  government  of  France  is  a  limited  monarchy, 
and  the  constitution  resembles  that  of  Great  Britain.  The 
legislature  is  composed  of  the  king  ;  of  a  chamber  of  peers, 
formerly  hereditary,  but  now  nominated  for  life  by  the 
king  ;  and  of  a  chamber  of  deputies  elected  by  the  people. 

18.  All  religions  are  tolerated  in  France,  and  are  on  an 
qqual  footing  ;  but  the  great  mass  of  the  people  are  Roman 
Catholics. 

ly.  Paris,  the  capital,  situated  on  the  Seine,  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  king<lom,  is  the  second  city  in  Europe 
in  population,  and  the  first  as  a  centre  of  gayety,  luxury, 
and  fashion.  It  is  inferior  to  London  in  size,  and  in  the 
width  and  commodiousness  of  its  streets,  but  greatly  supe- 
rior in  public  libraries,  galleries  of  painting,  magnificent 
palaces,  and  other  public  edifices. 

20.  Ly'ons,  finoly  situated  at  the  cififflux  of  the  Rhone 
and  Saone,  is  the  second  city  in  Franc0f  and  distinguished 
for  trade  and  for  its  extensive  manufactures,  particularly 
its  silks  and  gold  and  silver  stuiTs. 

21.  The  five  largest  commercial  ports  are  Marseilles' 
(mar-salz),  noted  as  the  first  commercial  port  of  France ; 
Bordeaux'  (bor-do'),  for  its  wines  ;   Nantes,  for  its  brandy 


the   Protestants 


Hd'vre-de- 
for  cotton 


and  for  an   edict  respecting 

Grace,  as  the  port  of  Paris ;  Rouen  (ro'ang), 

manufactures  and  its  magnificent  cathedral. 

22.  The  principal  naval  stations  are  Brest  and  Tuu'lon 
(too'long),  the  two  largest ;  also  Roche'fort  ,{rosh'fort), 
L*  Orient  (lo're-ang),  and  Cher'bourg  (sher'burg). 

23.  The  other  most  important  seaports  are  Bay-onne', 
noted  for  its  trade  with  Spain,  its  fisheries,  and  the  inven- 


15.  What  is  said  of  the  French  ?    IG,  French  language  ?    17.  Gov- 
ernment?   18.  Religion?    19.  Paris.?    20.  Lyons? 
81.  Which  are  the  five  principal  commercial  ports  ? 
22.  What  are  the  naval  stations  ?    23.  What  other  seaports . 


tion  of 
8trongh 
kirk,  fc 
place  c 
Ma'lo. 

24.  1 
se-en'), 
man  Ufa 
burg,  fo 
dral ;  I 
French 

25.  S^ 
besides 
treaty  o 
Joan  of 
nected  v 
ware ;  ( 

26.  T 
italofth 
residenc 
medical 
other  R( 
caire  (b( 

27.  y, 

palace  ; 
and  fore 
Crecy  (c 
lish;  Jlj 
birthplac 

24.  What 

25.  Whicl 
20.  What 

tair 

See  Map 

On  what  \ 

forr 

and 

Gni 

What  niou 

moi 

How  is  Pa 

Rou 

Orlt 

What  towi 

What  one 

Rhc 

Rhi, 


FRANCE. 


147 


stronghold  of  the  Protestants,  and  for  its  long  siege  :  Dun'- 
kirk,  for  Its  distinction  in  hi.story,  and  its  iifiportance  as  a 
Mano       '^'^"^     '  Boulogne'  (boo-lo-n),  m-eppe',  and  St. 

se-en'),  Cambray  and  Metz  (mas),  have  all  considerable 
manufactures,  and  are  noted  for  their  fortifications  ;  Straa'. 
burg,  for  its  fortifications,  trade,  manufactures,  and  cathe- 
dral ;  meims  (remz),  as  the  place  of  the  coronation  of 
Jfrench  kings. 

1  J?i  ^T^  ^'^i  *'*^  ^'^'^"^  distinguished  for  manufactureg, 
besides  those  already  mentioned,  are  ^m'tens,  noted  for  a 
Tr  ^  ?  aP^""*"^^  Or7(?an*,  for  sie,  es  and  the  exploits  of 
in?  f  ul^'r'  ^""7  (^°°'"^)'  ^«^*  '"'"^s  ;  S/.  £/i-«nAe',  (con- 
nected with  Lyons  by  a  railroad)  for  fire-arms  and  fiard- 

of  '>S°^'^'*^  (con-yak'),  for  brandy. 
iJ  riu^^'f  (tooi'o?^')  '"S  noted  tor  having  been  the  cap- 
rif  ^""l?^  '  •^''''5:';iO'*(«v'in-yon),  for  having  been  tfe 
residence  of  the  pope  ;  Montpel'lier,  for  its  salubrity  and  its 
mediciU  school ;  Ntsmcs  (neemz),  for  its  amphitheitre  and 
other  Roman  antiqmties;  Aix,  for  its  trade  in  oil ;  Beau- 
catre  (bo-kare'),  for  its  fairs.  ' 

nn?!;.  /"'?/*•  (^/-^alz)  is  noted  for  its  magnificent  royal 
palace  ;  lon'tainebhau  (fon'ten-blo),  for  it?  royal  castle 
and  forest ;  Poefier*,  also  the  villages  of  Ag'incourt  and 
Crecy  (cres'se),  for  battles  between  the  French  and  Eng- 

Kh'.  r""'  %  (a-yat'cho),  the  capital  of  Corsica,  as  t& 
birthplace  of  Bonaparte. 


24.  What  places  are  noted  for  fortifications,  &c.  ? 

S5*  SJJ*'*^'f  ^^'^  ^°'"^°^^'^«  "^h^r  towns  noted  for  manufactures  ? 
8G.  Whal  18  said  of  Toulouse,  Avignon,  «&c.  ?    87.  Versailles,  B^on- 
tuinebleau,  &c.  ? 

See  Map  JVo.  VIII.  —  How  is  France  bounded ' 
On  what  waters  does  France  border  ?    What  part  of  its  boundary  is 

formed  by  the  Rhine  ?     What  is  the  course  of  the  Rhone. 

and  where  does  it  empty  ?    The  Seine  ?    The  Loire  .?    The 

Garonne  ?    The  A-dour'  ? 
What  mountains  separate  JVance  from  Spain  ?    What  ranges  of 

mountains  are  there  in  France,  and  where  situated  ? 
How  IS  Pans  situated ?    Lyons?    Marseilles?   Bordeaux?   Nantes? 

Rouen?      Havre-de-Giace  ?      Lille?      Strasburg?     Metz » 

Orleans  ?     Toulouse  ?     Rheims  ?     Amiens  ? 
What  towns  are  on  the  Straits  of  Dover  and  English  Channel  ? 
What  ones  on  the  bay  of  Biscay  ?     The   Mediterranean  ?    The 

Rhone  ?    The  Garonne  ?    The  Loire  ?     The  Seine  ?    The 

Rhine?    TheMcselle? 


*    n 


148 


FRANCE. 


% 


29.  The  French  devolution,  the  greatest  political  convul 
Bion  of  modern  times,  eomincnced  in  1789  ;  and  in  1793, 
Louis  XVI.  was  beheaded. 

29.  Bonaparte  was  crowned  emperor  in  1804,  and  in 
1815  his  power  was  overthrown  at  the  battle  of  IVaterloo, 
and  Louis  XVHL  was  placed  on  the  throne. 

80.  In  1830,  a  new  revolution  took  place  in  France,  hy 
which  Charles  X.  and  his  family  were  excluded  from  the 
throne,  and  Louis  Philippe  was  iieclared  King  of  the  Fr.ncb 
ond  a  freer  system  of  government  was  established. 

SPAIN. 

Bull-Fight. 


1.  Spain  comprises  the  most  of  &  large  peninsula,  which 
is  situated  in  the  southwest  <jf  Europe,  and  is  separated 
from  tlw  rest  of  the  continent' by  the  Pyrenees,  which  di- 
vide it'from  France. 

2.  It  is  one  of  the  most  mountair.ous  countries  in  Eu- 
rope, and  a  great  part  of  it  has  an  elevated  surface  ;  but  it 
is  finely  variegated  wi^h  rivers  and  valleys ;  and  in  the 
southeast  and  south,  there  are  extensive  plains. 


23.  What  is  said  of  the  French  Revolution  ?     29.  What  of  Bona- 
parte ?    30.  Vytett  revolution  has  since  taken  place  ? 

Spaiic.  —  1 .  What  does  Spain  comprise  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  the 
surface  P 


SPAIN. 


149 


conneTted  wfth  the^^^^^^^  northeastern  barrier,  and  are 

out  the  north  of  Snafn    ,t  nM  ??*"'.!'^''^ 

the  country  is  trnvlS  Ctnr  V^^  ^,^y  ^^  Biscay  ;  and 

from  west  JO  easTtetweti^  'Z  itl^*  ^1^^'  ''^t^^^T'' 

of  these  ridges  is  the  Sierra  NevSfa  ^  ^'^^''^^ 

a  i.'i^rru'jjiat^  - 

an  aasemblaM  of  cinicnl  hill.         i  "  "''■'''  "'"""'■"'g  of 
hc™i^,os/„d  B^^Tlilii'lJitai;^  "'"'"■''"'"°  '"'  '» 

count  of  the  mouTtSLZ\hlt?,T"'fT''''' '  ''"''  »"  '^' 
noufford  great  facilui:rf:r''rvig:.r„V'''  '=°"""-^'  '"»'  "'' 

eralV  verrft«ile'"''b„ul,';h'''''  '?■",'""•"  ''■■''•"•"^»».  Sun- 
dry and  unprSlucii've  """■"'  »""'  "»"'=''  "f  >' « 

Ite  wintirs  are  cold  '  """'  '"  "">  <''<""""1  Parts 

£.  Europe  ;  aKrl'Sr^.W  oa;Sr  ""  """ 
resotL";  S°i1'SAf  r"'  """"-Tea.  natural 
road,  ;   Md  alrimdl   »1,  f  ,"""'  "'^  ™''"''  ""J  good 

part  of  tLrc™'n,rrmo?rd&,.;'L'^r"°"''^^''  "  ">« 
and  commercial  acrivky     ''"""S'"»'"=''  «"•  manufacturing 

edVA'"ir'cd"/ea;ra"  nr-'rl^  "■^l'''  '^»'  »»'«™- 
^n^  L'^Slt  ""^  ^'™  *-Ss&f  ^tr'^'ei-: 

crn;r.i^i^?„7cpiEt:''  ^■"''*"'  •-'  '^^^^ 

S«^-ngM^ritZZf  amusement  of  the  Spaniards  ia 
great  numbeS  ofZi^TJ  a"""\  ^"I'''^''  '"  "te-ded  '-y 
•Keatrea  aXrIatd^rfh1■;t;;aTlown^"  '""  ""P'"^ 

'■  "'6"w.rd^'p''V''s  r°"i"V".f-    ■••  Monuerr..?    5.  River. ' 
toy  ••    IS.  What  i,  llSS;i.."._^!'.""»,?"<'  of  >."  hi*-. 


150 


SPAIN. 


13  Madrid',  the  capital  of  Spain,  is  situated  on  a  branch 
of  the  Tagus,  near  the  centre  of  the  kingdom,  and  is  the 
most  elevated  capital  in  Europe,  being  about  2,000  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

14.  The  two  most  considerable  commercial  ports  are 
Bareelo'na,  in  the  northeast,  which  exports  wine,  brandy, 
and  the  manufactures  of  Catalonia  ;  and  Ca'diz,  in  the 
southwest,  which  is  the  centre  of  the  American  trade. 

15.  The  other  principal  ports  are  MaVaga  and  Jll'icant, 
noted  for  wines  and  fruits  ;  Carthaee'na,  for  its  good  har- 
bor ;  Bilbo'a  or  Bilbd'o,  for  wool  and  ir<in  ;  also  Fer'rol  and 
Corun'na,  in  the  northwest  corner  of  Spain. 

•  16.  Seville'  or  Sev'ille,  on  the  Guadalquivir,  was  form- 
erly much  larger  than  at jprcsenf,  and  the  most  commercial 
town  in  the  kingdom  ;  Gran&'da,  styled  the  Paradise  of 
Spain,  and  Cor'aova^  noted  for  a  kind  of  leather  called  Cor- 
dovan, are  famous  for  having  been  the  seats  of  Moorish 
power  and  magnificence. 

17.  Saragos'sa,  is  famous  for  its  sieges  ;  Valen'cia,for  its 
fine  situation  and  for  silk  ;  Xs'res,  for  the  wine  called 
Sheri'y  ;  Tole'do,  as  the  first  archbishopric,  and  for  sword- 
blades  ;  Sego'via,  for  woollen  manufactures ;  SeUaman'ca, 
for  its  university  ;  Valladoltd' ,  for  having  been  a  royal  resi- 
dence ;  Compostel'la,  for  pilgrimage  to  the  supposed  tomb 
of  St.  James ;  the  village  Escu'rial,  for  its  magnificent  royal 

Ealace  :  Cape  Trafalgar',  for  a  great  naval  battle,  in  which 
lOrd  Nelson  was  killed. 

18.  Gibral'tar  is  a  celebrated  promontory,  more  than 
1,400  feet  high,  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Spain,  belong- 
ing to  Great  Britain.  It  has  h  remarkable  fortress,  so  de- 
fended by  nature  and  art,  as  to  be  accounted  the  strongest 
in  the  world. 


13.  What  is  said  of  Madrid  ?    14.  What  are  the  two  principal  ports  ? 

15.  What  are  the  other  ports  ?  16.  What  is  said  of  Seville,  Gra- 
nada, and  Cordova  .=•  17.  What  other  places,  and  for  what 
noted?    18.  What  is  said  of  Gibraltar  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe.  —  By  what  waters  is  Spain  bordered  ? 
By  what  mountains .'  What  strait  separates  it  from  Africa  ? 
What  capes  on  the  coast.'     What  rivers  of  Spain  flow  into  the 

Atlantic  ocean  ?    What  ones  flow  into  the  Mediterranean .' 
How  is  Madrid  situated  ?    Cadiz.'     Barcelona.'    Bilboa  .'    Seville? 

Granada  ?    Saragossa  ?    Cordova  ?     What  towns  are  on  the 

Mediterranean?      What  ones  on  the  northwest  of  Spain? 

VihBi  ones  on  the  Tagus  ?    The  Ebro  ? 


PORTUGAL. 


im^^ 


PORTUGAL. 

1.  Portugal  is  a  small  kingJom,  lying  between  Spain  and 
the  Atlantic  ocean,  and  is  tbe  most  westerly  of  all  the  Eu 
ropean  states. 

2.  It  is  advantageouHly  situated  for  commerce,  ant?  was 
formerly  distinguished  as  a  maritime  power  ;  but  its  pros- 
perity has  long  since  declined,  and  agriculture,  manufac- 
tures, and  education  are  all  in  a  backward  state. 

8.  The  three  principal  rivers  are  the  Tagus,  Due'ro  or 
Dou'ro,  and  Gmdia'na, 

4.  The  surface  is  mufh  diversified  by  mountains,  valleys, 
and  plains  ;  the  soil  of  a  considerable  part  is  fertile,  bUt 
miserably  cultivated  ;  the  elimale  pleasant  and  healthy. 

5.  Portugal  has  a  deficiency  of  grain  j  but  it  abounds  in 
tBine,  oltves,  oranges,  and  other /ri/t7j. 

6.  Lis'bon,  the  capital,  is  delightfully  situated  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Tagus,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  and  ranks 
among  the  first  commercial  cities  of  Europe.  It  ia  famous 
for  the  export  of  the  wine  called  Lisbon,  and  for  iU  partial 
destruction  by  a  great  earthquake  in  1755. 

7.  Opor'lo,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Duero,  is  famous  for 
Port  wino  :  Coim'bra  is  noted  for  its  university;  67.  Uhes 
or  Set'uvaly  for  salt  ;  Brafran'zn,  for  giving  a  title  to  the 
present  reigning  family  of  Portugal. 

ITALY. 

1.  Italy  is  a  beautiful  country,  consisting  of  a  long  pen- 
insula, extending  into  the  Mediterranean,  in  the  form  of  a 
boot,  and  separated  from  Switzerland  and  Germany  on  the 
north,  by  the  Alps. 

2.  It  is  of  great  celebrity  in  history,  and  is  noted  for  the 
excellence  of  its  climate,  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  beauty 


PoRTOOAt.  —  1.  What  is  the  situation  of  Portugal  ?    2.  What  is 
said  of  it?    3.  Rivers?    4.  Surface,  soil,  and  climate?    5. 
-    Productions?    6.  What  is  said  of  Lisbon?     7.  Oporto,  Co- 
imbra,  St.  Ubes,  and  Braganza  ? 

Italt.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Italy  ?    2.  For  what  is  it  noted  ? 


See  Map  of  Europe.  —  Wliat  cape  is  on  the  southwest  part  of 
Portugal  ?     What  rivers  flow  through  it  ? 
How  is  Lisbon  situated  ?    Oporto  ?    Coimbra  ?     What  towns  in 
the  norll.?rn  part  ?    What  ones  in  the  southern  ? 
14 


* 


153 


ITALY. 


Mount  Etna. 


of  its  natural  scenery,  and  tiio  numerous  and  superb  nion- 
umentH  of  ancient  art,  which  it  still  exhibits. 

8.  The  surface  is  finely  diversified  with  mountains,  hills, 
valleys,  and  plains  ;  but  it  is  mostly  a  niouiitninous  country. 

4.  The  ./?/jw3  lie  on  the  nort.b  ;  the  Ap'cnuines  extend 
throughout  the  whole  lonjjth  of  the  peninsula  ;  and  the 
three  celebrated  volcanoes,  Efna,  Vesu'iius,  and  Slrom'bolif 
belong  to  Italy. 

5.  Of  the  Italian  Islands,  Sirllu,  a  large  and  fertile  is- 
land, is  the  most  imjjortant.  The  other  islands  are  Sar- 
din'ia,  which  gives  name  to  the  kin;jdom  of  Sardinia  ;  Coj-'- 
aica,  a  mountainous  island  whicm  belongs  to  France ; 
Mdl'ta,  which  belongs  to, Great  Hritain,  and  is  celebrated  for 
its  fortifications  ;  El'ba  and  the  lAp'ari  islands. 

6.  The  river  Po  and  its  branches  water  most  of  the 
northern  part  of  Italy.  The  other  principal  rivers  are  the 
M'ige,  Afno,  and  Tiber. 

7.  The  river   Tevero'ne  has  a  celebrated  and   beautiful 
cataract  of  nearly  100  feet  perpendicular,  at  Tiv'oli;  and  5 
miles  from  Ter'm,  the  small  river  Vdi'no  has  three  fine  cas-- 
cades,  one  of  which  is  about  300  feet  perpendicular.^ 


3.  What  ia  said  of  the  surface  ? 
Rivers.'    7.  Cataracts.' 


4.  Mountains.'    5.  Islands.'    6 


ITALY. 


153 


9.  Tho  climule  is  ostccnied  ili«  finest  in  Europe,  hut  it  va- 
ries in  diHeixiit  imrtH.  In  soiiio  plncoH,  imrticulurlv  in  a 
I  Mlrict  on  tho  southwest  coast,  oxten.Jing  fVom  Leghorn  to 
lorrac,na,47  miles  southeuM  of  lloin?,  it  is  unTionlthv- 
nnd  in  the  south  the  country,  at  some  seasons,  is  annoyeJ 
by  the  wind  called  Sirocco.  «»iJo;tu 

9.  The  501/  is  generally  fertile,  and  is  well  cultivated  in 
the  northern  part.;  but  in  tho  middle  and  south  the  cul  i- 
vution  IS  backward.  "'" 

10.  The  most  important  productions  live  grain,  unne  olive 
ml,  nlk,  cattle,  cheese,  fruits,  nml  marble.  '         * 

11.  Tho  Italians  excel  in  the  fine  nrts  ;  and  the  country 
atTitectiref'    '  «1'«^""-"^  of  i,ainting,  sculpture"  aiid 

12.  Italy  comprises  the  following  divisions  or  stnfM 
namely,  the  Lorn  Wo- Fce/tau  klugl/om,  or  Austrian  JtJi 
[see  Austria],  in  tho  northeast ;  the  Sardinian  territories  in 
the  northwest ;  the  6/a/e.  o/  the  Church,  the  graSSo? 
Tuscany  i\xG  duchies  of  Par'ma,  Mo'dena,  and  Li^'ca  and 
the  republic  of  St.  MirUo.  in  th«  ,ni.Ml«  .  ^  "i  .i!l  f,:^"i.?"'* 


of 


Kingdom  of  Sardinia. 

13.  The  kingdom  of  Sr.rdinia  comprises  Pi^U'mout,  Gen'- 
oa.  Savoy',  and  the  island  of  Sardin'ia.  ' 

tJn:f-,frf  'V'i"''  ''^^"'"*^^  "'^«  ^""t  «^thc  moun- 
tains," IS  bordered  by  mountains  on  the  north,  west  and 

south,  but  the  central  part  is  compose.!  of  fertile  and  hi-^hTv 

cultiva  ed  p  ams  ;  CJen'oa,  is  a  mountainous  (listrict  Ivi  ff 

along  the  gulf  of  Genoa,  a.d  is  noted  as  the  lullfve  cou^itry 

of  F?.Z'o   f  '       ;7'  c"^  '^''^  T''  "'«"»tninous  distrct^ 
pt  *.urope,  lesembles  Switzerland  on  which  it  borders,  cjd 

large  and  iertile  island,  but  very  ill  cultivated 

J'^-  Ty^'""'*  ^''.^  ^'^P""'  "^"  P'^^inumt  and  c>f  the  kingdom 
of  Sardima,  finely  situated  on  the  Po,  is  noted  as  a  Beau- 
tiful city  ;^lexan'drxa,  as  a  strong  town  ;  nnd  near  it  is 
Maren'go,  famous  for  a  great  victory  of  Bonaparte. 

lb.   Genoa,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Genoa,  and 
formerly  the  capita    of  a  celebrated  rei»ublic,  and  o'ic  of 

e^^,\t^VTlT'''''t'''''''^  in  the  world,  is  built  on  the  Ac^ 
clivity  of  a  hill,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  splendid  edifices, 

8.  What  is  sold  of  the  climate?    0.  Soil  ?     10.  Productions?    11. 

i-^   w^'i^""'  •  .  ^H-  ^^'"'^  ""'^  ^''«  divisions  or  states  ? 
16.  What  does  the  kingdom  of  Sardinia  comprise?     14.  What  ia 
said  of  these  several  parts  ?    15.  Turin  &c.  ?    IG.  Genoa » 


164 


ITALY. 


and  for  the  magnificent  view  which  it  presents  on  approach 
ing  iu 

Parma,  Modena,  and  Lucca. 

17.  The  duchies  of  Parmn,  Mo'dena,  and  Lucca,  com- 
prise Bmall  but  highly  cultivated  and  populous  districts. 

18.  Parma  gives  name  to  the  famous  Barmesan  cheese , 
and  Carra'ra,  which  belongs  to  Modena,  is  famous  for  its 


fine  marble. 


Tuscany. 


19.  The  grand-duchy  of  Tuscany  has  a  finely  diversified 
Burfitce,  and  its  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and  highly  culti- 
vated 

20.  Flor'ence,  the  capital,  situated  in  a  delightful  vale, 
on  the  Arno,  and  one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  in  Europe, 
is  distinguished  for  the  fine  arts,  and  has  one  of  the  most 
eminent  academies  of  i)aiiiting  in  the  world. 

21.  Leghorn',  is  noted  as  the  most  commercial  town  in  It- 
aly ;  Pi'aa,  for  its  former  commercial  importance  and  ita 


leaning  tower. 


States  op  the  Church. 
St.  Peter's  Church. 


22.  The  States  of  the  Church  comprise  a  considerable 
country  in  the  central  part  of  Italy,  which  is  under  the  gov- 

J 7.  What  is  said  of  Parma,  Modena,  and  Lucca?  18.  Parma  and 
Carrara?  19.  What  is  said  of  Tuscany?  90.  Florence? 
21.  Leghorn  and  Pisa?  23.  What  is  said  of  the  S'Mos  of 
tfaeClmrch? 


ITALY 


155 


eriinient  or  the  Pope,  who  is  invested  with  absolute  power 
ill  these  States,  both  temporal  and  spiritual. 

23.  Rome,  the  capital,  and  the  residence  of  the  Pope,  is 
situated  on  the  Tiber,  15  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  was,  for 
a  long  time  the  most  powerful,  populous,  and  magnificent 
city  in  the  world  ;  an<l,  though  greatly  reduced,  it  still  con- 
tains many  remarkable  monuments  and  splendid  edifices, 
among  which  are  the  Colist'um  or  Amphitheatre  of  Vespa- 
sum,  constructed  for  the  combats  of  gladiators  and  \vild 
beasts,  and  St.  Peter's  Church,  the  most  superb  structure  t  f 
modern  times. 

24.  Bologna  (bo-lon'ya)  is  noted  for  its  university,  col- 
lections of  paintings,  tower,  and  silks  ;  Anco'na  and'  Civi- 
^^y.'^tn'  .(v«k'e-a)  as  seaports  ;  Faenza,  for  its  potteries  ; 
Tti/olij  for  Its  fine  water-fall. 

Naples  or  the  Two  Sicilies. 

25.  This  kingdom,  which  comprises  the  country  of  An/j/ca 
and  the  island  of  Sicily,  is  advantageously  situated,  and  has 
a  fertile  soil  ;  but  agriculture,  commerce,  and  manufactures 
are  all  in  a  backward  state. 

26.  This  kingdom  contains  three  of  the  most  famous 
volcanoes  in  the  world,  Etna,  Vesu'vhis,  and  Sirom'boli. 

27.  Et'na,  on  the  island  of  Sicily,  is  the  most  celebrated 
volcano  on  the  globe,  and  has  been,  from  remote  antiquity, 
subject  to  dreadful  eruptions.  Large  stones  are  said  to 
have  been  thrown  to  the  height  of  7,000  feet,  and  are  fre- 
quently projected  to  the  distance  of  30  miles. 


83.  What  is  said  of  Rome  ?    24.  What  other  towns  ? 

85.  What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Naples  or  Two  Sicilies.^ 

26.  What  volcanoes  ?    27.  What  is  said  of  Etna  i" 


See  Map  of  Europe  — W/ here  is  the  gulf  of  Tarento  ?  How  is 
the  island  of  Sicily  situated ?  Sardinia?  Corsica?  Elba? 
Malta?  The  Lipari  islands?  In  what  part  of  Sicily  is 
Etna?  Where  is  Vesuvius?  How  is  Naples  situated? 
Palermo?  Messina?  Catania?  Syracuse?  Refftrio  ^red'io) ' 
Brin'disi?    Beneven'to?  ss     v      j  /  • 

See  Map  JVo.  VIU.  —  Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Genoa  ? 

How  are  the  States  of  the  Church  situated  ?  Tuscany  ?  Modena.? 
Parma  ?     Genoa  ?     Piedmont  ?     Savoy  ? 

How  is  Rome  situated  ?  Bologna  r  Civila  Vecchia  ?  What  towns 
on  the  Gulf  of  Venice  '  How  is  Tuscany  situated  ?  Leg- 
horn? Pisa?  What  other  towns  in  Tuscany  ?  How  is  Tu- 
rin situated?  Genoa?  Alexandria?  Pignerola?  Cham- 
berry  ?  Nice  ?  Parma  ?  Placentia  ?  Modena  ?  Lucca  ? 
Ca''''a''a ' 

14* 


156 


ITALY. 


Vesuvius  and  JVaples. 


28.  Vesu'vitts,  which  is  7  miles  from  Naples,  and  less 
than  a  third  part  as  high  as  Etna,  has  had  many  tremen- 
dous eruptions. 

39.  Strom'boli,  on  one  of  the  Lipari  islands,  emits  flames 
that  are  visible  in  the  ni<^ht  at  the  distance  of  100  miles, 
and  is  styled  the  lighthouse  of  the  Mediterranean. 

30.  Naples,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  is  the  largest 
city  in  Italy,  and  famous  for  its  delightful  situation  on  one 
of  the  finest  bays  in  the  world.  Its  approach  from  the  sea 
is  esteemed  more  beautiful  than  that  of  any  other  city  in 
Europe. 

31.  Palet^mo,  the  capital  of  the  island  of  Sicily,  is  noted 
for  the  magnificence  of  its  churches  ;  Messt'na,  for  com- 
merce ;  Catd'nia,  for  frequent  earthquakes  ;  Syr'acuse  and 
Girgen'ti,  for  their  ancient  greatness. 


28.  What  is  said  of  Vesuvius  ? 
31   What  towns  in  Sicily  ? 


29   Stromboli?    30.  Naples  T 


TURKEY. 


157 


TURKEY. 

Constantinople. 


1.  The  Turkish  or  Ottoman  Empire  is  composed  of 
Turkey  in  Europe  and  Turkey  in  Asia  j  and  for  several 
hundred  years  it  also  included  Egypt  in  Africa  ;  but  some 
years  since  Mohammed  Ali,  Pacha  of  Egypt,  made  him- 
self independent  of  the  sultan. 

2.  The  countries  included  in  this  empire  comprise  most 
of  those  parts  of  the  world  which  were  most  celebrated  in 
ancient  history  and  which  were,  in  ancient  times,  the  finest 
countries  in  the  world,  the  seatsj  of  civilization,  learning, 
and  the  arts  ;  but  they  are  now,  owing  to  the  despotism  and 
bad  policy  of  the  Turks,  comparatively  desolate  and  miser- 
able 

TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

3.  Turkey  in  Europe  if  composed  of  the  following  prin- 
cipal divisions,  namely,  Moldavia,  Walla'chia,  Bulga'na,  Ser' 
ma,  and  Bos'nia  in  the  north  ;  Roume'lia  and  Alba'nia,  in 
the  south. 

4.  The  piovinces  of  Molda'via,  and  WalUchia,  which  lie 

Turkey.  —  1  What  is  said  of  the  Turkish  empire  ?  2.  The 
countries  composing  it?  3.  Wliat  are  the  divisions  of 
Turkey  in  Europe  ? 

»    I.  ...>«  n«  wwi%.  vi    ifxviuuTiu  atiu    TT  aiiaCn 


iia.' 


158 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 


Mosque  of  St.  Sophia. 


<■  ■■■■•fum»ii>iii  ■■■■■!  ■■■■■■■•tmnnmbiiwiiyiT? 


QQQQQQQQQ 


north  of  the  Danube,  are  not  under  the  immediate  govern- 
ment of  the  Turkish  sultan,  but  are  governed  by  hospodars, 
■who  are  of  the  Greek  Church,  and  tributary  to  the  sultan. 

5.  Th3  northern  provinces  are  mostly  level  or  moderate- 
ly uneven  ;  the  southern  are  mountainous. 

6.  The  Balkan  Mountains,  anciently  called  Hcnmus  and 
Wiod'o-pe  are  the  principal  range  in 'Turkey,  and  extend 
from  the  gulf  of  Venice  to  the  Black  sea. 

7.  The  Danube  is  much  the  largest  river.  Some  of  the 
•other  most  considerable  rivers  are  the  Pruth,  Mari^za.  ana 
DA'no. 

8.  The  climate  is  generally  excellent,  though  unhealthy 
in  some  parts  ;  and  the  soil  of  a  great  portion  of  the  coun- 
try is  fertile,  but  miserably  cultivated. 

9.  Some  of  the  most  important  productions  ure  wheat, 
maize,  rice,  cotton,  silk,  wine,  and  fruits. 

10.  About  one  third  of  the  inhabitants  of  this  country  are 
Turks,  who  are  Mahometans.  The  rest  are  coreiposed  of 
various  nations,  but  are  mostly  Christians  of  the  Greek 
Church.  They  are  in  an  oppressed  condition,  and  in  a 
backward  state,  as  it  regards  education  and  the  arts  of  civ- 
ilized life. 


&.  What  is  said  of  the  face  of  the  country  ?    6.  Mountains  ?    7. 
Rivers  ?     8.  Climate '     9.  Productions  f    10.  Inhabitants  ? 


TURKEY  liN  EUROPE. 


150 


11.  The  Turks,  who  are  a  Tartar  nation,  originally  from 
Asia,  and  one  of  the  most  illiterate  in  Europe,  took  posses- 
sion of  Constantinople,  and  put  an  end  to  the  Eastern  or 
Greek  Empire,  in  1453. 

12.  The  Turkish  government  is  one  of  the  most  despotic 
in  the  world.  The  emperor,  who  is  styled  sultan  or  grand 
seignior,  is  the  sole  fountain  of  office  and  honor,  and  abso 
lute  master  of  the  lives  and  property  of  his  subjects 

13.  The  i)rime  minister,  who  is  next  to  the  sultan  in 
power,  IS  styled  the  grand  vizier  ;  the  governors  of  the 
provinces,  pachas  ;  and  the  court  of  the  sultan  is  called  the 
Forte  or  the  SuOlirne  Porte,  from  the  gate  of  the  j)alace. 

14.  Turkish  cities,  by  means  of  the  domes  and  minarets 
of  the  moscjues,  often  make  a  splendid  appearance  at  a  dis- 
tance ;  but,  on  entering  them,  one  commonly  finds  them  to 
be  meanly  built,  and  the  streets  narrow  and  dirty. 

15.  CoNSTANTiNo'pLE,  the  metropolis  of  the  Turkish 
empire,  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Bos'phorus,  be- 
tween the  Black  sea  and  the  sea  of  Mar'mora,  has  one  of 
the  most  advantageous  situations  and  one  of  the  finest  har- 
bors in  the  world,  and  it  presents  a  magnificent  view  at  a 
distance  ;  but,  on  entering  it,  like  other  Turkish  cities,  it 
disappoints  expectation.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable 
objects  in  the  city  are  the  seraglio,  which  inclutles  a  vast 
assemblage  of  palaces,  inhabited  by  the  sultan  and  his 
court ;  and  the  mosque  of  St.  Sophia. 

16.  Adriano'ple,  on  the  Merizza,  is  noted  as  the  second 
eity  in  rank  ;  SalonVca,  the  cajjitai  of  Macedonia,  for  com- 
merce ;  Joan'nina  or  Yan'ina,  the  capital  of  Albania,  as  the 
residence  of  the  late  Ali  Pacha  (a-le'  pa-shaw')  ;  Gallip'oli, 
on  the  strait  of  the  Dardanelles',  as  the  residence  of  the 
Capudan'  Pa§ha',  the  Turkish  chief  admiral. 

17.  Bucharest'.,  a  large,  but  meanly  built  city,  is  noted  as 


11.  What  is  said  of  the  Turks.'     12.  Government.' 
13.  What  are  flie  prime  minister  and  court  utyled  .' 
said  of  Turkish  cities.?     15.  Constantinople.' 
Adrianople,  Salonica,  Joannina,  and  Galiipoli.' 
17   What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 


14.  What  is 
16.  What  of 


Hee  Map  of  Europe.  —  What  seas  and  gulf  border  dh  Turkoy  .' 
Where  is  the  sea  of  Marmora  .'     Where  the  Dardanelles? 
What  part  of  Turkey  is  crossed  by  the  Danube .'     Where  docs  the 

Pruth  empty.'     TheMarizza.'     The  Drino  P 
How  is  Constantinople  situated  .'     Adrianople.'     Salonica'    Jcan- 

nina.'     Sophia.'     Jassy .'     Bucharest.'     Belgrade? 
What  towns  on  the  Danube  .'    On  the  Black  sea .' 


IGO 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 


the  capital  of  Wnllachia  ;  Sophi'a,  for  its  hot-baths  ;  Bet- 
grade',  Viddln',  Nicnp'oti,  Brd'hilow,  Silis'lria,  and  i'Atiw*- 
la,  fur  their  fortifications  and  military  importance. 

GREECE. 

1.  The  kingdom  of  Greece  consists  of  what  was  anciently 
stvled  Greece  Proper^  comprising  Attica,  Bccotia,  Megaris, 
Pnocis,  Doris,  Locris,  jEtolia,  and  Acarnania  ;  Peloponne'' 
tU8  or  More'a  ;  the  island  of  Eubcea  or  Ne'gropont ;  and  the 
cluster  of  islands  anciently  called  the  CycUades,  which  lie 
east  of  the  Peloponnesus. 

2.  The  general  aspect  of  this  small  but  celebrated  coun- 
try is  rugged  and  mountainous ;  but  it  abounds  in  beuuti 
ful  scenery  ;  and  the  climate  is  excellent,  and  much  of  the 
soil  fertile. 

3.  li  iias  many  considerable  mountains,  which  are  inter 
esting  for  their  classical  associations  ;  and  its  little  riven, 
which  now  appear  comparatively  insignificant,  have  been 
rendered  fyjjous  by  the  Greek  poets. 

4.  This  country,  which  was  once  very  populous,  and 
abounded  in  flourishing  cities  and  magnificent  edifices,  is 
now  miserably  cultivated,  and  thinly  peopled.  It  contains 
no  large  towns,  and  its  villages  are  composed  of  miserable 
cottages  or  dwellings  of  only  one  story,  and  without  chim- 
neys. 

6.  The  Modern  Greeks  are  a  handsome  people,  active, 
lively,  and  courageous  ;  having  generally  little  education, 
but  a  good  deal  of  genius.  One  of  their  chief  f^mployments 
is  commerce. 

6.  Ath'ens,  the  capital,  once  a  splendid  city,  is  now 
greatly  reduced,  but  is  noted  for  the  Farlhenon  and  other 
ancient  monuments  ;  Lepan'lo,  for  a  great  buttle,  in  which 
Cervantes  lost  his  hand  ;  Missolon'ghi,  for  its  siege  and  the 
death  of  Lord  Byron. 

■■  ■  ,..  ..        .  .  .         —  , 

Grrece.  — rl.  Of  what  does  Greece  consist? 
2.  What  are  ita  aspect,  climate,  and  soil  ?     3.  What  is  said  of  iti 

mountains  and  rivers  ?    4.  What  is  \U  present  condition  ? 
5.  What  is  said  of  the  modern  Greeks  ?    (5.  What  of  Athens,  Le- 

panto,  and  Missolonglii  ? 


ike  Map  of  Europe.  —  How  is  Greece  situated?  Morea?  The 
island  of  Candia  ?  Negropont'  Cerigo?  Coifu?  Cepha- 
Ionia?  Znnto?  Cape  Matapan'?  Athens?  Corinth?  Le- 
pai»to  ?  Missolonglii  ?  Navarin  ?  What  -ther  towns  io 
tlie  More-i  / 
How  is  Corfu  sihui led  ?    Cerijo?    Cephalon/t;       Zante? 


GREECE. 


161 


7.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  in  the  Morca  are  Ar'stos, 
Trtj>ohzza,  Mis'itra,  and  Patras  ;  also  Nap'oli,  noted  for 
Its  citadel ;  MalvasVa,  for  Malmsey  wine  ;  Cor'inth,  for  ita 
former  greatness,  and  currants,  to  which  it  gave  name  : 
Navari'no  or  Nav'arU,  for  a  great  naval  battle. 

8.  The  Greeks  revolted  from  the  Turkish  government  in 
1821 ;  in  1333,  Olho,  the  son  of  the  king  of  Bavaria,  was 
elected  king,  and  a  hereditary  constitutional  monarchy  was 
established.  "^ 

THE  IONIAN  REPUBLIC. 

1.  The  Ionian  Hepublic,  or  the  Republic  of  the  Seven  IsU 
ands,  a  small  republic  under  the  protection  of  Great  Brit- 
ain, comprises  the  seven  following  small  islands  lying  near 
the  west  coast  of  Greece  ;  namely,  Corfu'^  Cephalo'nia. 
Zan'te,  Si.  Mau'ra,  Ith'aca,  and  CerVgo. 

2.  These  islands  have  an  uneven  surface,  with  rugged 
coasts,  and  a  mild  climate.  Olive  oil  and  currants  are°twa 
of  the  principal  productions. 

8.  Corfu,  on  the  island  of  Corfu,  is  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment. 


7.  What  towns  on  the  Morea,  and  for  what  noted  ?    8.  What  is 
related  of  the  history  ? 

Ionian  Republic—  1.  Of  what  does  the  Ionian  Republic  con- 
sist '    2.  What  is  said  of  tlicse  islands  ?    3.  Capital  ? 


ASIA. 


Caravan. 


-  Asia  is  remarkable  for  being  the  quarter  of  the  world 
in  which  the  human  race  were  first  planted  ,  and  for  hav- 
ing oeen  the  seat  of  the  Assyrian,  Babylonian,  and  Persian 
empires,  and  the  residence  of  the  Israelites. 

2.  In  this  quarter  of  the  globe  the  Jewish,  Chrisiian,  and 
JUahometan  religions  had  their  origin,  as  well  as  several 
systems  of  Paganism,  which  extensively  prevail. 

3.  Asia  includes  the  following  countries,  namely,  Siberia, 
in  the  north  ;  Tar'lary  and  Thibet',  in  the  middle  ;  Tur^ 
key,  Arabia,  Persia,  Beloochistan' ,  Afghanistan',  Hindostan , 
Chin-India  or  Farther  India,  China,  Corea,  and  Japan,  in 
the  south  and  southeast. 

4.  The  two  great  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Himmd'leh 
and  the  AlteL'i  mountains. 

5.  The  Altd'i  or  Altd'ian  Mountains  are  a  chain  about 
5,000  miles  in  length,  extending  almost  across  Asia,  on  the 


Asia.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Asia?    2.  What  religions  had  their 
origin  in  Asia  ?     3.  What  countries  does  it  include  ? 
4    What  ranges  of  mountains  ?    5.  What  is  said  of  the  Altai  moun 
tains .'' 


ASIA. 


103 


borders  of  Siberia  and  Tartary,  and  contain  valuable  mines 
of  gold,  silver,  copper,  iron,  &c. 

6.  The  Himma'leh  or  Himd'laya  Mountains,  which  sep- 
arate Hindostan  from  Thibet  and  Tartary,  extend  about 
1,400  miles  in  hingth,  and  are  supposed  to  be  the  highest 
mountains  on  the  globe.  The  most  elevated  summits  may 
be  seen  at  the  distance  of  230  miles. 

7.  Some  of  the  largest  rivers  are  the  O'by,  Yenisei  (yen- 
e-se'),  and  Le'na,  in  the  north  ;  the  Amour  (a-moor'),  Ho'- 
ang-Ho',  and  Ki'ang-Ku',  in  the  east ;  the  Cambo'dia  or 
Mecon',  Irrawad'dy,  Brahmapoo'lra,  Gan'ges,  In'dus,  Eu- 


are  the   Cas'pian, 


phra'les,  and  Ti'gris,  in  the  south. 

8.  The  largest  lakes  or  inland  seas 
d'ral,  and  Ba'ikal. 

9.  The  soil  in  the  northern  and  central  parts  is  mostly 
sterile  ;  but  in  the  southern  parts,  with  the  exception  of 
the  sandy  deserts  in  the  southwest,  it  is,  for  the  most  part, 
extremely  fertile. 

10.  The  climate  embraces  every  variety ;  and  it  is  ex- 
tremely cold  in  the  north,  and  hot  in  the  south.  The  transi- 
tion from  a  hot  to  a  cold  climate,  is  very  sudden,  owing  to 
the  great  elevation  of  the  central  parts,  and  to  the  ranges 
of  high  mountains. 

11.  The  islands  connected  with  Asia  are  very  numerous 
and  important.  Those  which  lie  to  the  southeast  of  the 
continent  have  been  classed  in  three  great  divisions,  name- 
ly, the  Eastern  Archipelago,  Jlustra'lia,  and  Polyne'sia; 
and  thev  have  also  been  considered  as  forming  a  fifth  divis 
ion  of  the  globe  by  the  name  of  Ocean'ica. 

12  In  the  early  ages,  Asia  was  superior  to  the  othei 
parts  of  the  ^lobe  in  military  strength  ;  but,  in  the  time  of 
Alexander  the  Great,  Europe  obtained  the  ascendency, 
which  it  has  ever  since  possessed,  and  Asia  has  continued 
comparatively  weak. 

13.  Asia  is,  however,  esteemed  the  most  fruitful  and  the 
richest  part  of  the  globe,  and  it  contains  more  inhab- 
itants than  all  the  other  divisions.  Yet  the  central  and 
northern  parts,  including  more  than  half  of  the  continent, 
are  mostly  sterile,  and  very  thinly  inhabited.  These  parts 
have  but  little  communication  with  the  civilized  world,  and 
are,  comparatively,  but  little  known. 

14.  The  southern  parts  and  islands  furnish  to  the  other 


6,  Whitt  in  raia  of  tho  Himmaleh  mountains  >    7.  What  rivers  ? 

8.  Likes;    9.  Climate?    10.  Soil?     11.  Islands? 
12.  Who;  in  said  of  the  ancient  and  present  condition  of  Asia  ? 
i3.  Wlu  o' its  rwies  and  population  '    14.  Productions? 
15 


164 


ASIA. 


portions  of  thn  world  a  variety  of  luxuries,  i\h  spices,  tea, 
coffee,  fi'uils,  diamonds,  and  other  precious  stones.  Ot' 
these  parts  some  of*  !h.^  most  useful  vegetables  are  rice  and 
the  bamboo. 

15.  Asia  i  ;).iiii'*'>i  'ly  distinguished  for  certain  animals, 
as  the  elephant,  camel,  rhinoceros,  and  tiger.  The  elephant 
is  trained  to  various  kinds  of  service  ;  and  the  camel  is 
very  important  to  the  Asiatics  in  performing  the  most  ardu- 
ous journeys. 

16.  The  foreign  commerce  of  this  nuarter  of  the  globe  is 
chiefly  carried  on  by  Eun  eun  .i^uuns  and  the  United 
State*).  The  internal  trade  is  conducted  mostly  by  cara- 
vans, which  often  consist  of  many  thousands  of  merchants, 
and  a  still  greater  number  of  camels. 

17.  The  prevnWing  government  is  despotism  ;  but  in  some 
parts,  particularly  among  the  Arabs  and  other  wandering 
tribes,  the  patriarchal  form  is  in  use. 

18.  The  two  prevailing  religions  are  Paganism  and  Ma- 
hometanism. 

19.  Mahometanism  is  the  prevailing  religion  of  Turkey, 
JLrabia,  and  Persia  ;  and  it  is  widely  diffused  in  Tartary, 
Hindostan,  and  many  of  the  islands  ;  but  far  the  greater 
part  of  the  Asiatics  adhere  to  Paganism,  which  here  exists 
m  various  forms,  as  Bramanism,  and  Buddhism,  inclv.ding 
the  religion  of  Fo  and  Shamanism,  or  the  worship  of  the 
Grand  Lama. 

20.  Though  Christianity  had  its  origin  in  Asia,  yet  it  is 
now  found  here  only  in  a  very  limited  decree,  and  mostly 
in  a  very  corrupted  form.  It  exists  chiefly  under  the  de- 
nomination of  the  Greek  and  Armenian  churches,  in  the 
Kussian  and  Turkish  dominions.  It  has  also  been  intro- 
duced, to  some  extent,  into  the  European  colonies  ;  and 
great  exertions  have  of  late  been  made  to  extend  its  bless 
ings  to  th(  natives  by  means  of  missionaries,  and  the  diffu- 
eion  of  the  Scriptures. 

21.  The  Asiatics,  with  regard  to  their  manners  and  cus- 
toms, differ  in  many  particulars  from  the  Europeans.  They 
arc  less  active  and  enterprising  ;  more  effeminate  in  their 
character  and  habits ;  more  remarkable  for  a  warm  im- 
agination, for  a  figurative  style  of  writing,  and  for  the  use 
oF  hyperbolical  language. 

22.  Instead  of  the  close  dress  of  Europeans,  they  com 


15.  What  of  its  animals?    16.  Commerce?     17.  Government? 
18.  What  of  its  religion?    19.  What  is  said  of  the  prevalence  of 

each  ?    20.  What  is  said  respecting  Cliriatianily  in  Asia.'' 
81 .  What  is  said  of  the  Asiatics  '    23.  What  of  their  dresa  ? 


ASIA. 


165 


monly  wear  loose  ami  flowing  garments,  and  niaicc  use  of 
turbans  instead  of  nats. 

23.  The  want  of  wood  for  building  has  obliged  the  wan- 
dering and  pastoral  tribes  of  Arabia  and  the  central  parts 
of  Asia,  to  lodge  in  tents,  formed  of  skins  or  stuffs,  which 
are  the  nroduce  of  their  herds- 

24.  Most  of  the  Oriental  nations  make  no  use  of  chaira, 
but  sit  cross-legged  upon  their  heels,  on  the  ground  or 
floor  ;  and,  in  the  houses  of  the  wealthy,  on  cari)et8  or 
sofas. 

25.  In  eating,  they  generally  make  no  use  of  high  tables  or 
oCknives  and  forks.  But  their  food  is  jjlaced  upon  the  floor 
in  large  vessels,  round  which  the  guests  sit  upon  their  heels, 
or  recline  upon  sofas  or  couches,  and  feed  themselves 
chiefly  by  the  use  of  their  fingers,  which  are  sometimes 
assisted  by  some  simple  instrument. 

26.  The  condition  of  women  among  Mahometans  and 
Pagans,  is  lar  less  favorable  than  among  Christian  nations. 
In  most  Oriental  countries,  they  are  very  much  confined, 
and  are  permitted  to  see  little  or  no  company,  except  their 
relatives  ;  nor  are  hey  allowed  to  go  abroad  without  hav- 
ing their  faces  covered. 

27.  Polygamy  is  generally  permitted  among  the  Asiatic 
nations.  Marriage  is  not  generally  founded  on  the  mutual 
affection  of  the  parties,  as  women  are  commonly  sold  for 
wives,  and  are  not  permitted  to  exercise  any  choice  of  their 


23.  What  is  said  of  the  habitations  of  the  pastoral  tribes  ?  S.4.  Man- 
nerof  sitting?  25.  OF  eating?  26.  Condition  of  the  wo- 
men?    27.  What  is  s;.:l  respecting  marriage? 

Sec  Map  of  Asia.  —  What  ocean  lit  s  north  of  Asia  ? 

What  seas  on  the  west?     On  tlie  soutli  ?     On  the  east  ? 

VVhat  three  large  rivers  flow  into  tlie  Arctic  ocean  ?  What  are  tne 
three  largest  in  the  east  of  Asia  ?    What  rivers  in  the  south  ' 

Where  are  the  Altai  mountains  ?     The  Himmaleli  mountains  ? 

What  three  large  islands  are  crossed  by  the  Equator  ? 

What  are  some  of  the  ther  principal  islands  to  the  southeast  of 
Asia  ?  What  -  the  southernmost  point  of  the  continent  of 
Asia?  Wha  alrait  is  at  the  northeast  point?  What  one  at 
the  southwest .''     Where  is  Asia  joined  to  Africa  ? 

Where  is  Kamtschalka  ?  Corea  ?  Nova  Zembla?  The  Japan 
isl  ind«  ?     What  country  lies  ii,  the  north  of  Asia  ? 

What  countries  in  the  east  In  the  south  ?  In  the  west  ?  In  the 
central  part?  How  is  Siberia,  or  Russia  in  Asia  bounded  ? 
Independent  Tartary  ?  Chinese  Tartary  ?  Turkey  ?  Ara- 
bia ?  Persia  ?  Afghanistan  ?  Belooehistan  ?  Tliibet  ?  Hin- 
dostan?  firman  Empire  r   Malacca?    Siam  ?    Laos?    Cam* 


bodia 


;hin 


r>\. 


ma: 


Ton- 


China'    Coreu? 


IOC 


ASIA. 


own.     They  nre  troQtotI  rather  as  the  siivos,  than  as  the 
companions,  of  their  hudband.s. 

98.   \t  funerals f  it  is  now  common,  among  Oriental  na< 
tions,    s  It  was  in  ancient  times,  to  employ  mourniiij^  wo 
men  i'ur  the  piirfiose  of  niakin;^  lamentation,  and  showing 
vuriuus  outward  expressions  of  grief  and  sorrow. 

TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 

Jerusalem. 


1.  Turkey  In  Asia  comprehends  several  fine  countric?, 
which  were  of  great  celebrity  in  ancient  history,  both  sacred 
and  profane,  and  were  the  scenes  of  most  of  the  events 
recorded  in  the  Scriptures. 

2.  The  principal  modern  divisions  are  Nato'lia,  Syr'ia, 
Arme'nia,  Kurdistan',  Diarbe'kir,  and  Ir'ak-Jir'aki  or  Bag'- 
dad. 

S.  The  surface  of  Natolia,  Syria,  and  Diarbekir,  is 
greatly  diversified  ;  Armenia  and  Kurdistan  are  very  moun- 
tainous ;  and  Irak-Arabi  is  generally  level  or  moderately 
uneven. 

4.  The  two  great  rivers  are  the  Euphra'tes  and  Ti'gris  , 
the  smaller  ones  are  Kizil ermak,  Oron'tes,  and  Mein'der. 

23.  What  is  said  respecting  funerals  ? 

Turkey  IN  Asia.  — I.  What  is  said  of  Turkey  in  Asia?    2.  Sur 
-     face  ?    3.  Divisions  ?    4.  Rivers  and  lakes  ? 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


167 


Lnke  Van  ia  tho  hrgest  Inke  ;  but  tho  Lead  Sea,  or  lake 
JlavhaUi'ten,  is  tho  most  noted. 

.,r  The  ffreatest  range  of  mounlaina  U  that  of  Tawtu, 
Mount  Lib'anua,  in  m  Syria  ;  Mount  Olym'pua,  nouth  of  the 
gca  of  Mnrrnorn  ;  Mount  Ida,  near  tho  Dardanelloa  ;  Mount 
Jlr'arat,  on  the  borders  of  Turkey  and  Persia. 

6.  The  principal  islands  arc  Cy'prus  and  Rhodes,  which 
nre  tertde,  and  were  anciently  very  po])ulous  :  also  ScVo, 
Samos,  and  Mel'elm.  -  *    *  >  > 

7.  The  most  iini)ortant;>rorfMc/iona  of  Asiatic  Turkey  are 
wheat,  barley,  cotton,  tobacco,  silk,  wine,  olives,  and  fruits  : 
tho  most  noted  mnniifactures,  carpets  and  leather. 

8.  NATOMA.  —  Tho  name  of  Natalia  i.s  now  often  npnli- 
♦•(Jl  to  tho  whole  country  which  was  anciently  called  Asia 
Minor,  nnd  which  is  a  largo  peninsula,  lying  between  tho 
Mediterranean  and  the  Black  Sea. 

9.  Kiutii'jah  is  the  capital  of  Natolia,  but  Smyr'na  is  tho 
largest  town,  and  is  noted  for  commerce  ;  TocaV,  as  the 
centre  of  an  extensive  interior  trade;  Ango'ra,  for  goats' 
hair  and  shawls  ;  Bur'sa  or  Dru'sa,  for  hot-baths. 

10.  Stria.  —  Syria  lies  between  the  Mediterranean  sea 
and  the  river  Euphrates,  and  includes,  in  the  south,  the 
country  of  Palestine. 

11.  Mep'po,  the  largest  city  of  Asiatic  Turkey,  is  noted 
lor  Its  maniilacturcg  of  silk  and  cotton,  and  for  its  com- 
merce ;  Damas'cus,  for  its  great  antiquity  and  for  trade  and 
manufactures  ;  ^n'ttoch,  for  its  ancient  greatness  :  Bal'bee 
and  Palmy'ra,  for  their  magnificent  ruins  of  temples  and 
other  edihces  ;  Acre  (a'ker),  in  the  history  of  the  crusadea 
and  of  Bonaparte. 

12.  Jeru'salem,  anciently  the  capital  of  Palestine  or  Ju- 

5.  What  ofits  mountains  ?    G.  Islands  ?    7.  Productions' 
8.  What  18  said  of  Natolia?    O.Towns?     10.  Syria?     11    What 
IS  said  of  Aleppo,  Damascus,  &c.  ?     12.  Jerusalem  ? 


See  Map  M.  X.  —  How  is  Turkey  bounded  ?     What  seas  border 
on  it?    How  is  Natolia  situated?    Armenia?  Syria'    Kur- 
distan?    Irak-Arabi? 
How  is  the  island  of  Cyprus  situated  ?     Rhodes  ?     Metelin  ' 
What  IS  the  course  of  tlie  Euphrates  an;l  Tigris  ?    What  river  flows 
into  the  Black  sea  ?    The  Archipelago  ?  The  Mediterranean  • 
How  IS  Smyrna  situated  ?     Bursa?    Kiutajah?    Angora?    Tocat' 
Smob?    Amasia?    Erzerum  ?    Diarbekir?    Aleppo?  Mosul? 
u  "»*   ^^S*^^^  ■     Bassorah  ?     Damaijcus  ?    What  towns  on 
the  Mediterranean  ?    On  the  sea  of  Marmora  ?    The  Black 
sea?    TheMeinder?    TheOrontos?    The  Euphrates '    Tlw 


t: — :-  5 


J  5* 


168 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA. 


dea,  is  remarkable  chiefly  in  modern  times  ns  a  place  of 
I)ilgrimage  for  Jews,  Christians,  and  Mahometans.  Chris- 
tian pilgrims  resort  to  it  to  visit  the  tomb  of  our  Savior, 
and  Mahometans  to  visit  the  famous  mosque  of  Omar. 

18.  Irak  Arabi.  —  Bag'dad,  on  the  Tigris,  once  the  re- 
nowned seat  of  the  Mahometan  or  Saracen  caliphs,  and 
one  of  the  most  splendid  cities  in  the  world,  is  said  to  have 
contained  2,000,000  inhabitants.  It  is  now  a  considerable 
city,  though  greatly  reduced. 

RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 

1.  Russia  in  Asia  is  a  vast  country,  including  all  the 
north  of  Asia,  and  is  almost  twice  as  large  as  all  Europe. 

2.  The  most  fertile  and  populous  portion  is  the  south- 
west part,  which  borders  on  the  Caspian  and  Black  seas, 
and  is  watered  by  the  rivers  Volga,  Don,  Ural,  and  Kur, 
embracing  the  countries  of  Circassia  and  Georgia,  and  in- 
cluding the  range  of  the  Caucasian  Mountains. 

3.  drcus'sia  and  Geor'gia  are  celebrated  particularly  for 
the  beauty  of  their  women,  who  are  often  made  an  object 
of  traffic,  and  are  purchased  to  supply  the  eastern  sera- 
glios. 

4.  Aslracan',  situated  on  the  Volga,  is  the  largest  town  in 
Asiatic  Russia,  and  is  distinguished  for  commerce  ;  Teflis, 
the  capital  of  Georgia,  for  warm-baths ;  Bd'fcu,  for  foun- 
tains of  naptha  or  pure  rock  oil,  wliich,  l)y  its  inflammabili- 
ty, exhibits  the  phenomenon  called  the  everlasting  fire. 

6.  Siberia. —  Siberia  forms  the  principal  part  of  Asiatic 
Russia,  and  is  one  of  the  most  forlorn  and  desolate  regions 
on  the  globe,  having  a  cold  climate,  and  generally  a  barren 
soil. 

6.  The  Uralian  Mountains  form  the  western  limit,  the 
Mtd'i  or  Alta'ian  Mountains  the  southern  ;  and  the  moun- 
tainous and  dreary  peninsula  of  Kamtschat'ka  is  in  the  east- 
ern part. 

7.  A  characteristic  feature  of  the  country  consists  in  its 
immense  steppes,  or  vast  elevated  plains,  which  constitute  a 
great  part  of  its  surface,  and  are  often  sandy  and  often 
marshy,  and  abound  in  salt  lakes. 


13.  What  is  said  of  Bagdad  ? 


Russia  in  Asia.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Russia  in  Asia  ? 
Si.  Whioh  is  the  most  fertile  and  populous  iiart  ?    3.  What  is  said 
of  Circassia  and  Georgia  ?    4.    Astacan,   &c.  =  5.  Siberia 
C.  MountAln^  ?    7,  Characte'''»t'""  fi>njiiro  ? 


RUSSIA  IN  ASIA. 


169 


8.  The  three  great  rivers  O'by,  YenestH  (yen-e-se'),  and 
£rf!na,  arc  some  of  the  largest  in  Asia  ;  but  these,  as  well  as 
the  other  pnnc  il  rivers,  flow  into  the  Arctic  ocean,  the 
shores  of  which  are  barred  by  almost  perpetual  ice.  This 
country  is,  therefore,  by  its  situation,  excluded  from  much 
communication  with  the  improved  parts  of  the  world 

9.  The  principal  lake  is  that  of  Ba'ikal,  %vhich  is  enclosed 
by  rugged  mountains,  and  surrounded  by  the  most  pictur- 
esque and  sublime  scenery. 

10.  Tobolsk',  the  capital,  is  famous  for  its  fur  irade,  and 
as  a  place  of  banishment  for  Russian  state  prisoners  and 
criminals ;  Kiakh'ta,  on  the  borders  of  Russia  and  China,  is 
noted  as  the  centre  of  trade  and  communication  between 
the  two  empires, 

ARABIA. 

1.  Arabia,  a  large  peninsula,  situated  in  the  southwest 
corner  of  Asia,  and  connected  with  Africa  by  the  isthmus 
ot  Suez,  consists  chiefly  of  vast,  barren,  sahdy  deserts, 
having  little  water,  and  no  large  rive»s  or  lakes. 
/»^/i?''^«'*"*^'®"*^  divided  Arabia  into  three  parts,  namely, 
drabw.  Petm'a  or  the  Stony,  in  the  northwest,  paitly  rocky 
and  mountainous  ;  Ara'bia  Fe'lix  or  the  Happy,  in  the  south, 
tnp  most  fertile  part ;  ^ra'bia  Desei-'ta,  or  the  Desert,  in  the 
middle  and  north,  consisting  mostly  of  deserts  of  sand. 

S.  The   modern  divisions  are  'Heds'jas,   Ye'men,  Hadra- 
maul',  Oman,  Mdsjed,  and  Lach'sa  (lak'sa). 


8,  What  is  said  of  the  rivers  ? 
KiakhvA  ? 


9.  What  lake  ?    10   Tobolsk  and 


Arabia.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Arabia?  2,  What  were  its  ancient 
divisions?    3.  Modern  divisions ? 


See  Map  of  Jisia.  —  Hovir  is  Russia  in  Asia  bounded  ?  What  part 
of  It  does  Siberia  form  ?  What  island  lies  northwest  of 
Siberia?  What  cape  on  the  north?  What  strait  on  the 
northeast?  What  seas  on  the  east  ?  Where  is  Kamlschat- 
ka?    Lake  Baikal? 

What  rivers  flow  into  the  Arctic  ocean  ?    What  rivers  and  seas  are 
'"  or  on  the  borders  of  the  southwest  part  of  Russia  in  Asia  ? 

What  mountains  are  on  the  south  of  Siberia  ?    What  ones  on  the 
west  ?    What  portion  of  Siberia  lies  in  the  frigid  zone  ? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Oby  ?    The  Yenisei  ?    The  Lena  ?    How  ig 
Kiakhta  situated  ?    Irkoutsk  ?    Kolivan'  ?    Tobolsk  ?    Oren- 
burg ?     Astracan  ? 
See   Map   J^o.    X.  —  Where    are    the    Caucasian    mountalng? 

How  19  Teflia  situated  ?    Erivan'  ?    Wiiat  towns  on  the  Caspian 
8ea=  '^ 


170 


ARABIA. 


Mecca. 


A.  The  general  aspect  of  most  of  Arabia  is  that  of  a 
vast,  Jry,  barren  desert  of  sand,  interspersed  occasionally 
with  o'ases  or  fertile  spots,  and  intersected  by  some  moun 
^nins  of  moderate  elevation. 

5.  Mounts  Si'nai  and  Ho'reb,  which  are  summits  of  the 
same  range,  are  situated  between  the  two  north  branches 
of  the  Red  sea,  and  are  memorable  for  events  recorded  in 
the  Biblo. 

6.  The  Bahrein'  islajids,  in  the  Persian  gulf,  on  the  east 
coast  of  Arabia,  have  been  long  noted  for  their  pearl  fish- 
ery, 

7.  The  climate  in  the  sandy  deserts  is  excessively  hot, 
and  subject  to  a  pestiterous  wind  called  the  Sa'inid  or  Si- 
moom', which  often  causes  suffocation  and  death.  Whole 
caravans  are  sometimes  buried  by  moving  clouds  of  sand 
agitated  by  wind. 

8.  Some  of  the  most  celebrated  productions  of  Arabia  are 
coffee,  dates,  gum  nrahic,  balsam,  frankincense,  and  myrrh. 

9.  The  most  noted  animals  are  the  horse  and  the  camel 
The  Arabian  horses  are  celeb  ated  for  their  swiftness  and 
beauty  ;  but  the  most  useful  animal  is  the  camel,  which  has 


4.  What  is  the    asper*. 
Islands  ?    7.  Ciii»,. 

fi.   What  incnid  i\f  ito  •>.« 


of 

te? 


the    country  ?      5. 
9.  Animals 


Mountains  ?     6 


AilABIA. 


17.J 


liecii  stylca  tTie  «  ship  of  the  desert,"  nnd  can  carry  800  or 
J,000  pounds'  weight,  nnd  travel  6  or  S  days  without  water, 
la  lie  Jlrabs,  wiio  boast  of  their  descent  from  IsJmiael 
are  ot  nwddJe  stature  nnd  brown  complexion.     Thev  have 
a  grave  and  mdanchoiy  air.    In  the  middle  ages,  they  were 
called  &flracen5    and  were  distinguished  for  Wrninff :  but 
they  are  now  illiterate  and  barbarous. 
n^f'fH''  ,f  "»*'««  ^rabs  of  the  desert,  who  are  styled 
Bedomns',  Bedoweens,  or  Bedoutn'  JlrabJ,  dwell   in    tents 
lead  a  wafldeipg  life,  and  are  mucJi  addicted  to  robbery  •  yet 
they  are  distinguisJied  fw  tJheir  hospitality  to  those  who 
confide  in  their  friends»hip  and  honor, 

12.  Tlie  Jirahk  language  is  co|mous  and  expreseive,  and 
ss  one  of  tlie  roost  extensively  diffiased  languages  in  the 
%vorl(l,  bwng  spoken  Uiroughout  a  large  part  of  Asia  an* 

iVllMCEU 

13.  Mec'ca,  tlie  most  celebrated  city  of  Arabia,  is  situat- 
ed in  a  dry  barren  country,  about  40  miles  from  the  Red 
eea.  It  IS  famous  for  being  the  birthplace  of  Mahomet, 
and  ior  being  a  recort  of  pUgrims  from  all  parts  of  the  Ma- 
fionretafl  world. 

14.  Ji^drna  is  noted  for  containing  the  tomb  of  Maho- 
met, and  4>rt  no,  as  the  most  populous  town  of  Arabia. 

15.  1  he  principal  commercial  ports  aro  Mo'cha,  famous 
!L'!i  t?^  ■/W^^^^  tie  chief  town  of  Oman  ;  Jid'da,  the 
port  of  Mecca  ;  Jam%o,  the  port  of  Medina. 

INDEPENDENT  TARTAIIY. 

1.  Jn^eper^deiit  Tartary  is  an  exten&ive  country,  compris- 
ing the  western  part  of  Central  Asia,  and  extending  from 
Chinese  Tartary  on  the  east,  to  the  Caspian  sea  on  the  west, 
and  including  Gnat  Bvkha'ria,  Turkestan',  and  Cha'rasm. 

10.  What  ie  said  of  the  Arabs?  11.  Bedouin  Arabs.'  12.  Arabic 
language.'  13.  Mecca.'  14.  Medina  and  Sana ?  15.  What 
are  the  principal  ports .' 

Inoei-endent  Tartary.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  ladependent  Tar- 
tary . 


See 


Map  J^o.  X.  —  Vlow  i8  Arabia  bounded.'  What  seas  and 
ffu  fs  border  on  it.'  Where  is  the  strait  of  Babelmandel .» 
Where  tape  Rafialgat?  The  Bahrein  islands?  The  river 
Aftaa?  Where  is  Arabia  Petrtca?  Arabia  Felix  ?  Arabia 
Ucserta?  Where  is  Yemen  ?  Iladraniaut?  Oman?  Lach- 
sa?  Ht'dsjas?  McMint  Sinai?  How  is  Mecca  situated? 
Medina?  Muscat?  Moclia?  Sana?  Jidda?  Jarabo' 
lAflat  towns  on  tJie  Red  sea  '     Wli.at  nnna  nn  »i,n  =n..«i,»..  .♦ ♦  j 


173 


INDEPENDENT  TARTARY. 


2.  A  great  part  of  it  consists  of  immense  sleppes  or  ele- 
vated sandy  deserts  j  though  it  contains  some  very  fertile 
districts. 

8.  The  Caspian  sea,  which  lies  on  the  west,  is  upwards 
of  600  miles  in  length,  and  the  sea  or  lake  of  ^ral,  250. 
They  have  no  communication  with  the  ocean,  and  their 
waters  are  salt. 

4.  The  two  principal  rivers  are  the  Jihon  and  the  Sir  or 
Sihon. 

5.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes  of  Tartars, 
as  the  Us'hecks,  Kir'ghises,  Cal'mucs,  Tur'comans,  &c. ,  who 
are  Mahometans,  and  a  great  part  of  whom  lead  a  wander- 
ing and  pastoral  life. 

6.  Bukhd'ria  or  Bok'ara,  styled  by  the  Orientals  the  Sci- 
entific, the  capital  city  of  Great  Bukharia,  is  noted  as  a  seat 
of  Mahometan  learning. 

7.  Samarcand',  a  city  now  almost  in  ruins,  is  famous  in 
history,  as  the  capital  of  the  great  conqueror  Tamerlane  or 
Timur  Bee,  whose  tomb  is  still  to  be  seen  hel'e 

PERSIA. 


1.  Persia  formerly  extended  from  the  river  Tigris  on  the 
west,  to  the  Indus  on  the  east ;  but  it  is  now  much  reduced 
in  size,  as  large  countries  in  the  eastern  part  have  been 
separated  from  it  j  and  considerable  disficts  in  the  north- 
west have  been  annexed  to  Russia. 

2.  It  is  generally  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country, 
having  few  rivers,  and  much  of  it  suffers  for  want  of  wa- 
ter. The  middle  and  southern  parts  are  almost  entirely 
dcQtitute  of  trees. 

8.  Nearly  one  third  of  the  country  has  been  computed 
to  consist  of  deserts,  salt  lakes,  and  marshes,  and  another 
third  of  barren  mountains. 


2.  What  13  said  of  the  surface?  3  Seas  or  lakes?  4.  Rivers? 
5.  Inhabitants  ?  6.  What  is  said  of  Bukharia  ?  7.  bamar- 
cand  ? 

Persia.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  the  extca*  of  Persia? 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  country  ?    3.  What  proportion  of  it  is  cov- 
ered with  deserts  and  mountains  ? 


See  Map  JVb.  IX.  and  X.  —  IIow  is  Tartary  bounded  ?    What  sea 
lies  west  rf  it? 
Where  is  the  sya  or  lake  of  Aral  ?    What  rivers  flow  into  it ' 
What  mountrjns  are  between  Independent  Tartary  and  Chinese 
Tartajy?    How  is  Bukharia  situated  ?     3amarcand'    Taab- 
kund  '    Wha*,  towns  arc  on  the  Silion '    The  Sir  ? 


PERSIA. 


173 


4.  Several  of  the  deserts  are  of  grdat  extent ;  and  the 
Greal  Salt  J)esert,  in  the  central  part,  is  more  than  300 
miles  in  length. 

5.  The  soil  of  the  parts  that  are  well  watered  is  very 
fertile ;  and  some  of  the  plains,  particularly  those  of  SLi- 
raz  and  Ispahan,  are  celebrated  for  their  beauty  and  luxuri- 
ance.    The  country  in  the  north  is  also  very  fertile. 

6.  The  climate  in  the  south  is  very  hot ;  in  the  elevated 
and  northern  parts,  cold. 

7.  Some  of  the  \mncipa]  productions  and  exports  are  corny 
rice,  tobacco,  silk,  cotton,  carpets,  pearls,  drugs,  delicious /ruite 
and  wines, 

8.  The  Persians  are  reputed  the  most  polite  and  most 
learned  of  the  Oriental  nations;  but  are  represented  as 
greatly  addicted  to  dissimulation  and  flattery,  and  as  being 
exceedingly  treacherous  and  avaricious. 

9.  The  cities  of  Persia  are  generally  surrounded  by  a 
mud  wall  :  the  streets  very  narrow  and  dirty  ;  the  houses 
mostly  mean,  of  only  one  story,  and  without  windows: 
those  of  the  common  people  built  of  mud  or  clay ;  and 
those  of  the  higher  orders  of  brick.  Most  of  the  cities 
that  were  once  celebrated  for  their  size  and  splendor,  are 
BOW  in  a  state  of  decay, 

10.  Teheran',  or  Teh-raun,  the  present  capital,  has  a 
low  situation  and  mean  appearance,  and  contains  no  edifice 
of  much  importance,  except  the  royal  palace. 

11.  Ispahan',  the  late  capital,  and  a  celebrated  city,  was 
formerly  one  of  the  largest  and  most  splendid  in  the  east. 
Though  greatly  reduced,  it  has  now  extensive  manufac- 
tures, and  is  the  centre  of  the  interior  trade  of  Persia. 

12.  Shiraz'  is  celebrated  for  its  delicious  wine,  and  for 
the  tomb  of  the  Persian  poet  Hajiz ;  Tah'ris  or  Tau'ris,  for 
having  once  been  the  capital  of  Persia ;  Meschid,  for  the 
tomb  of  the  caliph  Haroun  al  Raschid,  and  as  a  place  of 
pilgrimage;  Yezd,  as  an  emporium  of  trade;  Hamadan, 

4.  What  is  said  of  the  Great  Salt  Desert  ?    5.  What  is  said  of  the 
soil  ?      6.  Climate  ?    7.  Productions  and  exports  ?    8.  Per- 
sians?   9.  Cities?     10.  Teheran?    11    'ipahan? 
12.  What  other  cities,  and  for  what  noted  ? 


See 


Map  «Vo.  X.  —  Hfjw  I'j  i'ersia  bounded  ?  What  sea  lies  on 
the  north  of  it  ?  W  hat  gulfs  on  the  south  ?  What  river« 
flow  iritoi the  Catpiac^  sea ?  Into  the  Persian  gulf?  What 
lakes,  and  where  Bituated  ?  Where  is  the  Great  Salt  Desert .' 
How  is  Teheran  situated?  Ispahan?  Shiras?  Tabris? 
Hamadan  ?  Yezd  ?  Meschid  ?  Casbin  ?  Shustcr  ? 
IVhat  towns  on  the  Persian  gulf    On  th«  Caspian  ceai? 


174 


PERSIA. 


for  occupying  the  supposed  she  of  the  ancient  Ecbafarra  j 
SuUa'nitty  as  the  summer  residence  of  the  kin^j  Caa^bin 
and  Cashanf,  as  places  of  considerable  manufactures  and 
trade. 

IS*  The  two  principal  seaports  are  Bushir&y  and  Gom- 
Iroon' ;  but  a  considerable  part  of  the  foreign  commerce  of 
Persia  is  carried  on  through  liasso'rah ;  the  principal  com- 
mercial intercourse  with  the  country^  however,  is  by  cara- 
vans. 

AFGHANISTAN  or  CABULISTAN. 

I.  This  is  a  modern  division  of  Asia^  formed  of  the  east- 
ern part  of  Persra,  the  western  part  of  Hindostany  and  the 
soutnern  part  of  Tartary  j  and  it  is  sometimes  called  East- 
ern Persia,  or  the  kingdom  of  Candahar',  or  of  Ca'bul. 

3.  It  comprises  countries  which  have  been  known  by  dif 
lerent  names,  and  the  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribe:} 
or  netionsj^  the  pi*incipal  of  which  are  Hindoos,  Afghans, 
Parsees,  Tariars,  and  Belooches. 

S.  The  surface  is  greatly  diversified  by  extensive  sandy 
deserts,  mountains,  fertile  valleys,  and  plains. 

4.  Ca'bul,  the  capital  of  Afghanistan  and  of  a  province 
of  the  same  name,  carries  on  an  extensive  trade  ;  but  the 
houses  are  meanly  built  of  rough  stones  and  clay  or  unburnt 
brick. 

5.  Cashmere,  the  capital  of  a  country  of  the  same  name, 
is  situated  in  an  extensive  and  delightful  valley,  which  has 
been  styled  the  Terrestrial  Paradise,  and  is  famous  for 
beautiful  shawls. 

6.  La-hord'is  noted  for  being  now  the  capital  of  the  Seiks 
and  for  having  once  been  the  capital  of  Hindostan  j  Can- 
dahar^, as  the  former  capital  of  Afghanistan  and  for  trade; 
Bamian',  (styled  the  Thebes  of  the  East,)  for  its  apartments 
carved  out  of  a  rock,  in  the  side  of  a  mountain  j //eraf ,  cap- 


13.  What  are  the  principal  ports .^ 

Afghanistan.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Afghanistan  ? 
S.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants  ?    3.  Surface?    4. 

Cafthmere  ?    6.  What  other  cities,  and  for  what  noted  i 


See  Map  JYo.  X.  —  How  is  Afghanistan  bounded?  Beloochistan .' 
What  rivers  wuter  the  eastern  part  of  Affflianistan  ? 
What  ones  the  western  part  ?     What  ones  m  Beloochistan  ? 
Where  is  the  great  desert  ?    How  is  Cabul  situated  ?    Candahar ' 

Cashmere  ?     Lahore  ?    Moultan'  ?    Pesha  wur  ?     Bamian  ? 

H^at?    B«lk?    Kelat? 


AFGHANISTAN. 


175 


ital  of  a  Stat 3,  and  styled  the  City  of  Roses,  for  commerce; 
Balk,  for  having  anciently  been  the  capital  of  the  Fersiaa 
empire. 

BfiLOOCHISTAN. 

7.  Beloochistan'  lies  to  the  south  of  Afghanistan,  with 
which  it  is  connected,  and  of  which  it  is  oflen  considered 
as  forming  a  part. 

8.  The  surface  is  diversified  by  mountains,  plainS|  and  ex 
tensive  sandy  deserts. —  The  chief  town  is  Kelatf, 

HINDOSTAN. 

Banian  Tree. 


1.  Hindosian\  or  Hindoos'tan,  comprises,  in  its  most  exten- 
sive sense,  all  the  country  south  of  the  Hinimalch  moun- 
tains, and  east  of  the  river  Indus  ;  and  it  consists,  in  great 
part,  of  a  large  peninsula,  having  the  bay  of  Bengal'  on  the 
cast,  and  the  Arabian  sea  on  the  west. 

2.  It  consists  of  four  great  divisions  ;  1st,  J^orlhem  Hm- 
dostan,  which  comprises  Cash'mere  and  Lahore'  on  the  west, 


Beloochistaw.  —  7.  What  is  said  of  Bcloochistan  ? 
8.  What  is  its  surface  and  chief  town  ? 

HiKDosTAy.  —  1.  What  are  the  extent  and  limits  of  Hindostan  ? 
2.  Of  what  four  divisions  does  it  consist  :■ 
IS 


176 


IIINDOSTAN. 


and  Bootan'  and  Mmvi'  on  tho  east,  with  the  intenneiTiato 
provinces;  2dly,  Hindoatmx  Propa-y  which  extends  as  far 
■outh  as  the  river  Nerbuddah  on  the  west  side,  and  nearly 
to  the  town  of  Bala-sore'  on  the  oast ;  Sdly,  the  Dedcan,  em- 
bracing the  country  between  the  Nerbaddnh  and  the  Kist- 
na  J  4thly,  Southern  Hindostan  or  the  Peninsula,  inciudiiiif 
the  part  south  of  the  Kistna. 

3.  These  limits  embrace  a  number  of  independent  states 
which  are  governed  by  Hindoo  chiefs  ;  but  the  most  of  the 
countnr  is  ni  the  possession  of  the  British. 

4.  Hindostan  is  esteemed  the  richest  and  most  beautifuj 
country  of  Asia,  and  is,  next  to  China,  the  most  populous. 
It  contains  many  large  cities,  and  abounds  in  various  im- 
portant productions. 

5.  It  is  separated  from  Thibet  on  tho  north,  by  the  Hini- 
ma'leh  Mountains ;  and  mountainous  ranges,  called  Eastern 
and  Western  Ghauts,  extend  on  both  sides  of  the  peninsu- 
la, towards  the  south. 

6.  The  three  great  rivers  are  the  Gan'ges,  Brahmapoo'tra, 
mid  In'dus,     Other  considerable  rivers  are  the   Cauve'n/ 
JRst'na,  Godav'ery,  JVerbud'dah,  Set'ledge,  and  the  branches 
of  the  Ganges 

7.  The  Ganges,  the  largest  river  of  Hindostan,  and  one  of 
the  largest  in  Asia,  rises  in  the  Himmaleh  mountains,  and, 
after  a  course  of  more  than  2,000  miles,  flows  into  the  bay 
of  Bengal  by  many  mouths.  The  Delta  of  the  river,  or  the 
country  bordering  on  its  mouths  subject  to  inundation,  is 
about  220  miles  long,  and  200  broad.  * 

S.  The  Brahmapoo'tra,  or  Burrampoo'ter,  rises  near  the 
source  of  the  Ganges,  flows  on  the  other  side  of  the  moun- 
tains, and  is  about  as  long  as  the  Ganges.  These  rivers, 
after  having  separated  from  each  other  to  the  distance  of 
1,200  miles,  unite  iheir  waters,  and  flow  together  into  the 
bay  of  Bengal. 

9.  The  In'dus  is  the  great  river  of  the  western  part  of 
India,  and  it  is  from  this  river  that  the  name  of  India  is  de- 
rived. 

10.  The  surface  in  the  northern  part  bordering  on  the 
Mimmaleh  Cham,  is  mountainous  ;  but  the  rest  of  the  coun- 
try, with  the  exception  of  the  mountainous  ranges  towards 
the  south,  18  generally  very  level,  or  moderately  uneven : 
and  the  «^  of  a  great  proportion  exceedingly  fertile. 


3.  What  IS  theirpohtical  condition  ?  4.  What  is  said  of  Hindos- 
tan ?  5^  What  mountains  ?  6.  Rivers  ?  7.  What  is  said 
or  the  Ganges?  a.  Brahmapootra?  9.  Indus?  10.  Sur 
lace  r 


IIINDOSTAN. 


177 


11.  Tho  climate  in  the  northern  pnrts  is  temperate  ;  but, 
iu  the  middle  and  southern,  heat  predominates,  and,  dur- 
ing a  part  of  the  year,  it  is  very  ^reat. 

12.  Rice  is  the  article  of  produce  which  is  most  exten 
«ively  cultivated,  and  which  affords  the  principal  article  of 
food  to  -the  inliabttants. 

13.  Some  of  the  principal  articles  of  produce  and  export, 
besides  rice,  are  cotton,  indigo,  saltpetre,  opium,  silk,  sugar, 
precious  stones,  nnd  fruits. 

14.  The  diamond  mines,  particularly  those  of  Goleon'da, 
have  been  long  celebrated  ;  Imt  they  have  now  ceased  to  be 
very  vaJuable. 

15.  The  stai)le  manufacture  is  that  of  cotton ;  other  prin- 
cipal manufactures  are  those  oi' silk,  wool,  leather,  and  salt- 
petre. 

16.  The  commace  Is  very  ^reat,  and  is  carried  on  chiefly 
by  the  English,  and  to  Bome  extent  by  the  people  of  the 
United  'States. 

17.  Some  of  the  most  useful  trees  in  Hindostan  are  the 
t'ocoa-nut  tree,  which  affords  an  iniportant  article  of  food, 
and  the  bamboo,  of  which  a  great  part  of  the  houses  and 
furniture  in  India  are  made.  The  betel  is  a  plant  exten- 
sively used  as  an  article  of  luxury. 

18.  The  Banian  Tree,  or  Indian  fig-tree,  is  one  of  the 
most  curious  and  beautiful  of  tho  productions  of  nature. 
The  branches  strike  down  roots,  and  thus  form  stems  or 
trunks,  so  that  each  tree  is  itself  a  grove.  On  an  islf>,nd  in 
the  JNerbuddah,  near  Baroach,  there  is  a  famous  tree  ofthU 
species,  which  has  3,000  trunks  or  stems,  many  of  them 
large,  and  it  is  said  to  affoixl  room  for  7,000  people  to  re- 
pose under  its  shade. 

19.  The  great  mass  of  the  inhabitants  are  Hindoos  ;  about 
one  eighth  part  are  comfnited  to  be  Mahometans  i  and  there 
are  also  some  Parsees,  Jews,  and  Christians. 

20.  One  of  the  most  striking  features  in  the  character 
of  the  Hindoos  is  the  pei*manency  of  their  religion  and 
customs,  in  which  there  has  been  little  alteration  since  the 
state  of  India  was  first  known.  Their  food  consists  chiefiy 
of  rice,  milk,  and  vegetables. 

21.  They  are  divided  into  four  castes,  namely,  Ist,  Bra 
mins  or  priests  ;  2d,  soldiers  ;  8d,  agriculturists  and  mer- 


11.  What  is  said  of  the  eliirjate  ?  12.  Rice.'  13.  Product'.ona .' 
14.  Diamond  mines .?    15.  Manufactures?     16.  Commerce? 

I A  What  useful  trees?  18.  What  is  said  of  the  banian  tree? 
la  InhaJjilants?    20.  Hindoos?    21,  Castes' 


178 


IlINDOSTAN. 


ehat^t  ;  4tti,  laftorcrs.     These  castes  arc  kept  entirely  dln' 
tioct,  and  are  not  permitted  to  intermarry. 

22.  The  religion  of  the  Hindoos  is  u  cruel  and  degrading 
superstition^  which  is  artfully  interwoven  with  almost  every 
action  of  life.  Ablution  in  the  Ganges  and  other  rivers 
nvhich  are  esteemed  holy,  and  pil^ininge  to  holy  places, 
are  much  practised  as  religious  duties. 

23.  The  practice  of  burning  widows  on  the  funeral  piles 
of  their  deceased  husbands,  is  one  of  the  barbarous  rites  of 
the  Hindoo  religion.  These  sacrifices,  which  are  called 
Suttees,  were  abolished,  in  1830,  by  an  act  of  the  English 
government. 

24.  Hindostan  abounds,  more  than  almost  any  other  coun- 
try, in  houses  appropriated  to  religious  uses,  which  are 
cMed  pagodas  or  emples,  and  most  of  which  have  a  miser- 
able appearance  ;  but  some  of  them  are  large  and  splendid. 

25.  The  pagoda  of  Ju^'gernauth,  the  most  celebrated 
place  of  Hindoo  worship,  is  said  to  be  visited  annually  by 
as  many  as  a  million  of  pilgrims,  a  great  part  of  whom  die 
on  their  pilgrimage. 

26.  The  cities  of  Hindostan  are  generally  built  on  one 
plan,  ha\  ing  very  narrow  and  crooked  streets,  with  numer- 
ous gardens  and  reservoirs  for  water.  Soujc  of  the  houses 
are  of  brick,  others  of  mud,  and  more  of  bamboos  and 
mats. 

27.  Calcut'ta,  the  capital  of  Bengal  and  of  all  British 
India,  is  situated  on  the  Hoogly,  one  of  the  mouths  of  the 
Ganges,  about  100  miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  a  place  of 
great  commerce.  The  houses  belonging  to  the  English  are 
splendidly  built  of  brick  ;  but  the  most  of  the  houses  of  the 
natives  are  mud  cottages. 

28.  Bombay',  on  an  island  near  the  western  coast,  and 
Madras',  on  the  southeastern  coast,  are  the  two  other  prin- 
cipal seats  of  British  power  and  commerce. 

29.  Del'hi  and  Agra  were  each  of  them  formerly  the 
capitals  of  the  Mogul  empire,  and  very  large  and  populous ; 
but  they  are  now  greatly  reduced  from  their  ancient  mag- 
nificence. 

80.  Bena'res,  which  is  rich,  populous,  and  commercial,  is 
noted  as  a  holy  city  of  the  Hindoos,  and  the  chief  seat  of 
their  learning  ;  Allahabad',  as  the  most  celebrated  place  of 
Hindoo  ablution  ;  Sural',  for  commerce  ;  Oojein',  as  the 
first  meridian  of  Hindoo  geographei's  ;   Poo'nah,  as  the 

28.  What  is  said  of  religion  ?    23.  Burning  of  widows  ? 

84.  What  is  said  of  the  pagodas  and  temples.'    25.  Jucrgernauih? 

26.  Cities.?    27.  Calcutta?    28.  Bombay  and  Madras?    23 

Delhi  and  Agra  ?    30.  What  other  towns  ? 


HINDOSTAN. 


1*9 


cfipitai  of  i^jo  M.ihrntta  chief;  Dac'ca,  far  timslinfi ;  Seritk' 
gapatam'y  for  the  splendid  muusoieuin  of  Ilyder  Ali. 

81.  Cevi.on  (se-ldn',  or  suion),  ii  large  and  vnliiahlo 
island  lyiri«?  near  the  sonth  end  of  Hindustan,  belongs  to 
Great  Uritnin,  and  is  celebrated  for  cinnamon. 

32.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  Colom'bo,  Poinie  de 
Galle,  Trincovialce' ,  and  Can'dy. 

CHIN-INDIA,  on  FARTHER  INDIA 

The  Elephant. 


1.  Chin-India,  or  Farther  India,  is  an  extensive  region, 


ai .  What  is  said  of  Ceylon  ?    32.  What  towns  ' 
Chin-India.  —  1.    What  are  the  situation  and  boundaries  of 
Chin-India.'' 

See  Map  JVb.  X.  —  How  is  Hindostan  bounded  .'  How  is  the  isl- 
and of  Ceylon  situated .'  Cape  Comorin  ?  The  LaccadivB 
islands .'  On  which  side  of  Hindostan  is  the  coast  of  Mala- 
bar .''     Coromandtd .' 

What  gulfs  on  the  west  side  of  Hindostan  ?  Where  are  the  Him- 
maleh  mountains.'  The  Ghauts.'  What  is  the  course  of 
the  Ganges  ?     The  Indus  ?     The  Brahmapootra  ? 

What  other  rivers  flow  into  the  bay  of  Bengal .'  What  rivers  of 
Hindostan  flow  into  the  Arabian  sea  ?  What  are  the  princi- 
pal branches  of  the  Ganges  ?  How  is  Calcutta  situated  .' 
Delhi  .'  Benares  ?  Dacca .'  Agra  ?  Bombay  .'  Surat .» 
Madras  ?  Goa .'  Poonah  .'  Oojein .'  Aurungabad .'  Nag- 
poor  .'     Hydrabad .'     Pondicherry .' 

What  towns  in  the  southwest  part  of  Ceylon  .'    What  ones  in  the 
north  ?     What  towns  on  the  Ganges  ?     What  ones  on  the 
eastern  coast  of  Hindostan  ?    On  the  weaterii  i 
IG* 


v* 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


IA£|2^    12.5 

■5.0    '*^^"       Ifl^^B 

Hi  I2i^  i: 


12.2 


2.0 


14    I!  1.6 


V] 


^;; 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14S80 

(716)  872-4503 


/x 


180 


€HIN-!i\DIA. 


which  lies  m  the  southeast  of  Asia,  having  Thibet  and 
China  on  the  north,  the  Chinese  sea  east,  and  the  strait  of 

J  S?-'  *'*®  ^^y  °^  Bengal,  and  Hindot:an,  southwest. 

2.^1  his  region  has  been  designated  by  various  terms,  as 

fnrfta  beymd  the  Ganges,  and  Farther  India  ;  and  bv 
K^?>wS^  "  'k  «tyled  CAin./n/w,  being  an  India  resem- 
Diing  China,  or  having  Chinese  features. 

3.  It  comprehends  the  Birfnan  Empire,  the  peninsula  of 
^^/ca,  and  the  kingdoms  of  Siam,  Cambo'kia,  Co'ehil 
Cht'na,  and  Tonquin'. 

A^^:  '^^^^  TKl^"  '^  ^®^^  cultivated  and  populous  than  Hin- 
dostan  and  Chma,  and  is  little  known,  ixcept  along  the 
coast ;  but  It  seems  to  be  formed  of  several  parallel  ridirea 
of  mountains,  extending  from  north  to  south,  with  spaciJus 
mteryenina  valleys,  whrch  border  on  the  large  rivers. 
D.1  he  three  great  rivers  are  the  Irrawad'dy  or  ^'va,  the 

r^!33'-*"^i^?  ^''°''''  '^^^^'  «  ^»««  '^alfed  Meikong?, 
Comdo'tfta,  and  Japanese'  river.  °  ' 

inn;ZHL*'''^^T**'^>.'''*"^^""S  *»"  ^^^  livers,  is  liable  to 

plains,  is  humid  and  subject  to  great  heat. 

tflin  v«l»tw  ^t "  ?^°""'*«  •»  magnificent/om<«,  which  con. 
tain  valuable  kinds  of  trees,  as  the  teaUree,  mich  esteem 

«tSjn!.^;P''\"*^^r.'  ^«g-/e-t.oorf  and  sandal-wood,  used  ?s 

S^^y  ^^  "'""■'"'''  "^'''^2/,   and  the  banian  oi 

8.  It  is  also  vei7  rich  in  aromatic,  medicinal,  and  othrr 

r«  6Slrt/''"T  ^^•^'^r  St^^»->  cardamom^,  e'inlZ 
mon,  betel,  jalap,  aloes,  camphor,  banana,  cocoa,  saffo-valm 
androgtn-can.;  also  nc,  which  is  the  principal  Se  of 

^11?:.®°"®  ^l^^^  "l°^t  remarkable  animals  are  the  elephant 
jAtrtOc^o*,  ttger,  leopard,  and  orang-outang.  Elefhanis 
both  wild  and  tame,  abound  here,  as  well  as  in  Hindostan! 
and  are  used  as  beasts  of  burden  both  in  peace  and  waT  ' 
10.  The  rehpon  of  Buddha  prevails  over  the  whole 
country,  w,th  the  exception  of  Malacca,  which  is  inhabited 
by  Mahya',  who  are  Mahometans.  *"«aoiiea 

moV«*  thSS  fh^H-"?*  *'*'  ?h>»-'«dia  resemble  the  Chinese 
SthTr  ««5  u^  Hindoos ;  but  they  are  less  civilized  than 
fuJ  w^s.  advanced  in  agriculture  and  the  other  use- 


8.  By  what  names  has  it  been  known  ?    3.  What  countries  does 
.  a  wu\  «°'"P'!hend  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  this  region" 

9  ASniJw^Tn'p  V  •^"r'f/  ,7   Forlsts  ?    8.  PlanU' 
V  Ammals?    It).  Religion'    11.  Inhabitants' 


CHIN-INDIA. 


181 


12.  BinMAN  Empire  —The  Birnian  Empire,  whi  h  is 
much  the  largest  and  most  important  state  of  Chin-India 
^^r'WeckU        ^"^'®"'  kingdoms  of^va,  Pegu',  an.l  Cat'aay 

13.  The  elevated  parts  have  a  temperate  climate:  and 
the  country  is  rich  in  both  vegetable  and  mineral  produc- 
tions. *^ 

14.  It  contains  valuable  mines  of  gold,  silver,  iron,  tin, 
lead,  and  a  vanety  of  precious  Hones. 

15.  The  government  is  completely  despotic  :  and  the  em 
peror  is  the  sole  proprietor  of  all  the  elephants  in  his  do- 
mmions.  * 

16.  The  Birmana  are  lively,  impatient,  and  irascible: 
tbnd  of  poetry  and  music  ;  and  they  excel  in  the  art  of 
gilduig. 

17.  Ummerapoo'ra,  the  modern  capital  of  the  Birman 
empire,  is  situated  on  a  lake  near  the  Irravvaddy,  about  400 
miles  from  its  mouth.  It  has  a  few  houses  built  of  brick, 
and  the  abundance  of  gilding  oh  the  roofs  and  domes  of 
the  rcJigious  edifices,  gives  it  an  extraordinary  degree  of 

18.  Alva,  4  miles  distant  from  Ummerapoora,  now  in 
ruins,  IS  noted  as  the  former  capital ;  Rangoon',  as  the 
principal  port.  «       » 

19.  SiAM.  —  The  kingdom  of  Siam  consists  chiefly  of  a 
spacious  and  fertile  valley,  situated  between  two  ridges  of 
niountains,  and  intersected  by  the  river  Mei'nam.  The 
chief  city  is  J^ankok, 

20.  Malacca,  or  Malaya.  —  Malacca,  or  Malaya,  a 
peninsula  about  700  miles  long,  is  traversed  throughout  by 
a  Cham  of  lofty  mountains,  and  is  covered  with  a  thick 
forest.  The  Malays  are  a  ferocious  and  vindictive  race, 
greatly  addicted  to  piracy, 

21.  Cambodia. —Cambodia,  a  country  watered  by  the 
nver  of  the  same  name,  but  little  known,  is  noted  for  c-am- 
Oogegum.    The  chief  town  is -Soi«-on. 

22.  Cochin-china.  —  Cochin-China,  a  country  composed 
partly  of  mountains  and  partly  of  plains,  has  many  valu- 

12.  What  4oea  the  Birraan  empire  comprise  ?  13.  What  is  paid  of 
the  chmate  ?    14    Mineral  productions  ?    15.  Government  ? 

to  W7U  ;  •     ™f°^o.  ^^'  Ummerapoora?    18.  Avaand  Rangoon? 

W.  WhatissaidofSiam.?  20.  What  of  Malacca.'  21.  Cambodia/ 
«w.  l/ucn.'.n-Uhina  ■* 


182 


CHIN- INDIA. 


able  natural  productions,  and  abounds  in  the  salangan  steal- 
Jow,  which  forms  an  edible  nest,  that  is  much  esteemed  bv 
the  Chmese.     The  capital  is  Hui.  ' 

23.  ToNiiuiN.  —  Tonquin',  a  country  much  subject  to 
Hurricanes,  has   valuable  mineral  and  vegetable  produc- 
tions, and  Its  oranges  are  said  to  be  the  best  in  the  world 
Lacha'o,  or  Kesh'o,  is  the  capital. 

CHINA. 

Gathering  Tea. 


1.  The  Chinese  Empire,  in  its  most  extensive  sense,  in 
eludes  the  country  of  China,  Chinese  Tartary,  Thibet' 'and 
Core  a  ;  and,  with  regard  to  population,  it  exceeds  all  ither 

StZh  p^  '^'°^^'^'  '"'•^' '"  ^*'^»*  «^  territory,  is  second 
only  to  the  Kussian  empire. 

r„?Hv^l!!r'  Pf^P^^'^Jf  «»  called,  is  a  large,  fertile,  highly 
cultivated,  and  populous  country,  extending  from  the  Great 
Wall  on  the  north,  to  the  gulf  of  Tonquin  on  the  south. 

23.  What  is  said  of  Tonquin  ? 


See  Map  of  .9sia.--  Where  is  the  strait  of  Malacca  ?    The  gulf 
Wh«fU«fiT       The  gulf  of  Tonquin?    The  island  of  An'daman? 
-^S  M  ""**  i  ^^r^l'^'^l  Irrawaddy ,  and  where  does  it  empty  ? 
TheMemam?    The  Mecon  ?    How  is  the  peninsula  of  Ma- 
lacca situated  ?    T».«  n: :     •<    .      *^-    ~.       .    ~ 

bodia ; 

situated  i 

Saigon  ?    Cachao  ? 


•/""i^y.    mt®5*^*'°"-     How  is  the  peninsula  of  Ma- 
situated?    1  he  Birman  empire?    Laos?   Siam?  Cam 
I  •  -  Cochin.China  ?    Tonquin  ?    How  is  Ummerapoora 
ted?    Fegu?   Rangoon?    Malacca?    Pal'any  ?   Piamr 


CHINA. 


183 


.«fr  '^*'°  *«»/«««  >a  much  diversified  by  mountains  hiil« 
valleys,  plains,  and  marshes  :  and  ii  is  watered  bvnnlL. 
ous  rjvers  and  has  many  considerable  lakes  ^  ""™''" 

4.  Ibe  two  great  rivers  ere  the  Ho'ang-Ho'  or  l'i.H«.« 
0%'latesfM':'"'  l^-,....*^^U'arV?r 

nndiJt'ifenortS'^nlF"""''"^  ^^^^l^y ''  *»  ^»»«  «o"th  hot, 
t^h^srS^ri'elfnfcr'  "'''"  "  ^"""^"''^  ""^^^ 
is  abou!"^!  Sf'''  r"-''  r*^'"!?  "^^""^^  China  on  the  north, 

fXi?lthe^ll'^T»-'E^-?*  °."^  "  **^«  "^««*  enormous 
in  S!.??-  J   ^'  ,    •    "  '^  ^"'J*  of  stone  and  brick,  is  nearlv 

thHreates^  w„5  n/;?^'*^?"^.*''^'  ^®®  "»"««  '»»  length,  is 
in^greatest  work  ofthekmdm  the  World. 

is  L  whiK  thllTl-"'^  P?f  "l'^''  production  of  China 
Jrlo*  ^°'^,?..'«  "e  leaf  of  a  small  shrub,  and  is  exnorted  in 

SJyb^sedT'  '^  '^"'^  P"^^  ***'  '^'  S»^^  whereS  lui 

10.  The  principal  exports,  besides  teu.  are  xtlJt  fianK«>. 

nf  tL  f  **®  .*'*'^r»°''  ''"''^^  ^'""^e^  on  between  different  parts 
sfve  bKt'il"'"^"'  of  rivers  and  canals,  is  ve^  e?tcn' 
?w«  ^i       J°^^*e^,  commerce  with  Europeans  is  limited  to 

Vnma,  and  Ktakhta,  on  the  borders  of  Siberia  the  emi  a 
rium  of  the  overiand  trade  of  Russia.  '  ^** 

annualiv'^?!^^*  ''  ?  ^'^.''  ^^^•'""tion  ;  and  the  emperor 
annually  at  the  vernal  equinox,  performs  the  ceremonv  nC 
hoWing  the  plough.  But  though^he  cSSvntlon  of Te  soU 
due  Tifan'irF  ^••«"  ^-^''t  is  much  less  rki?funy  con! 
aucted  than  in  Europe.  The  most  important  article  of 
P'^oduce  in  the  southern  parts  is  riee. 

serH^/thr^in"'  ''*'°  ^''/^  ""'^'^^'^  'his  empire  agree  in  as- 

has  be^ei  f  S"S'^  ^^  a  crowded  population  ;  but  there 

°^  '^^^°  ^  e*^e«t  difference  in  the  statements  of  the  number 

^"  ^fi"  w"h!l?'^  ''^iHl^'^l*^^  •     4.  Whatriverg?    5.  Wands? 
6.  What.8  8a.dnfthech.nale?   7.  Great  Wall?  8.  Canals 

W.^opulatL^^"^-     ^^- <^--«'«-'    12.  Agriculture' 


184 


CHINA 


of  labahitants,  both  of  the  country  and  the  principal  cities 
Some  make  the  population  of  China  860,000,000;  and  some 
reduce  it  to  less  than  half  this  number. 

14.  Thegovernment  is  patriarchal  and  despotic,  but  not 
violent.  The  Chinese  style  their  country  ««The  Celestial 
Empire,"  ond  the  emperor  «  The  Holy  Son  of  Heaven,  sole 
Ruler  of  the  Earth,  and  Great  Father  of  his  People."   His 

Eerson  is  adored,  and  his  subjects  prostrate  themselves  in 
is  presence. 

15.  There  is  no  religion  in  China  established  or  support- 
ed by  government ;  yet  temples  and  pagodas  are  every 
where  common,  and  priests,  styled  bonzes,  are  numerous 
The  prevnilinff  system  is  the  religion  of  Fo,  which  is  li 
species  of  Buddhism.  The  sect  called  Taotse  are  also  nu- 
merous ;  and  there  are  many  professed  followers  of  Confu- 
eiuny  the  famous  Chinese  philosopher. 

16.  The  Chinese  are  represented  as  remarkably  vain, 
timid,  artful,  and  vindictive;  but  very  free  from  the  vice' 
of  drunkenness. 

17.  Women  in  this  country  are  uniformly  sold  in  mar- 
riage, and  are  held  in  a  state  of  the  greatest  degradation. 
The  l)eauty  of  a  woman,  according  to  the  notions  of  the 
Chinese,  consists  in  the  smallness  of  her  eyes,  the  protu- 
berance of  her  lips,  the  lankness  and  blackness  of  her  hair, 
and  especially  in  the  extreme  smallness  of  her  feet. 

18.  The  Chinese  architecture  is  inelegant  and  clumsy,  and 
altogether  difterent  from  that  of  Europe.  Their  houses  are 
generally  only  of  one  story,  and  those  of  the  peasantry  are 
miserable  cottages. 

19.  Pekin',  the  capital,  is  situated  in  the  northeast  part 
of  China,  and  is  supposed  by  many  to  be  the  most  popu- 
lous city  on  the  globe.  The  streets  are  straight  and  wide, 
and  the  houses  of  only  one  story. 

20.  Nankin',  situated  on  the  Kian-Ku,  at  the  junction  of 
the  great  canal,  is  the  first  city  with  regard  to  manufac- 
tures, and  is  noted  for  nankins,  crapes,  and  sikks  ;  and  also 


14.  What  is  said  of  the  government?  15.  Religion?  16.  The 
Chinese  ?  17.  Condition  of  women  and  idea  of  female 
beauty?    18.  Architecture?    19.  Pekin?    20.  Nankin? 


See  Map  of  Asia.  —  What  sea  divides  China  from  Corea  ?  ' 

How  is  tlie  island  of  Hainan  situated  ?    Formosa  ?    Loo-choo  » 
What  are  the  rivers  of  China  ?    Where  is  the  Chinese  wall  ? 
How  is  Pekin  situated  ?  Nankir.  ?  Canton  ?  Singan  ?  Hang-tcheou ' 
How  is  Corea  situated  ?    What  separates  it  from  China  ? 
How  is  Kingkitao  situated  ? 


CHINA. 


185 


THIBET. 
TAe  Granc?  Lama. 


ing  .he  j,os.  mou„f„7„lrc„f„rt  Isia  an"i  "."hl  '^"^  ^- 
of  the  Shaman  religion  '  "'*  ''^'"''o 

ofV're'rbr„e^rstzt£t''Eto^^^^^^^ 

tion,  in  the  extrpmplv  r„!,„   i      j       *^urope,  in  Us  s  tua- 

thecou„;?yVaSS„gfcil7n' w^^^^^^^      ''^^  '' 
nvers  have  their  rise.  ^  "**'^  several  great 


21.  What  is  said  of  Canton  ?    22.  Corea  ? 

Thibet. -1     What  is  said  of  Thibet  ? 

Btyled  the  Switzerland  of  Asia?         " 


2.  Why  has  it  been 


&gs'i^4"ss^sr:',. 


J80 


THIBET. 


d.  Himmd'leh  or  Hima'laya  Mountaintf  reputed  the  high 
est  in  the  world,  and  having  numerous  summits  that  are 
always  covered  with  snow,  he  in  the  southern  part. 

4.  Thibet  abounds  in  animals,  and  is  noted  for  the  bushy- 
tailed  buU,  the  deer  which  produces  musk,  and  especially 
for  the  goat  which  affords  the  material  used  for  the  manu- 
facture of  Cashmere  shawls. 

5.  Las'sa,  the  capital  of  Thibet,  is  situated  on  a  branch 
of  the  Brahmapootra,  and  is  celebrated  chiefly  as  the  resi- 
dence of  the  Orand  Lama^  the  head  of  the  Shaman  religion 
on  account  of  which  the  place  is  resorted  to  by  numerous 
devotees. 

CHINESE  TARTARY.  [ 

s 

1  Chinese  Tartary  is  a  vast  country  of  Central  Asia, 
cold  and  generally  barren,  extending  from  Independent 
Tartary  to  the  Pacific  ocean,  and  comprising  Mongo'lia 
and  Little  Bukha'ria  in  the  west,  and  Mandshu'ria  in  the 
east. 

3.  A  remarkable  feature  of  this  country  is  its  great  eleva 
tion.     It  consists  mostly  of  steppea  or  elevated  plains,  sup- 
ported like  a  table  by  the  tAllai  mountains  on  the  north, 
and  the  Himmd'leh  range  on  the  southwest. 

3.  The  vast  desert  of  Cobi  or  Sha'mo,  situated  in  tho 
central  pa'rt  of  Asia,  is  about  2,000  miles  long,  and  is  cov- 
ered with  a  dark-colored  sand,  which  is  not,  however, 
movable  like  that  in  the  deserts  of  Arabia. 

4.  This  region  is  inhabited  by  various  pastoral  and  wan- 
dering tribes,  some  of  the  principal  of  which  are  the  Mon- 
gtdSf  Mandshurs  or  Mantehoos,  Kalka8,aui  EiuthSf  who 
are  mostly  of  the  Shaman  religion. 

5.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  Cash'gar,  Yarkund', 
and  Ourga  (oor'ga). 

3.  What  mountains ?    4.  Animals?    5.  Lassa? 

Chiitese  Tartary.  —  1.  What  are  the  situation  and  division  of 
Chinese  Tartary  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  it?  3.  What  of  the 
desert  of  Cobi  ?    4.  Inhabitants?    5.  What  towns? 


See  Map  of  Asia.  —  What  seas  and  channel  lie  east  of  Chmese 
Tartary?  What  islands?  What  is  the  course  of  the  Amour  ? 
How  is  the  Desert  of  Cobi  situated  ?    Little  Bukharia  ?   Mongolia  ? 
Mandshuria?    Casbgar?    Yarkund''    Ourga? 


JAPAN. 


187 


JAPAN. 

1.  The  empire  of  Ja|>an'  is  composed  of  several  islands 
which  lie  to  the  east  ot  Asia,  the  largest  of  which  is  JVV- 
phon.  The  islands  Xl'mj  and  Xico'co  form  a  pi.rt  of  the 
empire  ;  and  Jet'so  is  dependent  upon  it. 

3.  These  islands  have  a  diversified  surface  and  a  varia* 
ble  climate ;  they  are  very  rich  in  mineral  productions ; 
and  are  hl<;hly  cultivated,  and  very  populous. 

S.  The  Japanese  have  made  considerable  advancement  in 
the  sciences,  and  excel  in  agriculture  and  some  manufac- 
tures ;  and  their  varnish  is  unrivalled. 

4.  Jed'do,  the  capital  of  Japan,  is  situated  on  a  bay  in 
the  island  of  Niphon,  and  is  one  of  the  most  populous  and 
magnificent  cities  of  Asia. 

5.  Med'co,  the  ecclesiastical  capital,  is  noted  for  manufac- 
tures :  JVangasacki,  as  the  only  port  to  which  foreigners 
are  admitted. 


OCEANICA, 

OR 

ISLANDS  OF  THE  PACIFIC  OCEAN. 

1.  Ocenn'ica  is  a  term  applied  to  a  vast  number  of  is- 
lands which  are  widely  dispersed  in  the  Pacific  ocean,  lying 
chiefly  to  the  southeast  of  Asia  ;  and  they  are  considered  aa 
forming  a  fiflh  grand  division  of  ihe  world. 

2.  These  islands  have  commonly  been  divided  into  three 
classes,  namely,  the  Eastern  Archpd'ago  or  ^sicUic  Islands, 
^ustraliay  and  Polynesia. 


Japan.  —  1.  What  is  Boid  of  Japan  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  the  ib- 
lands?    3.  The  Japanese  .'    4.  Jeddo.'    5.  Meaco  and  Nan< 


Oceanic  A.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Oceanica.' 
islands  divided } 


2.  How  are  these 


See  Map  of  Asia.  —  By  what  are  the  Japan  islands  separated  from 
Asia  ?    How  is  Niphon  situated  ?    Ximo  ?   Xiooco '    JeMO  ? 
Jeddo?    Meaco?    Nangasacki? 
IT 


188 


OCEANICA. 


then/al;:UrS;;o"ul!,  3  ^-  -ny  of 

of  great  elevation.  No  other  narfoVr^  71  mouniaius 
abounds  in  volcanoes  ;  an  ,„a^nv  n?^h  '  ^'"^*'  '**  "•"«'» 
'TV^  ^  "^  volcanic' origi.;"""^  ^^  ''^^  ^^^"°J«  "'"e  sup 

oftrafrS3;tthirti;e'^„!"^''^'^^^'^f  ^-  «  reef 
originally  forme/ ami  t.  V*^^  "  «  supposed  to  have  been 

ani  elovatedTby  ?he  slow'n^.^'"',  ^'•''"^"'^"y  °"ff'nented 
drifted  to  thern  by  the  sea      accumulation  of  light  bodies 

theseSd's!  ind  t£:tf  mt  ""'^  ^-^  ^^''^  -«^  «>""<^  •'« 
part  of  the  globe      Thp  n.L     ^  vanet.es  peculiar  to  this 

"00  :  the  beCfful  S^orfr^i,?'""^^  "^°;?"^«  ''^  ««••- 
the  Wu«,o  is  found  IrN{rH^^^^^^^^     New  Guinea;  and 

whiih  are  v^eTyTiuUf^l""',  i'?\f""^''>;  ?^  '^'  P"^"^  ^rec, 
of  the  islands!  Et  „r  V  ^'''''T  "'f  "''  «^«""d  '"  '"ost 
which  is  burnt  in  tau/estfOdr.  ^'"''^^  ^^ndal-wood, 
grant  odor.  ^^  "'  Oriental  nations,  for  its  fra- 

r^^^^ot^l^':^  -jnarkable  and  most 

height  of  40  or  50  fe^t  and  n- /''°"^"-  ^\  ff^ows  to  the 
the  size  of  a  child's  head  nlf'  ''"''1'  a  nutritious  fruit  of 
produce  of  tlTree  trees  will        '"  ^"'^'^  abundance,  that  the 

9.  These  islands  Drodn.nT-"'  ^  "^^"  ^'"'  «  year. 
nce,co#ee,,u;rr,etC^^^^^^^  and'abound  in 

a  varieur  of  tropical  fruits         '  ^^^°''  *""''"''*'  '"So.  and 

^a/^I'Uttr;^^r.rd^t's^A^^^^  r-'  »«*,  the 
ern  Archipelago  and  Snio-P  ^^"^ /'''"P^S^'out  the  East- 
/»«?««„  race,  who  form  rh/-"''  "."'^  ^^^'V'  ^he  JVc^ro  or 

of  Australia,7nd  ^e  %l^Zl^^^^■  ^'^''  ""^  '^'  Popu^lation 
islands.  ^  ^'^^  ^<^»nJ  '«  many  of  the  other 

daJLL\%Spti;i;n°7n'deS?  ^""^^  of  a  tawny  or 
their  condition  and  cha"actpfL."  ^on^'derable  diversity  in 

7.  What  trees  abound  >    8    Whl\-       -^  ^;  Animals  ? 
,?•  ^J»t  producUons ?•   10.  What  \Z\f  ^t^^.'-^^^d-fruit  tree  ? 
n.  What  L  said  of  the  Malay  rac«  inhabitants  ? 


'.■f^m^^^Tvz^ 


OCEANICA. 


lao 


extremely  bnihnroufl,  nnd  in  some  instances,  cannibals. 
The  inhii()itant8  of  Polynesia  are  pagans  ;  those  of  the  East- 
ern Archipelago,  partly  pagans  and  partly  Mohometans. 

12.  Iho  Papuan  race  are  smaller  than  the  African  nc- 
proes,  and  not  so  black.  They  are  the  most  degraded  of 
the  human  species ;  and  seem  incapable  of  acquirinff  tho 
habits  and  feelings  of  civilized  men. 

Eastern  Ahchipelago. 
Orang-Outang. 


13.  The  islands  of  the  Eastern  Archipelago,  -which  are 
also  called  the  ^atic  Islands,  the  East  India  Islands,  and 
Aorthwest  Oceanica,  comprise  five  divisions  or  clusters, 
namely,  tho  Sunda  or  Sumatra  Islands,  Borneo,  the  PhUip- 
pine  Islands,  Celebes,  and  the  Moluccas. 

14.  These  islands  supply  other  parts  of  the  world  with 
various  snices,  or  aromatic  luxuries,  as  pepper,  cinnamon, 
doves,  and  nutmegs.  Some  of  the  other  productions  are  rice, 
stigar,  cotton,  coffee,  camphor,  benzoin,  sago,  cocoa,  cassia,  and 
edible  birds'  nests. 

15.  Sunda  Isles.  —  Sumd'tra,  the  largest  of  the  Sunda 
Isles,  is  fertile,  but  mountainous,  and  contains  the  elevated 
mountain  of  Ophir. 

16.  This  island  is  chiefly  in  the  possession  of  the  natives  • 
but  the  English  have  a  small  settlement  at  Bencoo'len. 


18.  The  Papuan  race?    13.  What  does  the  Eastern  Archipelago 

comprise  ?    14.  What  are  some  of  their  noted  produ  Uions ' 
15.  What  is  said  of  Sumatra  ^    li^^  In  whose  possession  is  jt ' 


IDO 


OCEANIC  A, 


17.  Ja'rfl,  the  other  great  island  of  this  cluster,  belongs 
to  the  Dutch,  an<l  in  bo  fruitful  ia  rice,  thnt  it  has  been 
■ometirnes  styled  the  Grunary  of  the  East. 

IS.  The  interior  iij  mountainous  ^  but  the  coasts  are  low 
and  marshy ;  and  the  climate  hero  is  very  unhealthy. 

19.  Bata'via,  in  the  northwest  part  of  Java,  is  the  capital 
of  all  the  Dutch  East  India  possessions,  and,  on  account  of 
its  former  splendor  and  great  commerce,  was  styled  the 
Queen  of  the  East. 

20.  Ban'ca,  an  island  lying  east  of  Sumatra,  also  belongs 
to  the  Dutch,  and  is  noted  for  its  rich  tin  mines. 

21.  Borneo.  Bor^nto,  the  largest  island  in  the  world,  ex- 
cept New  Holland,  and  perhaps  also  New  Guinea,  is  800 
miles  long,  and  700  broad  ;  but  it  has  been  little  explored, 
and  is  little  known. 

23.  It  is  noted  for  a  species  of  ape  called  the  orar^- 
oiUangf  an  animal  which  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  the 
human  species. 

28.  Philippine  or  Manilla  Islands.  — The  Philip'pine 
Islands  belong  to  Spain.  The  two  largest  art  Luzon'  and 
Mindana'Oy  both  of  which  are  very  fertile  ;  and  the  former  is 
remarkable  for  volcanoes. 

24.  ManU'la,  on  the  west  coast  of  Luzon,  is  the  capital 
of  the  Spanish  East  India  possessions,  and  has  heretofore 
been  a  place  of  much  commerce. 

25.  Celebes. —  Cd'ebss,  a  large  island,  remarkable  for  its 
irregular  form  and  fine  scenery,  belongs  partly  to  the  na- 
tives, and  partly  to  the  Dutch. 

26.  The  Moluccas — The  Moluc'cas^  called  also  the 
Spwe  Islands,  belong  to  the  Dutch.  The  most  important 
islands  are  GUo'lo  and  Ceramf,  the  two  largest ;  Jlinbo^na, 
noted  for  cloves  j  Ban'da,  for  nutmegs. 

Australia. 

27.  Australia  or  Australnsiay  called  also  Central  Oceamca, 
comprises  JSTew  Holland,  Pao'iia  or  JVtw  Guin'ea,  Van  Dii'- 
nun's Land,  JSTeto  Biit'ain,  JVetv Ire'land,  JVeto Caledonia,  Xew 
Heb'n-des,  Mto  Zea'land,  and  other  smaller  islands. 

23.  Mw  Holland,  which  is  about  three  fourths  as  large 
ae  Europe,  and  is  sometimes  styled  a  conlinent,  was  first 


17.  What  is  said  of  Java?    18.  What  of  the  surface  and  climate  ? 
19.  Batavia?    ao.  Banca?    21.  Borneo? 

82.  For  what  is  it  noted?  23.  Philippine  islands?  24.  Manilla? 
25.  Celebes?  26.  MoLiccas?  27.  What  does  Australia 
comprise  r    83.  What  is^id  of  New  Holland ' 


OCEA.NICA. 
TVte  Kunguroo. 


101 


di8covero4|by  the  Dutch,  in  1^05  ;  and  the  most  of  it  is  yet 
unexplorea. 

29.  The  natives  of  New  Holland,  as  well  as  of  most  oth- 
er parts  of  Australia,  are  the  most  degraded  and  barbarous 
of  the  human  species.  They  wear  little  or  no  clothing, 
have  no  form  or  government,  and  are  destitute  of  all  the 
comforts  of  civilized  life. 

30.  The  coasts  are  extremely  diversified ;  and  the  for- 
ests are  said  to  be  inferior  in  majesty  to  tho8e  of  America, 
and  in  variety  and  elegance  to  those  of  Asia. 

81.  The  quadrupeds  are  different  from  those  of  any  other 
part  of  the  world,  and  are  mostly  of  the  opossum  species. 
One  of  the  largest  and  most  celebrated  is  the  kanguroo,  an 
elegant  animal,  which  is  sometimes  6  feet  long,  and  is  re- 
markable for  the  shortness  of  its  fore  legs,  and  for  the 
abdominal  pouch  of  the  female,  for  the  protection  of  its 
young. 

82.  New  Holland  is  celebrated  chiefly  for  the  English 
Colony,  in  JVeu;  South  JVales,  in  the  southeast  part,  formed 
by  the  transportation  of  convicts  from  Great  Britain. 

33.  This  colony  was  begun,  in  1787,  and  contained,  in 
1886,  70,000  inhabitants,  about  two  fifths  of  whom  were 
convicts. 

34.  The  climate  of  the  country  occupied  by  the  colony, 

—  ■I  '■'■11       '  l....^       ■■■II..II—  I.I  — IM^—  IN  I  —  ..  ■'      ■  H  II 

29.  What  of  the  natives  ?    30.  What  of  the  coasts  and  forests  ? 
31.  Quadrupeds,  and  kanguroo?    32.  For  what  is  New  Holland 

chiefly  celebrated  ?    .33.  ^Vhat  is  said  of  this  colony  ? 
34.  What  of  the  climate  and  soil .' 
17» 


193 


OCEANICA. 


is  temperate  and  hea.thy  ;  nnJ  much  of  the  soil  is  fertile  • 
and  agriculture  and  other  useful  arts  have  mude  considera- 
ble progress. 

35.  Sydney,  the  capital  of  the  colony,  is  situated  on  the 
bay  of  Fort  Jackson,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  is  a  consid 
erable  and  flourishing  town,  an(i  has  many  useful  establish 
ments. 

36.  A  similar  colony  has  been  established  on  Van  Die'' 
men's  Land,  of  which  the  capital  is  Hoharl  Toum. 

37.  The  great  island  of  JVctv  Guinea  or  Papua,  which  is 
about  1,200  miles  in  length,  and  350  in  breadth,  is  but  little 
known,  and  is  noted  for  the  binis  of  paradise,  which  are  of 
several  kinds,  and  are  among  the  most  beautiful  of  the 
feathered  creation. 

*^3.  JVeto  Zealand,  which  consists  of  two  large  islands,  has 

imperate  climate,  and  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

9.  One  of  the  productions  peculiar  to  New  Zealand,  is 

a  beautiful  and  valuable  species  of /«r,  which  resembles 

silk,  and  has  been  found   to  succeed  in   the  climate  of 

France.  • 

Polynesia. 
Branch  of  the  Bread-fruit  Tree. 


35.  What  is  sai  I  of  Sydney  ?    36,  What  other  similar  colony? 
37.  What  is  said  of  New  Guinea?    38.  New  Zealand  ?    39.  What 
df  the  productions  ?  •  ^       -    -■ 


OCEANICA. 


193 


40.  Polynesia,  or  Eastern  Oceanica,  comprises  the  fol- 
lowing groups  or  clusters  of  islands,  namely,  the  Pelew 
Islanas,  La-drone'  Islands,  Caroli'ms,  Sandwich  Islands, 
Marquesas',  Society  Islands,  Friendly  Islands,  Fejee!  Isl- 
ands, and  Navigator^s  Islands. 

41.  These  are  all  comparatively  small  islands,  widely 
dispersed  in  the  Pacific  ocean,  and  many  of  them  arc  much 
nearer  to  the  western  coast  of  America,  than  to  the  east- 
ern coast  of  Asia. 

42.  The  inhabitants  of  Polynesia  are  of  the  Malay  race, 
of  tawny  or  dark  olive  complexion,  and  some  of  them  are 
di^inguished  for  fine  forms,  regular  features,  and  pleasing 
C(iuntenances. 

43.  The  custom  of  tattooing  prevails  generally  amon" 
them.  It  is  performed  by  pricking  the  skin,  and  staining 
the  punctured  spots  with  a  dark-colored  substance,  and 
thus  forming  lines  and  figures  upon  the  body. 

^  44.  A  great  part  of  these  islands  have  been  discovered 
since  the  middle  of  the  last  century.  When  first  discover- 
ed, the  inhabitants  were  all  pagans,  many  of  them  extreme- 
ly barbarous,  and  even  cannibals  ;  but  they  have,  in  some 
instances,  shown  great  readiness  in  adopting  the  improve- 
ments of  civiiized'life  ;  and  in  no  other  part  of  the  world 
have  the  labors  of  Christian  missionaries  been  attended 
with  greater  success. 

45.  The  Sandwich  Islands,  which  are  1 1  in  number,  are 
one  of  the  most  important  of  the  clusters  of  Polynesia,  and 
ore  interesting  on  account  of  the  pro;^ress  which  the  natives 
have  made  in  the  arts,  of  civilized  life,  and  the  great  suc- 
cess which  has  attended  the  labors  of  the  American  mis- 
sionaries among  them. 

46.  Hawai'i  (ha-wi'e),  formerly  called  Owhy'ee,  one  of 
the  Sandwich  Islands,  and  the  largest  island  in  Polyne- 
sia, is  97  miles  long,  and  78  broad,  and  is  noted  for  the 
death  of  the  celebrated  navigator  captain  Cook. 

47.  Many  parts  of  it  are  fertile  and  populous,  but  a  por- 
tion is  mountainous  ;  and  it  has  peaks  so  elevated  as  to  bo 
always  covered  wi4h  snow. 

48.  The  Society  Islands  have  attracted  much  notice,  and 
the  inhabitants,  through  the  influence  of  the  English  mis- 

40.  What  does  Polynesia  comprise?  41.  What  is  said  of  these 
islands  ?  42.  Inhabitants  ?  43.  What  of  the  custom  of  tat- 
tooing 1    44.  What  is  said  of  the  discovery  of  the  islandsr, 


and  the  condition  of  the  inhabitants.'' 
45.  What  is  said  of  the  Sandwich  Islands  .' 
and  surfacb  ?    48.  Society  Islands  ? 


40.  Hawaii?    47.  Soil 


194 


QCEANiCA. 


sionaries,  have  been  persuaded  to  renounce  idolatry  and 
embrace  Christianity. 

49.  Otahei'te,  or  Tahi'ti  (ta-he'te),  the  largest  of  the  So- 
ciety Islands,  is  about  100  miles  in  circumference,  and  has 
an  uneven  and  mountainous  surface,  but  is  very  fertile. 

50.  Pitcairii's  Island,  a  small  island,  southeast  of  the  So- 
ciety Islands,  is  remarkable  for  having  been  settled  by  Eng- 
lish mutineers,  and  for  the  interesting  character  of  their 
descendants. 


49.  What  is  said  of  Otaheite  ?    50,  Pitcairn's  Island  ? 


See  Map  of  Asia.  — What  are  the  principal  islands  in  the  Eastern 

Archipelago  ?     What  ones  are  crossed  by  the  equator  ? 
How  is  Borneo  situated  ?    Sumatra  ?     Java  ?    Celebes  ?    Luzon  ? 

Mindanao?    Gilolo?    Aniboyna?    I3anca  ? 
Where  is  the  strait  of  Malacca  ?   Strait  of  Sunda  ?  Macassar  strait  ? 
How  is  the  town  of  Batavia  situated  ?    Bencoolcn  ?    Manilla  ? 

Macassar  ?    How  does  the  tropic  of  Capricorn  intersect  New 

Holland  ? 
Where  is  New  South  Wales  ?    The  gulf  of  Carpentaria  ?    Torres 

Straits  ?    Bass's  Straits  ?     Port  Jackson  and  Botany  Bay  ? 

Sydney?    Van  Piemen's  Land?    Papua  or  New  Guinea? 

New  Britain  ?    New  Ireland  ?    Pelew  Islands  ?    Ladrone 

Islands  ?    Carolinas  ? 


See  Map  of  the  World.  —  How  is  New  Zealand  situated  f 

What  straits  divide  the  two  islands  of  New  Zealand  ? 

How  is  New  Caledonia  situated  ?    New  Hebrides  ? 

Which  of  the  islands  of  Polynesia  are  nearest  to  America  ? 

How  are  the  Sandwich  Islands  situated?  The  Society  Islands? 
The  Marquesas  ?  The  Friendly  Islands  ?  Navigator's  Isl- 
and ?  Mulgrave's  Islands?  Hawaii?  Otaheiti  ?  Pitcairn'i 
Island  ? 


AFRICA. 


Cleopatra^s  Needle. 


Pompey^s  Pillar, 


1.  Africa  has  been  known  and  peopled  from  the  remotest 
antiquity  ;  and  it  includes  Egypt,  which  has  been  styled 
the  Cradle  of  Learning;  yet,  notwithstanding  its  ancient 
celebrity,  and  its  vicinity  to  those  parts  of  the  world  which 
are  most  famous  in  history,  it  is  far  the  least  known,  the 
least  civilized,  and  the  least  important  of  the  four  quarters 
of  the  globe. 

2.  It  consists  of  a  vast  peninsula,  connected  with  Asia  by 
the  low,  sandy  isthmus  of  Suez,  which  lies  between  the 
Mediterranean  and  the  Red  Sea,  and  is  75  English  miles 
wide. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  causes  which  have  prevented 
its  being  better  known  and  more  civilized,  will  be  found 
in  its  natural  form  and  features  :  it  has  few  large  and  navi- 


Africa.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Africa?  2.  Of  what  does  it  consist? 
S.  What  onuses  have  Dicventcd  its  bcinf  more  known  and  ciyilized' 


196 


AFRICA. 


gable  livers,  or  good  harbors  ;  no  gulf  or  inland  sea  peno 
tratea  Into  the  interior;  and  the  extent  of  its  deserts,  and 
nature  of  its  climate,  as  well  as  the  savage  character  of  its 
inhabitants,  render  it  difficult  to  be  explored. 

4.  As  much  as  three  fourths  of  Africa  lie  in  the  torrid 
zone  ;  and  it  is  distinguished  as  the  hottest  portion  of  the 
globe. 

5.  The  most  remarkable  capes  are  Cape  Bon  and  Cape 
Serra  in  the  north,  Guar'dafui  ia  the  east,  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  in  the  south,  and  Cape  Verd  in  the  west. 

6.  The  two  most  celebrated  rivers  are  the  Nile  and  the 
At^cr  (ni'jer);  others  of  less  note  are  the  Sen'egdl,  Gam 

■J    '^u^  "''•  ^^^S^y  Orange,  and  Cua'ma  or  Zambese. 

7.  The  Nile,  the  most  celebrated  river  on  the  globe,  is 
formed  by  two  principal  branches,  one  of  which  rises  in 
Abyssmia,  and  the  other  in  the  country  to  the  southwest 
It  passes  through  Nubia  and  Egypt,  and  after  a  course  of 
about  2,500  miles,  it  flows  into  the  Mediterranean  by  two 
principal  mouths.  It  is  only  about  a  third  of  a  mile  in 
width  ;  and  after  the  junction  of  the  Tacaz'ze,  it  flows 

Q^Ui^^^^r"''®"^  without  being  joined  by  any  large  stream. 

».  1  he  Ni'ger  rises  near  the  sources  of  the  Senegal  and 
fjrambia,  and  after  a  cour  o  of  about  3,000  miles,  flows  into 
the  gulf  of  Benin  by  several  mouths.  The  termination  of 
this  river,  which  was  long  a  mysterious  and  difficult  prob- 
lem in  geography,  was  ascertained  by  two  Britons  of  the 
name  of  Lander,  in  1830. 

9.  The  principal  islands  are  Madagaa'car,  Soco'lra, 
MaurVhusy  and  Bour'bon,  on  the  east ;  the  Cana'riea,  Ma- 
det'ra,  the  Azores',  Cape  Verd  Islands,  and  St,  Hele'na,  on 
the  west.  ' 

10.  The  most  noted  mountains  are  the  .Atlas  Mountains 
in  the  north,  the  Mountains  of  the  Moon  and  the  Kong 
Mountatna  in  the  central  part,  Table  Mountain  near  the 
Sand^"  ^^^^  ""^  Tenfri^c  on  one  of  the  Canary 

11.  A  remarkable  feature  of  Africa  consists  in  its  im- 
mense sandy  and  barren  deserts,  which  abound  in  different 
parts ;  but  the  desert  of  Sdh'ara,  or  Za'ara,  is  the  largest 
and  most  celebrated.  " 

12.  Africa  has  few  lakes,  and  a  great  part  of  it  suffers  for 


What  capes: 


4.  What  portion  lies  in  the  torrid  zone  ?    5  V\ 

2'  wu*!  'T'^^  \  l\^Jl''^  '«  '*'^  of  the  Nile  ?    8.  'Mger  ? 
9.  What  islands  ?    10-  Mountains  ?    11.  What  forms  a  remarkable 
fcature?    12.  What  of  lakes  and  soil  I" 


AFRICA. 


1D7 


want  of  water  ;  but  the  soil  of  those  parts  which  are  well 
watered  is  exceedingly  fertile.  ®" 

IS.  The  leadinff  object  of  European  nations,  in  their  in- 
tercourse with  Africa,  during  the  last  three  centuries   hw 

i/r.tVr''"'''"  "^*''^'  ""*^"^'°"^  ^°*^  crue/traffic',  the 

JJ:  \*»^.P""':'PaI  articles  of  commM-ce  obtained  from 
Africa,  besides  slaves,  are  gold  and  ivory. 

15.  Africa  abounds  in  wild  animals:  and  here  onlv  «r« 
he  tan  the  king  of  animals,  and  the  osUch,  the  laSt  of 

birds,  found  in  therr  perfect  state.  Other  diatinSed 
animals,  are  the  elephant,  giraffe  or  camelopaVd'S^ot. 
«»»«».  camel,  zebra,  buffalo,  and  crocodile.  ''Wopot- 

16.  The  inhabitants,  who  are  mostly  in  the  8ava<re  or 
barbarous  state,  consist  of  various  tribes  ;  but  ino^t  of 
them  may  be  divided  into  two  great  classe's,  nameT  the 
Moors  and  Negroesj  hut  the  Caffres  are  considered  by 
some  as  forming  a  third  great  class,  distinct  from  the  Nc^ 

17.  The  Moors  are  found  chiefly  in  the  northern  nnrt 
and  are  Mahometans.    They  are  of  swarthy  or  copper  ?om- 
plexion  ;  of  barbarous  habits  and  manners  j  and  of  peSi 
ous  and  sanguinary  character.  '  pernai- 

k  !?:  T??  Negroes  are  chiefly  j9rtg-on»,  and  have  the  iisiml 
habits  of  barbarous  or  savage  life."  They  are  possessed  of 
less  activity,  information,  and  vigor  oY  mind  than  th* 
Moors  ;  but  are  more  gentle,  faithful,  and  affectionate 

19.  Africa  may  b3  comprised  under  the  followino-  eeneral 
divisions  ;  Egypt,  Nubia,  and  Myssinia,  in  the  nSrfheast  J 

13.  What  has  been  the  leading  obiect  of  Europeans  in  their  inter- 
course  with  Africa?  14.  What  are  tfie  chief  art  des  of 
commerce?    ^   What  is  said  of  the  animals?    ?6.  thab- 

iQ  wu*^^^-.  ■^^'  Y^^"^  "  '*'*'  °f  the  Moors?  18.  TheNeeraes? 
19.  What  divisions  does  Africa  comprise  ?  '^    ^ "«  r^egroes . 


^^^^"■PofMnca.  -  What  oceans  and  seas  border  on  Africa  ? 
What  straits  ?    Where  is  the  island  of  Madagascar  ?   The  Comorro 
Islands?    Canary  Islands?    Madeira?    St  Helena V 

ot AfH;;  l\r^^  "^»  ^"r^l  "^^^^  '«  thrShem  cape 
WKf-'^u    The  eastern?    The  northern  ^    The  westeri? 
«7u  .  ^'^**  *^  ^h®  ''^"'^fi  o^  the  Nile  ?    The  JVi^e  " 

Where  are  the  Atlas  mountains  ?  The  Mountains  of  the  Moon  ' 
The  Kong  mountains?  Where  is  lake  Tchad  ?  Lake  Mai 
Ta\    wS^^"'"'r^'    H«w  is  the  Desert  of  Sahara  sit  J- 

ated  ?      What  nnnnf  rioa  cm  ;..  <l .u  ./•»«..       .      .       . 

east?    The  south?    The  west?    The  centyalpwlt  ?  • 


196 


AFRICA, 


the  Bwhary  States,  in  the  north ;  Western  Africa ;  Cen- 
tral  Mriea;  Southern  Africa;  Southeastern  Africa  i  anU 
the  African  Islands. 

EGYPT. 

Cairo, 


1.  Egypt,  celebrated  for  its  great  antiquity,  and  for  hav- 
ing preceded  all  other  countries  in  civilization,  and  in  im- 
provement in  the  arts,  has  been  styled  the  Cradle  of  Learn- 
ing ;  and  it  still  contains  numerous  monuments  of  its  early 
magnificence  and  refinement. 

2.  It  is  divided  into  Upper  Egypt  and  Lower  I^ypt;  the 
former  lies  south  of  Cairo  ;  and  the  latter  is  situated  be- 
tween Cairo  and  the  Mediterranean,  and  is  called  the 
Delta. 

3.  The  term  Delta  (the  name  of  the  fourth  letter  of  the 
Greek  alphabet,  which  is  of  the  shape  of  a  triangle),  is 
applied  to  an  alluvial  tract  of  land,  of  a  triangular  form, 
overflowed  and  fertilized  by  the  Nile,  which  here  divides 
itself  into  several  channels.  • 

4.  The  valuable  part  of  Upper  Egypt  is  a  belt  of  land  net 
generally  more  than  four  or  five  miles  wide,  lying  on  botji 

Egypt.  —  1 .  What  is  said  of  Egypt  ?    2.  How  is  it  divided  ? 
3  What  is  the  Delta  ?    4.  Of  what  does  the  valuable  part  of  Upper 
Egypt  consist ' 


EGYPT. 


109 


sides  of  the  Nile,  enclosed  betweeu 
tains,  which  are  bordered  by  deserts. 


two  ridges  of  moun 


5.  The  only  river  of  Egypt  is  the  celebrated  At7e,  which 
forrns  the  raost  remarkable  feature  of  the  country,  and  to 
which  it  owes  nearly  all  its  fertility. 

6.  This  river  annually  passes  its  banks,  and  overspreads 
the  alluvial  land  bordering  upon  it  like  a  sea,  carrying  with 
its  waters  a  fertilizing  mud  ;  and  almost  all  the  country 
that  is  not  thus  inundated,  is  barren,  and  a  great  part  of 
it  consists  of  sandy  deserts. 

7.  The  lands  which  are  inundated  are  celebrated  for 
their  fertility,  are  cultivated  with  great  ease,  and  produce 
corn  and  rice  in  equal  perfection. 

8.  Some  of  the  principal  productions  l)esides  rice,  toheatf 
and  other  kinds  of  grain,  are  sugar-cane,  cotton,  flax,  indigo, 
and  a  variety  of  fruits,  particularly  dates,  which  afford  the 
chief  subsistence  to  a  great  many  of  the  inhabitants. 

9.  The' climate  is  peculiarly  characterized  by  an  almost 
entire  absence  of  rat'n,  the  falling  of  even  a  few  drops  being 
a  rare  occurrence.  The  temperature  and  appearance  of 
the  country  at  some  si^asons  are  delightful ;  yet  the  sum- 
mers are  very  hot,  and  the  ravages  of  the  plague  frequent. 

10.  The  Great  and  Little  Cyases,  which  are  fertile  tracts 
in  the  midst  of  the  desert,  are  situated  to  the  west  of  "Siut 
and  Dendera. 

11.  The  inhabitants  are  much  subject  to  the  ophthalmia,  a 
severe  disease  affecting  the  eyes  3  and  in  the  spring  they 
are  oflen  annoyed  by  the  simoom  or  samielj  a  hot,  suffocat- 
ing wind  from  the  desert. 

12.  The  language  chiefly  spoken  in  Egypt  is  the  Arabic , 
and  about  two  thirds  of  the  inhabitants  are  Arabs,  who  are 
Mahometans.  The  other  inhabitants  are  Copts,  who  are 
descended  from  the  ancient  Egyptians,  and  profess  Chris-' 
tianity  y  also  Turks  and  Jews,  wno  are  found  mostly  in  the 
cities. 

13.  Egypt  has  been  considered,  in  modern  times,  as  form- 
ing a  part  of  the  Turkish  or  Ottoman  empire  ;  and  it  has 
been  governed  by  a  pacha  in  the  name  of  the  Forte  ;  but 
Mohammed  Ali  Pacha,  some  years  since,  renounced  allegi- 
ance to  the  sultan. 


5.  What  river  in  Egypt  ?    6.  What  is  said  of  its  inundation  ? 

7.  What  of  the  lands  inundated  ?    8.  What  is  said  of  the  produC' 

tions  ?    9.  Climate  ?     10.  Great  and  Little  Oases  ? 
11.  &v  what  are  the  inhabitants  afflicted  ? 

1%  What  are  the  language  and  inhabitants  ?    13.  How  is  Egypt 
governed  ? 

i8 


300 


EGYPT. 


14.  Egypt  abounds  in  stupendous  monuments  of  antiquity, 
VApyramiday  obelisks,  temples,  and  cataconAs. 

15.  l^he  pyramids,  which  were  accounted  by  the  ancients 
one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world,  are  the  most  re- 
markable monuments  of  ancient  art  that  now  exist,  and  are 
alike  famous  for  their  size  and  antiquity.  History  furnishes 
no  authentic  information  respecting  the  time  or  the  object 
of  their  erection. 

16.  Cai'ro,  or  Grand  Cai'ro,  the  capital  of  modern 
Egypt,  is  the  largest  city  in  Africa,  and  carries  on  an  ej?- 
tensive  trade  with  the  mterior  of  the  continent,  and  with 
Asia,  by  means  of  caravans.  The  streets  are  very  narrow 
and  dirty,  and  the  houses  mostly  very  mean  j  but  there 
are  many  magnificent  mosques. 

17.  Ahxawdria,  once  a  great  city,  and  distinguished  as  a 
seat  of  learning  and  commerce,  and  famous  for  its  Pharos 
or  light-house,  is  now  greatly  reduced.  It  exhibits  inter- 
esting remains  of  ancient  grandeur,  as  Pompey^s  PiUat, 
Cleopatra's  Needles,  and  the  Catacombs. 

18.  DamieVta  and  RoseVta,  on  the  two  principal  mouths 
of  the  Nile,  are  noted  for  commerce  ;  Abukir',  for  the  vic- 
tory of  Lord  Nelson  j  Smz,  for  its  situation  at  the  north 
end  of  the  Red  Sea,  on  the  isthmus  to  which  it  gives  name. 

19.  GiVge  is  noted  as  the  capital  of  Upper  Egypt ;  Cos- 
siir',  on  the  Red  Sea,  for  its  former  commercial  impor- 
tance ;  Siut  (se-oot'),  As'na,  and  Ed'fu,  as  considerable 
towns ;  Sye'ne,  as  the  one  farthest  south  j  Thebes,  Den'- 
dera,  and  many  other  places,  for  magnificent  ruins. 

NUBIA. 

J.  Nubia  is  an  extensive  country,  watered  by  the  Nile 
and  its  branches  ;  and  it  comprises  several  kingdoms  or 
states,  of  which  the  principal  are  Sennaar'  and  Dongo'la. 

2.  The  country  is  but  little  known,  and  its  boundaries  are 
not  well  defined  ;  but  it  contains  some  magnificent  remains 
of  temples  and  other  ancient  monuments. 


14.  In  what  does  it  abound  ?  15.  What  is  said  of  the  Pyramids  ? 
16.  Cairo  ?  17.  Alexandria  ?  18.  Damietta,  Roselta,  Abu- 
kir, and  Suez  ?    19.  What  towns  in  Upper  Egypt  ? 

NoBiA.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Nubia."    2.  What  is  mentioned  of 
the  country  ? 


See  Map  JVo.  X.  —  How  is  Egypt  bounded  ?  How  does  the  Nile 
intersect  it  ?  How  is  Cairo  situated .'  Alexandria  ?  Dami- 
etta?  Rosetta.'  Suez."  Cosseir?  Syene.'  The  Pyramidr ' 
Thebes  ?    Girge  ?    What  other  towns  on  the  Nile  ? 


NUBIA. 


SOI 


3.  The  soil  on  the  borders  of  the  rivers  id  fertile ;  but 
most  of  the  country  consists  of  barren,  sandy,  and  stony 
deterts  ;  and  the  climate  is  very  hot. 

4.  Dong&la  is  noted  as  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  the 
same  name  ;  Shen'dy,  as  a  considerable  town  :  Ebsam'bul, 
for  an  ancient  temple  cut  out  of  solid  rock. 

5.  Sennaar',  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Sennaar,  was 
formerly  a  large  city,  but  it  is  now  almost  in  ruins  ;  Sua'- 
kemy  once  a  large  commercial  port,  is  now  greatly  reduced. 


ABYSSINIA. 

1.  Abvssinia,  which  lies  west  of  the  Red  Sea  and  the 
straits  of  Babelmandel,  and  contains  the  eastern  sources  of 
the  Nile,  is  a  country  of  considerable  celebrity,  though  it 
has  been  visited  by  few  modern  travellers,  and  is  but  little 
known. 

2.  It  is  an  elevated  and  mountainous  country,  and  much 
of  It  is  well  watered  and  fertile  j  and  it  is  rich  in  animal 
and  vegetabje  productions. 

3.  The.  climate,  on  account  of  the  elevation  of  the  coun- 
try, the  streams  of  water,  and  rains,  is  much  cooler  than 
that  of  Egypt. 

4.  The  Jbyssinians  have  professed  Christianity  from  an 
early  period,  and  are  of  the  Eutychian  sect ;  but  they  are 
extremely  ignorant ;  the  art  of  printing  is  not  in  use  among 
them  ;  and  copies  of  the  Bible  are  very  rare.  They  are  of 
a  dark  olive  complexion,  and  are  noted  for  their  singular 
and  barbarous  customs. 

5.  Besides  the  Christians  of  Abyssinia,  the  country  is 
inhabited  by  several  pagan  nations,  as  the  Gallaa  and  ^an- 
gallaty  who  are  far  more  noted  for  their  ferocious  manners 
and  savage  customs. 

6.  Gon'oar,  the  chief  town  of  Abyssinia,  is  situated  on 


3.  What  is  said  of  the  soil  and  climate  ?    4.  Dongola,  Shendy,  and 
fibsambul  ?    5.  Sennaar  and  Suakem .' 

Abyssinia.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Abyssinia?     2.   What  of  the 
surface  and  soil .'    3.  What  is  said  of  the  climate  ?    4.  The 
-  ,,..  Abyssinians .'    5,  What  other  inhabitants  of  the  country  ? 
6.  WhatissaidofGondar,  &c. 


See  Mmt  JVb.  XT.  —  What  is  the  situation  of  Nubia  ?  The  country 
of  Dongola .'    Sennaar  ?    By  what  river  is  Nubia  watered  .' 
How  IS  tlie  town  of  Dongola  situated.'    Sennaar .>    EbsambuP 
Shendv  ?    Suakem  ?    Ihvim  ? 


ABYSSINIA. 


the  northenst  part  oflako  Dembe'a,  id  said  to  contain  100 
churches,  ^x'um  is  noted  as  the  ibrmer  capital ;  Mas'uah, 
as  tho  principal  port. 

BARDARY  STATES. 

Mgiera, 


1.  Barbary  is  a  name  given  to  an  extensive  country  in 
the  north  of  Africa,  which  is  situated  between  the  desert  of 
Sahara  and  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  and  comprises  Mo- 
roe'eo,  Mgi€r$\  Tu'nit,  Trip'oli,  and  Bar'ea. 

3.  This  country  occupied  a  much  more  conspicuous  place 
in  the  ancient  world,  than  it  has  done  in  the  modern  :  it 
contained  the  powerful  and  commercial  state  of  Carthage, 
and  several  others  of  less  importance  ;  but  in  latter  times 
it  has  been  noted  as  a  seat  of  barbarism  and  piracy. 

3.  Its  most  remarkable  natural  feature  consists  in  the 
Mlaa  Mountains,  a  long  and  elevated  range,  which  lies 

Barbarv  States.  —  1.  What  does  Barbary  comprise  ? 
8.  What  is  said  of  its  ancient  and  modern  condition  ? 
3.  What  is  said  of  the  Atlas  mountains  ? 


See  Map  No.  X.  —  How  is  Abyssinia  situated  ?     Where  is  lakf 
Dembea  ?     What  branches  of  the  Nile  rise  in  Abyssinia  ? 
What  other  river  ?    How  is  Gondir  situated  ?    Masuah  and  Ar 
ki'ko?    Axura?    Anlalo?      Vhat  other  towns  ? 


BARBARY  STATES. 


^M 


north  of  ilio  Great  Desert,  and  which  ancient  fuble  rcpro- 
Bcnted  as  the  prop  of  the  heavens. 

4.  The  cultivated  part  of  Barbary  comprises  a  tract  of 
country  from  50  to  200  miles  wide,  situated  between  the 
Atlas  range  and  the  sea,  watered  by  numerous  streams 
from  the  mountains,  and  distinguished  for  its  fertility. 

5.  The  cUmute  is  temperate,  pleasant,  and  generally 
healthv  ;  yet  the  country  is  exposed  to  the  most  calamitous 
visitations  of  the  plague. 

6.  Some  of  the  principal  productions  and  exports  aro 
nunze,  and  other  kinds  of  grain ;  ivory,  ostrich  feathers,  Mo- 
rocco  leathery  al^(i  fruits,  particularly  dates. 

7.  The  locust  is  a  formidable  insect  of  this  country,  and 
often  appears  in  immense  swarms,  making  the  most  de- 
structive ravages. 

8.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  four  classes  ;  1st,  Moors, 
who  are  the  ruling  people,  and  form  most  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  cities ;  2dly,  Jetos,  who  live  in  the  cities  and 
have  the  management  of  the  trade  ;  3dly,  Arabs,  who  lead 
a  pastoral  life ;  4thly,  Berbers  or  Brebers,  who  live  in  the 
mountainous  parts,  and  are  supposed  to  be  descended  from 
the  original  inhabitants,  and  from  whom  the  name  of  Bat 
hary  is  said  to  be  derived. 

9.  The  prevailing  religion  of  Barbary  is  Mahometanism  ; 
and  the  government  a  barbarous  despotism. 

10.  Morocco.  — The  empire  of  Morocco,  which  is  much 
the  largest  of  the  Barbary  States,  and  comprises  a  part  of 
ancient  Mauritania,  lies  in  the  northwest  of  Africa,  and  is 
noted  for  a  kind  of  leather  called  morocco. 

11.  MoBoc'co,  the  capital,  is  situated  upwards  of  100  miles 
from  the  sea.  It  is  the  usual  residence  of  the  emperor, 
carries  on  a  trade  with  Tombuctoo',  and  was  once  a  very 
large  and  populous  city,  but  is  now  decayed.  Meq'uinez 
Onek'e-nez),  further  in  the  interior,  is  sometimes  the  resi- 
aence  of  the  emperor. 

12.  Fez,  formerly  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  the  same 
name,  is  now  noted  as  a  considerable  city  ;  Mogadore',  as 
the  chief  seat  of  European  commerce  j  Tangier',  as  the 
residence  of  European  consuls ;  Ceu'ta,  as  a  seaport  be- 
longing to  Spain  ;  Rabat/,  Larache!  (la-rash'),  and  Tdfuan, 
as  considerable  ports. 


What  is  said  of  the  cultivated  part  ?  5.  Climate  ?  6.  Produc- 
tions and  exports?  7.  The  locust?  8.  Inhabitants?  9. 
Religion  and  government  ? 

What  IS  said  of  the  empire  of  Morocco  ?  11.  The  cities  of 
Morocco  and  Meoninez  ?    12.  What  other  towns  ? 


10. 


18* 


urn 


BARBARY  STATES. 


18.  Aloiehs.  —The  country  of  Alffiers,  which  ig  now  in 
the  possession  of  France,  has  heretofore  been  the  most  no- 
teU  of  all  the  Barbary  States  for  naval  strength  and  for  oi- 
racy.  *^ 

14.  Ar.oiEHs',  the  capital,  a  city  long  noted  for  pirn- 
*y>  »nd  taken  by  the  French  in  1880,  is  built  on  the  side  of 
«  bill,  with  the  houses  rising  in  the  form  of  an  nmphithea- 
irej  and  it  prcsfnts  a  fine  spectacle  from  the  sea. 

16.  ConstantVui.,  the  capital  of  the  eastern  province,  and 
we  second  town  in  size,  is  noted  for  its  capture  by  the 
French  in  1837;  Tremccen',  as  the  capital  ot  the  western 
province  ;  Oran',  as  a  place  of  -strength. 

16.  Tunis.—  The  country  of  Tunis  includes  the  site  of 
ancient  Carthage,  and  contains  many  monuments  of  an- 
cient magnificence. 

*^'  Tu'nis,  the  capital,  situated  near  the  site  of  ancient 
Carthage,  is  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  Africa,  and  the 
most  commercial  one  in  Barbary. 

18.  Tripoli Trip'oli,   the  capital  of  the  state  of 

1  ripoli,  has  a  good  harbor  and  considerable  commerce,  nnd 
"J°;FP^y  concerned  in  the  caravan  trade  with  the  interior 
of  Africa. 

19.  Barca.  —  Barca  contains  the  site  of  the  ancient  city 

i^?'*** »  ^"'  '^  mostly  a  desert.  Its  chief  towns  are  Deme 
and  Btngd'zi. 

^  n  J  *^^^^^-  --  Pezzan',  which  lies  south  of  Tripoli,  is  a 
small  but  fertile  country,  surrounded  by  deserts  ;  Mourzouk! 
(moor-zook'),  the  capital,  is  noted  as  a  centre  of  the 
caravan  trade  of  Africa. 


13.  What  is  said  of  the  country  of  Algiers?    14.  What  of  the  city  ? 

15.  What  other  towns  ?  16.  What  is  said  of  the  country  of  Tu- 
nis  ?  17.  The  city  of  Tunis .'  18.  What  is  said  of  Tripoli' 
19.  Barca?    20.  What  is  said  of  Fezzan  and  Mourzouk? 


Se€.  Map  of  Africa.  —  How  is  Morocco  bounded  ?    Algiers  ?   T\ 
nis  ?    Tripoli  ?    Barca  ?     How  is  FezTsan  situated  ?    Bileoui 
fferid  ?    Tafilet  ?    Suz  ?   What  capea  un  the  north  of  Tur ,  ' 
What  gulf  on  the  east?     Where  is  the  gulf  of  Si 
Where  is  tlie  Desert  of  Barca  ?    What  towns  of  Morocco 
are  on  the  northwest  coast  '    What  ones  near  the  straits  of 
Gibraltar.^ 
What  towns  of  Algiers  are  on  the  Mediterranean  ?  Of  Tunis  ?  Of 
Tripoli?    Barca?     How  is  the  city  of  Morocco  situated? 
Fez?    i>::es.l  ez?    Algiers?    Constantina?   Tunis?   Trip- 
oli ?    M  <i  v  uk  ?    What  is  the  situation  of  the  Great  Des- 
ert?   \Vne?t  ia  *j;a  Desert  of  Libya?    Where  is  Berdoa' 
The  Ti'^booi*  r    The  Tuarick  ?    Mongearts  ?    How  is  Auge- 
lasitua^dP    SUtrahi*    Kuku?    Agadei' 


SAHARA,  OR  THE  GREAT  DESERT. 


205 


Sahara,  or  ths  Great  Desert. 

I.  Sih'ara,  or  Zi'nra,  or  tho  Groat  Deaort,  which  lief 
■outh  of  Barbarv,  ia  about  1,000  mMca  broad,  and,  reckon-' 
ing  from  die  Atiautic  to  the  Nih;,  about  3,000  miles  long; 
but  the  name  is  commonly  limited  to  the  main  body,  which 
lies  west  of  Foezfjn,  and  which  is  about  9,000  railea  ii 
length. 

3.  It  is  rrJ.ml  Imji  Mitio  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and 
appears  as  ..  va»t  ooenn  of  scorching  sand,  having  here  and 
there  some  oasr:  or  islenids^  which  atlbrd  water  and  vegeta- 
tion, ttiv'  serve  as  resting  and  watering  piaces  to  the  cara- 
van (,/,  travel  over  it  j  ond  in  some  instances  they  sup- 
port a  number  of  inhabitants. 

8.  This  vast  ami  dreary  abode  of  solitude  and  desolation, 
is  traversed,  for  jHirposes  of  commerce,  by  caraomu,  that 
proceed  from  the  towns  of  Barbary,  and  from  Cairo  in 
Egypt,  conveying  salt,  cloths,  and  various  kinds  of  Ekiro- 
pean  goods  to  Tombuctoo,  Bornou,  and  other  places  in 
Central  Africa,  and  receiving,  in  return,  slaves,  gold,  ivory, 
ostrich  feathorsj  civet,  and  some  other  articles. 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


1 


1.  Western  Africa  comprehends  all  the  countries  eh  the 
coast,  which  lie  between  the  desert  of  Sahara  and  Ber^itg- 
fa?  and  it  is  noted  for  being  tho  principal  theatre  of  that 
inhuman  and  disgraceful  traffic,  tho  slave-trade. 

2.  This  region  includes  many  different  countries  and 
kingdoms.    The  kingdoms  of  Senegamltia  are  in  the  north  ; 
those  of  Guin'ea,  in  tlie  middle ;  and  the  countries  of  Lo 
an'go,  Con'go,  Ango'loy  and  Bengue'la,  in  the  south. 

S.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  JVtg-er,  Sen'eg&l,  Gam'bia, 
Grandj  Mesurd'ao,  and  Zaire  or  Con'go. 

4.  This  region  lies  wholly  within  the  torrid  zone,  and  the 
climc'fh'  extieniely  hot,  and  to  Europeans  very  unhealthy. 

5.  jviuch  of  the  soil  is  exceedingly  fertile  ;  and  the  coun- 
try is  covered  with  a  luxuriant  vegetation. 

€.  This  part  of  Africa  abounds  in  various  animals,  par- 
:iculariy  el^hants,  monkeys,  and  antelopes ;  it  is  also  infested 

Sahara.  — 1.  What  is  the  extent  of  Sahara?    2.  What  is  said 
of  the  surface  ?    3.  What  of  the  caravan  trade  ? 

Western  Africa.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Western  Africa  ? 
2.  What  does  it  include  ?    3.  What  are  the  rivers  ? 
4.  What  is  said  of  ^the  d  tmate  ^    5.  Soil  P    0.  Animals  ? 


206 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


Termites  Ant-HUls. 


by  venomous  insects  and  reptiles ;  and  here  is  found  that 
enormous  serpent  the  hoa  constrictor. 

n*  i"  "i!?"^  P^*"^^  °^  '■^^^  region,  the  ier'miles,  sometimes 
called  vvhite  ants,  construct    their    singular    habitations 
which  they  raise  in  the  form  of  a  pyramid,  in  some  instan' 
ces,  to  the  height  of  15  or  20  feet. 

8.  The  principal  article  of  commerce  consists  of  slaves; 
other  articles  are  gold,  ivory,  and  formerly  Guinea  pepper, 
called  k\bo  grains  of  paradise;  and  from  these,  the  different 
parts  ot  the  coast  of  Guinea  were  named  the  Gold,  Ivory, 
wain,  and  Slave  coasts.  ^ 

9.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  are  Teemboo',  the  chief 
SJ5  %  ^oal^i^s ;  Coomassie',  the  capital  of  Ashantee'; 
^bojney,  of  Dahomey  ;  Beniii',  of  Benin;  Caben'da,  in 
Loango;  Elm'na,  on   the  Gold  coast,  belonging  to  the 

in   'fif"^  Ft,  ^"^^  ^?''^''  belouging  to  the  English. 

10.  I  he  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes  of  neeroes, 
some  ot  the  principal  of  which  are  the  Fdu'lahs,  fal'offs, 
Mandm'goes,  and  Feloups'.  '  *'"*"•*'*' 

««ll:.«To  most  tremendous  scourge  by  which  the  unhappy 
negroes  are  afflicted,  is  the  slave-trade,  which  is  the  cause 
01  me  greatest  enormities,  and  in  consequence  of  which 


7.   What  is  said  nf  tho  lormW^o  a       o     wru-s. »;_!-        i. 

Q   T«^„„-  >"  in~  ";•••■;"        ' '•   ""  "'*>■  sinji^ius  oi  commerce 
y.  lo^vns?    10.  Inhabitaate ?    11.  Slave-trade? 


WESTERN  AFRICA. 


5X07 


vfnrs  are  incessantly  undertaken  to  procure  slaves  for  the 
market. 

12.  Great  exertions  liave  been  made,  particidarly  by  the 
English,  to  abolish  this  infamous  traffic  ;  but  philanthropy, 
«qutty,  and  penal  statutes  have  hitiierto  been  found  but 
feeble  barriers,  when  o}>posed  to  the  cupidity  of  unprinci- 
pled tracers;  and,  to  the  rcproivdi  of  Christendom,  this 
trade  in  negroes  is  still  carriea  on  to  a  great  extent 

13.  In  ^et^ra  Leo'ne,  there  is  an  English  colony  establish- 
ed for  the  benevolent  purpose  of  colonizing  fr«e  negroes, 
and  promoting  the  civilization  of  Africa. 

14.  In  lAbe'iia^  a  siniilar  settlement  was  begun  in  1821  by 
die  American  Colonization  Society,  of  which  the  chief  lowji 

CENTRAL  AFRICA. 
TheLUm. 


1.  Within  l3ie  last  fifly  3rears  ^i«at  efforts  liave  been  made 
td  explore  the  interior  of  Africa  9  and  though  much  ex- 


12.  What  attempts  have  been  made  to  nbolish  it  ?    13.  Sierra  Le- 
one ?    14.  Liberia? 

Centrac  Africa.  —  1 .  What  is  said  «e«pecting  the  discovery  of 
tlie  interior  of  Africa  ? 


SttMaxt  of  .Africa,.  —  Where  are  the  riM«rs  Senegal  and  Gambia  ? 
The  Mesorado  ?    The  Zaire  or  Congo  ? 

What  lountries  are  stkuated  on  an-i  near  thti  Senegal  and  Gambia  ? 

What  countries  lie  north  of  the  giiif  of  iJuinea  ?  What  ones  fur- 
ther south?  Where  is  Kaarta  ?  Fooladoo?  Bene«ela?  Man- 
dingo?  Benin?  Congo?  Sierra  Loone  ?  Angoui?  Liberia? 
Ashantee  ?  Loango?  Biafra?  Dahomey?  How  are  the 
Grain,  Ivory,  Gold,  and  Slave  coasts  situated  ?  How  is  the 
town  of  Benin  situated  ?  Tcemboo  ?  Coomassie  ?  Mon 
royia?     Elmlna  ?    Cape  Coast  Castle  ?     Gabenda  f 


906 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


pense  has  been  incurred,  and  many  lives  sacrificed  in  these 
enterprises,  yet  a  great  jjurt  of  it  is  still  wholly  unknown  to 
the  civilized  world. 

2.  Europoan  travellers  have  partially  explored  the  coun- 
tries which  lie  north  of  the  parallel  of  the  10th  degree  of 
north  latitude  ;  but  further  south  our  knowledge  is  confined 
to  the  countries  which  border  on  the  coast. 

3.  Soudan',  or  Nigrl'tia,  is  a  name  applied  to  an  extensive 
region  in  the  interior,  whic'>  lies  south  of  the  desert  of  Sa- 
hara, and  includes  a  number  of  countries  and  kingdoms 
that  are  fertile  and  considerably  populous.    Some  of  the 
principal  ones  are  Tombuctort'j  Hdm'sa,  Bambar'ra,  Cash' 
na  or  KassVna,  and  Borndu'. 

4.  The  commerce  of  these  eouniries  is  carried  on  by 
caravans  with  Cairo  and  the  to'.vns  of  Barbary  ;  and  the 
exports  consist  chiefly  of  slaves,  gold  dust,  ivory,  ostrich 
feathers,  and  civet. 

6.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  Negroes,  jy[oors,  and  Arabs 
and  are  mostly  Mahometans,  but  partly  Pagans.  * 

6.  Tomhuctoo',  or  Timhuctoo>,  situated  near  the  Niger  is 
the  commercial  capital  of  Central  Africa,  and  the  point  to 
which  caravans  proceed  fisom  the  north.  Many  European 
travellers  have  lost  their  lives  in  attempts  to  visit  this  city  • 
and  the  object  was  first  accomplished,  in  1«26,  by  Major 
Lamg,  who  was  assassinated  soon  after  leaving  the  place 

7.  Sackatoo',  or  Soccatoo',  a  large  town,  is  the  capital  of 
thejvarhke  nation  of  the  Felatahs  j  Se'go,  of  the  kingdom 
of  Bambarra.  ** 

8.  Cash'na  is  the  capital  of  Cashna  or  Kassina  :  Borndu: 
Kou'ka,  and  dngomou  are  considerable  towns  in  the  lar-^e 
kingdom  of  Bornou  J  C'o6'6e  is  the  capital  of  Dar/Sur'.     ° 


2.  What  has  been  effected  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  Soudan  ?  4.  Com- 
merce?  5.  Inhabitants?  6.  Tombuctoo?  7.  What  is  said 
of  Sackatoo  and  Sego  ?  8.  What  other  towns  are  mentioned? 


See  Map  of  Mnca.  —  How  is  the  country  of  Soudan  or  Nigritia 
situated?  Bambarra?  Darfour?  Houssa?  Bornou?  Tom- 
buctoo  ?  Kanem  ?  What  is  the  course  of  the  river  Niger » 
Where  is  Lake  Tchad  ?  * 

How  is  the  town  of  Sego  situated  ?    Tombuctoo  ?     Sackatoo  ? 

„_      Kouka?    Cobbe?    Cashna?    Angornou  ? 

What  towns  are  on  the  Niger  ? 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA 


200 


SOUTHERN  AFRICA. 

1.  This  division  of  Africa  lies  mostly  south  of  the  tropic 
of  Capricorn,  and  includes  the  country  of  Caffra'ria,  and 
the  English  Colony  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  or  Cape 
Colony. 

2.  The  most  of  this  region  is  but  little  known ;  but  it 
contains  some  fertile  districts,  and  has  extensive  deserts. 

8.  It  is  intersected  by  several  ridges  of  mountains,  some 
summits  of  which  are  always  covered  with  snow  ;  and  it  is 
watered  by  a  number  of  rivers,  the  largest  of  which  is 
Orange  Rtver, 

4.  The  natives  consist  of  various  tribes  of  Caffres  (kaf>- 
fers)  and  Hot'tentots. 

5.  The  Caffres  are  nearly  black,  but  differ  much  in  form 
and  features  from  the  African  negroes  ;  and  they  generally 
lead  a  pastoral  life. 

6.  The  Hottentots  are  a  more  degraded  race,  of  a  yellow- 
ish brown  complexion,  and  very  deformed  appearance  :  but 
the  labors  of  the  Moravian  missionaries  among  them  have 
been  very  successful. 

7.  Two  of  the  principal  towns  of  this  region  are  Latta- 
koo'  and  Kurreechane'. 

8.  The  English  Colony  of  the  Cape,  being  situated  on 
the  route  from  Europe  to  India,  is  important  on  account  of 
its  affording  refreshments  to  vessels  on  their  long  voyages. 

9.  It  is  famous  for  the  delicious  Constantia  wine,  pro- 
duced from  vines  originally  brought  from  Shiraz  in  Persia  ; 
and  also  for  a  variety  of  the  most  beautiful  plants,  which 
now  adorn  many  of  the  green-houses  and  gardens  of  Eu- 
rope and  America. 

10.  Cape  Town,  the  capital  of  the  Colony,  is  situated  on 
Table  bay,  near  the  foot  of  Table  mountain,  90  miles  from 
the  Cape,  and  is  important  as  connected  with  the  commer- 
cial intercourse  of  India. 


Southern  Africa.  —  1.  What  does  southern  Africa  compre- 
hend? 2.  What  is  said  of  it?  3.  Mountains  and  rivers'* 
4.  Natives  ?    5.  Caflfres  ?    6.  Hottentots  ?    7.  Towns  ? 

8.  What  is  said  of  the  English  Colony  ?   9.  For  what  is  it  famous  ? 

10.  What  is  said  of  Cape  Town  ? 


See  Map  of  Africa.  —  How  does  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  cross 
this  region  ?  What  river  flows  west  ?  What  rivers  on  the 
east  ?    How  is  Kurreechane  situated  ?    Lattakoo  ? 

What  are  some  of  the  tribes  of  people  ?  How  is  Cape  Colony  sit- 
uated ?     What  capes  and  bays  on  the  coast  ? 

How  is  Cape  Town  situated  ?    Stellenbosch  ?    Bothelsdorp  ? 


»a 


SOUTHEASTERN  AFRICA, 


SOUTHEASTERN  AFRICA. 

1.  This  region,  wbtcb  extends  from  Cafiraria  to  the  straits 
ef  Babelmande],  has  been  partialH"  cokmized  by  the  Porto- 
fuese  ^  but  it  is  less  known  than  Western  Africa,  and  much 
Kss  visited  for  purposes  of  commerce. 

2.  Some  of  the  principal  countries  are  Sofd'la,  MonomoV 
ova,  Mozambique',  Zangttebar',  Mmgadox'a,  Ajan,  and 
Mdeh 

%%  The  elrmatey  soil,  and  inhabitants  of  this  region  resem- 
ble those  of  the  western  coast ;  and  the  princfiial  articles 
•f  commerce  are  the  same,  namelv,  slaves,  gotd^  and  ivory, 

4.  Sofala  abounds  in  gold  ;  and  some  learned  men  have 
supposed  that  this  country  is  tlie  same  as  the  Opim  of  th« 
■Heriptures^ 

AFKICAN  ISLANDS. 

Peak  of  Teneriffe, 


■'^m^.m.i^Mi 


B^. 


SooTHXASTEKit  AFRICA.  —  1,  What  i»  said  of  sontheastern  Af- 
rica ?    2.  What  couDtries  does  it  include  ? 
%  What  iv  said  of  this  region  ?    4.  What  of  Sofala  > 


See  Map  9/  ^fries.-^Vfhat  channel  separates  Madagascar  from 
Africa  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  ocean  between  Carraria 
and  the  straits  of  Babelmandel  ?  Where  is  lake  Maravi  ? 
Bow  are  the  countries  of  Sabia  and  Sofaht  situated  ?  Ajan  and 
Adel  ?  Mozambique  ?  Monomotopa  ?  Zanguebar  ?  Mag- 
adoxa  ?  How  is  the  town  of  Berbera  situated  ?  Melinda  ? 
Magadoxa?    Quiloa?    Sofala?    Mozamb.^ue ? 


AFRICAN  ISLANDS. 


211 


1.  The  principal  islands  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Africa 
are  Mada^aa'eary  Soco'lrUi  Zamicar\  and  the  Comor'ro 
islands,  chiefly  in  the  possession  of  the  natives :  Bour'bon, 
belonging  to  France,  and  Mauri  tiua,  to  Gi-eat  Britain. 

3.  The  most  important  islands  on  the  west  of  Africa  ara 
MadeCra^  the  Azores,  and  the  Capt  Verd  islands,  belong- 
ing to  Portugal ;  the  Cana'rtes,  to  Spain  ;  and  St,  HeU'nOp 
to  Great  Britain. 

3.  Madagascar,  one  of  the  largest  islands  in  the  world, 
has  a  mountainous  surface  and  a  fertile  atM ;  and  it  is  in- 
habited by  various  native  tribes. 

4.  The  islani  of  Bourbon  is  noted  for  being  composed 
chiefly  of  two  volcanic  mountains,  and  for  coffee. 

5.  Mauritius,  or  the  Isle  of  France,  is  less  fertile  than 
Bourbon,  but  is  of  commercial  and  military  importance,  on 
account  of  its  good  harbors. 

6.  The  island  of  Madeira  is  famous  for  its  excellent 
wine. 

7.  Thfi  Azores,  about  midway  between  Africa  and  Amer- 
ica, are  supposed  to  be  of  volcanic  origin,  and  are  noted 
for  wine,  oranges,  lemons,  and  other  fruits. 

8.  The  Canaries,  called  by  the  ancients  the  Fortunate 
Islands,  produce  abundance  of  corn,  wine,  and  fruits. 

9.  Ten'eriffe,  the  largest  of  the  Canaries,  is  noted  for  its 
Peak,  which  may  be  seen  at  sea  120  miles  distant ;  Fer'rOf 
for  having  formerly  been  the  place  from  which  longitude 
was  reckoned.. 

10.  St.  Hele'na,  a  small  island  surrounded  by  high 
precipices  of  basaltic  rock,  is  regarded  as  a  great  natural 
curiosity,  and  is  famous  for  having  been  the  place  of  tho 
imprisonment  and  death  of  Bonaparte. 


African  Islands.  —  1.  What  islanda  are  east  of  Africa  ? 
2.  What  ones  west  ?    3.  What  is  said  of  Madagascar  ?    4.  Bour- 
bon ?   5.  Mauritius  ?    6.  Madeira  ?  7.  The  Azores  ?  8.  The 
Canaries.?    9.  Teneriffe  and  Ferro ?    10.  St.  Helena? 


See  Map  of  JIfrica.  —  How  is  Madagascar  situated  ?  What  part 
is  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?  By  what  is  it  sep- 
arated  from  Africa?  How  are  the  Comorro  islands  situ- 
ated ?  Zanzibar  ?  St.  Helena  ?  What  islands  in  the  gulf 
of  Guinea  ?    Where  are  the  Canary  Islands  i    Madeira  ? 

Set,  Map  of  Asm.  —  How  is  the  island  of  Bourbon  situated.' 
Mauritius .?    Socotra  ? 


Set  Map  of  the 
Islanda  ? 


World.  —  Where  are  the  Azores  ?    Capu  Verd 


19 


1.  ] 

and  e 
ture  c 
minei 


3.  • 
one  h 
of  th< 
face  0 

«.  ' 
namei 
garde 
water 
seas,  1 
edfro 

4.  "] 
ture. 
whicb 
cold  0 
showf 
fumis 
flowir 

5.  1 
of  im 
course 
comp) 
mode 

6.  ' 
the  ca 


Phy 

2.  W 

3.  H( 

6  Wl 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY 


1.  Physical  Geography  is  the  natural  history  of  the  globe, 
and  embraces  a  view  of  the  sea,  the  atmosphere,  the  struc- 
ture of  the  earth,  together  with  its  riversy  takeSf  mountains, 
minerals,  vegetables,  and  animals. 

The  Ska, 

2.  This  mighty  element  occupies  considerably  more  than 
one  half  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  almost  seven  eighths 
of  the  southern,  and  nearly  three  fourths  of  the  whole  sur  • 
face  of  the  globe. 

3.  The  several  oceans  which  are  known  by  different 
names,  are  all  connected  with  each  other,  and  may  be  re- 
garded as  forming  only  one  vast  and  continuous  expanse  of 
water  spread  round  the  land  ;  and  all  the  gulfs  and  inland 
seas,  form  only  portions  detached,  but  not  entirely  separat- 
ed from  that  universal  sea,  which  we  call  the  ocean. 

4  The  sea  is  of  vast  importance  in  the  economy  of  na- 
ture. It  is  the  inexhaustible  source  of  the  element  of  water, 
which  being  exhaled  by  the  sun,  and  condensed  by  the 
cold  of  the  upper  regions  to  which  it  ascends,  falls  down  in 
showers,  moistening  the  air,  refreshing  vegetable  life,  and 
furnishing  to  rivers  that  ample  supply  that  feeds  their  ever- 
flowing  streams. 

5.  The  ocean  is  the  great  highway  of  the  globe,  and  is 
of  immense  advantage  to  mankind  by  facilitating  the  inter- 
course between  different  nations,  bringing  distant  countries 
comparatively  near  to  each  other,  and  furnishing  an  easy 
mode  of  exchanging  their  various  productions. 

6.  The  water  of  the  sea  is  well  known  to  be  salt ;  but 
the  cause  of  its  saltness  has  never  been  satisfactorily  ascer 


Physical  Geography.  —  1 .  What  is  Physical  Geography  ? 

2.  What  proportion  of  the  globe  is  occupied  by  the  sea  ? 

3.  How  may  the  different  oceans  be  regarded '    4.  What  is  said, 

of  the  importance  of  the  sea  in  the  economy  of  nature  ' 
6  What  of  its  uses  ?    C.  What  respecting  the  causes  of  the  saltiewi 
of  its  waters? 


214 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


tained,  though  the  inquiry  respecting  it  has  attracted  the 
attention  of  philosopher&i  from  ancient  times.  Some  have 
supposed  that  the  saline  substances  formed  a  part  of  its 
original  composition ;  others,  that  they  have  been  subse- 
queotly  dissolved  in  it. 

7.  The  degree  of  saltness  is  greatest  near  the  equator, 
and  it  diminishes  towards  the  poles. 

8.  The  greatest  depth  of  the  ocean  has  not  been  ascer- 
tained ;  for  it  has  not  been  sounded  much  deeper  than  a 
mile.  As  far  as  it  has  been  explored,  the  bottom  exhibits  a 
striking  resemblance  to  the  surface  of  the  dry  land,  pre- 
senting a  ra'ried  scene  of  mountains,  rocks,  and  valleys. 

9.  Tides.  —  The  tides  are  regular  motions  ^  the  sea, 
according  to  which  it  ebbs  and  flows  twice  every  twenty- 
five  hours.  They  are  caused  chiefly  by  the  attraction  of 
the  moon,  modified,  in  some  degree,  by  that  of  the  sun. 

10.  This  movement  differs  greatly  in  different  parts  of 
the  globe,  and  entirely  ceases  towards  the  poles.  In  land- 
locked sens,  as  the  Mediterranean  and  Baltic,  the  tides  are 
•carcely  felt. 

11.  The  tides  are  strongest  when  they  come  from  a  great 
extent  of  ocean,  upon  an  indented  coast,  where  their  force 
is  concentrated.  The  Bay  of  Fundy,  the  English  Channel, 
ond  the  Gulf  of  Cambay,  are  remarkable  for  their  strong 
and  high  tides. 

12.  The  greatest  tide  is  called  a  spring-tide^  which  takes 
place  at  the  time  of  new  and  full  moon,  as  the  attraction  of 
the  sun  then  acts  in  unison  with  that  of  the  moon. 

IS.  The  least  tide  is  called  a  neap-tide,  which  takes  place 
when  the  attraction  of  the  sun  tends  to  counteract  that  of 
the  moon. 

14.  The  spring  and  neap  tides,  Kke  the  daily  tides,  suc- 
ceed each  other  in  a  i-egular  series,  diminishing,  in  15  days, 
from  the  greatest  to  the  least. 

The  Atmosphere. 

15.  The  atmosphere,  or  common  air,  is  an  invisible,  elas- 
tic fluid,  which  surrounds  the  earth,  and  which  is  essential 
to  the  maintenance  both  of  animal  and  vegetable  life. 

16.  It  is  formed  of  two  substances  in  very  unequal  pro- 

7.  Where  is  the  degree  of  saltness  greatest       8.  What  is  said  of 

its  depth  ?    9.  What  is  said  of  the  tides  ? 
10.  Where  are  the  least  tides  ?    11.  Where  the  greatest  ? 
12.  What  is  said  of  the  spring-tides  ?    13.  The  neap-tides  " 
14   How  do  they  succeed  each  other .?     15.  What  is  said  of  the 

atmosphere  i    16.  Of  what  is  it  composed .' 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


215 


iwrtions  ;  namely,  or^nren  gas,  or  pure  air,  of  which  it  con- 
tains 27  parts  or  hundredths,  and  azotic  gas,  or  impure  air. 
of  which  It  contains  73  parts.  * 

17.  It  is  the  property  of  air  to  exert  an  equal  pressure  on 
all  sides ;  and  when  its  equilibrium  is  destroyed  by  means 
ot  a  vacuum,  it  is  found  to  press  with  the  weight  of  about 
14  pounds  upon  every  square  inch  of  the  surface  of  the 
earth. 

18.  The  atmosphere  rises  to  a  considerable  hci-rht  above 
the  surface  of  the  earth.  As  we  ascend  into  the  higher  re- 
gions, it  is  found  gradually  to  diminish  in  density,  till  at 
length  It  becomes  unfit  or  insufficient  for  respiration 

c^^k  »  **^"  Humboldt  ascended  Chimborazo  to  the' height 
ot  19,300  feet,  he  found  the  air  reduced  to  half  its  usual 
density,  and  intensely  cold  and  piercing.  Respiration  was 
ditticult,  and  blood  began  to  ooze  from  his  eyes,  lips,  and 
gums.  Gay-Lussac,  who  ascended  in  a  balloon  to  the  great 
height  of  23,040  feet,  or  4h  miles,  experienced  this  same  in- 
^°«n®"fl^"5*'  *''*''^  ^^^  extreme  cold  and  tenuity  of  the  air. 

20.  frmds.  —  Whu]  h  uiv  put  in  motion.     When  its  ve 
locity  is  only  at  the  rate  of  2  miles  an  hour,  it  is  but  just 
perceptible  ;  at  4  miles  an  hour,  it  is  a  gentle  breeze  :  at 
30,  a  high  wind ;  at  50,  a  tempest :  and  at  100,  a  violent 
hurricane.  ,,,        ^ 

21.  On  a  great  part  of  the  globe,  the  winds  are  subiect 
to  much  irregularity  ;  but  between  the  tropi:is  they  are  gov- 
erned by  regular  laws,  and,  in  particular  tracts  and  seasons, 
blow  almost  invariably  in  the  same  direction. 

22.  The  trade-ivhids  are  remarkable  currents  which  blow 
from  east  to  west,  in  the  equatorial  regions,  throughout 
nearly  the  whole  circumference  of  the  globe.  They  are 
called  trade-winds  because  they  facilitate  trading  voyages. 

23.  The  prevalence  of  these  easterly  currents  is  supposed 
to  be  caused  by  the  diurnal  motion  of  the  earth  in  an  oppo- 
site direction,  from  west  to  east,  and  by  the  sun's  heat  in 
rarefying  the  air  within  the  tropics. 

24.  To  restore  the  equilibrium,  a  current  of  air  rushes  in 
from  the  north,  and  another  from  the  south,  upon  the  rare- 
fied tropical  atmosphere  ;  and  in  consequence  of  this,  and 
of  the  motion  of  the  earth,  the  trade-wind,  to  the  north  of 

17.  What  is  said  of  its  pressure?     18.  What  is  the  state  of  the 
atmosphere  at  a  distance  above  the  surface  of  the  earth? 

19.  What  is  related  of  Humboldt  and  Gay-Lussac? 

20.  What  is  wind,  and  what  is  said  of  its  velocity?    21.  What  is 

said  of  the  winds  in  different  parts  of  the  globe  ? 
22,  What  of  the  trade-winds  ?    23.  liy  what  are  they  caused  ? 

24.   What  is  the  r.r)nflnniipnnf>  e\F  iUe>  onrronia  nf  ni»  fmn,    *Um    ..^mtU 

and  south  towards  the  equator,  and  the  motion  of  the  earUi  f 
19* 


216 


fHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


the  equator,  blows  from  the  northeast,  and  south  of  the 
equator,  from  the  southeast. 

25.  The  monsoons  form  a  deviation  from  the  trade-winds, 
end  prevail  chiefly  in  the  Indian  ocean.  During  one  half 
of  the  year,  from  April  to  October,  a  strong  wind,  or  mon- 
•oon,  blows  from  the  southwest,  bringing  with  it  rain  and 
tempest ;  during  the  other  half  of  the  year,  a  dry  and 
agreeable  wind  blows  from  the  northeast.  The  change 
from  one  monsoon  to  another,  is  accompanied  by  violent 
storms  and  tempests. 

36.  Hurricanes  are  violent  movements  of  the  atmosphere, 
and  are  generally  nothing  more  than  whirlwinds,  of  which 
the  progressive  motion  is  not  usually  more  than  15  or  20 
miles  an  hour.  They  ra^e  only  in  particular  countries. 
The  West  India  islands,  the  island  of  Mauritius,  and  the 
countries  of  Chin-India  and  China,  are  particularly  subject 
to  these  tremendous  storms.  The  hurricanes  which  arc 
common  in  the  Chinese  sea  are  styled  typhoons. 

97.  Sea  and  land  breezes  prevail  particularly  in  the  islands 
situated  within  the  tropics.  The  sea-breeze,  or  breeze /rom 
the  sea,  blows  duiyng  the  day  ;  and  the  land-breeze,  during 
the  night. 

98.  The  winds  generally  serve  to  purify  the  atmosphere, 
bjr  keeping  up  a  perpetual  agitation  in  it.  but  there  are  some 
winds  which  possess  noxious  qualities,  as  the  samiel  or  si 
moom,  which  blows  over  the  burning  sands  of  Africa  and 
Arabia.  In  Egypt  it  is  also  called  the  kanisin;  and  it  reaches 
Italy  in  a  modified  condition,  where  it  is  styled  the  sirocco. 

29.  Temperature.  —  The  temperature  of  every  place  de- 
pends chiefly  on  its  distance  from  the  equator  and  its  height 
above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

50.  The  equator  is  the  region  of  heat,  which  gradually 
diminishes  towards  the  poles,  where  perpetual  winter 
reigns,  with  its  attendants,  snow  and  ice. 

51.  All  places  within  the  tropics  which  are  not  much  ele- 
vated above  the  level  of  the  sea,  are  exposed  to  great  heat ; 
but,  in  South  America,  there  are  many  plains  near  the  equa- 
tor, which,  on  account  of  their  elevation,  enjoy  a  mild  and 
delightful  climate. 

32.  Water  freezes  throughout  the  year,  under  the  equa- 
tor, at  the  elevation  of  about  16,000  feet  above  the  level  of 

S5.  What  is  said  of  the  monsoons  ?    26.  Hurricanes  ?    27.  Sea  and 

land  breezes  ?    28.  What  is  the  effect  of  the  winds,  and 

what  ones  are  noxious  ?    29.  On  what  does  the  temperature 

of  any  place  depend  ?    30.  What  is  the  region  of  heat,  and 

,        what  of  cold  ?  31.  What  is  said  of  places  within  the  tropics? 

99.  At  what  elevation  does  water  freeze  at  the  equator,  and  in  the 
latitude  of  40  degrees ' 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


217 


the  sea  ;  and  in  the  latitude  of  40  degrees,  at  the  elevation 
of  about  9,000  feet.  ^  ... 

33.  Clouds.  —  ClowU  are  composed  of  water  raised  by 
evaporation,  and  suspended  in  the  utmosphero  in  small  ves- 
icles or  hollow  spheres.  These  vesicles  form  a  kind  ol 
middle  state  between  water  and  invisible  vapor. 

34.  Rain.  — Tim  quantity  of  rain  is  most  abundant  with- 
in the  tropics,  and  it  decreases  in  proportion  to  tho  distance 
from  the  equator  towards  the  poles.  It  is  also  subject  to 
great  variations  from  other  causes  •,  and  the  quantity  which 
fulls  at  diflerent  places  in  the  same  latitude,  is  often  very 

different.  .       ...       .         .    i 

85.  Within  the  tropics,  the  rains,  like  the  winds,  occur 
regularly  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year.  In  the  northern 
tropic  they  begin  in  April  and  end  in  September  ;  and  this 
part  of  the  year  is  called  the  rainy  or  wet  season.  1  he 
other  six  months  are  called  the  dry  season,  during  which 
little  or  no  rain  falls.  In  the  southern  tropic,  this  arrange- 
ment of  the  seasons  is  entirely  reversed. 

36.  In  some  countries,  particularly  Egypt,  Low  Peru, 
and  a  part  of  Chili,  there  is  little  or  no  rain  at  any  season. 

The  Earth. 

37.  When  we  cast  our  eyes  upon  a  map  of  the  world, 
we  perceive  two  large,  distinct  masses  of  land,  which  we 
call  continents,  and  numerous  smaller  masses,  which  we 
call  islands,  and  which  differ  from  the  continents  only  in 
their  dimensions.  We  see  also  small  detached  spots  upon 
the  land  covered  with  water,  which  we  call  lakes. 

38.  One  of  the  circumstances  respecting  the  distribution 
of  land  which  first  arrests  the  attention,  is  the  immense 
preponderance  of  it  found  in  the  northern  hemisphere. 

39.  The  most  striking  natural  features  of  the  globe  are 
its  division  into  land  antl  water,  and  the  inequalities  of  its 
surface.  These  inequalities  produce  that  agreeable  diver- 
sity of  scene  and  climate,  which  arises  from  mountain  and 
valley,  hill  and  dale. 

■    40.  When  we  confine  our  observation  to  a  small  portion 
of  the  earth's  surface,  the  irregularities  which  prevail  seem 

33.  What  are  clouds  ?  34.  What  is  said  of  the  quantity  of  rain 
that  falls  in  different  places?  35.  What  is  said  of  rams 
within  the  tropics  ?  36.  In  what  countries  is  there  little  or 
no  rain  '  37.  When  we  cast  our  eyes  upon  the  map  of  the 
world,  what  do  we  perceive  ?  38.  What  is  said  respecting 
the  distribution  of  land .'  30.  What  are  the  most  striking 
natural  features  of  the  globe  ?  .  .    •       - 

«0.  What  is  said  respecting  the  irregularities  of  the  earth  being  in 
consistent  witli  its  having  Ihe  form  of  a  sphere  ? 


218 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY. 


inconsistent  vvitFi  tho  fuct  thnt  it  is  in  the  form  of  n  sphere  • 
but,  by  a  more  enlarged  view,  we  soon  perceive  thnt  tl,u 
highest  moiintams  are  very  in.sigtiifictint,  and  (hvindlo  al. 
most  to  nothing,  in  comparison  with  the  magnitude  of  the 
earth,  bearing  no  greater  proportion  to  it  than  grains  of 
sand  to  an  artificial  globe  ;  and  that  tho  earth  dlders  hut 
little  from  tho  general  form  it  would  possess,  if  the  solid 
parts  wore  entirely  covered  with  tho  waters  of  the  ocean. 

wifiin  tt!  '  ;  ^"''^  °^  ^^'^  ^''"'^'''  «"  ^"'^  ««  they  corno 
within    he  sphere  of  our  examination,  are  composed  of 

different  kinds  of  soil  or  earths,  rocks,  and  other  mineral 
substances;  but  ot  the  interior  structure  of  tho  clobo  be- 
•  yond  a  few  hundred  feet  below  its  surface,  we  know  notli 
ing  ;  and,  if  we  consider  its  size,  we  shall  perceive  that  the 
deepest  excavations  which  havo  been  made  in  it,  can  be 
ficSf^'lobJ''  "othing  more  than  slight  scratches  on  an  nrti 

Rivers. 

th«t  J^''  '''''^^!'  "^^'t  '.'  '^'^^^'P'^  '"^^  t''o  atmosphere  by 
the  sun,  descends  in  the  form  of  rain  and  snow,  and  cives 

rise   to  springs,  brooks,  rivers,  and  lakes,  which  dirtuso 

beauty  and  fert.  ity  over  tho  finest  regions  of  the  globe 

43.  Rivers,  which  constitute  one  of  the  most  magnificent 
features  of  the  globe,  generally  have   their  ori.ri.f    „  u 
more  elevated  districts  of  any   tract  of  countr;,  and  are 
formed  by  the  union  of  smaller  streams. 

44.  The  tract  of  country  from  which  a  river  derives  its 
supply  of  water,  is  called  its  basin  or  valley. 

45.  All  elevated  ranges  of  mountains  furnish  sources  of 
hrge  streams.  The  Alps,  the  Andes,  and  the  Himmalc  , 
mountains  give  nse  to  many  of  the  largest  rivers  on  the 

46.  The  more  limited  extent  of  Europe  does  not  admit 

Tca'andTlr'Tr'^i""'  ""^  y^'''''  "^  '^''^  ^-"^  "^  A-ei'- 
ica  and  Asia.     Ihe  .^mazonyjs  sujjposed  to  carry  to  the 

ocean  more  than  four  times  as  muJli  water  as  the  larjreS 
of  Eu?o;e'^uS."  ^^"'"^"'  "^"^^  ^'  '""^''  -  ""  ^"--Sv- 

,„i?-'^'i,^/'^'"^'"^^'*'^   phenomenon  is   jiresented   bv  rivers 
which,  at  certain  season^tlie^car,  overflow  their  bank^ 

41.  What  is  said  respecU^^^^         ^no^^;^^i^^nJ^r]^;^^{^^ 
earth  .     42.  What  becomes  of  the  water  that  is  exhaled  into 
the  atmosphere  by  the  sun  ?     43.  What  is  said  of   he  or  en 
andformution  of  rivers?    44.  What  is  the  basin  or  ?afoy 

AC    w.^''"''^V    ,^^'  ^Vhat  is  said  Of  elevated  mountair  3  ' 

46.  Where  are  the  larxresf.  rivor«  .^h  ...k„.  :„  .-■"    ^  T    °' 

47.  What  IS  said  of  rivers  overflowing  tl,cir  banks  .'  '^"^'^^^'^ 


PHYSICAL  QEOORAPIIY. 


SIO 


Thi«  occurs  chieflv  In  the  tropicnl  regions,  which  are  peri- 
odically flooded  by  immense  rains:  but  the  Mississippi, 
which  has  its  whole  course  without  the  limits  of  the  trop- 
ics Is  noted  for  its  extensive  annual  inundations. 

48.  Most  of  those  ^reat  rivers  which  are  subject  to  an- 
nual inundations,  divide  themselves  into  various  branchesi 
before  reaching  the  sea ;  and  the  alluvial  tract  which  is 
thus  intersected  and  inundated,  is  called  the  Delta,  a  term 
which  was  first  applied  to  the  JVile ;  but  it  is  now  extended 
to  other  rivers,  as  the  Ganges,  Indus,  Amazon,  Mississippi, 


&c 


Lakes. 


49.  Lakes  are  of  two  kinds  ;  lat,  freshHoatcr  lakes,  which 
uniformly  communicate  with  the  sea,  or  other  bodies  of 
water,  by  means  of  rivers;  2dly,  salt-water  lakes,  which, 
have  no  such  communication  or  visible  outlet. 

50.  Fresh-water  lakes  are  much  the  more  common  ;  and 
the  largest  are  found  in  North  America. 

61.  Lake  Superior  is  tjie  most  extensive  body  of  fresh- 
water on  the  globe  ;  some  of  the  largest  fresh-water  lakes 
in  the  eastern  continent,  are  lake  Baikal,  in  Siberia,  and 
lakes  Ladoga  and  Onega,  in  European  Russia. 

53.  Salt-water  lakes  are  found  in  Hungary,  Mexico, 
South  America,  Africa,  and  particularly  in  Gjentral  Asia, 
Persia,  and  Turkey. 

53.  The  two  largest  of  these  salt  lakes,  or  inland  seas, 
are  the  Caspian  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Aral.  These  lakes  re- 
ceive the  waters  of  several  large  rivers,  but  have  no  visible 
outlet ;  the  waters  which  they  receive  are  supposed  to  dis- 
appear only  by  evaporation. 

Mountains. 

54.  Mountains  seldom  stand  alone,  but  are  usually  found 
in  groups,  or  connected  ranges  or  chains,  traversing  a  great 
extent  of  country. 

55.  Some  of  the  most  magnificent  ranges  are  the  Andes, 
which  are  connected  with  the  Rochf  Mountains,  in  Ameri- 
ca ;  the  Alps,  in  Europe ;  and  the  Himmaleh  and  JUtai 
mountains,  in  Asia. 

56.  High  rnoxintains  generally  present  a  surface,  more  or 


48.  Whuif  takes  place  with  respect  to  those  rivers  which  overflow 
their  banks  ?    49.  What  two  kinds  of  lakes  are  there  f 

60.  Which  are  the  more  common  ?  51.  What  is  said  of  lake  Super, 
ior?  52.  Where  are  salt-water  lakes  found?  53.  Which 
are  the  two  largest  ?    54.  What  is  said  of  mountains  ? 

55.  What  are  some  ot  the  most  magnificent  ranges  ?  5G.  What  is 
mentioned  respecting  high  mouittains  ? 


220 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


less  extensive,  of  naked  rock.  Those  which  rise  alwve  the 
point  of  perpetual  conselation,  have  their  summits  always 
covered  with  snow  and  ice  ;  and,  in  the  elevated  hollows 

t/^rll^y^'  ^^^  °^®"  ^^""^  magnificent  glaciers. 

57.  The  most  remarkable  phenomenon  relating  to  moun 
tains  is  the  vofcano,  which  is  an  internal  fire  perpetually 
burning,  and  which  occasionally  bursts  forth  in  eruptions 
desolating  the  surrounding  plains.  ' 

nn^^A  These  eruptions  are  accompanied  by  earthquakes, 
and  by  dreadful  subterranean  noises  within  the  mountain 
A  black  volume  of  smoke  is  then  seen  ascending,  which  is 
sues  with  a  stream  of  flame  that  illuminates  the  sky  ;  while 
ashes,  dross,  red-hot  stones,  and  enormous  fragments  of 
rock,  are  projected  in  all  directions,  like  brilliant  fire-works 
and  sometimes  to  a  great  height. 

4iul'  "^^u  y*®*  '^^^i?'"  *?0^^  mountain  is,  at  the  same  time, 
WIed  with  lava,  a  liquid  and  burning  matter,  resembling 
metal  m  fusion.  At  length  a  stream  of  this  lava  begins  to 
flow,  sometimes  from  the  crater  ^t  the  top,  and  sonietimes 
from  lateral  openings,  rushing  down  the  sides  of  the  moun- 
tain iike  a  river  of  fire,  destroying  every  thing  in  its  course, 
and  transforming  fertile  fields,  and  sometimes  villages  and 
towns,  into  a  burning  flame.  ^ 

60.  Volcanoes  are  found  in  various  latitudes  and  in  all 
Quarters  of  tho  world  ;  but  they  are  most  numerous  in  South 
America  and  the  Asiatic  islands. 

61.  EaHhqiuxkes,  which  occur  most  frequently  in  volcanic 
countries,  are  intimately  connected  with  volcanoes,  and 
like  them  are  supposed  to  be  occasioned  by  subterranean 

63.  The  eflfects  of  this  alarming  convulsion  are  a  violent 
tremor  ot  the  earth,  the  overthrow  of  objects  on  its  surface, 
the  rushing  of  the  sea,  and  sometimes  the  overwhelming 
of  whole  cities.  Lisbon,  Messina,  and  Caiu.iia,  in  Europe, 
and  several  cities  in  South  America,  have,  at  different  pe- 
riods, been  nearly  swallowed  up. 

Metals  and  Minerals. 

63.  The  me'als  which  most  deserve  notice,  are  gold,  sil- 
very iron,  copper,  lead,  tin,  and  mercury. 

64.  GoW  is  commonly  found  in  a  perfectly  pure  state,  at 
the  toot  of  large  ranges  of  mountains,  from  which  it  is 

57.  What  is  the  most  remarkable  phenomenon  respecting  mountains  ? 
OB.  liy  what  are  the  eruptions  accompanied?    59.  What  then  takes 
place  ?    60.  Where  are  volcanoes  found  .'    61.  What  is  said 
«o  «r.     ®a'"thquakes  ?    6§.  What  are  their  effects  ? 
p3.  What  are  the  most  important  metals?  64.  Wha*  <«  »«5'i  nf  frnlH? 


THlfSlCAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


221 


washed  down  by  rivers.     It  occurs  in  all  quarters  of  the 
world,  but  most  abundantly  in  South  America. 

65.  SUveria  generally  found  in  veins,  but  is  seldom  seen 

Eure.    More  than  nine  tanths  of  the  silver  of  the  world 
as,  for  some  centuries  past,  come  from  Mexico  and  South 
America. 

66.  Iron,  the  most  useful  of  all  the  metals,  is  the  most 
widely  diffused.  The  most  productive  iron  mines  are  in 
Great  Britain,  France,  Russia,  and  Sweden. 

67.  Copper,  a,  very  useful  metal,  is  also  extensively  dis- 
tributed in  different  countries ;  but  the  most  abundant 
source  of  it  is  in  Cornwall  in  England. 

63.  Lead  is  found  in  various  countries ;  but  the  most 

S reductive  lead  mines  are  in  the  country  bordering  on  the 
lississippi  and  in  Great  Britain 

69.  THn  is  not  so  widely  diffused  as  lead,  but  is  found  in 
great  abundance  in  a  few  countries,  particularly  in  Cora- 
wall  in  England,  and  the  island  of  Banca  in  the  East 
Indies. 

70.  Mercwy,or  quicksilver ,  a  metal  of  peculiar  properties, 
is  not  found  in  many  places.  Some  of  the  most  noted 
mines  of  it  are  those  of  idria  in  Austria,  Alnuiden  in  Spain, 
and  Guanca  Velica  in  Peru. 

71.  Two  of  the  most  important  mineral  svhstances  a.re  fas- 
sU  coed  and  common  salt. 

73.  Coal  is  a  most  valuable  species  of  fuel,  and  is  of  great 
importance  both  in  common  life,  and  in  all  great  manufac- 
tories. It  is  found  in  inexhaustible  quantities  in  various 
countries ;  but  the  most  celebrated  coal  mines  arc  those  of 
Newcastle  in  England. 

73.  Salt,  which  is  widely  diffused,  is  obtained  from  salt- 
mines, from  boiling  the  water  of  salt-springs,  and  from  the 
water  of  the  ocean,  by  the  evaporation  of  the  sun.  Salt- 
mines are  found  in  various  countries,  but  the  most  celebrat- 
ed are  those  of  Wieliczka  in  Austrian  Poland. 

74.  The  diamond  is  the  most  valued  of  all  precious 
stones,  and  is  found  chiefly  in  Hindostan  and  Brazil. 

Vegetables. 

75.  The  empire  of  vegetation  extends  throughout  the 
globe,  yet  with  great  diversity  in  different  parts,  varying, 
in  different  regions,  according  to  the  temperature.     Some 

C5.  What  is  said  of  silver?  66.  Iron?  67.  Copper?  68.  Lead? 
69.  Tin?  70.  Mercury?  71.  What  are  two  of  the  most 
important  minerals  ?  72.  What  is  said  of  coal  ?    73.   Salt  ? 

74.  What  is  said  of  the  diamond  ?     75.  What  is  said  of  the  era- 

nirA  nF   vArrofaiion  ' 


222 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


vegetables. require  a  hot,  some  a  temperate,  and  others  a 
cold  climate. 

8.  Vegetable  life  seems  to  draw  its  chief  nourishment 
from  heat  and  moisture  ;  and  as  these  are  combined  in  the 
createst  degree  in  the  torrid  zone,  it  is  here  that  the  most 
luxuriant  vegetation  is  found. 

77.  The  tropical  regions  produce  the  largest  trees,  and 
display  the  richest  verdure  and  the  greatest  profusion  of 
flowers;  they  also  abound  in  delicious  fruits,  nutritious 
food,  aromatic  plants  or  spices,  and  useful  and  ornamental 
kinds  of  wood. 

78.  Though  the  temperate  zone  cannot  vie,  in  luxuriance, 
with  the  tropical  regions,  yet  it  yields  in  abuudance  all  that 
is  necessary  to  the  subsistence  and  comfort  of  man,  abound- 
ing in  the  finest  fruits,  the  most  useful  kinds  of  grain,  and 
the  richest  pasture. 

79.  In  the  frigid  zone,  the  aspect  of  nature  is  gloomy  and 
severe  ;  the  vegetables  are  of  stunted  growth  and  limited 
to  a  comparatively  few  species  j  and  towards  the  polesj 
vegetation  entirely  fails. 

Animals. 

80.  The  torrid  zone  teems  with  the  same  luxuriance  of 
animal  as  of  vegetable  life,  and  is  prolific  in  insects,  and 
reptiles ;  it  is  also  the  native  region  of  those  aniuials 
which  are  most  disuiiguished  for  strength  and  ferocity, 
as  the  Zion,  the  tiger,  and  the  panther ;  and  also  for  those  of 
the  most  gigantic  form,  as  the  elepJiant,  the  rhinoceros,  and 
the  hippopotamus. 

81.  Some  of  the  birds  of  the  torrid  zone  are  of  extraor- 
dinary size,  as  the  ostrich,  the  cassoioary,  and  the  condor. 
The  feathered  tribe,  in  this  zone,  possess  the  most  varied 
and  brilliant  plumage  ;  but  they  are  generally  less  melodi- 
ous in  their  notes  than  those  of  the  temperate  zone. 

82.  Some  of  the  most  useful  animals,  as  the  ox,  the  horse, 
the  sheep,  the  goat,  the  hog,  the  dog,  and  the  cat,  are  so  con- 
stituted by  Providence,  as  to  bear  any  climate,  and  are  thus 
enabled  to  follow  man  to  the  utmost  limits  of  the  globe  ; 
but  it  is  in  the  temperate  zone,  that  the  domestic  animals 
are  reared  in  the  greatest  abundance  and  perfection. 

83.  The  frigid  zone  and  the  countries  bordering  upon  it 
abound  in  animals  which  are  covered  with  a  thick  fur, 

76.  What  of  vegetable  life  ?  77.  What  of  the  productions  of  the 
tropical  regions?  78.  Of  the  temperate  zone?  79.  The 
frigid  zone  ?  80.  What  is  said  of  the  animals  of  the  torrid 
zone?    81.  The  birds? 

82.  What  of  some  of  the  most  useful  domestic  animals  ? 

*^3.  What  of  the  animals  of  the  frigid  zone  ? 


PHYSICAL   GEOGRArHY. 


223 


which  IS  much  sought  nfter  by  man,  both  for  use  and  orna 
inent.     1  he  most  useful  animal  of  this  region  is  the  retV 
17  V\-J      ^^^^  formidable  one,  the  polar  bear. 

84.  Different  regions  of  the  globe,  as  well  as  different 
zones,  have  races  of  animals  peculiar  to  themselves.  Asia  is 
the  country  of  the  tiger,  the  Indian  elephant,  the  camel  with 
two  humps,  the  wild  sheep,  the  wild  ass,  the  elk,  and  the 
musk  ;  Africa,  of  the  lion,  the  African  elephant,  the  drom- 
edary, the  buflalo  of  Caffraria,  and  the  zebra  ;  America,  of 
the  jaguar,  the  lama,  the  great  elk  or  moose  deer,  and  a 
peculiar  species  of  bison  or  buffalo. 

Man. 

85.  Man  is  at  the  head  of  the  animal  creation,  and  forms 
only  one  species,  in  which,  however,  there  are  considerable 
varieties,  with  regard  to  stature,  form,  color  of  the  skin, 
physiognomy,  and  nature  of  the  hair. 

86.  The  human  species  are  dispersed  over  the  whole 
earth  ;  for  it  is  a  peculiarity  of  the  human  constitution,  that 
It  adapts  itselt  to  every  climate.  The  temperate  zones, 
however,  are  most  favorable  to  hun-in  subsistence  and  im- 
provement ;  and  here  civilization  h  ;s  most  prevailed,  in  the 
different  ages  of  the  world. 

87.  With  regard  to  con.plcxion,  ,he  human  species  con- 
sist of  two  great  classes,  the  wh  and  the  black;  but,  in- 
cluding intermediate  varieties,  th  .'  are  divided,  by  physiol- 
ogists, into  the  five  following  bre  ds  or  races. 

88.  First ;  the  Caucasian  or  H  kite  Race,  which  includes 
nearly  all  the  Europeans,  the  Circassians,  Georgians,  Ara 
bians,  Turks,  Persians,  and  Hindoos. 

89  Secondly;  the  Mongolian,  Tawny,  or  Olive  Race, 
which  embraces  the  Monguls,  Chinese,  and  the  other  in- 
habitants of  the  eastern  and  southern  parts  of  Asia,  except 
the  Malays.  * 

90.  Thirdly;  the  Malay  or  Dark  Bromi  Race,  found  in 
the  peninsula  of  Malacca,  the  Asiatic  islands,  and  the  is- 
lands of  the  Pacific  ocean. 

91  Fourthly ;  the  Elhiopinn,  Mgro,  or  Black  Race, 
which  comprises  the  African  Negroes,  the  Hottentots,  Caf- 
nes,  and  the  Papuans,  or  Negroes  of  Australia. 


84. 
85. 


nn 


What  are  some  of  the  animals  peculiar  to  the  different  parts  of 
the  g1(  ibe  ? 

What  is  said  of  man  ?  80.  What  is  said  of  the  human  species 
as  dispersed  over  the  earth  ?  87.  How  are  they  divided  witli 
regard  to  complexion  ?    88.  What  does  the  Caucasian  race 

^^  include  .'    89.  The  Mongolian  .' 

What  dwB  the  Malay  race  include  .'    <Jl.  The  Ethiopian  ? 
20 


224 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


92.  Fifthly  ;  the  American  or  Coppor-colored  Race,  tonsist- 
ine  of  the  American  Indians. 

93.  With  respect  to  the  State  op  Society,  the  human 
species  are  savage,  barbarous^  or  civUized.  .    /.       , 

94.  The  savage  state  is  the  lowest  in  which  man  is  tound ; 
and  in  this  state  he  subsists  by  hunting,  fishing,  and  the 
spontaneous  productions  of  the  earth. 

95.  A  dense  population  is  never  found  in  the  savage 
state,  for  such  a  population  cannot  be  supported  by  the  food 
which  the  earth  yields  without  cultivation. 

96.  Savage  life  presents  a  melancholy  view  of  human 
nature,  with  little  happiness  or  morality.  In  this  state, 
mankind  are  poor;  often  in  extreme  want;  addicted  to 
theft ;  coarse  and  filthy  in  their  habits ;  remarkable  for 
cruelty,  and  for  the  unrestrained  indulgence  of  vindictive 

97.  A  numerous  class  of  nations  are  still  in  this  condition  ; 
the  principal  of  which  are  the  natives  of  New  Holland  and 
the  neighboring  islands,  a  great  part  of  the  African  Ne- 
groes, and  of  the  American  Indians. 

98.  In  the  barbarous  state,  mankind  wander  about  With 
their  flocks  and  herds,  from  which  they  chiefly  derive  their 
subsistence :  and  they  also  pursue  a  rude  sort  of  agricul- 
ture. „  —  J    •       .1 

99.  This  Was  generally  the  state  of  Europe  during  the 
middle  ages  ;  and  it  is  now  the  condition  of  the  inhabitants 
of  Barbaiy  in  Africa,  the  Arabs,  the  Malays,  and  the  in- 
habitants of  Central  and  Northern  Asia.  _ 

100.  The  inhabitants  of  China,  Hindostan,  Persia,  and 
Turkey,  are  raised  somewhat  above  barbarian  shepherds, 
and  may  be  regarded  as  half-civilized.  In  these  countries, 
agriculture  is  much  attended  to,  and  many  kinds  of  manu- 
factures are  carried  to  a  high  degree  of  excellence ;  but 
foreign  commerce  exists  only  in  a  very  limited  degree. 

101.  The  civilized  state  is  the  most  improved  form  ot  hu- 
man society,  and  exists,  though  with  considerable  diversity, 
throughout  the  most  of  Europe,  the  United  States,  am! 
some  other  parts  of  America,  which  have  been  settled  by 
Europeans. 

92  What  does  the  American  race  include  ?  93.  How  are^the  I  uman 
species  divided  with  regard  to  state  of  society  ?  94.  W  hat  is 
said  of  the  savage  state?  95.  Why  is  a  dense  popu  ation 
never  found  in  this  state  ?    96.  What  is  said  of  savage  life  ? 

&7  What  nations  are  still  in  the  savage  state  ?  98.  What  is  sajd  o» 
the  barbarous  state  ?    99.  What  nations  are  m  this  state  i 

100,  What  nations  are  half-civilized  ?  101.  What  is  said  ot  tbe 
civili'-icri  st^**'  ? 


STATISTICAL   TABLES 


NOTE. 


Most  of  the  following  Stalisiical  Tables  are  form- 
cd  on  a  graduated  scale  ;  and  they  present  to  the  eye  a 
comprehensive  view  of  the  matters  treated  of.  They 
will  be  useful  not  only  for  study  and  examination,  but  also 
for  occasional  reference. 

It  will  be  found  much  easier  to  obtain  and  fix  in  the 
memory  statistical  information  presented  in  this  form, 
than  it  would  be,  if  such  information  were  dispersed 
through  the  volume  in  connection  with  the  several  diflcr- 
ent  countries. 

A  few  questions  arc  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  pages, 
in  order  to  facilitate  the  use  of  the  Tables  ;  but  it  is  ex- 
pected that  teachers  will  not  limit  themselves  to  these 
questions,  but  will  exercise  their  pupils  on  the  Tables  as 
much  further  as  they  think  proper. 


227 


UNITED  STATES. 


Table  I. 


Population  of  the  different  States  and  Territories,  ac- 
cording to  Six  Enumerations.  ' 


States  aad 
Territories 


Maine, 
N.  Hamp. 
Vermont, 
Mass. 
R.  Island, 
Conn. 
N.  York, 
N.  Jersey, 
Penn. 
Delaware, 
Maryland, 
Virginia, 
N.  C. 

s.  c. 

Georgia, 

Alabama, 

Miss. 

Louisiana, 

Arkansas, 

Tenn. 

Kentucky, 

Ohio, 

Michigan, 

Indiana, 

Illinois, 

Missouri, 

D.Colum. 

Florida, 

Wisconsin 

Iowa, 

Total, 


Pop. 


Pop. 

180U. 


85,410 
378,717 

69,110 
238,141 
340,120 
184,139 
434,373 

69,098 
319,728 
7'i8,308 
.393,7.51 
249,073 

82,5i8 


35.791 
73,077 


151,719 

183.762 

423.2't5 
69,122 
251,002 
586,756 
2ll,9i9 
602,365 
64,273 
511,518 
880,200 
478,103 
316,591 
162,101 

'  8,850 


105.602 

220,955 

46,365 


Pop. 
ISIO. 


4,875 


14,093 


3,929.827i5,305,9i5  7,2.39.814  9,638,131 


228,705 

214„360 

217,713 

472,040 

77,031 

262,042 

959,949 

249,555 

810,091 

72,67). 

380,546 

974,622 

5.55,500 

41.5,115 

2.52,453 

20,845 

40,362 

76,556 

261,727 

406.511 

230,760 

4,762 

21,520 

12.282 

20,1145 

24,023 


Pop. 

1820. 


298,335 

21.4,161 

236,764 

623,287 

83,059 

275,202 

1,372,812 

277,575 

1,01.9,458 

72,7  M) 

'107,350 

1,065,379 

638,829 

602,741 

3W,987 

127,901 

75,415 

153,407 

14,273 

422,813 

3»;4,317 

681,431- 

8,896 

147,178 

65.211 

66.586 

33,039 


Pop. 
18;J0. 


399,9.55 

269,328 

280,652 

610,408 

97,199 

297,665 

1,918,608 

320,823 

1,3 18. 2^33 

76,718 

447,0-K) 

1,211,405 

7;n,987 

681,185 

616.823 

309,527 

136.621 

216,739 

30,388 

681.904 

687,917 

937,903 

31,6.39 

343,031 

157,455 

140,4^16 

39.834 

34,730 


12,866,920 


Pop. 

1810. 


601,793 
284,674 
291,948 
737,699 
103,830 
309,978 

2,428,921 
373,306 

1,724,033 

78,085 

409,232 

1,^239,797 
763,419 
694,398 
691,392 
690,7.56 
375,661 
352,411 
97,574 
829,210 
779,828 

1,519,467 

212,267 

085,866 

476,183 

383,702 

43,112 

64,477 

30,945 

43,112 


17,002,566 


•  fcf"  V.\^  ^'■^^  complete  Census  of  the  United  States  was  taken 
n  *;^0-  —  Tlie  population  of  the  T/iirteen  States,  at  the  time  of  the 
ueclaratum  of  Independence,  was  not  far  from  2,000,000. 

1  he  total  Population,  accordinar  to  the  Census  of  1840,  including 
b.lUO  persons  on  board  vessels  of  war  in  the  service  of  the  United 
Dtates,  was  17,0G8,CC6. 


Ta 


BLR 


ii^ri\~".^^''**  "^'^^  ^^^  population  of  the  United  States  in 
itvOf    In  1800  ?   &c. 

20* 


238 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Table  II.  —  Populntlon  of  the  different  Slates  and  Territories  in 
1840;  A'nmbcr  of  Si/uorc  Miles';  Population  to  a  Square  Mile; 
JS'umbcr  of  Slaves  in  Id'lO;  and  Exports  in  1H40. 


PoiHilaiioii 
in  1340. 


>iliiaro  Milci. 


Pop.  10 

S],  Alilc. 


iN .Y.  2,490,000  Va.     00,000 
Pa.    1,724,000  Mo.    OI^OOO 
Ohio  1,51 0,000' Geo.  Ol.OOi 
Va.   1,240,000',Mich.()0,000 
Tenn.  H2!>,000  111.     ry.),000 
Ken.    780,000  Ark.  5.'),000 
N.C.   7r)3,000,Ala.   02,000 
Mass.  7:W,000  N.  C.  50,00()i 
Geo.    OiH.OOON.Y.  48,0001 
Ind.     080,000  M  p.    48,000 
S.  C.    5'.)4,000Lii.     48,000 
Ala.     5!)l,000l»n.     47,000 
Me.      502,000  Tenn.4:l,000 
111.       470,000  Ohio, 
Md.     400,000  Ken. 
Mo.     384,000;ind. 
Mp.     :j70,000,Me. 

N.J.  :i7:j.ooo s.  c. 

La.      :r)2,000  M(i. 

ct.     :u  0,000  vt. 

Vt.       292.000  N.  II. 
N.ll.  285,000  N..I. 
Mich.  212,000  Mass 
R.I.     108,000  Ct. 
Ark.      ;t8,0(»0 1)(>l. 
Del.       78,000  11.  I. 
Fl.T.    54,000  ri.T 
D.  C.    44,000  I>.  C. 
lowaT.  43,000 
Wis.  T.  31,000 


Mass. 

II.  1. 

Ct. 

N.  Y. 

N.J. 

Md. 

Oliio, 

Del. 

il'a. 

Nil. 

Vt. 

Ken. 

hid. 


Slaves. 


3!»,()00 

:w,<)00 

34,000 

32,000 

30,000 

1 1 ,000 

10.200' 

i),.->00 

8,000; 

.  7,500 

4,^)0 

2,100 

1 ,300 

,55,000 

100 


s.  c. 

'lV?nn 


Va. 
Mp. 

;N.C.  15 


08 

84 

05 

51 

47 

42 

3!) 

37 

37 

30 

2!) 

20 

20 

20 

1;) 

10 
10 


Va.  448,087 
S.  C.  327,038 
(ico.  280,044 
Ala.  253,.532 
N.C.  245,81 7 
Mp.  105,211 
Ton.  183,050 
Ken.l82,2.>8 
La.  108,452 
Md 


Geo. 

Ala. 

III. 

Mp. 

l.a. 

Mich. 

Ark. 


II 
II 

8 
8 
7 

i; 

3 


Mo. 

Ark. 

Del. 

N  J. 

III. 

Pa. 

Ct. 

K.I. 

N.Y. 

Oiiio, 

Ind. 

N  II. 

Me. 

Vt. 

M.-iss. 

.Mich. 

Fl.T. 

D.C. 

Iowa  T 

\Vi8.T 


80,4!); 

58,240 

10,03; 

2,(;0; 

074 

331 

04 


ExiKirts  in  13-10.  I 
Dollai's. 

N.Y.  34,2(54,000 
La.  34,230,000 
Ala.  12,855,000 
Ma.  10,180,000 
S.C.  10,137,000 
Geo.  0,803,000 
0,820,000 
5,700,000 
4,778,000 
1,018,000 
002,000 


17 

5 
4 
3 
3 
1 
0 
0 
0 
0 
717 
4,004 
.  10 
.     11 


I'a. 

Md. 

Va. 

Me. 

Ohio, 

Ct. 

N.C. 

Vt. 

R.I. 

Mich. 

Del. 

N.  II. 

N.J. 


518,000 
387,00 
305,000 
200,000 
102,000 
37,000 
21,000 
1(),000 


Fl.T.  1,850,000 
I).  C.    75-1,000 


''5 


Value  of  the  principal  Exports  in  IBiO.        a\        AV 

Cotton, $03,870,000 

Flour,  wheat,  rye,  Indian  corn,     .        -        -        -     13,000,000 

Manufactures, '-''"?'SS!I 

Tobacco,       - ^^H^nOO 

Beef,  pork,  cattle,  horses,  &c.       .'    -        -       -         3,00(»,000 


Table  II.  —  Which  States  have  the  greatest  Population  '  —  the 
greatest  number  of  Square  Miles  .^  — the  most  Iiihahitnnls  to 
a  Square  Mile.'  — the  greatest  number  of  Slaves .'  — the 
greatest  amount  of  Exports, 
Which  four  States  have  each  more  than  a  million  of  inhabitants . 
Which  nine  States  have  less  than  a  million,  but  more  than 
five  hundred  thousand  inhabitants .'  &,c. 


I  NITED  STATES. 


229 


Table  III.  —  Population  of  the  principal  Towns  in  the  several  States. 


ition '  —  the 
ihabitanls  to 
aves  ?  —  li>e 


I 


I 


Maine. 
Portland, 
Bangor, 
Auguata, 
BalTi, 
Hallowell, 
Saco, 
Belfast, 
Eastport, 


15,200|Trn 
8,G0U 


Albany, 


iroy, 
Buffalo, 


2,70U 


JVew  Hampshire 


Portsmouth, 

Dover, 

Nashua, 

Concord, 

Clareraont, 

Exeter, 

Vermont 
Burlington, 
Montpelier, 
Bennington, 
Woodstock, 
Middlebury,  . 
Windsor, 


y:j,7()0 

5,300]  Utica.  ia,000 

5,I00|Poughkeepsie,  10,000 

4, 700,  Lock  port,  9,100 

4,400  New  burg,  8,900 

4,200  Schenectudy,  (5,800 

Hudson, 

Auburn, 

JS'ao  Jersey 
Newark,  17,300 

N.Brunswick,    8,700 
Polcrson,  7,G00 

•VOOjClizabellilown,  4,200 
2,900  Trenton,  4,000 

A  ,,,v/x         PenrLv/vania. 
^';;""  Philadelphia,  229,000 

0,/UU  p;, ..,„_„  ,j,    ,/^f. 


7,f)fl0 
0,500 
6,100 
4,900 


5,700 
5,000 


JS'urth  Carolina. 
Wihuington,      4,700 
Fayottoville,       4,300 
Newborn,  3,700 

Raleigh,  2,200 

Suuth  Carolina. 
Charleston,       29,300 
Columbia,  4,300 

Gcorsia. 


o*^  n  Pittfaburg, 
^'^""  Alleghany, 

3;200lf"^!''^''' 
2  700  '^*^"'''"?» 
Massachusetts.       !"'^"i«burg, 

Boston,  93,400f5;'*^!f  ' 

Lowell,  20,800 

Salem,  15,100 

New  Bedford,  12,100 

Charleslown,  11,500 

Springfield,  11,000 

Cambridge,  8,400 

Taunton,  7,(500 

Worcester,  7,500 

Newburyport,  7,100 

Fall  River,  6,700 

Rhode  Island. 

Providence,  23,200 

Newport,  8,300 


21,100 
10,100 
8,400 
8,400 
6,000 
4,900 
4,800 
4,400 
4,300 


York, 

Carlisle, 

Fottsville, 

Delaware. 
Wilmington,      8,400 
Dover,  3,800 

New  Castle,       2,800 

Maryland. 
Baltimore,       102,300 
Hagorslown,       7,200 
Frederick,  5,200 

Annapolis,  2,800 

District  of  Columbia 


Bristol,  3,500  Washington,    23,400 

Connecticut.         JAlexandria,        8,500 
New  Haven,     13,000;Georgetown,       7,300 
9,500i  Virsinia. 


Hartford, 
New  London, 
Norwich, 
Middletown, 
Bridgeport, 

JYcw  York 
New  York,     313,000  Fredericksburg,  4,000 
Brooklyn,         36,200  Winchester,       3,500 


5,500  Richmond, 
4,200  Petersburg, 
3,.500  Norfolk, 
3,300  Wheeling, 
iLynchburg, 


20,200 

11,100 

10,900 

7,900 

6,400 


Savannah,        11,200 
Augusta,  6,400 

Macon,  3,900 

Columbus,  3,100 

Jilabama. 
Mobile,  12,700 

Montgomery,  2,000 
Tuscaloosa,        2,000 

Mississippi. 

Natchez,  4,800 

Vicksbur^,         3,100 

Louisiana. 
New  Orleans,  102,200 

Tennessee. 
Nashville,  6,900 

Kentucky. 
Louisville,        21,200 
fiexinglon,         7,(K>0 
Maysville,  2,700 

Frankfort,  1,900 

Ohio. 
Cincinnati,       46,300 
Cleveland,  6,100 

Dayton,  6,100 

Columbus,  6,000 

Steubenville,  5,200 
Zanesville,  4,700 
,Chillicothe,  4,000 
I  Michigan. 

Detroit,  9,100 

I  Indiana. 

New  Albany,  4,200 
i  Madison,  3,800 

.Indianapolis,  2,700 
I  Illinois. 

Chicago,  4.500 

Springfield,  2,600 
Alton,  2,300 

Missouri. 
St.  Louis,         16,500 


Table  III.  —  What  are  the  principal  Towns  of  Maine  ?    New 
Hampshire  '  &c. 


230 


STATISTICAL  TADLES. 


Tablk  IV.  —  Population  of  the  Tteenty-tico  largest  Cities  in  1840. 


New  York,     313,000 

Charleston, 

2!),000 

Richmond, 

20,000 

Philadelphia,  2'i0,000 

Washington, 

23,000 

Troy, 

19,000 

Baltimore,       102,000 

Providence, 

23,000 

Buffalo, 

16,000 

New  Orleans,  102,000 

Louisville, 

21,000 

Newark, 

17,000 

Boston,             93,000 

Pittsburg, 

21,000 

St.  Louis, 

10,000 

Cincinnati,       40,000 

Lowell, 

21,000 

Portland, 

15,000 

Brooklyn,         30,000 

Rochester, 

20,000 

Salem, 

15,000 

Albany,             34,000 

Table  V.  —  The  Total  Population^  and  the  Number  of  Slaves,  in 
tlic  United  States,  at  different  Periods,  xcith  the  rcsj)ectixe  Increase, 


Total  Pop. 

Rate 

1st 

Census, 

1790,     3,9'i!>,H27 

Incrcnse      pr.  ct. 

2d 

do. 

1800,    5,305,025 

1790  to  1800,   1,38(),098    :i5.1 

3d 

do. 

1810,    7,230,814 

1800  to  1810.   1,933,899    .30.3 

4th 

do. 

1820,    9,038,131 

1810  to  1820,  2,.398,317    33.1 

5th 

do. 

1830,  12,80(5,020 

1820  to  1830,  3,213,789    33.4 

6th 

do. 

1840,  17,002,500 

1830  to  1840,  4,195,046    32.0 

Slaves.                                                1 

Ist 

Census, 

1700,       007,897 

2d 

do. 

1800,       803,041 

1790  to  1800,      199,154    28.7 

3d 

do. 

1810,     1,191,304 

1800  to  1810,      208,095    32.1 

4th 

do. 

1820,     1,538,004 

1810  to  1820,      340,700    29.1 

5th 

do. 

1830,    2,000,031 

1820  to  1830,      478,007    30.0 

Cth 

do. 

1840,    2,487,113 

1830  to  1840,      478.082    2.3.8 

Tablk  VI.  —  Extent  of  the  great  Jlmerican  Lakes. 


Lakes. 

Length. 

Mean 
Breadth 

Sq. 
Miles. 

Lakes. 

Length. 

Mean 
Breadth 

Miles. 

Superior, 

Michigan, 

Huron, 

Miles. 
400 
220 
240 

Miles. 
80 
70 
80 

32,000 
22,000 
20,000 

Erie, 
Ontario, 
Green  Bay, 

Miles. 
240 
180 
100 

Miles. 
40 
35 
20 

9,000 
0,300 
2,000 

Table  IV.  —  Which  are  the  four  largest  Cities.'  What  is  the 
population  of  New  York  ?    Philadelphia  ?   &c. 

Table  V,  —  What  was  the  Population  of  the  United  States  in 
1790.'  In  1800.?  &c.  Number  of  Slaves  in  1790?  &c. 
Increase  per  cent  from  1790  to  1800  .'  &c. 

Table  VI.  —  What  is  the  Length  of  Lake  Superior.'  Mean 
Breadth .'    Square  Miles .'  &c. 


UNITl'D  STATES. 


^I 


Rate 

0 

pr.  ct. 

98 

li'i.l 

09 

30.3 

17 

?3.1 

89 

33.4 

46 

32.0 

54 

28.7 

r)5 

321 

00 

29.1 

c;7 

30.G 

82 

23.8 

'Table  \U.-^Jgfrrenralc  Lc^ath  of  Canals  and  Railroads  in  ih» 

several  Htules. 


IVfaine, 

New  Hampshire, 

Vermont, 

Massachusetts, 

Rhode  Island, 

Connecticut, 

New  York, 

New  Jersey, 

Pennsylvania, 

Delaware, 

Maryland, 

Virginia, 

Nortli  Carolina, 

South  Carolina, 

Georgia, 


Canald. 

Ituil- 
roatla. 

Mile.s. 

Miles. 

20 

04 

11 

r,o 

80 

3fi() 

38 

47 

f)2 

80 

900 

COO 

143 

215 

950 

500 

14 

19 

18(i 

2{i2 

190 

301 

13 

240 

52 

200 

28 

500 

Alabama, 

Mississippi, 

Louisiana, 

Arkan.sas, 

Tennessee, 

Kentucky, 

Ohio, 

Michigan, 

Indiana, 

Illinois, 

Missouri, 

Florida, 

Total, 


3,7!i5 


Rail- 

roads. 

Miles. 

Miles. 

51 

300 

83 

100 

97 

100 

2 

28 

750 

92 

100 

150 

90 

50 

70 

12 


4,470 


The  above  Table  exhibits  a  view  of  the  length  of  the  canals  and 
railroads  in  the  several  states,  as  far  ad  completed  or  nearly  com- 
pleted, early  in  the  year  1842.  Many  cmals  and  railroads  have 
been  commenced  in  difteient  parts,  Which  have  not  yet  been  fin- 
ished. "' 

Tablk  Vin.  —  Some  of  the  principal  Canals  in  the  United  States. 


Name. 

From 

To 

Miles. 

Erie,                           N.y. 
Morris,                        N.J. 
Pennsylvania  C  &,  R.  Pa. 
Chesapeake  and  Ohio,  Md. 
Ohio  and  Erie,           Ohio,' 
Miami,                         do. 
Wabash  &  Erie,  Ind.&Oh. 

Albany, 

Jer.sey  City, 

IMiiladelphia, 

Baltimore, 

Portsmouth  on  Oh. 

Cincinnati, 

Lafayette, 

Buffilo, 

Easton, 

Pittsburg, 

Cumberland, 

Cleveland, 

Defiance, 

Lake  Erie, 

363 
102 
395 
186 
307 
178 
187 

The  Erie  Canal,  which  is  the  most  important  work  of  the  kind 
m  the  United  States,  was  completed  in  1825. 

The  Pennsylvania  Canal  and  Railroad,  extending  from  Philadel- 
phia to  Pittsburg,  395  miles,  is  a  very  expensive  and  maarnificent 
work,  consisting  of  277  miles  of  canal,  and  118  miles  of  railroad. 

The  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Canal,  designed  to  connect  the  waters 


Tablk  VII.  —  How  many  miles  of  canals  in  Maine  ?    Railroads  ? 
New  Hampshire  i  &c. 

Table  VIH.  —  What  are  the  seven  longest  canals  in  the  United 

States  i    What  is  said  of  Erie  Canal .'  &c. 


OA 


STATISTICAL  TABLES 


of  Chesnpcakp  Bny  with  tlio  river  Oliio,  ia  completed  only  from 
Baltimore  to  Cumborlnnd  on  the  Potomac,  IbU  miloB. 

The  Ohio  and  Erie  Canal,  extending  from  Portsmouth  on  the 
Ohio,  to  Clcvclnnd  on  Lnke  Erie,  wns  completed  in  IKlJi. 

Tiie  Miajni  Canal  unites  with  the  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal  at 
Defiance ;  and  by  this  union,  a  communication  is  formed  between 
the  Ohio  at  Cincinnati,  and  Lake  Erie  near  Toledo. 

Tlie  IVahash  and  Erie  Canal  forms  a  communication  between  the 
river  Wabash  and  lake  Erie. 

Many  other  canals,  some  of  them  of  much  importance,  ore  al- 
ready completed  in  diflercnt  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  others 
arc  partly  made. 

Middlesex  Canaly  which  connects  Boston  harbor  with  the  Merri- 
mack, at  Chelmsford,  i?7  miles  lone,  was  completed  in  1808;  and 
it  was  the  first  considerable  work  of  the  kind  executed  in  the  Unit- 
ed States. 

From  the  time  of  the  completion  of  the  Erie  Canal,  in  1825, 
(which  was  a  highly  successful  and  advantageous  enterprise,)  till 
1840,  the  spirit  of  internal  improvement  was  very  active  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  United  States,  in  the  construction  of  canals  and 
railroads.  In  some  of  the  states,  too  many  works  of  the  kind  have 
been  undertaken.  Some  of  the  works  which  have  been  commenc- 
ed are  such  as  are  not  yet  called  for  by  the  state  of  the  country ; 
and  several  of  the  states  have  in  this  way  involved  themselvefl 
deeply  in  debt. 

Railroads. 

This  country  is  distinguished  above  all  others  in  the  world  for 
the  number  and  extent  of  its  railroads. 

The  most  important  line  of  railroads  in  the  United  States  com- 
mences at  Porllartd  in  Maine,  and  terminates  at  Pensacola  in  Flor- 
ida, about  l,nOO  miles  in  length.  It  pusses  through  the  great  cities 
of  Boston,  New  York,  Piiiladelphia,  and  Baltimore;  also  through 
Washington,  Richmond,  Raleigh,  Columbia,  and  Augusta,  But 
some  portions  of  this  line  are  not  yet  completed. 

Another  line  of  railroads  extends  from  Boston  to  Buffalo  and 
Niagara  Falls,  about  530  miles  in  length,  passing  through  Worces- 
ter, Springrield,  Albany,  Ulica,  Syracuse,  and  Rochester. 

Several  other  important  lines  of  railroads,  in  different  parts  of 
the  United  States,  are  partially  finished. 


UNITED  STATES. 


23a 


Tabt.k  IX. —  Principal  Religious  Dtnominations. 


Denominations. 


ChiirchoM, 

or  Congro- 

gaiioiiK. 


Baptlata, 

"         FroowiU, 
"         SuvonihPay, 
"         Six-Principle, 
Catholics,    • 
Clirlstians,       •  • 

L'on«re?(utinnnlist8, 
DiHCipIo!)  of  C'liriat  (Camplwllitos), 
Dulcfi  Rofiirinod,    ■ 
Kpiiicopalians,  • 

Fridiul:!,       •  •  • 

Gorman  Reformed, 
Jews, 

I-uihorans,       • 
iMconoriiles,  • 

Moltiodists,       •  • 

"  Protostanl, 

IVIoravians  or  United  Brethren, 
Wornionilos,     • 
New  Jerusalem  Church,    ■ 
Predbylerians, 

"  Cumberland, 

"  Associate, 

"  Roformcd, 

"  Aaaociate  Reformed 

Siiakors, 
Tunlcers, 
Unitarians, 
Univerdaiisis,  • 


6,;)19 

75.1 

4-i 

10 

ni'i 

1,(I0() 
1,300 

197 

Goo 

mi 
r.'jo 

200 


24 

27 

2,Sfi7 

500 

I  S3 

40 
214 

15 

40 
2(K) 
61)3 


Minis- 
turd. 


4,2.T^» 

012 

40 

10 

fin 

H(K» 

1,1.10 

102 

8-19 

isn 

267 

3,100 

4(K) 

33 

33 

2,225 

4.J0 

87 

20 

110 

45 

40 

174 

317 


Miimlmrs, 

or  Con)mu- 

nlcants. 


4'2,0(I0^ 
31,  ^70  I 

4..-.o;»  f 

2.117] 

150,000 
100,000 

22,515 


30,000 

02,200 

30,000 

oso.r).!'.) ) 

50,(X)0  \ 

5,745 

12,000 

274 .0S4^ 

50.00f) 

10, (KW 

3,fK)0  I 

12,(KX)J 

G,000 

3,U0O 


Popula- 
tion. 


4,CdO,0(X) 

fioo.ono 

300,000 
1,400,000 

4.50,000 
6(X)000 
100,000 

15,000 
5-lt>,000 

3,000,000 

12,000 

20,000 

6,U00 


2,175,000 


6,000 

30.000 

180,0<)0 

600,000 


T.ie  alh.VH  iiiilfiiiediii  of  tlio  mimtiBi- of  cliiiiihHn,  niiiiiBim,  ami  inemljeri  of  the  leveral 
(lennminatiorn,  have  been  deiived  chiefly  from  veceiil  oil .  i-il  il.icutiieiits  publiihed  by  the  dlf- 
fcroiit  denominntinnii  ;  but  ihu  lunl  column  conliiint  rnihiM  i  vneiia  citiin«t«  which  wnt  madt 
«  few  yeiin  since,  of  tlio  total  number  of  peoplu  who  me  attached  10  or  ihow  a  preference  fol 
the  (cveral  diti'erunt  /cllgiou*  pcraiiuaiona. 

Table  X.  —  Theological  Seminaries. 


Place. 


Bangor,  Me, 
Thomaaton,  dn 
Gilmanlon,  N.H 
Andover,  Mass 
Cambridge,  do. 
Newton,  do. 

New  Haven,    Ct. 
East  Windsor,  do. 
NewYorlc,  N.Y. 
do.  do. 

Auburn,  do. 

Hamilton,  do. 
Hartwick,  do. 
Newburgh,  do. 
N.Br'swick.N.J, 
Princeton,  do. 
Gettysburg,  Pa, 
York,  .  do, 

Allegheny  T.  do 
Canonsburg,    do 


Denom- 

53 

Vols. 

ination. 

Lib. 

(«- 

Cong. 

43 

7.000 

Baptist, 

23 

500 

Cong. 

20 

2,200 

do. 

129 

17,.'i00 

Unit. 

26 

1  800 

Baptist, 

33 

4,(K»0 

Cong. 

59 

200 

do. 

29 

4,(K)0 

Pro.  Ep. 

71 

7,2(;0 

Pros. 

129 

12,(X)0 

do. 

71 

5,000 

Baptist, 

27 

2,250 

Luih. 

3 

1,0(K) 

Ass.  Rfif 

11 

4,000 

Pu.  Rof. 

36 

Proa. 

113 

7,000 

iLuth. 

26 

7,000 

G.  Ref. 

20 

Pres. 

31 

6,000 

As."5.  Ch. 

22 

1,600 

Place. 


Pittslmrg, 
Fairfax  Co. 
Pr.  Ed.  Co. 
Richmond, 
Columbia, 
l,RxiTi2ion, 
High  Hills, 
Eiilon, 
Maryville, 


Pa. 
Va. 

do. 

do. 
S.C 

do. 

do. 

Ga. 
Ten. 


Cincinn.iti,  Ohio 


Gambler, 

Hudson, 

Columbus, 

Granville, 

lOljerlin, 

S.  Hanover, 


do. 
do 
do 
do. 
do 
Ind 


Denom- 
ination. 


Upper  Alton,  II. 
Carlinville,  do. 
N.  Palmyra,  Mo. 


Ass.  Ref. 

Pro.  Ep. 

Pres. 

Baptist, 

Pres. 

Luth. 

Baptist, 

Pres. 

do. 
Pro.  Ep. 
Pres. 
T-ulh. 
Baptist, 
Pres. 

do. 
Baptist. 
Pre.s. 

do. 


19 
43 
20 
67 
18 
10 
.30 
10 
24 
61 
10 
14 

8 
58 
10 


Vols. 

in 

Lib. 


4,000 
4,000 
1,600 
3,730 
1,800 
1,000 

6,000 
10,300 


500 


700 


There  nro  Cailiolic  Theolng-icat  Sfiminaiics 
eriolt,  Chflilctton,  Baiclslown,  CincinniUi,  V 
other  placcj. 


It  I'hiliiiltlphia,  Ualtimorc,  KmmctHhurg,  J'red- 
inccniics,  the  Barrens  in  Mi«.ouri,  and  loras 


S34 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Table  XI. —  Colleges  in  the  United  States. 


Name. 


Bowdoin, 

Waterville,* 

Dartmouth, 

University  of  Vermont, 

Middlebury, 

Norwich  University, 

Harvard  Univerdil/, 

Williams, 

AiTiherat, 

BrowQ  University,* 

Yule, 

Washington. t 

Woaloyan  University,! 

Columbia,t 

Union, 

Hamilton, 

Hamilton  Lit.  and  Th.* 

Geneva.t 

University  of  New  York, 

College  of  New  Jersey, 

Rutgers, 

University  of  Pennsylvania, 

Dickinson,} 

JftfTerson, 

Washington, 

Allegheny, I 

Pennsylvania, 

I^afayetto, 

Marshall, 

Newark, 

St.  John's, 

St.  Mary's,§ 

Mount  St.  Mary's,? 

Georgetown, § 

Columbian,* 

William  and  Mary,t 

HampdenSidney, 

Washington, 

University  of  Virginia, 

UandoIphMacon  I 

Emory  and  Henry,J 

Rector,* 

University  of  N.  Carolina, 

Davidson, 

Wake  Forest,* 

Charleston, 

South  Carolina, 

University  of  Georgia, 

Oglethorpe, 

Emory,  t 

Mercer  University,* 

University  of  Alabama, 

La  Grange. t 

Spring  HiUjS 

Jefferson, 

Oakland, 

Louisiana, 

.leflerson, 

St.  Charles,? 

Baton  Rouge, 

t'rankiin, 

Greenville, 


Place. 


Brunswick, 

Waierville, 

Hiinover, 

Burlington, 

Middlebury, 

Norwich, 

Cambridge, 

Williamsiown, 

Amherst, 

Providence, 

New  Haven, 

Hartford, 

Middletown, 

New  York, 

Schenectady, 

Clinton, 

Hamilton, 

Geneva, 

New  York, 

Princeton, 


Me. 

do. 
N.H. 

Vt. 

do. 

do. 
Mass. 

do. 

do. 
R.  L 
Con. 

do. 

do. 
N.Y. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
N.J. 


New  Brunswick,  do. 


Pliiladolphia, 

Carli:ile, 

Canonsburg, 

Wa-jhington, 

Moadvifle, 

Gettysburg, 

Easlon, 

Merccrsburg, 

Newark, 

Annapolis, 

Raltiinoro, 

Emuietsburg, 

Georgetown, 

Washington, 

Williamsburg, 

Prince  Ed.  Co. 

Lexington, 

Charlottesville, 

Boydton, 

Glade  Spring, 

Harrison  Co' 

Ch:i  pel-Hill, 

Mecklenberg  Co. 

Wake  Forest, 

Charleston, 

Columbia, 

Athens, 

Midway, 

Oxford, 

Penfield, 

Tuscaloosa, 

La  Gran<;e, 

Spring  Hill, 

Washington, 

Oakland, 

Jackson, 

Bringiers, 

Grand  Coteau, 

Baton  Kougc, 

Opelousas, 

Greenville, 


Pcnn. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
Del. 
Mil. 
do. 
do. 
D.  C. 
do. 
Va. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
N.  C. 
do. 
do. 
S.  C. 
do. 
Ga. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
Ala. 
do. 
do. 
Mp. 
do. 
La. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
Tcnn. 


Foun- 

Stu- 

ded. 

dents. 

1794 

165 

1820 

65 

1770 

340 

1791 

110 

1800 

46 

1834 

57 

1G3S 

245 

1793 

155 

1821 

157 

1764 

172 

1700 

410 

1824 

80 

1831 

133 

1754 

120 

1795 

2,59 

181J2 

94 

1819 

74 

1623 

60 

1S31 

115 

1746 

263 

1770 

82 

1755 

116 

1783 

98 

mi2 

147 

1806 

59 

1815 

100 

18.32 

59 

1832 

51 

18:% 

53 

1333 

23 

1784 

27 

1799 

73 

1830 

31 

1789 

135 

1821 

25 

1693 

110 

1783 

65 

1812 

94 

1819 

290 

1832 

98 

13.39 

147 

1839 

50 

1789 

171 

1838 

49 

1838 

60 

1795 

50 

18(H 

168 

1785 

116 

1816 

31 

1837 

35 

1828 

60 

1.831 

100 

18.30 

70 

1802 

1831 

160 

1825 

100 

1831 

122 

100 

1R38 

45 

1839 

70 

1794 

41 

Volumes  In 
Libraries. 

20,000 
7,000 

16,500 
9,200 
7,054 

53,000 

7,500 

15,000 

14,000 

27,fKX) 

6,500 

10,300 

14,000 

13,000 

9,000 

4,600 

5,400 

11,000 
12,0(t0 
fi,000 
10,600 
4,500 
3,300 
8.000 
2.270 
1,350 

1,200 
4,000 

12,000 
3,5<J0 

22,000 
4,200 
5,000 
8,(KK) 
2,700 

16,000 

1,000 

9,000 
1,150 
4,000 
3,000 
13,000 
11,000 


6.000 
i;200 
4,000 
1,522 

1,850 
5,500 

300 

3,000 


UNITED  STATES. 


235 


Name. 


Washington, 

UiMyersTiy  of  Nashfine, 

East  Tennessee, 

Jackson, 

Transylvania, 

St.  jD8eph's,§ 

Centre, 

Aagu8ta,t 

Cumberland, 

Georgetown,* 

Bacon,' 

St.  Mary'8,5 

University  of  Ohio, 

Miami  University, 

Franklin, 

Western  Reserve, 

Kenyon,t 

Granville,* 

Marietta, 

Ooerlin  Institute, 

Cincinnati, 

Woodward, 

Indiana, 

South  Hanover, 

Wabash, 

Ind.  Asbury  University,! 

Illinois, 

Shurtleff,* 

McKendree.I 

McDonough, 

University  of  St.  Loui3,§ 

St.  Mary'8,§ 

Marion, 

Missouri  University, 

St.  Ciiiirles,! 

Fayette, 

Michigan  University, 

Marshall, 

St.  Philip's,! 


Place. 


Washington  Co. 

NashviTTe, 

Knuxville, 

Near  Columbia, 

Lexington, 

Bardslown, 

Danville, 

Augusta, 

Princeton, 

Georgetown, 

Harrodsburg, 

Marion  Co. 

Athens, 

Oxford, 

New  Athens, 

Hudson, 

Gambler, 

Granville, 

Marietta, 

Oherlin, 

Cincinnati, 

Cincinnati, 

Bkromington, 

South  Hanover, 

Crawfordsville, 

Jacksonville, 
Upper  Alton, 
Lebanon, 
Macomb, 
St.  Louis, 
Barrens, 
New  Palmyra, 
Columbia, 
St.  Charles, 
Fayette, 
Ann  Arbor, 
Marshall, 
Near  Detroit, 


Tenn. 

dch 

do. 

do. 
Ken. 

do. 

do. 

dft 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Ohio, 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

Ind. 

do. 

do. 

111. 
do. 

do. 

do. 
Mo. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Mich, 

do. 

do. 


Foun- 

Stu- 

ded. 

dents. 

1794 

43 

1806 

95 

1807 

56 

1830 

100 

1798 

105 

1819 

69 

1822 

66 

1825 

75 

1825 

49 

1829 

108 

ia3C 

203 

19.37 

40 

1821 

1&5 

1809 

139 

182.5 

51 

1826 

63 

1826 

55 

1332 

12 

1832 

60 

18»1 

70 

1819 

84 

20 

1827 

59 

1829 

120 

1833 

100 

1839 

70 

1S29 

42 

1835 

96 

1834 

47 

1837 

1829 

60 

18.30 

104 

1831 

43 

13^0 

1&39 

85 

75 

1837 

247 

62 

1839 

30 

Volumes  in 
Libraries. 


1,000 
8,493 
3,307 
f,96» 
12,242 
7,000 
2,000 
2,500 
1,050 
1,200 
1,200 
4,000 
2,500 
4,352 
1,900 
4,200 
8,720 
3,000 
3,600 


800 
1,765 

2,000 

2,000 
1,000 


7,000 
6,400 
2,300 


3,700 
3,0fjO 


'/I 


The  Colleges  inarketl  thus  (*)  are  under  tlie  direction  of  the  Baptists;  thus  (t) 
Episcopalians ;  thus  (t)  Methodis/s  ;  thus  (§)  Catholics. 

With  respect  to  tl>e  Colleges  which  are  unmarked,  the  prevailing  religious  in- 
fluence of  those  that  are  in  the  New  England  Slates,  is  Vongregationatism ;  of 
the  most  of  the  others,  Prcsbyterianism. 

Table  XII.  —  Medical  Schools  in  the  United  Slates. 


Place. 


Brunswick, 
Hanover, 
Castleton, 
Woodstock, 
Cambridge, 
Piltsfield, 
New  Haven, 
New  York, 
Geneva, 
Albany, 
,  Philadelphia, 

au      ItO. 

3d    Do. 


Me. 
N.H, 

Vt. 
do. 
Mass 
do. 

Conn. 
N.Y, 
do. 
do. 
Pa. 
do. 
do. 

"2F 


Prof 

Stud. 

4 

70 

6 

80 

5 

57 

5 

80 

6 

120 

5 

74 

6 

47 

7 

106 

6 

81 

8 

68 

7 

410 

7 

M5 

6 

60 

Place. 


Baltimore, 
2d    Do. 
Washington, 
Charlottesville, 
Richmond, 
Charleston, 
Augusta, 
New  Orleans, 
licxinglon, 
Louisville, 
Cincinnati, 

t«r!,! —LI 

TTiuuui;iiujr, 


Md. 
do. 
D.  C. 
Va. 
do. 
S.C. 
Ga. 
La. 
Ken. 
do. 
Ohio, 


Prof  Stud 


6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
8 
7 
6 
7 
6 
8 


65 

60 

40 

45 

60 

51 

55 

30 

254 

204 

130 


236 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


AMERICA. 


Table  I.  ^okvh  Amrrica. 

Population. 


United  States, 

Mexico, 

Guatemala, 

Texas, 

British  Possessions, 


17,068,000 
8,000,000 

2,ooo,nno 

200,000 
1,380,000 


28,648,000 


Total, 
Table  II.   South  America. 


Brazil, 

United  Provinces, 

New  Grenada, 

Peru, 

Bolivia, 

Chili, 

Venezuela, 

Equator, 

Paraguay, 

Guiana, 

Uruguay, 

Totals 


Population. 

5,000,000 

2,000,000 

1,700,000 

1,700,000 

1,500,000 

1,500,000 

900,000 

600,000 

300,000 

250,000 

150,000 


L 


15,600,000 


Table  III. 


Hayti,  {Independent^ 
Spanish  West  Indies, 
British  West  Indies, 
French  West  Indies, 


West  Indies. 

Population. 

935,000 

1,030,000 

820,000 

260,000 


Dutch,  Dan.  &  S  w.  W.  1. 135,000 


Total,  3,180,000 

Tahle  IV.   Slaves  in  America. 

Brazil,  3,000,000 

United  States,  2,487,000 

Spanish  West  Indies,  331,000 
French  West  Indies,  212,000 
Dutch  «&  French  Guiana,  70,000 


Total, 


Table  V. 
Whites, 
Indians, 
Negroes, 
Mixed  Races 

TotaX^ 


6,000,000 

Different  Races. 
23,000,000 


10,000,000 
9,000,000 
8,000,000 


50,000,000 


Tahle  VI.    British  North  American  Provinces. 


Pop. 

Chief  Towns. 

Pop. 

C  Lower, 

550,000 

'  1  Montreal, 
1  Quebec, 

25,000 
22,000 

^  Upper, 

450,000 

C  York, 
i  Kingston, 

10,000 
6,000 

Nova  Scotia, 

124,000 

Halifax, 

10,000 

New  Brunswick, 

120.000 

C  Frederickton, 
{  St.  John's, 

3,000 
10,000 

Newfoundland, 

75,000 

St  John's, 

11,000 

Prince  Edward  Island, 

32,000 

Charlottetown, 

3,500 

Cape  Breton, 

20,000 

Sydney 

Bermudas, 
Total, 

9,000 

St.  George 

1,380,000 

Tahle  L  What  is  the  population  of  the  United  States .'  Mexi- 
co ?  i&c.  Table  It.  Brazil.?  &c.  Tahle  III.  Hayti.'  &c. 
Table  IV.    What  number  of  slaves  in  Brazil  ?  &c.     Tahle  V. 

What    number  of    Whites    in   America .''      Indians .'    &c 
TV././,  1/1     \\r\...\  :-  «u«  ^-«.,i.i»5'—  -r  r i^ i_  3    jb,- 


AMERICA. 


237 


Table    VII.  —  Population  of  the  principal  Totons  in  various 

American  Slates. 


^  Mexico. 

Mexico, 

150,000 

Puebla, 
Guadalaxara, 

70,000 

50,000 

Guanaxuato, 

3C,000 

Queretaro, 

35,000 

Zacatecas, 

33,000 

Guaxaca, 

24,000 

Valladolid, 

18,000 

Vera  Cruz, 

16,000 

Durango, 

13,000 

Xalapa, 

13,000 

Guatemala. 

Guatemala, 

50,000 

San  Salvador, 

39.000 

Leon, 

3«,000 

Chiquimula, 

37,000 

Cartago, 
Vera  Paz, 

26,000 
12,000 

West  Indies. 

Havannah, 

130,000 

St.  Juan, 

40,000 

Kinffston, 
St.  Pierre, 

33,000 

29,000 

Port  Republican, 

25,000 

St.  Jaffo  de  Cuba, 
Villa  de  Principe, 

20,000 

20,000 

Cape  Haytien, 

15,000 

Jfew  OrenMa. 

Bogota, 

50,000 

Popayan, 

25,000 

CartHagena, 

25,000 

Venezuela. 

Caraccas, 

30,000 

Maracaybo, 

22,000 

Cumana, 

20,000 

Barcelona, 

15,000 

Equator. 

Quito,  70,0001 

Riobamba,  20,000 

Guayaquil,  15,000 

Cuen^a,  15,000 

Guiana. 

Paramaribo,  20,000 

Peru. 

Lima,  60,000 

Cuzco,  30,000 

Arequipa,  30,000 

Guamanga,  25,000 

Bolivia 

Chuquisaca,  30,000 

Charcaa,  30,000 

Potosi,  25,000 

La  Paz,  20,000 

Brazil 

Rio  Janeiro,  150,000 

St.  Salvado/,  120,000 

Pernambuco,  60,000 

Sergipe.  36,000 

St.  Paul,  30,000 

Cuyaba,  30,000 

Para,  28,000 

Maranham,  26,000 

United  Provincftv 

Buenos  Ayres,  80,000 

Mendoza,  20,000 

St.  Juan,  15,000 

Cordova,  10,000 

Parajiuap. 

Assumption,  10,000 

Urvguay. 

Monte  Video,  10,000 


TaAle  VJL  What  is  the  population  of  Mexico }    Puebl»  •'  iM 


238 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


EUROPE. 


Table  I.- 

-  Government  and  Religion. 

States. 

Name. 

Bom. 

Acc, 

1835 

Title. 

Government. 

Religion. 

Austria, 

Ferdinand, 

1793 

Emperor, 

Absolute  Mtin. 

Catholic. 

Baden, 

Cli.  Leopold, 

1790 

1830 

Gr.  Duke, 

Limited  Mon. 

Protesi'nt. 

Bararia, 

Louis, 

1786 

1825 

King, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Oelsium, 

Leopold, 
Frederick  VI 

1790 

1831 

do. 

do. 

Protest'ut. 

Denmark, 

1768 

1808 

do. 

Absolute  Mon. 

do. 

France, 

Louis  Philippe, 

1773 

1830 

do. 

Limited  Mon. 

Catholic. 

O.  Britain, 

Victoria, 

1819 

1837 

Queen, 

do. 

Protest'nt. 

Oreeetf, 

Otho, 

1815 

1833 

King, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Hanover, 

Ernest, 

1771 

1837 

do. 

do. 

Protest'nt. 

Holland, 

William, 

1772 

1815 

do. 

do. 

ao. 

Portugal, 

Maria  H. 

1819 

1826 

Queen, 

do. 

Catholic. 

Prussia, 

Fred.  Wm.  HL 

1770 

1797 

King, 

Absolute  Mon. 

Protest'nt. 

Kussia, 

Nicliolas, 

1796 

1825 

Emperor, 

do. 

Greek  Ch. 

Sardinia, 

Charles  Albert, 

1790 

1831 

King, 

.    do. 

Catholic. 

Saxony, 

Frederick, 

17D7 

1836 

do. 

Limited  Mon. 

do. 

Spain, 

Isabella  II. 

1830 

183'J 

Queen, 

do. 

do. 

States  of  Ch. 

Gregory  XIV. 

1765 

1331 

Pope, 

Absolute  Mon. 

do. 

Sweden  diE  N. 

Charles  XIV. 

1764 

1818 

King, 

Limited  Mon. 

Protest'nt. 

Turkey, 

Mahmoud  II. 

1785 

1808 

Sultan, 

Absolute  Mon. 

Mahom. 

Tuscany, 

Leopold  II. 

1798 

1831 

Gr.  Duke, 

do. 

Catholic 

Wurtemberg, 

William, 

1781 

1816 

King, 

Limited  Mon. 

Protest'nt. 

The  King  of  Belgium  is  a  Protestant,  though  most  of  his  sutjects  are  Catho 
ties  i  the  Kings  o(  Saxony  and  Greece  are  Catholics,  though  the  subjects  of  the 
former  are  r  lostty  Protestants,  and  those  of  the  latter  of  the  Greek  Church ; 
and  the  Grand-Duke  of  Baden  is  a  Protestant,  though  about  two  thirds  of  his 
aubjeets  are  Catholics. 

Table  II.  —  Population  and  Extent  of  the  Principal  States  of  Europe. 


Population. 

Square  Miles. 

Pop.  to  Square  Mile. 
Belgium,              347 

Russia,            51,000,000 

Russia,        1,700,000 

Austria,          34,000,000 

Sweden  &N.290,00() 

Saxony, 

293 

^^^^^^^^^^B^^^^M'''- 

France,           3.3,600,000 

Austria,         200,000 

G.  Britain, 

214 

G.  Britain,      25,300,000 

France,          215,000 

Wurtemberg, 

210 

Prussia,           13,800,000 

Turkey,         190,000 

Holland, 

203 

Spain,             12,000,000 

Spain,             180,000 

Baden, 

ooq 

^^^^HH , 

Turkey,          10,000,000 

G.  Britain,     118,000 

Two  Sicilies, 

181 

Two  Sicilies,    7,600,000 

Prussia,          108,000 

Tuscany, 

156 

Sardinia,          4,-500,000 

Two  Sicilies,  42,000 

France, 

156 

^^^^^^K^Kk'i- 

Bavaria,            4,300,000 

Portugal,         36,000 

Sardinia, 

155 

'.; 

Belgium,          4,200,000 

Bavaria,           31,000 

States  of  Ch. 

153 

f 

Sweden  &N.  4,100,000 

Sardinia,          28,300 

Bavaria, 

138 

/Portugal,          3,400,000 
'Holland,           2,800,000 

Denmark,        21,000 

Austria, 

130 

States  of  Ch.    17,000 

Prussia, 

127 

States  of  Ch.    2,600,000 

Switzerland,    17,000 

Switzerland, 

123 

Switzerland,     2,100,000 

Hanover,          15,000 

Hanover, 

113 

Denmark,         2,000,000 

Holland,          13,800 

Portugal, 

95 

Saxony,             1,700,000 

Belgium,          12,100 

Denmark, 

95 

Hanover,          1,700,000 

Greece,            10,200 

Greece, 

78 

Wurtemberg,   1.600,000 

Tuscany,           8,300 

Spain, 

66 

Tuscany,          1,300,000 

Wurtemberg,    7,600 

Turkey, 

52 

>■ 

Baden,              1,200,000 

Baden,                5,900 

[lussia. 

30 

; 

Greece,                800,000 

Saxony,             5,800lSweden  &  Norw.  H 

EUROPE. 


239 


The  population  in  the  preceding  Table  is  taken  chiefly  from  the 
Penny  Cyclopoedia,"  and  computed  for  the  year  1837 ;  but  with 
respect  to  some  of  the  states,  as  Spain,  Turkey,  and  Greece,  the 
numbers  are  to  be  regarded  only  as  approximations. 

Russia  in  the  Table  includes  the  kingdom  of  Poland,  but  not 
Asiatic  Russia.  Holland  includes  Luxemburg.  Denmark  is  exclu- 
sive of  Iceland  and  the  Faroe  Islands. 


Table.  III. —  The  Population  of  the  Principal  Cities  and  Towns  of 
the  different  Countries  of  Europe. 


Jforwaij 

Christiania,       21 ,000 

Bergen,  21,000 

Sweden 
Stockholm,        81,000 
Gottenburg,      27,000 

Russia 
St.Peter8burg,  445,000 


Moscow, 

Riga, 

Odessa, 

Kiev, 

Tula, 

Wilna, 

^ronstadt, 

Jaroslavl, 

Kaluga, 

Kazan, 

Kursk, 

Tver, 

Poland 
Warsaw, 
Cracow, 

Denmar/i 


335,000 
59,000 
55,000 
40,000 
38,000 
35,000 
30,000 
28,000 
26,000 
25,000 
25,000 


24,000 


135,000 
20,000 


Liege,  59,000 

Bruges,  41,000 

Tournay,  29,000 

Mons,  23,000 

England. 
London,        1,474,000 
Manchester,    187,000 
Liverpool, 
Birmingham, 
Leeds, 
Bristol, 
Norwich, 
Sheffield, 
Newcastle, 
Nottingham, 
Portsmouth, 
Hull, 

Devonport, 
Brighton, 


Leicester, 

Bath, 

Preston, 

Exeter, 

Bolton, 

Coventry, 

Blackburn, 


Copenhagen,  104,000 
Altona,  25,000  j  York" 

Holland.  iGreenwich, 

Amsterdam,    201,Ono|Stockport, 

72,000  Scotland 

SS^OOO  <-<'^t^ana 

35,000 
34,000 


Rotterdam, 
The  Hague, 
Ley den, 
Utrecht, 
Groningen, 
Harlem, 

Belgium. 
Brussels,         102,000 

Antwprn.  74  OflO 

iGhentV'  85,666 


Glasgow., 

Edinl)urgh, 

Aberdeen, 


26,000  Paisley, 
Dundee, 


22,000 


Greenock, 
Leith, 
Perth, 
Kilmarnock, 


165,000 
147,000 
123,000 
104,000 
C  1,000 
59,000 
58,000 
51,000 
50,000 
49,000 
44,000 
41,000 
39,000 
38,000 
33,000 
28,000 
28,000 
27.000 
27;000 
25.000 
a5,000 
25,000 

202,000 
162,000 
58,000 
57,000 
45,000 
26,000 
20,000 
20  000 

Ts^oool 


Dunfermline,     17,000 
Inverness,         14,000 

Ireland. 


Dublin, 

Cork, 

Limerick, 

Belfast, 

Galwa}', 

Water  ford, 

Kilkenny, 

Drogheda, 

Prussia. 


204,000 
107,000 
67,000 
53,000 
33,600 
29,000 
24,000 
17,000 


Berlin, 

Breslau, 

Konigsberg, 

Cologne, 

Dantzic, 

Magdeburg, 


252,000 
86,000 
62,000 
61,000 
54,000 
40,000 


A. -la-Chapelle,  38,000 


Stettin, 

Dusseldorf, 

Posen,    . 

Halle, 

Potsdam, 

Erfurt, 

Elbing, 

Munster, 


31,000 
29,000 
26,000 
25,000 
24,000 
23,000 
19,000 
18,000 


Frankrt(06Zcr)  16,000 
Hanover. 


Hanover,  26,000 

Emden,  12,000 

Saxony. 
Dresden,  64,000 

Leipsic,  43,000 

Free  Cities. 
Hamburg,        120,000 
Frankft,  Maine  54,000 
Bremen,  40,000 

Lubeck,  22,000 


21* 


240 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Small  Slates, 


Brunswick, 

Mentz, 

Cassel, 

Car]sruhe, 

Manheiin, 

Darmstadt, 


Wurtemherg 


30,ono 

27,000 
20,000 
21,000 
21,000 
20,000 


Slutteard 
Ulm, 

Bavaria, 
Munich, 
Nuremberg, 
Augsburg, 
Ratisbon, 
Wurtzburg, 
Bamberg, 

Austria. 
Vienna,  Ger. 


25,000 
12,000 


31,000 
20,000 
24,000 
21,000 


Switzerland. 


Geneva,  27,000 

Berne,  20,000 

Bale,  or  Basil,  10,000 

Zurich,  f4,00(i 

Lausanne,  10,000 

France. 


320,000 
102,000 
40,000 
40,000 
36,000 
20,000 


Prague,  do. 

Trieste,  do. 

Gratz,  do. 

Brunn,  do. 

LiiifZ,  do. 

Lemberg,  Gal.  55,000 
Pest,  Hung.  57,000 
Debretzin,  do.  45,000 
Presburg,  do.  37,00() 
Ketskemet,  do.  32,000 
Zegedin,  do.  32,000 
Buda,  do.  30,000 

Schemnitz,  do.  20,000 

Cronsladt,  Tr.  30,000 
Clausenb'g,rfo.  20,000 
Hermanst't,  do.  18,000 

Milan,    /to/y,  130,000 


Venice, 

Verona, 

Padua, 

Brescia, 

Bergamo, 

Vicenza, 

Ciemona, 

Mantua, 

Pavia, 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


Paris,  890,000 

Lyons,  100,000 

Marseilles,  110,000 

95  000  Bo""<lcaux,  94 ,000 

Vi'nnn'Kouen,  87,000 

-''"""Nantes,  72,000 

Lille,  70,000 

Toulouse,  54,000 

Slrasburg,  50,000 

Metz,  45,000 

Amiens,  42,000 

Oi  leans,  40,000 

Nismes,  39,000 

Caen,  38,000 

Montpellier,  30,000 

ilheims,  35,000 

St.  Elienne,  31,0G0 

Avignon,  31,000 

Toulon,  31,000 

Clermont,  30,000 

Ang?rs,  30,000 

Versailles,  30,000 

Nancy,  29,000 

Renncs,  29,000 

Besancjon,  29,000 

Troyes,  20,000 

Brest,  26,000 

Limoges,  20,000 

Dunkirk,  25,000 

Montauban,  25,000 

Dijon,  24,000 

Aix,  23,000 

Tours,  21,000 
Havre  de  Grace  ,21,000 

Spain. 

Madrid,  201,000 

Barcelona,  100,000 


do.  113,000 
do.  55,000 
35,000 
35,000 
32,000 
30,000 
27,000 
25,000 


22,000  Seville, 


96,000 


Cadiz,  70,000 

Granada,  67,000 

Valencia,  60,000 

Malaga,  52,000 

Saragossa,  45,000 

Cordova,  35,0(K 

Murcia,  35,000 

Valladolid,  30,000 

Re  UBS,  30,000 
Carthagena,  .    29,000 

Toledo,  25,000 

Portugal. 

Lisbon,  250,000 

Oporto,  80,000 

Coimbra,  15,000 

Km.  of  Sardinia. 
Turin,  121,000 

Genoa,  85,000 

Alexandria,       36,000 
Cagliari,  29,000 

Tuscany. 
Florence,  79,000 

Leghorn,  70,000 

States  of  the  Church 

Rome,  152,000 

Bologna,  69,000 

Ancona,  '  24,000 

Two  Sieilies. 

Naples,  359,000 

Palermo,  174,000 


Messina, 

Catania, 

Trapani, 


70,000 
55,000 
24,000 


Turkey  in  Europe. 

Constanti'ple,  500,000 

Adrianople,     100,000 


Salonica, 

Bosna-Serajo, 

Bucharest, 

Sophia, 

Shumla, 

Yanina, 

Belgrade, 


70,000 
68,000 
50,000 
50,000 
40,000 
30,000 
30,000 


Table  III.  —  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Norway  ?    Sweden 
'Vhat  is  the  populatiou  of  Clirisiiania  r    Bergen  ?  &c. 


ASIA. 


24] 


ASIA. 

TiBlE  I.— Poimlation,  Extent,  and  Religion  of  the  different 

Countrifs  of  ,^sia. 


Countries. 

Pop. 

Sq.  M'les. 

Pop. 

to 

Sq.M. 

Religion. 

China, 

Chineso  Tartary,       ) 
Thibet,  and  Corea,  < 
Hindostan,  British, 
Hindostan,  InUepend. 
Chin-India, 
Japan, 
Turkey, 
Persia, 
Arabia, 
Arghanistan, 
Jlnssia, 

Indepeiident  Tartary, 
Beloodiistan, 

TotcOj 
Occanica, 

Total, 

H)0,000,000 

26,000,000 

123,000,000  } 

12,000,000  J 

30,000,000 

25,000,000 

11,000,000 

10,000,000 

10,000.000 

10,000,000 

7,000,000 

4,000,000 

2,000,000 

1,300,000 
4,000,000 

1,200,000 

850,000 
2f!0,000 
450,000 
470,000 
9i«),000 
310,000 
5,600,000 
690,000 
200,000 

123 
6 

"'I 

35 

21 
10 

2y 
1 

0 
10 

Uiidd.,  Sliam.,  Fo,4[c. 
Shamanism. 

lirnmanism ;  Mahom- 

etanism,  Ac. 
Ruddism;  Cram.,  &c. 
Hiidd. ;  Sham. ;  Uudso, 
Mahometan ;  Christ. 
Muhometanism. 
do. 

do.     Bramanism. 
r!r.  Ch. ;  Mnhom.,  &c. 
Muhometanism. 

do.         ^Jratnanlsm.^ 

429,000,000 
20,000,000 

l€,250,000 

449,000,000 

The  population  of  scarcely  any  of  thecoantrics,  and  very  few  of  the  cities  of 
Asia,  is  known  with  any  considerable  accuracy ;  the  total  amou-t  is  very 
uncertain,  and  is  variously  estimated  from  240  to  (lOO  millions.  -The  popuu' 
tion  of  Chuia  is  variously  stated  from  142  to  380  millions.  f  f    <* 

Several  of  the  countries  in  the  above  tuble  are  subdivided  into  a  number  of 


Table  II. 


•  PopuUuion  of  the  Principal  Cities  in  Uie  different 
Countries  of  Jjsia. 


Turlcey  in 
Aleppo, 
Damascus, 
Smyrna, 
Erzerum, 
Bagdad, 
Tocat, 
Hamah, 
Oursa, 
Mosul, 
Diarbekir, 
Aphiom  Ka- 

rahissar, 
Kiutajah; 
Bassorah, 
Ourl'a, 
Amasia, 
Guzel-hissar, 
Angora, 
Van, 


Jlsia. 

ano.ooo 

150,000 
130,000 
130,000 
80,000 
80,000 
80,000 
00,000 
50,000 


} 


50,000»Sana, 


50,000 

50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
40,000 
40,000 
40,000 
40,000 


Tarsus,  30,000 

Jerusalem,         30,000 

Russia  in  ^^sia. 


Astracan, 

Tobolsk, 

Orenburg, 

Irkoutsk, 

Teflis, 

Jirahia, 


Gn,000 
25,000 
24,000 
20,000 
18,000 

40,000 
20,000 
15,000 
15,000 


Mecca, 

Muscat, 

Mocha, 

Indcjicndent  Tartary. 

Rukharia,  70,000 

Samarcand,  50,000 

Koukan,  40,000 

Tashkund,  30,000 


Persia, 


Ispahan, 

Teheran, 

Tabris, 

Shiraz, 

Casbin, 

Meschid, 

Ilamadan, 

Kaui, 

Yezd, 

Reshd, 


200,000 
100,000 
80,000 
50,000 
50,900 
50,000 
45,000 
40,000 
35,000 
30,000 


Jifghanislan, 

Caslimere,  150,000 

Cabul,  100,000 
Candahar, 

Peshawur,  100,000 

Herat,  100,000 

Beloochiatan. 
Kelat, 


20,000 


Table  I.  —  What  is  the  foinilalion  of  Oiina  '  ifce. 


S42 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Hindostan. 
Calcutta,         600.000 
Benares,  580,0(X/ 

Surat,  450,000 

Madras,  300,000 

Lucknow,  300,000 
Palna,  300,000 

Dacca,  200,000 

Bombay  200,000 

Uydr«bad,  200,000 
Delhi,  150,1)00 

!VIoorshedabadl50,000 
Araedabad,  100,000 
Aurungabad,  100,000 


Poonah,JWaAr.  180,000 
Lahore,SeiA:5, 150,000 
Oo}ein,  Sind.  100,000 
Nugpore,  Ma.  100,000 

Chin-India. 
Bankok,  400,000 

U  inmerapooral  00,000 
Rangoon,  30,000 

Prome,  30,000 

Cachao,  40,000 

Saigon,  30,000 

China. 
Pekin,  1,500,000 


Hang-tcheou  1, 000,000 
Nankin,  800,000 

Canton,  800,000 

Tfiibet. 
Lassa,  30,000 

Chinese  Tartary. 
Yarkund,  80,000 

Cashgar,  30,000 

Japan. 
Jeddo,  1,500,000 

Meaco,  500,000 

Osacca,  150,000 

Naiigasacki,      70,000 


AFRICA. 


Table  ] 

I.  —  The  principal  Countries  of  .Africa 

• 

States. 

Population. 

Sq.  Miles. 

CapitHls. 

Population. 

Morocco, 

5,000,000 

290,000 

Morocco, 

80,000 

Egypt, 
AbysMnia, 

2,500,0;)0 

130,000 

Cairo, 

259,001) 

2,01)0,000 

400,000 

Gondar, 

60,000 

Bornou, 

2,000,000 

300,000 

Bornou,  or  Birnie, 

30,000 

Felatah  Empire, 

2,000,000 

Sackatoo, 

60,000 

Bambarra, 

1,5)0,000 

Sagoo, 

30,000 

Benin, 

1,500,000 

Benin, 

60,000 

Algiers, 

1,500,000 

90,000 

Algiers, 

100,000 

Tunis, 

1,500,000 

72,000 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Tripoli, 

1,000,000 

100,000 

Tripoli, 

25,000 

Ashantee, 

1,000,000 

14,000 

Coouiassie, 

25,000 

Sennaar, 

900,000 

60,000 

Sennaar, 

16,000 

Dahomey, 

900,000 

Abomey, 

24,000 

Dar-four, 

200,000 

130,000 

Cobbe, 

6,000 

Fezzan, 

200,000 

Mourzouk, 

2,500 

Cape  Colony, 

J  20,000 

118,000 

Cape  Town, 

19,000 

Table 

II. — Population  of  Toicns. 

Egypt. 

Morocco. 

Tunis 

Cairo,             259,000 

Fez,                100,000* 

Tunis, 

120,000 

Damietta,         30,000 

Morocco,          80,000 

Kairwan, 

40,000 

Siut,                   20,000 

Mequinez,        70,000 

Cabes, 

30,000 

Rosetta,           16  000 

Rabat,              23,000 

Sgaa, 

20,000 

Alexandria,      15,000 

Mogadore,       20,000 

Sfax, 

20,000 

Aloiers. 

Tetuan,            15,000 

fiizerta. 

r4,ooo 

Algiers,           .00,000 
Coustantina,     50,000 

Bailee,              15,000 
Tangier,           15,000 

Tombuctoo. 
Tombuctoo,      12,000 

Rtmarfc  —  The  population  of  hardly  any  oi"  the  countries  or  cities  of  Africa  is 
*0curats!v  known=  The  total  amount  is  very  uncertai!!  and  it  is  very  differ 
«ntly  estimated ;  some  state  it  as  high  as  150  millions,  while  others  rtfduce  it 
to  80  millioas.    Thu  true  amount  is  doubtless  between  these  sumbera. 


THE  GLOBE. 


US 


THE  GLOBE, 

Table  I.  —  Extent  and  PopuUtieK  of  the  Globe. 


According  to  IlMiei. 

Balbi. 

Tkird       1 
Eatlmatfl. 

Aaia, 

Europe, 

ADrica, 

America, 

Oceaniea, 

Totnl, 

Sq.  Miles.     Popitlation. 

17,354,000  580,525,400 

3,290,000  200,772,400 

10,848,000  104,430,100 

17^303,000   38,0()5,100 

3,377,000     2,628,000 

52,172,000  938,421,000 

l*opttlatl«n. 

390,000,«00 

227,700,000 

00,000,000 

39,000,000 

20,300,060 

PopolsUou. 

440,000,000; 

234,000,000 
60,000,000 
50,000,000 
16y000,000 

737,000,000 

800,000,000: 

Rmutrks.  —  In  Uie  above  sUteinent  according  to  Hatael,  the  isl- 
anlfl  of  the  Sastern  ^.chi^elago  ami  Polynesia  aie  added  to  Asia, 
instead  of  being  inclttded,  aa  they  wx  by  some  other  geographeia, 
and  i«  the  other  two  stateuienla  of  the  population,  in  Ooeunie*. 

The  total  population  of  the  globe  ia  very  uneertaia,  aad  is  vari- 
oaaly  estimated  frora  1,000,000,000  to  leas  than  half  this  number. 
The  uncertainty  |>ertaifi8  «aofe  especially  to  Jisia^  'Africa,  and 
Oceamea.  The  sum  of  the  population  of  Euro^  and  Amerioa  doei 
not  probahly  var^  much  from  280  znilUons,  as  m  stated  aboire  ia  the 
third  esUmaU. 

Tails  H.  —  Xuniber  of  fke  different  Religions  aceorSing  to  HasseL 


Pagans, 

Christians, 

Mahometans, 

Jewjti 

Totati 


661,820,300 

252,565,700 

1^10,105,000 

3,930,000 

9^8,421,000 


Divisions  of  Chris '.iane. 
Aonian  CathoUcs,  131,738,000 


Greek  Church, 
Protestants, 
Monophysites, 
Armenians, 
j  Nestorians,  &e. 
Total, 


56,011,000 

55,791^00 

3,86CWP0 

l,799,dD0 

367,000 


252,565,700 


Divisions  of  Protestants. 
Lutherans,  24,264,800 

Reformed, 
Episcopalians, 
Methodists,  Bap-  ) 
tists,  &c.  ) 


12,759,900 
14,905,000  ; 

3,862,000 


Total,  65,791,700 
Divisions  of  Mahometans, 

Sannites,  09,704,000 

Shiites,  15,321,000 

Wdlabees,  6,000,000 

Sofis,  60,000^ 

Totd^  120,105,000  \ 


In  the  above  statements  all  the  inhabitants  in  the  countries  in 
which  Christianity  is  the  professed  religion,  except  the  Jews,  are 
classed  as  Christians. 

The  number  of  Methodists,  Baptists,  ^.,  is  stated  by  Hassd 
much  too  low. 

The  sect  of  Mahometans  styled  Skiites  are  found  chiefly  in  Persia; 
*1so  in  Afghanistan  and  Hindostan;  the  Wahabees  in  Arabia;  the 
Sofis  in  Afghaniatan. 

Table  /.—  What  number  of  square  miles  in  Asia  ?     Europe  ?  dte 
jmk  //.  —  VViM*.  number  of  Fagans  ?    Christians .'  &c. 


844 


STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Taali  III.  —  Varieties  of  the  Human  Species,  according  to  Ilasset, 


I.  Caucasian  or  White  Race. 

\.  CaooMiaiiB,  Geor- 
giani,  &o.  1,118,000 

9.  Arabians,  Moors, 
Jews,  Abysunians, 
Berbers,  Armeni- 
ans, &o.  54,533,000 

3.  Hindoos,  Persians, 
Afghans  Curds, 
Ac.  143,353,000 

4.  Tartar  nations ;  — 
Tarks,  Turcomans, 
Udbecks,  Kirffoses, 
&c.  17,095,000 

5.  Greeks,  4.834,000 

6.  Amauts,  530/)00 

7.  Sdaronian  Rations; 
—  Russians,  Poles, 
lithnanians,  Cro* 
ats,  &e.  68,355,000 

8.  Teutonic  of  Ger- 
man nations  ;  — 
Germans,  English, 
Swedes,  Duteb, 
Danes,  Norwegi- 
ans, Ac.  60,604,000 

9.  Rwnan  or  Latin 
nations ;  —  French, 
Italians^  Spanish, 
Walloons,  ^Valla- 
ohians,  75,829,000 

10.  Celts  or  Caledoni- 
ans, Low  Bretons, 
Basques,  &e.  10,484,000 

Tatalf  436,625,000 

11.  Mongolian,  Tawrv^,  or  Olive 

Race.  * 

Mongul  nations,  Thi 

beUans,  &c.  35,842,000 

Chinese,  256,200,000 

Birmans,       Siamese, 

Anamese,  &c.  83,850.000 

Japanese,  4l,100,000| 


Mandshurs  or  Mant- 

choos,  ]9,320,00€ 

Finns,      Eathonians, 

Laplanders.  &c.  2,878,000 
Esquimaux,  ^amoides. 

Kamtscliatdales,  &c.     185,700 


TottU, 


389,375,700 


III.  Malay  or.  Dark  Broicn  Race. 
Malays,  inhabiting  the 
peninsula  of  Malac- 


ca, the  island  of 
Ceylon,  and  the  inl- 
ands in  the  Pacific 


Ocean, 


32,800,000 


IV.  Ethiopian,  Negro,  or  Black 
Race. 

African  Negroes,         62,983,300 
Caffres,  5.800,000 

Hottentots,  600,000 

Papuans,  Negroes  of 
Australia,  950,000 


Total, 


69,633,300 


V.  American  or  Copper-aiUnH 
Race. 

North  American  Indi- 
ans, 

South  American  In- 
dians, 5,140,000 

Caribbees,  &c.  17,000 

Total, 


5,130,000 


10.287,000 


Caucasians, 

Mongolians, 

Malays, 

Ethiopians, 

Americans, 

Total, 


436,625,000 

389,375,700 

32,500,000 

69,633,300 

10,287,000 


938,421,000 


Remark.  —  Accordina  to  the  computation  of  some  other  geogra- 
phers, the  numbers  of  the  Mongolian  and  Ethiopian  races  are  con- 
eiderably  less  than  Uiey  are  stated  by  Hassel.  —  For  a  few  remarks 
on  these  different  races,  see  page  223. 

Tahle  III.  —  Whatjiations  are  included  in  the  Caacasian  oi 
White  race  f    The  Mongolian  i  &« 


In  the  Atlas ^ 
paralive  view 
and  of  the  Ian 
there  is  much 
want  of  unifor 
relating  to  the 


Nun 


North  A 
Mt.  St.  Eliaa, 
Tapocatapetl, 
Orazaba, 
Volcano  ofOuat 
Fairweather  Mt. 
Long's  Peak, 
llJgh  Peak, 
Jamea's  Peak, 
Mexico  City. 
Black  Mountain, 
Washington,  Wl 
Katatidin, 
High  Peak  of  Esi 
Moosehil]ock, 
Mansfield,  Greer 
Otter  Peak, 
Round  Top,  Cal 
Monadnock, 
Saddleback, 
Ascutney, 

EURC 

Mont  Blanc, 

Mont  Rosa, 

Ortler  Spitze, 

Mulahacen, 

Mont  Perdu, 

Etna, 

Ruska  Poyana, 

Argentaro, 

Monte  Come, 

Lomnitz, 

Snehatta, 

St.  Bernard,  Coi 

Taygetus, 

Ida, 

Find  us, 

Cents,  Pass  of, 

Olympus, 

Parnassus, 

PeUoQ, 

Hecla, 

Helicon, 

Ben  Nevis, 

Vesuvius, 

Ftnowdon, 

Brocken, 

StromboU, 


THE  GLOBE. 


246 


Tablk  IV.  —  Heights  of  Mountains. 

In  the  .^tlas,  which  accompanies  this  work,  may  be  seen  a  oom< 
parative  view  of  the  Heights  of  soine  of  the  Principal  Mountains^ 
and  of  the  Lengths  of  the  most  celebrated  Rivers' on  the  Globe  ;  but 
there  is  much  uncertainty  respecting  these  matters,  and  a  great 
want  of  uniformity  in  the  different  measurements  and  authoritiei 
relating  to  them. 


Name. 

Il'ight. 

Name. 

HMght. 

North  Ambricji. 

Feet. 

South  America. 

Mt.  Bt.  Elias,        N.  W.  Coast, 

17,R50 

Nevada  de  Horala,        Andes, 

25,200 

ropocatapetl,                 Mexico, 

17,71U 

Illimaui,                              do. 

24,200 

Orazaba,                             do. 

17,371 

Chimborazo,                       do. 

21,440 

Valcano  of  Guatemala, 

15,000 

Cotopaxi,                            do. 

18,891 

Falrwealhor  Mt.    N.  W.  Coast 

14,900 

Picbincha,                          do- 

15,937 

Long'i  F«ak,           Rocky  Mta. 

13,675 

Antisana  Farm  House,  Equat. 

14,275 

lligh  Peak,                        do. 

12,500 

La  Paz  City,                 Bolivia, 

12,760 

Jtmea's  Peak,                   do. 

11,320 

Guauca  Velica,  Town,    Peru, 

12,308 

Mexico  City.                  Mexico, 

7,470 

Quito  City,                EquBter, 

9,514 

Black  Mountain,               N.  C. 

6,476 

Bogota  do.           N.  Grenada, 

8,694 

Washington,  White  Mis.  N.  II 

6,428 

Katahdin,                        Maine, 

5,623 

Asia.. 

High  Peak  of  Essex,          N .  Y 

5,467 

Chumalaree,           Ilimmaleh, 

29,000 

Moosehillock,                    N.  H 

4,636 

Uhawaln^iri,                       do. 

28,500 

MnnsHeld,  Green  Mts.           Vt. 

4,270 

Hindoo-Koosh,     Afghanistan, 

20,593 

Otter  Peak,                           Va 

3,953 

Eiburus,                    Caucasus, 

17,786 

Round  Top,  Calskill  Mts.  N.Y. 

3,804 

Petcha,         Chinese  Tartary, 

15,060 

Monadnock,                      N.  II. 

3.718 

Ararat,                      Armenia, 

12,700 

Saddleback,                       Mass 

3,580 

Kalitzkoi,                     Altaian, 

10,736 

Ascutney,                             Vt 

3,320 

Lebanon,                         Syria, 

10,000 

Avatsha,             Kamtschatka, 

9,600 

Europe. 

Tanagiii,                      Urallan, 

0,061 

Mont  Blanc,                      Alps, 

15,680 

Ilermon,                         Syria, 

8,949 

Mont  Rosa,                           do. 

15,552 

iTaurus,                        Natolia, 

7,715 

Ortler  Spitze,                         do. 

15,430  Sinai,                            Arabia, 

6,000 

Mulahacen,                       Spain, 

11,801  Olympus,                           do. 

«,500 

Mont  Perdu,               Pyrenees, 

11,283  Gargarua  or  Ida,          Natolia, 

4.960 

Etna,                                Sicily, 

lU,954'l6haut8,                   Hindostan, 

4,000 

Ruska  Poyana,       Carpathian, 

9,912 

,Carrael,                          Syria, 

1,600 

Argentaro,                      Balkan, 

9,600 

1 

Monte  Como,           Apennines, 

9,521 

Ocean icA. 

LomniW,                  Carpathian, 

8,640 

iMouna  Roa,                 Hawaii, 

17,416 

Snehatta,                   Dollrefleld, 

8,115 

Egmont,            New  Zealand, 

15,304 

St.  Bernard,  Convent,      Alps, 

8,038 

iMount  Ophyr,           Sumatra, 

13,842 

Taygetus,                        Morea, 

7,910 

Volcano,                            do. 

12,468 

Ida,                                   Crete, 

7,674 

Peak,                             Tahiti, 

10,895 

Pindus,                           Greece, 

7,673 

Parmesan,                    Banca, 

10,050 

Cenis,  Pass  of,                    Alps, 

6,776 

Olympus,                      Greece, 

6,522 

Africa. 

Parnassus,                          do. 

5,750 

Atlas,                          Barbary, 

1^,500 

PeUoa,                                do. 

5.115 

Peak  of  Teneriffe,     Canaries, 

12,358 

Hecia,                            Iceland, 

4,888 

Lnmalmon,              Abyssinia, 

11,300 

Helicon,                          Greece, 

4,500 

Gondar  City,                     do. 

8,440 

Ben  Nevis,                  Scotland, 

4,387 

Volcano,            Isl.  Bourbon, 

7,680 

Vesuvius,                        Naples, 

3,731 

Pico,                             Azores, 

7,016 

Snowdon,                        Wales, 

3,571 

Table  Mountain,  Good  Hope, 

3,620 

Brocken,                          Hartz, 

3,486 

Diana's  Peak.        St.  Helena, 

3,710 

StromboU,                          Italy, 

2,884''                                                       '             ) 

246 


STATISTICAL  TABLED 


TAttLB  V.  —  CamparaUvt  Lmgth»  of  Riverfi 

The  lengths  of  the  longest  rivers  arc  not  so  aecun»t»ly  ascerthinedf 
■ft  the  elevationa  of  ttie  lii^jhest  mountains.  A  great  Avcrsity  is 
fsund  m  the  different  stateiaenia  which  aie  given  by  diflbient  per* 
tons.  This  diversity  i»  owing,  in  a  great  measure,  to  the  different 
principles  upon  which  tlic  estimates  have  be«n  formed;  sonie  ex- 
pressing tlie  lengths  of  tite  rivers  according  to  the  windings  of  their 
coursesf  others  giving  only  %\\e  length«  of  the  valleys  through 
which  they  flow. 

The  lengths  of  the  rivers  of  Europe  are  mostly  given'  in  tlje  fol- 
Ibwing  Tohlc,  as  iliey  ore  stated  in  the  *^  Edinbur^  Geogjaphica) 
and  historical  Atlas.  The  tttateraents  of  the  lengths  of  tue  rivers 
ef  America  are  accommodated  more  nearly  to  live  witiding^of  their 
eourses,  than  those  of  the  eastern  continent. 


Jiorth  America. 
Miln. 
Missouri,  4,400 
Mississippi,  3,000 
Arkansas^  2,100 
St.  Lawrence,  2,000 
Mackenzie,  2,000 
Del  Norte,  2,000 
Red  River,  1,800 
Nelson,  <&c.  1,500 
Colombia,  1,500 
La  Plate,  1,500 
Ohio,  1,350 

Kansas,  1,200 

White  River,  1,200 
Tennessee,  1,100 
Alabama^  650 

Savannah^  600 

Potomac,  550 

Connecticut,      410 
i  Hudson,  3^ 

Delaware,  300 

South  America. 

'  Amazon^  4,500 

iia  Plata,         3,000 

Madeira,  2,400 

;  Orinoco,  1,800 

Tocantins,       1,800 

\  Ucayale,  1,600 

■  St.  Francisco,  1,500 

)  Paraguay,        1,400 

'  Magdalena,     1,000 


Europe. 


Volga, 

Danube, 

Don, 

Dneiper, 

Kama, 

Rliine, 

Elbe, 

Loire, . 

Vistula, 

Theis, 

Dneister, 

Tagus, 


Milos. 

2,040 

1,710 

1,080 

1,050 

780 

670 

570 

540 

500 

495 

480 

480 


Dwina,  North,  480 

Oder,  450 

Niemen,  450 
Dwina,  or  Duna,420 

Guadiana,  420 

Rhone,  390 

Pruth,  300 

Po,  375 

Ebro,  370 

Duero,  365 

Drave,  360 

Meuse,  360 

Garonne,  345 

Seine,  330 

Mayne,  330 

Guadalquivir,  300 

Thames,  180 

Tiber,  180 


Kian-Kir, 
Hoang-llo, 
Lena, 
A  moor, 

Ganges^ 

Brahmapootra 

Irrawaddy, 

Cambodia, 

Euplirates,. 

Meinam^ 

Irtish, 

Indus, 

Jihon-, 

Tigrisy 

Sir, 

Godavery, 

Kistna, 

Nerbuddab, 

Joidan, 

.Sfrka. 

Nigeit, 

Nife, 

Senegal, 

Gambia. 

Congo, 

Orange, 


Miles. 

3,300 

2,IK)0 

2,470 

2,360 

2,260 

2,150 

2,040 

,2,040 

2,040 

2,000 

1,820 

1,600 

1,500 

1,450 

1,100 

li)00 

900 

850 

800 

750 

130 


3,000 
2,700 
1,300 
1,200 
1,100 
1,000 


parts.     These 


TahU  V.  —  Which  are  some  of  the  longest  rivers  in  North  Amer- 
iea  ?  In  South  America  i  In  Europe  P  In  Asia  .'*  In  Afite&? 
What  is  the  length  of  the  Missouri  P  &e.  . .  / 


USE  OF  GLODES 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 

A  SjtJiere,  or  Globe,  is  a  round  body,  every  point  of  whose  surft... 
IS  equally  distant  from  a  point  wilhm  the  body,  called  the  oenciVh. 
A  Hemisphere  is  a  half  globe. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  artificial  globes,  tJie  terrestrial  and  th« 
celestial. 

The  Terrestrial  Globe  is  a  representation  of  the  earth,  havinir  t/io 
seas  and  different  countries  deUneated  on  it,  as  they  are  situated  on 
Uie  surface  of  the  earth. 

The  Celestial  Globe  is  an  artificial  representation  of  the  heaven*, 

mi?^  t'»e  fixed  stars  drawn  upon  it,  in  tlieir  natural  situation. 

The  Mis  of  a  globe  is  an  imaginary  line  passing  through  its  cen 
tre  from  north  to  south,  around  which  it  revolves. 

The  Poles  are  the  extremities  of  the  axis,  terminated  by  the  sur- 
face of  the  globe.  One  is  the  norlli,  and  the  other  the  soiUh  pole; 
and  they  are  each  90  degrees  from  the  equator. 

Great  Circles  are  such  as  divide  the  globe  into  two  equal  parts. 
1  hese  are  the  equator  or  equinoctial,  the  horizon,  the  meridians,  the 
ecliptic,  and  the  two  colures. 

The  Less  Circles  are  those  that  divide  the  globe  into  two  unequal 
?^J^    These  are  four,  Ihe  two  tropics,  and  the  two  polar  circles. 

The  circumference  of  every  circle  is  supiwsed  to  be  divided  into 
360  equal  parts,  called  degrees;  each  degree  into  60  equal  part*. 
called  minutes  ;  and  each  minute  into  CO  equal  parts,  called  seconds. 
Thoy  are  marked  thus,  23«»  28'  IC";  i.  e.  83  degrees,  28  minutes. 
and  16  seconds. 

The  Equator  is  an  imaginary  great  circle  of  the  earth,  equi-dis- 
tant  from  the  poles,  dividing  the  earth  into  the  northern  and  south- 
ern hemispheres. 

The  equator  is  divided  by  the  principal  meridian  into  two  eoual 
parts,  of  180°  each.  * 

Meridians  are  imaginary  great  circles  passing  through  the  poles 
and  perpendicular  to  the  equator. 

The  meridian  of  a  place,  or  the  12  o'clock  hour  circle,  Is  the 
meridian  tliat  cuts  the  horizon  in  the  north  and  south  points.  The 
first  meridian  of  any  country  is  the  meridian  passing  through  the 
sapital  of  tliat  country. 

The  Horizon  is  eitiier  sensible  or  real.  The  sensible  Itorizon  is  a 
small  circle  which  limits  our  prospect,  where  the  sky  and  land  or 
water  appear  to  meet.  The  real  horizon  is  a  great  circle  which  di- 
vides the  earth  into  the  upper  and  lower  hemispheres. 

The  horizon  is  divided  into  four  equal  parts  of  90°  each,  by  the 
four  cardinal  points,  East,  West,  North,  and  South. 

The  wooden  horizon  of  the  artificial  globe  is  divided  into  three 
parts ;  the  innermost  is  marked  with  all  tlie  points  on  the  mariner'n 
compass;  the  next  has  the  names,  characters,  ind  figures  ot^tne 
twelve  signs  ;  and  the  third  is  a  calendar  of  montha  and  days/HBy 
the  last  two  is  instantly  seen  the  sign  and  degree  the  sun  is  m  dor 

'"6  *^»^*j  w«j   «"  wit:  jfuax. 

22 


248 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


English. 

diaracter*. 

Time. 

TIm?  Ram 

Of 

March  20th 

The  Bull 

B 

April    20th 
May     2l8t 

The  Twins 

n 

The  Crab 

25 

June    2l8t 

The  Lion 

a 

July     23d 

The  Virgin 
The  Scales 

^ 

Aug.    23d 

£k 

Sept.    23d 

The  Scorpion 

M\ 

Octob.  23d 

The  Archer 

t 

Nov.     22d 

The  Goat 

b> 

Dec.     22d 

The  Waterman 

m 

Jan.       20th 

The  Fishes 

^ 

Feb.      19th 

The  Ediplk  is  an  imaginary  great  circlo  in  the  heavenn,  w  Xhe 
plane  of  wnich  tlie  eartli  performs  her  annual  revolution  roun^i    he 

■un.  • 

The  ecliptic  is  drawn  on  the  artificial  globe  obliquely  to  tbu  e-fia 
tor,  making  with  it  an  angle  of  23°  28'.  .... 

The  Uodm  signs  are  the  twelve  equal  parts  into  which  the  eciip 
tic  is  divided,  each  consisting  of  30°. 

The  Zodiac  is  a  broad  belt  in  the  heavens  16»  wide,  m  the  mid- 
die  of  which  is  the  ecliptic. 

The  names  and  characters  of  the  12  signs,  and  tlie  time  of  the 
■an's  entering  them,  are  as  follows : 

Leiin. 

1.  Aries 

2.  Taurus 

3.  Gemini 

4.  Cancer 

5.  Leo 

6.  Virga 

7.  Libra 

8.  Scorpio 

9.  Sagittarius 

10.  Capricornus 

11.  Aquarius 

12.  Pisces 
The  first  six  are  called  northern  signs,  because  they  are  north  of 

the  equator;  the  last  six  sou/Aem,  because  they  are  south  of  tlw 
equator. 

The  Colures  are  two  meridians;  one  passing  through  the  eqai- 
noctial  points,  Aries  and  Libra,  called  the  equinoctial  colvre;  the 
other  passing  through  the  solstitial  points,  Cancer  and  Capricorn, 
called  the  smstitial  colure. 

The  Tropics  are  two  less  circles,  drawn  parallel  to  the  equator, 
lit  the  distance  of  23°  28* ;  one  north  of  the  equator,  called  the  tropic 
of  Cancer;  the  other  south,  called  the  tropic  of  Capricorn.  These 
circles  show  the  sun's  limits  north  and  south  of  the  equator. 

The  Polar  Circles  are  less  circles,  described  round  the  poles,  at 
the  distance  of  23°  28'.  The  northern  is  called  the  arctic  circle,  and 
the  southern  the  antarctic. 

Zones  are  divisions  of  the  earth's  surface,  formed  by  the  tropics 
and  polar  circles.  They  ore  five,  one  torridy  two  temperate^  and  tioo 
frigid  zones. 

The  torrid  zone  is  included  between  the  tropics ;  the  temp»jrate 
Bones,  between  the  tropics  and  polar  circles  j  and  the  frigid,  between 
the  polar  circles  and  the  poles. 

The  Latitude  of  a  place  is  the  distance  from  tlie  equator,  north  or 
Bouth,  measured  on  a  meridian  towards  either  pole,  reckoneoia  •« 
grees,  minutes,  and  seconds.    It  cannot  exceed  90°. 

The  Longitude  of  a  place  is  its  distance  from  the  first  meridian, 
m^or  west,  measured  on  the  equator.    It  never  exceeds  180°. 
.    A  Climate,  as  used  by  astronomers,  is  a  portion  of  the  eartfc's 
■Qifaee,  included  between  two  parallels  of  latitude,  and  of  sucb  a 


Problem  hi. 


,_.  o.^ 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


tiif 


Imlf  an  hour  longer  than  under  tho  other.     Tlicre  ore  24  such  cli- 
mates between  the  equator  and  eacii  of  the  polar  circles. 

PROBLEMS  ON  THE  TERRESTRIAL  GLOBE. 

Proklkm  I.     To  find  Uie  Latitude  of  any  Place. 

Turn  the  fflobe,  and  brinor  the  place  to  the  engraven  edge  of  the 
brazen  meridian ;  and  the  degree  on  tho  meridian  is  tlie  latitude, 
north  or  south,  as  it  may  1x3  on  the  nortli  or  poulli  side  of  the  equator. 

Thus  the  latitude  of  liOndon  is  5]^  degrees  north;  and  of  St 
Helena  nearly  H5  degrees  south. 

What  is  the  latitude  of  Alexandria  in  Kgypt?  Athicns  ?   Cape  of 
Good  Hope  ?  Cape  Horn  ?  Constantinople .'  Kdinburgh  ?    Ispahan  ? 
Madras.^  Moscow.''  Paris.'  Kostoni"  Philadelphia?  Prague.?  Stock 
holm  ?  Tencriffe  ?  Vienna  ?  Botany  Bay  ? 

Problem  n.     To  find  the  l/mgilMde  of  any  Place. 

Bring  the  place  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  the  degree  on  the 
equator  shows  the  longitude  from  London. 

Thus  the  longitude  of  Madras  is  80  degrees  cast ;  of  Lisbon,  9 
dcgreefl  west. 

What  is  the  longitude  of  Amsterdam  ?  Archangel .?  Babelman- 
del .'  Dublin  ?  Gibraltar  ?  Jerusalem  .'  Qaebcc  ?  Syracuse  .'  Tunis  ? 
Turin.'    Upsal .? 

Frobleu  Iff.    77(6  Longitude  and  Latitude  of  any  Place  being  given, 

to  find  that  Place, 

Look  for  the  longitude  on  the  equator,  and  bring  it  to  the  brazen 
meridian,  then  under  the  given  degree  of  latitude  will  be  tho  place 
required. 

Thus  the  place  whose  longitude  is  30°  17'  east,  and  latitude  3P 
11'  north,  is  Alexandria;  and  the  place  which  has  near  GP  west 
longitude,  and  1C°  south  latitude,  is  St.  Helena. 

What  places  are  those  that  have  the  following  longitudes  and 
latitudes:  3C°  17'  east  long.,  and  31°  II'  north  Tat.  — 11 3° 2' east 
long.,  and  23°  8'  north  lat.  — 79°  50'  west  long.,  and  33°  22'  north 
lat— fi°  30'  west,  and  51°  54'  nortii  lat.  — 4°  5'  west  and  56» 
(nearly)  north  lat.  —  7G°  50^  west  lonff.,  and  12°  south  lat  -  8°  35' 
west  long.,  and  40°  53'  north  lat.  ?  What  place  is  that  whose  Ion* 
gitude  is  nearly  78°  west,  but  which  has  no  latitude  ? 

Problem  iv.     To  find  the  Difference  of  Latitude  of  any  two  Placet. 

If  the  places  are  in  the  same  hemiBphcre,  bring  each  to  the  me- 
ridian, and  subtract  the  latitude  of  the  one  fron  that  of  the  other: 
if  in  different  hemispheres,  add  the  latitude  of  the  one  to  that  of  the 
other. 

Thus  the  difference  of  latitude  between  London  and  Madras  id 
38°  28' ;  between  Paris  and  Cape  Horn  is  104°  49'.  What  is  the 
difference  of  latitude  between  Copenhagen  and  Gibraltar.''  —  be- 
tween London  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ?  —  between  Berlin  and 
"risial '  —  between  Bch^.tI  and  St.  Hcicna  r  —  between  Snadrid  and 


// 


S5C 


USE  Of  GLOBES. 


Moscow? — between  Leghorn  and  Liverpool?  —  between  Pokin 
ond  Philadelphia?  —  How  many  degrees  further  nortli  is  St.  Pe- 
tersburg than  Naples  ? 

FRCoriM  V.     To  find  tiie  Difference  of  Longitude  of  any  two  Places. 

Bring  one  of  the  places  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  mark  its  lon- 
gitude ;  then  bring  the  other  place  to  the  meridian,  and  the  number 
c£  degrees  between  its  longitude  and  the  first  mark,  is  the  differ- 
ence of  longitude :  thus  the  difference  of  longitude  between  Lou- 
den and  Constantinople  is  2d°  53';  between  Constantinople  and 
Madras,  51°  54^ 

What  is  the  difference  of  longitude  between  Athens  and  Batavia  ? 
— ■  between  Brest  and  Cape  Horn  ?  —  between  Charleston  in  South 
Carolina  and  Cork  in  Ireland  ?  —  between  Rome  and  Cape  Fiuis- 
terre  ?  — between  Canton  and  the  most  northerly  point  of  the  Orkney 
Islands  ?  —  between  Morocco  and  Thibet  ?  —  between  Cape  Boja- 
dor  in  Africa  and  Port  Jackson  New  Holland  ?  —  between  the  moat 
northerly  point  of  Madagascar  and  Otaheite?  —  between  Mecca 
And  Calcutta? 

Problem  ti.  To  find  the  Distance  of  any  tvco  Places  on  the  Globe 
Lay  the  graduated  edge  of  the  quadrant  of  altitude  over  both 
places,  and  the  degrees  between  them,  multiplied  by  69;^,  will  give 
the  distance  in  English  milea  Thus  the  distance  between  the  Liz- 
wd  point  and  the  island  of  Bermuda  is  4G°,  or  3147  miles ;  between 
London  and  Jamaica,  4691  miles. 

What  is  the  distance  between  Samarcand  in  Tartary  and  Pekin  ? 
—  between  Warsaw  and  Ascension  Island? — between  North  Cape 
•nd  Gibraltar  ?  —  between  Lisbon  and  Ispahan  ?  —  between  Rio  Ja- 
steiro  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ?  —  between  Madrid  and  Cairo  ? 
—between  Boston  and  Cayenne  ? 

Problem  vii.     The  Hour  at  any  Place  being  given,  to  find  what 
Hour  it  is  at  any  other  Place* 

Bring  the  place,  where  the  hour  is  given,  to  the  brazen  meridian, 

*  When  the  difference  of  longitude  between  any  two  places  is 
known,  it  is  easy  to  ascertain  their  difference  of  time  by  calculation. 
It  is  noon,  or  twelve  o'clock,  when  any  place  on  tlja  globe  is  exactly 
towards  the  sun,  and  the  succession  of  day  and  night,  of  morning, 
noon,  and  evening,  may  be  beautifully  shown  by  turning  the  Terres- 
trial Globe  in  the  sunshine,  or  in  the  light  of  a  fire  or  candle.  But  to 
ascertain  exactly  the  number  of  hours  and  minutes,  by  which,  at  the 
same  moment  of  time,  two  places  differ,  it  is  necessary  to  divide  the 
difference  of  longitude  by  15,  because  every  15  degrees  is  equal  to  one 
hour  of  time ;  and,  consequently,  also,  every  degree  is  equal  to  four 
minutes  of  time. 

For  example,  when  it  is  noon  at  London,  it  will  be  four  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon  at  all  places  which  have  GO  degrees  of  longitude  east  of  Lon- 
don, and  8  in  the  morning  at  all  places  which  have  GO  degrees  west  of 
London.  ' 

At  all  places  which  have  180  degrees  difference  of  lo.xijritude,  it  will 
bo  12  o'clock  at  night,  when  it  is  noon  at  London.  And  in  this  manner, 
the  hour  in  any  part  of  tiie  world  may  be  calculated,  b>  au  Ung  to  the 
given  hou:,  whoo^iw}  "s'^oe  iaeasi, ^sd  bv sublractin-T-  v.^ion  U  -s  west. 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


261 


nwd  «?t  the  index   )f  tho  hour  circle  to  that  iioiir,  then  turn  the 
globe  till  the  propoicd  place  coino  under  the  meridian,  and  the  in 
tlex  will  point  to  the  present  liour  at  that  place. 

Thus,  when  it  is  twelve  o'clock  at  noon  in  London,  it  is  nearly 
four  in  the  rifternoon  at  tho  island  of  Mauritius;  but  at  Jamaica  it 
is  only  about  seven  in  tho  morning. 

When  it  is  ten  in  the  forenoon  at  London,  what  is  the  time  at 
Calcutta,  Canton,  Pelevv  Islands,  Barbadoes,  tho  western  side  of 
Lake  Superior,  Owhyhee,  and  Easter  Island  ? 

What  o'clock  is  it  at  New  York,  Moscow,  Cape  Horn,  Genoi, 
Syracuse,  and  Leghorn,  when  it  is  midnight  at  Lisbon  ? 

How  much  are  the  clocks  of  Mexico  behind  ours .-' 

When  it  is  twelve  at  noon  at  Port  Jackson,  what  time  is  it  at 
Paris  and  Dublin ' 


and 


Problem  vin.     To  rectify  the  Ghhc  for  the  Latitude,  Zenith, 

Sun's  Place. 

1.  For  the  latitude :  Elevate  the  pole  above  the  horiaon,  accord- 
:  ng  to  the  latitude  of  the  place. 

2.  For  the  zenith :  Screw  the  quadrant  of  altitude  on  the  meridi- 
an at  the  given  degree  of  latitude,  counting  from  the  equator  to- 
wards the  elevated  pole. 

3.  For  the  sun's  place  :  Find  the  sun's  place  on  the  horizon,  and 
then  bring  the  same  place  found  on  the  ecliptic  to  the  meridian, 
and  set  the  hour  index  to  twelve  at  noon. 

Thus,  to  rectify  for  the  latitude  of  London  on  the  10th  day  of 
May,  the  globe  must  bo  so  placed,  that  the  north  pole  shall  be  51^ 
degrees  above  the  north  side  of  the  horizon  ;  then  T)!^  will  be  found 
on  the  zenith  of  the  meridian,  on  whicli  the  quadrant  must  be 
screwed.  On  the  horizon,  the  10th  of  May  answers  to  the  20th  of 
Taurus,  which  find  on  the  ecliptic,  and  bring  it  to  the  meridian,  and 
set  the  index  to  twelve. 

Rectify  the  globe  for  London,  St.  Petersburg.  Madras,  Pekin, 
Oporto,  Venice,  Quebec,  Washington,  Vienna,  flantzic,  and  Ath- 
ens, for  the  24th  of  February,  the  27th  of  June,  and  the  Gth  of 
August. 

Problkm  IX.     To  find  at  what  Hour  the  Sun  rises  and  sets  any  Day 
in  the  Year,  and  also  vjwn  what  Point  of  the  Compass. 

Rcclily  for  the  latitude  and  sun's  place  (Prob.  viir.),and  turn  the 
sun's  place  to  the  eastern  edi^e  of  the  horizon,  and  the  index  will 
point  to  the  hour  of  rising;  then  bring  it  to  the  western  edge  of  the 
liorizon,  and  the  index  will  show  the  setting. 

Thus,  on  the  IGth  of  March,  the  sun  rises  a  little  after  six,  and 
sets  a  little  before  six  in  tlie  evening. 

What  time  does  the  sun  rise  and  set  at  St.  Petersburg,  Naples, 
Canton,  Dublin,  Gibraltar,  TcnerifTe,  Boston,  and  Vienna,  on  the 
15th  of  April,  the  4th  of  July,  and  the  20th  of  November .' 

Note.  —  On  the  S let  of  March  the  sun  rises  due  east,  and  sets 
due  west ;  between  Jus  and  the  21st  of  September,  it  rises  and  sets 
to  the  northward  of  these  points,  and  in  the  winter  months  to  the 
S'jutliward  of  them.     When  t!ie  sun's  place  is  !)ron<T4i*,  ♦•.>  the  eiist 


253 


USE  OF  GLOBES. 


era  or  western  edge  of  the  horizon,  it  marks  the  point  of  the  corn* 
pass  upon  which  it  rises  or  sets  that  day. 

FROBtKM  X.     To  find  the  Length  of  the  Day  and  Mght  at  any  Time 

in  the  Year. 

Double  the  time  of  the  sun's  rising,  which  gives  tlie  length  of 
the  night ;  double  the  time  of  his  setting,  which  gives  the  length 
of  the  day. 

Thus,  on  the  25th  of  May,  the  sun  rises  at  London  about  four 
o'clock,  and  sets  at  eight.  The  length  of  the  night  is  twice  four,  or 
eight  hours ;  the  length  of  the  day  is  twice  eight,  or  sixteen  hours. 

Problem  xi.    To  find  all  the  Places  to  tohich  a  Lunar  Eclipse  is 

visible  at  any  Instant. 

Find  the  place  to  which  the  sun  is  vertical  at  that  time,  and 
bring  that  place  to  the  zenith,  and  set  the  index  to  the  upper 
twelve;  then  turn  the  globe  till  the  index  points  to  the  lower 
twelve,  and  the  eclipse  is  visible  to  every  part  of  the  earth  that  ii 
oow  above  the  horizon. 


THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE. 

As  the  Terrestrial  Globe,  by  turning  on  its  axis,  represents  the 
real  diurnal  motion  of  the  earth,  so  the  Celestial  Globe,  by  turning 
or  its  axis,  represents  the  apparent  motion  of  the  heavens. 

The  nominal  points  of  Aries  and  Libra  arc  called  the  equinoctial 
points,  because  when  the  sun  appears  to  be  in  either  of  them,  the 
day  and  night  are  equal. 

Til  nommal  points  of  Cancer  and  Capricorn  are  called  solstitial 
points,  because  when  the  sun  arrives  at  either  of  them,  he  seems 
to  stand  still,  or  to  be  at  the  same  height  in  tlie  heavens  at  twelve 
o'clock,  at  noon,  for  several  days  together. 

D^nition.  The  latitude  of  the  heavenly  bodies  is  measured  from 
the  ecliptic,  north  and  south.  The  sun,  being  always  in  the  eclip- 
tic, has  no  latitude. 

bef.  The  longitude  of  the  heavenly  bodies  is  reckoned  on  the 
ecliptic,  from  the  first  point  of  Aries,  eastward  round  the  glooe. 
The  longitude  of  the  sun  is  what  is  called,  on  the  terrestrial  glo?)e 
the  sun's  place. 

PROBLEMS  ON  THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE. 

Fboblem  I.  To  find  the  Latitude  and  Longitude  of  any  given  Star 
Put  the  centre  of  the  quadrant  on  the  pole  of  the  ecliptic,  and  its 
{^duated  edge  on  the  given  star ;  then  the  arch  of  tiie  quadrant 
intercepted  l^tween  the  star  and  the  ecliptic,  shows  its  latitude 
and  the  degree  which  the  edge  of  tlie  quadrant  cuts  on  the  ecliptic 
is  the  degree  of  its  longitude. 

Thus  the  latitude  of  Regulus  is  0°  28'  N.,  and  its  longitude 
nearly  147°. 


USE  OF  GLOBES 


253 


I 


Problem  i:. 


To  find  any  Place  in  the  Heavens,  by  having  its  Lati- 
tude and  Longitude  given. 
Fix  the  quadrant,  as  in  the  last  problem ;  let  it  cut  the  longitude 
given  on  the  ecliptic ;  then  seek  the  latitude  on  the  quadrant,  and 
the  place  under  it  is  the  place  sought.  Thus,  if  I  am  asked  what 
part  of  the  heavens  that  is,  whose  longitude  is  6G°  30',  and  latitude 
o°  30'  S.,  I  find  it  is  that  space  which  Aldebaran  occupies. 

Def.  The  declination  of  any  heavenly  body  is  measured  upon 
the  meridian  from  the  equinoctial. 

Problem  hi.     To  find  the  Dedbrntion  of  the  Sun  or  any  Star. 

Bring  the  sun  or  star  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  then  as  far  as 
it  is  in  degrees  from  the  equinoctial  is  its  declination.  Thus  the 
sun's  declination,  April  19,  is  11°  19'  north.  On  the  1st  of  De- 
cember it  is  2P  54'  south. 

What  is  the  declination  of  the  sun  on  tlie  10th  of  Februarv.  and 
the  15th  of  May  ?  '' 

Def.  The  nght  ascension  of  any  heavenly  body  is  its  distance 
from  the  first  meridian,  or  that  which  passes  through  the  first  point 
of  Aries,  counted  on  the  equinoctial. 

Problem  iv.    To  find  the  Right  .Ascension  of  the  Sun  or  of  any  ^ar 
Bring  the  sun's  place,  or  that  of  the  star,  to  the  brazen  meridian ; 

and  the  number  or  degrees  on  the  equator,  between  that  meridian 

and  the  first  point  of  Aries,  is  the  right  ascension. 
Thus  the  sun's  right  ascension  on  April  19th  is  27°  30' :  on  the 

1st  of  December,  247°  30'. 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 

There  are  four  methods  of  representing  the  Earth's  surface,  viz. 
the  Orthographic,  the  Stereogravhic,  the  Globular,  and  Mercator's 
Projections  ;  all  of  which  have  their  respective  advantages  and  de- 
fects. The  two  latter  methods  approach  nearest  the  truth,  and  are 
most  generally  in  use. 

Globular  Projection.  The  Globular  Projection  of  the  Sphere  ex- 
hibits its  surface  by  means  of  curve  lines  called  Circles  of  Longi- 
tude, and  Parallels  of  Latitude. 

Mercaior's  Projection.  Mercator's  Chart  exhibits  the  projection 
of  the  two  hemispheres,  laid  down  upon  a  plane,  with  all  the  cir- 
cles of  latitude  and  longitude  projected  into  straight  lines.  The 
lines  of  longitude  are  all  equidistant,  and  parallel  to  each  other; 
the  lines  of  latitude  are  also  all  parallel,  but  not  equidistant. 

problems. 
1.  To  divide  a  given  Line  into  two  equal  Farts. 
Let  A  B,  fig.  1,  be  the  given  line.     With  the  points  A  and  B  as 
centres,  with  any  distance  in  the  compasses  greater  than  half  A  B, 


describe  the  arcs  intersecting  each  other  in  rn  and  n, 

—  — . — n—    5 —-    ^. .,,>.. .,.,v..i    T.titirr    mc   iixic 

Will  divide  A  B  into  two  equal  parts 


#^  _  _ 


7K  v>  n,  asiu  U 


asA 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


2.  To  sreci  a  Perpendicular  on  a  given  Point  in  a  Line- 

Let  A  B,  fiff.  2,  be  the  ffiven  line,  and  C  the  given  point. 

On  each  side  of  point  C  measure  oiF  equal  distances  to  a  and  b. 

From  the  centres  a  and  b,  with  any  distance  greater  than  a  C  or 
h  iC,  describe  two  arcs  intersecting  each  other  in  c. 

Through  C  and  c  draw  the  line  C  c,  and  it  will  be  perpendicular 
to  the  line  A  B. 

3.  To  let  fall  a  Perpendicular  from  a  given  Point. 

This  is  the  2d  problem  reversed,  and  one  figure  nlay  serve  for 
both. 

From  the  given  point  D,  at  any  distance,  describe  an  arc,  inter- 
secting A  B  m  a  and  b. 

Proceed  exactly  as  in  problem  2d,  only  describing  the  arcs  below 
the  line  A  B,  and  the  line  D  C  £  will  be  tiie  perpendicular  re- 
quired. 

Projection  of  Maps. 

I.  To  draw  a  Map  of  the  World  on  the  Globular  ProjeAAion. 

(See  plate  I.  fig.  3  ) 

Ist.  Describe  the  circle  N  E  S  W ;  and  draw  right  lines  cutting 
one  another  at  right  angles  in  the  centre.  N  S  will  represent  the 
axis  of  the  earth,  and  W  £  the  equator. 

2d.  Divide  each  quarter  of  tlicsc  right  lines  into  nine  equal  parts, 
proceeding  from  the  centre  to  the  circumference ;  each  division 
will  represent  ten  degrees,  and  may  be  numbered  accordingly. 
Those  On  the  axis  will  represent  the  latitude,  and  are  to  be  num 
bered  from  the  equator  towards  the  pole,  10,20,  &c.  Those  on  the 
equator  will  represent  the  longitude,  and  are  to  be  numbered  so  as 
to  correspond  with  whatever  point  is  fixed  on  as  a  first  meridian. 
Figure  3  is  supposed  to  be  the  western  hemisphere,  and  Lonciiin  to 
be  the  first  meridian  ;  and  this,  by  the  usual  method  of  projecting 
maps  of  the  world,  will  fix  the.  axis  as  110,  from  whence-  the  num- 
bers are  continued  westward,  120, 130,  «fec. 

3d.  Divide  the  four  quarters  of  the  outward  circle  into  nine  equal 
parts,  respectively,  proceeding  from  the  equator  to  the  poles,  and 
number  them  10, 20,  &c. 

To  draw  the  Parallels  of  Latitude.  The  general  rule  is,  to  guide 
the  compasses  so  that  the  lines  may  pass  through  the  divisions  in 
the  outward  edges  and  axis  respectively,  from  80  to  90.  This, 
however,  is  attended  with  some  diflScuIty,  because,  the  radii  of 
the  different  lines  being  different,  each  requires  a  new  centre.  The 
centres  can  be  easily  found  by  the  following  process.  Draw  right 
lines  from  the  divisions  on  the  axis  to  those  on  the  circumlerence 
respectively,  as  a  —  a,  fig.  3.  Divide  these  right  lines  into  two 
equal  parts,  and  from  the  middle,  i&,  let  fall  perpendiculars  to  a  right 
line  extending  from  the  axis  south  or  north,  as  bbc;  the  p'itces 
where  they  respectively  cut,  will  be  the  centres,  as  c. 

To  draw  the  Lines  of  longitude.  Guide  the  compas?'es  so  '.'sat  the 
lines  may  respectively  jid^s  through  the  divisions  in  t!;*^  equator 
and  the  poles.  The  cent.vai  points  are  found  exactly  ■:>  '(he  same 
way  as  the  latitude.    (See  fig.  3,  d  rf  e  ef) 


^<Htt,iHimm-"  - 


/*/.  M. 


(',-,, I, ;■   •■{'  ill, 


M»»l*<'titoi';SI 


r-> 


w 


>' fit*  1 1  ft 


7/1. 


i'uj«>cti«»n 


- 

n 

— 

— 

— 1 

r 

r— 

■'F 

r 

_. 

JL. 

- 

"'1 

— 

H 

— 

— 

i 

1 

— 

i 

An 

_5 

»/» 

r//./»p 

M 

— 

— 

-^ 

._, 

- 

1 

_ 

_j 

[ 

1 

■" 

- 

~1 

<T 

o/' 

<;, 

ixi 

i 

tii.'ii.f 

'^ 

f  r,.,. 

7/Mi'  l< 

- 

"%. 

!i 

1 

> 

E 


So         JoXf  ta    o   JO  K    Jo 


jtiy.  *. 


r>-— _^  "*  no  los  loo  o.i  t,o  as  tlo  55 

^  ;n^ ..  .  ^      ■ 30  ^* 


■*- 


CONSTRICTION  OF  MAPS. 


255 


II.  Tu  draw  a  Map  of  the  World  on  the  Polar  Projutum. 
(Sec  plale  I.  fig.  4.) 

In  the  pol"  projection,  the  norlliern  and  southern  hemispheres 
are  projected  on  the  plane  of  the  equator,  the  poles  being  in  the 
centre.    It  is  but  little  used,  as  it  exhibits  the  countries  near  tho 
poles  to  the  greatest  advantage,  while  those  near  Iho  equator 
which  are  of  more  importance,  are  much  distorted. 

It  is  extremely  simple,  and  is  executed  by  fixing  one  foot  of  the 
compasses  in  the  poles,  describing  nine  circles  equidistant  from  each 
other,  to  represent  the  parallels  of  latitude,  the  circles  beinff  ten 
degrees  aparc.  ° 

Divide  Uie  outer  circle,  or  equator,  into  thirty-six  equal  parts, 
and  draw  lines  from  the  pole  to  each  point  in  the  equator.  These 
will  represent  the  meridians  of  longitude. 

III.  To  draw  a  Map  of  the  World  on  Mercator's  Projection. 
(See  plate  II.  fig.  5.) 

Lay  out  the  map  n  any  size  that  may  be  wanted.  Draw  the  line 
L  W  to  represent  tiie  equator,  and  the  line  N  S,  for  a  meridian  of 
longitude.  Draw  right  lines  parallel  to  the  line  N  S,  east  and  west 
of  it,  to  represent  10  degrees  of  longitude  each. 

To  draw  the  parallels  of  'atitude,  have  recourse  to  the  table  of 
meridional  parts,  page  257,  and  graduate  the  scale  between  them 
agreeably  to  it.  The  principle  on  which  this  table  is  constructed 
IS  explained  m  a  note  prefixed  to  it.  Its  practical  application  is  to 
add  the  meridional  paits,  over  CO,  to  the  scale  of  every  degree  of 
laUtude,  as  you  proceed  north  and  south  of  the  equator.  ITius,  in 
the  first  10  degrees,  there  are  only  3  meridional  parts  over  60; 
tliat  IS,  3  ports  are  to  be  added  to  COO.  Between  10  and  20,  22  are 
to  be  added  to  COO ;  between  20  and  30,  add  C3 ;  between  30  and 
40,  add  135 ;  between  40  and  oO,  add  251  ;  between  50  and  60,  add 
453;  between  CO  and  70,  add  837  between  70  and  80,  add  1809  • 
the  last  is  9  more  than  30  times tSO,  extending  the  scale  between  70 
and  80  to  more  than  4  times  that  between  P  and  10°.  The  mend- 
ional  parts  increase  so  fast  above  80  degrees,  tliat  it  is  not  judged 
of  importance  to  pursue  the  subject  farther. 

The  projection  being  made,  tlie  map  is  to  be  filled  up  with  ap- 
propriate matter.  The  few  places  laid  down  in  fig.  5,  will  serre  as 
a  specimen.  Maps  on  this  projection  are  usually  shaded  ot  the 
land  side ;  other  maps  on  the  water  side. 

IV.  To  draw  a  Mm  .inthc  Compound  Projection. 
(See  plate  II.  fi  ,  6.  —  fig  6.  a.  and  fig.  6.  b.) 

This  is  termed  the  compound  projection,  because  it  is  composed 
of  the  polar  projection,  and  plain  projection 

Having  fixed  upon  your  scale,  measure  oli  the  number  of  miles 
agreeably  to  it  between  the  southern  extremity  (supposing  the 
map  to  be  in  the  northern  hemisphere),  and  the  north  pole.  Take 
the  polar  point  as  a  centre  (see  fig.  C,  a),  in  which  fix  one  leg  of 
the  conipasses,  and  with  the  other  sweep  the  circular  lines  in  fig. 
6.  30,  35,  40,  45.  Lay  off  the  line  M  L  as  your  centre  meridian! 
Look  into  the  tali  3  of  miles  in  a  deirree  of  longitude  conesnond^nsr 


'^56 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  MAPS. 


to  every  de^eo  of  latitudo,  page  257,  for  the  dlstancps  at  30®  and 
45*^  respectively.  Adjust  tlic  corrcnnondini;  diHtancoH  to  the  scale 
of  the  map,  and  lay  it  off  on  the  lines  3()  and  45  to  the  east  and 
west  of  M  L,  then  draw  riffht  lines  between  them.  The  circular 
lines  will  represent  the  parallels  of  latitude,  and  the  right  lines  me- 
ridians of  longitude.  In  some  maps  on  this  prnjcction,  the  meridU 
bns  of  longitude  are  drawn  from  tiie  pole  towuruH  the  equator.  Hut 
this  method  is  very  erroneous,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  figure.  Fig. 
G.  b,  represents  the  circumference  of  the  compound  projection,  an- 
swering to  th'e  equator,  with  the  distances  laid  off  on  it  agreeably 
to  the  scale ;  ana  the  dotted  lines  running  lhrou;Th  the  western  part 
of  fig.  6,  represont  the  meridians,  projected  from  thence  to  tiie  cen- 
tre or  polar  point.  When  contrasted  with  the  plain  lines,  which 
are  laid  down  from  measurement,  they  at  once  demonstrate  the 
error. 

v.  To  draw  a  Map  on  the  Plain  Projection. 
(See  Plate  II.  fig.  7.) 

L>raw  M  L  as  a  central  meridian,  and  cross  it  at  right  angles  with 
the  lines  30  to  45.     Look  in  the  table  of  miles  in  a  degree  of  longi 
tude  corresponding  to  every  degree  of  latitude,  for  the  distances  at 
30°  and  45°  respectively.     Adjust  them,  and  lay  them  off  as  direct- 
ed in  the  compound  projection,  and  draw  right  lines  between  them. 

It  will  be  seen,  that  the  compound  projection  and  plain  projection 
represent  nearly  the  same  space.  Eitiier  of  them  answers  very 
well  for  a  small  tract  of  country.  When  it  is  large,  other  modifi- 
cations, particularly  the  globular  projection,  and  a  compound  of  the 
globular  projection  and  plain  projection,  are  resorted  to. 


Jibte.^'The  first  Table  on  the  following  page  is  so  constructed 
that  the  meridional  parts  may  increase,  as  Uic  distances  between  the 
meridians  of  longitude  on  the  globe  decrease.  In  this  way,  the  de- 
grees of  latitude  and  longitude  are  made  to  preserve  their  true  pro- 
portions to  each  other,  Uie  former  increasing  on  the  map  in  the 
same  ratio  that  the  latter  diminish  on  the  spnere.  In  navigation 
books,  there  are  tables  showing  the  meridional  parts  for  every  mile, 
as  we  1  as  every  degree  ;  the  parts  in  each  degree,  however,  are 
BulEcicnt  to  show  the  principle,  as  well  as  for  constructing  maoa  on 
Mercat^r's  projection. 


257 


TABLE 


tf  iht  Meridional  Parts  in  a  Degree  of  Latitude  fur  every  Degree  oj 
Ixnigitude,  calculating  each  part  equal  to  a  geographical  mUt  at  tht 
equator  f  GO  miles  to  a  degree. 


Dog. 

Mor.  Paru. 

Dcg. 

Mor.  Parts. 

Deg. 

Mer.  Parti 

.  Deg. 

Mer.  Part*. 

1 

«0 

22 

1864 

43 

2863 

64 

6089 

2 

120 

28 

1419 

44 

2946 

65 

6179 

8 

ISO 

24 

1484 

46 

8030 

66 

6324 

4 

240 

26 

1650 

46 

8116 

67 

6474 

6 

800 

26 

1616 

47 

8203 

68 

5631 

6 

861 

27 

1684 

48 

3292 

69 

6795 

7 

421 

28 

1761 

49 

S382 

70 

6966 

8 

4S2 

29 

1819 

60 

8474 

71 

6146 

9 

612 

SO 

1888 

61 

8669 

72 

6335 

lii 

603 

81 

1968 

62 

3G66 

73 

6634 

11 

664 

82 

2028 

63 

8761 

74 

6746 

12 

726 

S3 

2100 

64 

3865 

76 

6970 

18 

787 

84 

2171 

56 

8968 

76 

7210 

14 

848 

36 

2244 

66 

4074 

77 

7467 

IS 

910 

86 

2318 

67 

4188 

78 

7745 

16 

978 

37 

2393 

68 

4294 

79 

8046 

17 

1036 

88 

2468 

69 

4409 

80 

8875 

18 

1098 

89 

2645 

60 

4527 

81 

8739 

19 

1161 

40 

2623 

61 

4649 

82 

9143 

20 

1226 

41 

2702 

62 

4775 

88 

9606 

21 

1289 

42 

2782 

63 

4905 

84 

10187 

TABLE 

alunctng  the  Length  of  a  Degree  of  l/mgitude  for  every  Degree  of 
Latitude  in  Geographical  Miles. 

Deg.  Lat. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
16 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 


Milea.  Deg  Lat. 

Miles. 

Deg.  Lot 

.  Milei. 

59,96 

24 

54,81 

47 

41,00 

59,94 

25 

54,38 

48 

40,15 

69,92 

26 

54,00 

49 

39.86 

59,86 

27 

63,44 

50 

38,57 

59,77 

28 

53,00 

51 

37,73 

69.67 

29 

52,48 

52 

37,0C 

69,56 

80 

51,96 

53 

36,1£ 

59,40 

31 

61,43 

54 

35,26 

59,20 

82 

50,83 

55 

84,41 

59,18 

33 

50,32 

56 

33,55 

58,89 

34 

49,74 

57 

32,67 

58,68 

85 

49,15 

68 

81,70 

58,46 

86 

48,54 

59 

80,90 

58,22 

87 

47,92 

60 

30,00 

58,00 

88 

47,28 

61 

29,04 

57,60 

39 

46,62 

62 

28,17 

67,80 

40 

46,00 

63 

27,24 

57,04 

41 

45,28 

64 

26,30 

56,73 

42 

44,95 

65 

26,86 

56.38 

43 

43,83 

66 

24,41 

56.00 

44 

43.16 

67 

23.45 

55,63 

45 

42.43 

68 

22,48 

55,23 

46 

41,68 

6» 

21,51 

Dei;.  Lat.  Milea. 

70 

20,52 

71 

19.64 

72 

18.66 

73 

17,54 

74 

16,53 

75 

15,52 

76 

14.61 

77 

13,60 

78 

12,48 

79 

11,45 

80 

10,42 

81 

09,88 

82 

08,35 

83 

07,32 

84 

06,28 

85 

05.23 

86 

04,18 

87 

03,14 

S3 

02,09 

89 

01,05 

90 

00,00 

ANCl 


ELEMENTS 


OP 


ANCIENT  CLASSICAL  AND  SCRIPTURE 

GEOGRAPHY. 


33 


Tlie  f( 
Scripture 
nection  w 
accompan 
Atlas  rela 
Scripture  i 

Some  k 
to  every  < 
vantage ; 
with  on  C! 
tory.  Th< 
or  celebrity 
they  have 
tioned. 

Scriptun 
of  in  a  I 
the  most  n£ 
Irat  ng  and 


il^ 


NOTE. 

The  following  outlines  of  Ancient  Class' :al  and 
Scripture  Geography,  are  designed  to  be  used  in  cor- 
nection  with  the  Ancient  and  Scripture  Atlas,  which 
accompanies  the  work.  The  four  larger  maps  in  the 
Atlas  relate  to  Classical  and  the  six  smaller  ones  to 
bcripture  Geography. 

Some  knowledge  of  Ancient  Geography  is  necessary 
to  every  one  who  would  read  ancient  history  with  ad- 
vantage ;  and  the  following  outlines  have  been  prepared 
with  an  especial  design  of  facilitating  the  study  of  his- 
tory. Those  places  which  have  an  historical  importance 
or  celebrity  are  noticed,  and  the  circumstances  by  which 
they  have  been  rendered  memorable  are  briefly  men- 
tioned. 

Scripture  Geography  is,  in  a  great  measure,  treated 
of  m  a  chronological  manner.  This  method  seems 
the  most  natural ;  and  it  is  also  the  most  useful  in  illus- 
Iratng  and  facilitating  the  study  of  Sacred  History. 


-^ 


AI 


1.  Ancic 
e,xisted  in 
then  know 

2.  Geogi 
a  vast  nun 
JatJng,  by  < 
ages. 

3.  In  ea 
appears  to 
eel  by  an  < 
darkness. 

4.  Thot 

Ancient 
2.  What  is 

earth 
4.  What  is 

Greel 


QUEJ 

What  sea  sej 
situat 
Moeol 
sea? 
sea? 
Germ 

Where  was  f 
lespor 
phoru 

What  sea  be 
Brilai 


What 


islanc 
What 

Eart  c 
!ntai 
via? 
lllyri( 
donia 
Jberia 
Phoen 


ANCIENT   GEOGRAPHY. 


iNTRODUCTOnV    ReMARKS. 

1.  Ancient  Geography  is  a  description  of  the  earth  as  it 
existed  in  ancient  times,  or  of  that  part  of  it  which  was 
men  Itnown. 

2.  Geography  is  a  science  of  slow  growth.  It  comprises 
a  vast  number  of  facts,  which  have  been  gradually  accumu- 
lating, by  observation  and  inquiry,  during  a  long  series  of 
ages. 

3.  In  earlv  times,  the  earth  was  supposed  to  be,  as  it 
appears  to  the  senses,  an  immense  circular  plain,  surround- 
ed by  an  ocean  of  unknown  extent,  and  by  impenetrable 
darkness. 

4.  Though  mankind  gradually  acquired   more  correct 

■  ■  ■ 

Ancient  GEooRAPuy. —  1.  What  is  ancient  geography  ? 
2.  What  is  said  of  the  science  of  geography  ?    3.  What  \^  as  the 

earth  in  ancient  times  supposed  to  be  .-* 
4.  What  is  said  of  the  knowledge  of  geography  possessed  by  tlie 
Greeks  and  Romans  ? 


Questions  on  the  Map  of  tue  Roman  Empire. 

What  sea  separates  Europe  from  Africa?  How  was  the  Mgman  sea 
situated?  The  Euxine?  The  Propontis?  The  Palus 
MoBotis  ?  The  Caspian  sea  ?  The  Red  sea  ?  The  Ionian 
sea?  The  Adriatic  sea  or  gulf  ?  The  Tuscan  or  Tyrrliene 
Bea  ?  The  Aquitaine  ocean  ?  The  Hibernian  sea  i  The 
German  ocean  ?    The  Codanian  sea  or  gulf? 

Where  was  the  Gallic  strait?  The  strait  of  Hercules  ?  The  Hel- 
lespont? The  ThracianBosphorus?  The  Cimmerian  Bo»- 
phorus  ?    The  Syrtis  Major  ?    The  Syrtis  Minor  ? 

What  sea  between  Britain  and  Hibernia  ?  What  .  i.i  south  of 
Britain  ?     What  islands  in  the  Hibernian  sea  ? 

What  islands  east  of  Spain  ?  Wb-.t  ones  southwest  of  Italy  ? 
What  one  south  of  the  Jl4<u::\ii  «oa?  What  one  in  the  eastern 


lUyricum?    Pannonia?  Noricum?  Italy?    Greece?  Mace 
donia?      Thrace?      Asia    Minor?      Armenia?      Colchis 


Iberia,  and    Albania?  Media?      Syria?     Mesopotamia? 

*.    PhoBnJcia?    Palestine?  Arahiii?    ^igypt?    Libya?     Afri- 

oa  Proiic-r  •*■    rsuwndia?  M'.'.Uiiluuiaf    Utettiha? 
2;^» 


3 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY. 


ideas  respecting  the  figure  of  the  earth,  and  increased  in- 
formation respecting  the  various  divisions  of  it;  yet  the 
knowledge  of  geography  possessed  by  the  Greeks  and  Ro 
mans,  even  during  the  period  when  those  nations  were  most 
enliffhtened,  was  very  imperfect,  embracing  less  than  half 
of  the  globe. 

5.  It  was  limited  chiefly  to  the  southwestern  part  of  Asia 
the  northern  part  of  Africa,  and  the  middle  and  south  of 
Europe.    The  torrid  zone  was  supposed  to  be  uninhabita 
ble  by^man. 

6.  The  Greeks  and  Romans  knew  little  of  that  part  of 
Europe  which  is  north  of  Germany,  the  regions  of  Asia 
north  of  the  Euxine  and  Caspian  seas  and  east  of  the  Can- 
ges,  and  the  portion  of  Africa  lying  south  of  the  10th  de- 
gree of  north  latitude. 

7.  The  countries  which  were  most  celebrated  in  ancient 
history  and  most  distinguished  for  civilization  and  litera- 
ture, border  upon  the  Mediterranean  sea ;  and  they  com- 
prise the  part  of  the  world  of  which  ancient  geography 
chiefly  treats. 

8.  The  most  distinguished  of  these  countries,  and  those 
with  which  sacred  and  general  literature  is  chiefly  connect- 
ed, are  Egypt^  Palesline,  Asia  Minor,  Greece,  and  Italy. 

9.  The  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire,  in  the  Ancient  Atlas 
which  accompanies  this  work,  comprises  most  of  those 
jiarts  of  the  world  which  were  of  much  notoriety  in  ancient 
times.  The  principal  omissions  are  some  countries  which 
were  situated  towards  the  southwest  of  Asia. 

10.  The  countries  on  this  map,  lying  north  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, and  west  of  the  ^gsean  and  Euxine  seas,  belong 
to  Europe;  those  Iving  east  of  the  Euxine,  ^gaean,  Medi- 
terranean and  Red  seas,  to  Asia ;  those  south  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, to  Africa. 

Ancient  Names  op  Countries,  with  their  correspond- 
ing Modern  Names. 

EUROPE. 

Ancient.  Modern. 

Scandinavia  Sweden  and  Norway. 

Chersonesus  Cimbrica,  Jutland  (part  of  Denmark). 


5.  To  what  parts  of  the  globe  was  it  limited  ?  6.  Whrt  parts 
were  unknown  ?  7.  How  were  the  countries  most  celebrat- 
ed in  ancient  history  situated  ?  8.  What  are  the  most  dis- 
tingaished  of  these  countries  ?  9.  What  is  said  of  the 
Map  of  the  Roman  Empire?  10.  What  corntries  on  this 
map  belong  to  Europe,  what  ones  to  Asia,  and  what  ones 
to  Africa  ? 
What  modem  countries  correspdmd  to  the  ancient  Scandinavia* 


ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY. 


9 


Sarmatia, 

Britain,  or  Albion,  • 

Caledonia, 

Hibernia, 

Germany, 

Gaul, 

Helvetia, 

Spain, 

Lusitania, 

Rhsetia, 

Vindelicia, 

Noricum, 

Illyricum, 

Pannonia, 

Dacia, 

JVfoesia,  Thrace, 

Macedonia,  Epirus, 

Greece, 

PeloponnesQs, 


Poland,  Russia, 

Great  Britam. 

Scotland. 

Ireland. 

Germany  north  of  the  Danube. 

Franccy  J^elherlandsj  fyc. 

Switzerland. 

Spain. 

Portugal. 

Tyrol,  8fc. 

Part  of  Bavaria. 

Part  of  Bavaria  and  of  Austria. 

Part  of  Austria. 

Part  of  Austria  and  of  Hungary. 

Part  of  Hmigary  and  of  Turkey, 

Part  of  Turkey. 

Greece  and  part  of  Turkey. 
The  Morea. 


ASIA. 


Asia  Minor,  JVatolia,  Caramania,  fyc. 

Syria,  Phoenicia,  Judea,  &c.    Part  of  Turkey. 
Armenia,  Mesopotamia,  "^ 


Assyria,  Babylonia, 
Colchis,  Iberia,  and  ) 
Albania,  ) 

Arabia, 

Persia,  Media,  Parthia, 
Baetria, 
Sogdiana, 
Scythia, 


Part  of  Turkey. 

Georgia,  Mingrdia,  and  pan 

of  Circassia. 
Arabia. 
Persia. 
Afghanistan. 
Part  of  Bukharia. 
Siberia,  Tartary. 


AFRICA. 


Libya, 

Africa  Proper, 

Numidia, 

Mauritania, 

Geetulia, 

Ethiopia, 


Egypt. 

Barca. 

Tripoli,  Tunis. 

Tunis,  Algiers. 

Algiers,  Morocco. 

Btledvlgerid. 

JVubia,  Abyssinia,  Sfc. 


What  modern  country  corresponds  to  Chcrsonesus  Cimbrica  ?  What 
to  Sarmatia  ?    To  Britain  ?    To  Caledonia  ?  &c 


EUROPE. 


The  Romans  (livi<lo«l  Europe  into  nine  general  parts, 
namely,  the  British  Isles,  Spain,  Gaul,  Germany,  Sarmalia^ 
Dacia,  lUyr'icum,  Italy,  and  Greece. 

BRITISH  ISLES. 

1.  The  British  Isles  fonsisted  of  Britain  or  MUon. 
Hibemia  now  Ireland,  and  the  InsulcB  Minorca,  or  Stnallei 
Islands. 

2.  The  name  of  Albion  was  anciently  applied  to  Britain, 
probabJy  on  accuunt  of  the  white  rocky  cliffs  on  the  south 
eastern   coast.     The  northern  part,  now  Scotland,  was 
called  Caledo'nia. 

8.  Britain  was  little  known  to  the  rest  of  the  world  oe 
fore  the  commencement  of  its  conquest  by  the  Ron  ans,  un 
der  Julius  Cresar,  55  years  before  the  Christian  era 

4.  The  island  was  then  inhabited  by  the  Britons,  who 
were  a  rude  and  barbarous  people,  consisting  of  a  number 
of  different  tribes. 

^  5.  Their  religion,  styled  druidism,  was  a  cruel  supersti- 
tion ;  and  their  priests,  who  were  called  druids,  had  great 
authority  over  the  people. 

6.  Two  of  the  principal  rivers  were  the  Tam'eais,  now 
Thames  ;  and  Sahri'na,  now  Severn. 

7.  Some  of  the  towns  of  most  note  in  ancient  times  were 
Londinum,  now  London  ;  Ebor'acum,  now  York ;  LuguvaX' 
lum,  now  Carlisle  ;  AqucE  Solis,  now  Bath. 

8  The  Romans,  after  they  had  conquered  the  Britons, 
ouiit  three  walls  across  the  island,  to  protect  the  people 


Into  what  parts  did  the  Romans  divide  Europe  ? 

British  Isles.  —  1.  Of  what  did  the  British  Isles  consist? 

2.  What  name  was  anciently  applied  to  Britain  ?  3.  What  is  said 
of  it  ?  4.  By  whom  was  it  inhabited  ?  5.  What  was  their 
religion  ?    6.  What  the  rivers  of  Britain  ?    7.  Towns  ? 

6.  What  great  works  were  built  by  the  Romans  ? 


9   Whataf 


BRITISH  ISLCS. 


A 


IVom  the  Culcdonians,  Scots,  ami  Picts,  from  tho  north. 
The  lirnt  was  built  by  A'drian,  tho  Bccoud  by  Anioni'nua, 
and  the  third  by  Sevc'rus. 

1.^'r.T^"  .^°'"""s  abandoned  Britain  in  the  5th  century  of 
the  Christian  era  ;  and  the  island  was  afterwards  conquer- 
ed by  the  Saxons  and  Jingles  from  Germany. 

SPAIN. 

1.  Sfiain,  in  L.atin  Hispa'nia,  was  culled  also  Dte'na,  and 
Hcspe'ria,  or  Heape'ria  Ul'tima.  It  was,  in  ancient  times, 
famous  for  rich  silver  mines. 

2.  The  Romans  had  little  knowledjje  of  Spain  till  tho 
second  Punic  war  ;  but  at  that  period  they  became  mas- 
ters of  the  country,  and  divided  it  into  two  provinces,  His- 
pa'nia Citefrior,  or  Hither  Spain,  and  Hispa'nia  UUe'rior,  or 
Farther  Spain  ;  and  afterwards  into  three  provinces.  Tar- 
raconen'sis,  Baalica,  and  Lusita'nia. 

3.  Tho  principal  rivers  were  the  Ta's^us ;  tho  Ibe'rtis,  now 
Ebro  ;  the  Bu'rius,  now  Duero  ;  the  A'nas,  now  Guadia- 
na  ;  and  the  Bce'tis,  now  Guadalquivir. 

4.  Tarraconensis  was  tho  largest  of  the  provinces,  and 
took  its  name  from  Tar'raco,  now  Tarragona,  its  capital, 
which  was  a  very  large  and  populous  city  ;  and  to  the  north 
of  east  of  it  was  Bar'cino,  now  Barcelona. 

5.  Sagun  turn,  now  Morviedro,  was  famous  for  a  siege  by 
Hannibal,  which  was  the  cause  of  the  second  Punic  war  ; 
Seg(/via,  for  its  aqueduct ;  ller'da,  now  Lerida,  for  a  con- 
test between  Cresar  and  the  lieutenants  of  Pomney  :  JVu- 
man'tia  and  Calagu'ris,  for  memorable  sieges ;  Bil'tnlis,  as 
the  birthplace  of  the  poet  Martial. 

6.  Some  of  the  other  princi])al  towns  in  Tarraconensis, 
were  Coi'sar- Angus' ta,  now  Sarago.ssa ;  I'om'pelo,  now 
Pampeluna  ;  Tole'twn,  now  Toledo  ;  Cartha'go  Mt'va,  now 
Carthagena  ;  and  Velm'lia. 

7.  The  province  of  B<El'ica  included  the  southern  part 
of  Spain,  and  took  its  name  from  the  river  Bajtis. 

8.  Some  of  the  towns  of  Bietica  were  Cor'duhay  now  Cor- 
dova, noted  as  the  birthplace  of  the  philosopher  Seneca  and 
the  poet  Lucan  ;  Ital'ica,  as  the  birthplace  of  the  emperor 
Trajan  j  Munda^  for  a  victory  of  Cicsar  over  the  sons  of 

9.  What  afterwards  happened  to  Britain  ? 
Spain.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Spain  ?    2.  How  was  it  divided  ? 


What  were  the  rivers  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  Tarraconens.aj' 
What  ia  said  of  Saguntum,  llerda,  Numanlia,  &c.  ? 
What  were  some  of  the  otiii  r  towns  of  Tirraconensis  ? 
What  is  said  of  Brotica  ?    8   What  were  some  of  its  towns/ 


W  SPAIN 

9.  Ca/';)fi,  now  the  rock  of  Gibraltar,  and  Ah>yla,  on  tho 
opposite  shore  n  Africa,  were  celebrated  among 'the  an° 
cients  as  the  PUlarn  of  Hercules.  ^  " 

-ni?'  ^"l"*"  e'"braced  the  country  now  called  Portugal' 
some  of  ns  owns  ncre  Olisip'po,  now  Lisbon  j  Ca/Ye,To^v 
Oporto,  ConMn'6nca,  now  Coimbra.  *'*^j  "ow 

GAUL. 

1.  Gaul,  which  was  called  hy  the  Greeks  Gala' tin   and 

^o  !fn?Tr • '  ^IJ^''-  ^T'f  ^'»^°'  compr-^hended  Fr'ance 
Holland,  Belgium,  Sw.tzer!  mJ,  and  part  of  Germany. 

*u    r,«^°^^"«'"^">'*^'V'Jed  amonrr  three  ^reat  nations 
th^  Bd'gie,  Ce/'/a;,  and  the  -V^'a'/r/ T  and  iVthc  Romans 
It  was  fornied  into  the  four  fallowing  provin^ces.  cS  the 
Four  Gauls  name  y,  GaVlia  IM^Hcl,' Gal'lia  LufriuneM 
"^^^^^l^^ca,  AquMa'ma,  and  Gal'lla  Narbonensis  or  Provin'cia 
tiou.  neonl^""     in  °'^  a  warlike,  barbarous,  and  superstil 
V.?^ liP  •  P  ®-      ^  ^^7  °^®'"«^  ^"'"an  victims  in  snrrifice 

poter        ^"'''''  ''^^  '"''■'  '^^^"^  ^'•"*'^'  P«««"^«'^  g'^e'^ 
4.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  Rhc'7ius,  now  Rhine  • 

Scheldt  i  iict/uana,  now  Seine  ;  Li'ger,  now  Loire  •  GaruJ 
na  now  Garonne;  iJAorf'anu,,  nov/Rhone         ^ 
/J        ,?"^%»°^  ***®  principal  towns  in  Gal'lia  BelVica   were 
^ugm'la  TVcvo'rum,  now  Treves  ;  Colo'nia^g^L^r^^  ZZ 
CoWne  ;  Mogunti'acum,  now  Mentz.  -^Snpptna,  now 

R,?;.J1  '^  Lugdunensis  were  Lugdu'mm,  now  Lyons, 

■BiArac-/e,  now  Autun  ;  Ak'sia,  famous  for  a  siege  ;  7cZ'' 

^"  ^«nH°^^?'P^  ^"'^  ^^y'*-     ^0-  ^hat  did  Lusitania  embrace 
and  what  were  some  of  its  towns  ?  tmorace 

Gaul. --l    What  is  said  of  Gaul  ?    9   By  what  nations  was  it 

i.  W^a^rwS  A  tha^T''^^'^•^   3.  Wha{issaid"onrS;; 

Lugdunensis?   ^^^'^°^'"«  '"  ^^^^'^  ^elgica?    G.  I„  Gallia 


^irijGtu'Zi^^T'A--'^^^'  '"^""t'^i"^  divided  Spain 
irom  Uaul  ?    What  islands  were  to  the  east  of  Spain  ?   What 

Jonens^!;  p'^'r  "r"' ",    "^^""^  P""''  °^  ^P^'"  ^-«  ^^  Term- 
ed"    S„      ?^"f  \r  L"«itania  ?    How  was  Tarracu  situat- 
duba.     Kr;       ^''."'T''''      ?'"'^t"™-^     Gades?     Cor 
webt?  "*  '"  tlic. south      In  tj,c  oast?    la  the 


GAUL.  f 

7.  Some  of  the  towns  of  A.juituino  were  nuixlie'nla  now 
Bordeaux;  Jlvan' cum,  no^y  lio urges  j  Umo'numfnZ'Tol 

8.  In  Oallia  Nnrboncsis  were  J^emau'sw,,  now  Nismes 

mIV     m^  '®^"  I  ,^'''''  ^''^  "«^  Toulouse ;  Massil'ia,  now 
Marseilles  ;  ^reW,   now  Aries;    Vien'na,  now  Vbnne^ 

Jforum  Juhi,  now  Frojus,  the  birthplace  of  Agricola. 

GERMANY. 

t«!hj\}^'f'V  ^'^'Tr^  extended  from  the  Rhenus  or  Rhine 
tor^J^Datu"^^^^^^  '"  Codanian  or  Baltic  sea  to  t^^ 

2.  The  ancient  Germans  consisted  of  various  tribes  or 
nations,  and  wore  a  rude,  superstitious,  and  warlike  people. 

3.  home  of  the  principal  nations  were  the  Sue'vi,  He,\n%'- 
nes  htmv'ones,   Vxn'dtli  or  Vamlah,  Fru/ii  or  Frisons,  Ah- 

vian'nx,  Sax'ons,  Anglts,  and  Cimbri.  orisons,  mc 

J-  The  pnncipal  rivers  were  the  /s'fer,  now  Danube  :  the 
^6w,  now  Libe  ;  the  Vxsur^gis,  now  Weser ;  the  Viadru! 
uow  Oder;  and  the  Vis' tula.  '  '^ »««'«*» 

thf '  H  ^^-^-^  portion  of  Germany  was  anciently  covered  by 
the  Hyrctnian  Forest,  which  was  of  great  extent,  and  in- 
cludecTpart  of  Switzerland  an<l  Transylvania.  The  tC 
nngian  Forest,  m  the  central  part  of  Germany,  now  embra- 
ces  a  small  part  of  it.  ^     «»>  vujura 


7.  What  towns  in  Aquitaine  ?    8.  In  Gallia  Narbonensis  ? 

9^w^^^■''^~}^  y^}"^^  ^^''^  ^'^®  ^""^''^  of  '-'"cient  Germany? 

-i.  What  IS  said  of  the  ancient  Germans  ?    3.  What  weie  some  of 

the  principal  nations?    4.  Rivers?    5.  What  is  said  of  the 

Wyrcmian  Forest  ? 


See  Man  of  the  Roman  Empire.  —  In  what  part  of  Gaul  were  the 
HelgiB  ?  In  what  part  Narbonensis  ?  Aquitaine  ?  Lugdun- 
ensis?  Helvetia?  What  ocean  was  west  of  Gaul?  How 
was  Co  omaAgrippina  situated?  Lugdunum  ?  Lutetia? 
ourdigala  ?    Massilia  ? 

What  rivers  bounded  Germany  on  the  east,  west,  and  south  ?  What 
rivers  flowing  to  the  north  ?  WJiat  nations  resided  in  the 
northern  part?  In  the  southern  ?  In  the  eastern  ?  In  the 
western  ? 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


V. 


/> 


l^.^.<^4. 


{/ 


:/. 


.^^4^ 


% 


% 


1.0 


I.I 


\^  12'? 

u 


2.2 
20 

L8 


L25  ill  1.4    III  1.6 


V] 


<^ 


7: 


>> 


i>^^f  J^ 


/A 


7 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


8 


SARMATIA. 


'■■,¥• 


SARMATIA. 

1.  Sarmatiaj  a  country  anciently  inhabited  by  various 
barbarous  tribes,  lay  north  of  Dacia  and  the  Euxino  sea, 
Rnd  east  of  Germany. 

2.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  Vis'tula,  the  BorysHheneSy 
now  Dnieper ;  the  Tan'aisy  now  Don  j  the  Rha^  now  Vol- 
ga ;  and  the  Rv^Oy  now  Dwina. 

3.  Some  of  the  towns  were  Taphr<B,  now  Perekop ;  Cher- 
aone'siis,  now  Cherson  ;  Theodn'siaf  now  CafTa. 

DACIA. 

1.  Dacia  included  Masia  in  the  south,  and  Jaz'ygea  in  the 
west ;  and  it  was  traversed  by  the  Carpathian  mountainsjn 
the  north. 

2.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  /«'fer,  now  Danube  ;  the 
TSln^cuSi  now  Theis  j  the  Pyre^tus,  now  Pruth ;  and  the 
lyrcu,  now  Dniester. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  were  Ul'pia  Traja'na,  now 
Varhel  ;  Singidu'num,  now  Belgrade ;  JS/a-is'suSy  now  Nis- 
sa,  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Constantino  the  Great ; 
Sar'dica,  famous  for  a  council  ;  Pons  Traja'ni,  or  Bridge  of 
Trajan;  wVieop'o/t«,  now  Nicopoli. 

ILLYRICUM. 

1.  Illyricum  was  divided  into  Panno'niay  Lihur'niay  and 
Dalmatian  and  it  had  on  the  northwest  Nbi^icumy  Rlutftia, 
and  VindeWcia,  which  are  sometimes  considered  as  belong- 
ing to  Germany. 

2.  The  principal  rivers  were  the  Is'ter,  now  Danube  j  th3 
Dra'vus,  now  Drave  ;  and  the  Sa'vttSy  now  Save. 

Sarmatia.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Sarmatia?    2.  What  rivers?  3. 
Towns  ? 

Dacia.  —  1 .  What  did  Dacia  include  ?     2.  What  rivers  ?    3. 
Towns  ? 

Illtricum.  —  1.  How  was  Illyricum  divided?    2.  What  rivers? 

See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire,  —  How  is  Sarmntia  bounded  ? 
Where  was  I'aurica  ?    What  towns  in  Taurica?     What  rivers  in 
Sarmatia  ?  >> 

See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire.  —  How  was  Dacia  bounded? 

How  was  McEsia  situated  ?    Jazyges  ?     Geta)  ?    What  rivers  flowed 

through  the  southern  part  of  Dacia  ?     What  rivers  flowed 

into  the  Ister  ?    Plow  was  Ulpia  Traj ana  situated  ?    Sardi* 

ca  ?    JNaissus '    What  towns  on  the  Ister  <f 


ILLYRICUM. 


« 


S.  Son.c  of  the  principal  towns  were  Salo'na,  the  birth- 
place of  the  emperor  Diocletian  ;  Epidau'rus ;  Vindoh&nOy 
now  Vienna  ;  Camum'tum  and  Sirmium. 

4.  In  Vindelicia  was  Augus'ta  Vindelico'nim,  now  Augs- 
burg ;  in  Noricum,  BoidHu'rum,  now  Fassau  j  in  RhoBtiOf 
Brigan'tia,  now  Brigentz. 

ITALY. 

Coliseum. 


1.  Italy,  a  celebrated  and  fine  country,  was  known  in  an 
cient  times  by  different  names. 

2.  It  was  called  Ita'lia,  or  Italy,  from  the  prince  It'O' 
lus ;  Hespe'ria,  by  the  Greeks,  because  it  was  west  of 
Greece  ;  Jluso'nia,  from  the  Au'sones,  a  people  of  Latium  ; 
(Eno'tria,  from  CEn'otrus,  an  Arcadian  prince,  who  settled 
in  Lucania  ;  and  Satur'nia,  from  its  having  been  the  fabled 
residence  of  Saturn,  during  the  golden  age. 

3.  Towns?    4.  What  towns  in  Vindelicia  &c.  ? 

Italy.  —  1 .  What  is  said  of  Italy  ?    2.  By  what  different  names 
has  it  been  known  ^ 

See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire.  —  How  was  Illyricum  bounded  ? 
How  was  Vindelicia  situated  ?  Rhtctia  ?  Noricum  ?  Pannonia  ? 
What  rivers  in  Illyricum  ?  How  was  Salona  situated  ?  Diiganlia  ? 
What  towns  on  the  Isler  ?     What  ones  on  the  Adriatic  sea  ? 

34 


10 


ITALY. 


S.  The  northern  part  was  called  CisaVptne  Gaul,  and  the 
remainder  Italy  Proper -^  though  a  portion  in  the  south  was 
at  one  period,  called  Magna  GrcEcioy  from  its  contaiuin'^ 
Greek  colonies. 

4.  The  three  great  Italian  islands,  Sicily,  Sardinia,  and 
Corsica,  retain  their  ancient  names. 

5.  The  inhabitants  of  Italy  were  called  Romans,  from 
Rome,  the  chief  city.  They  were  distinguished  for  their 
warlike  achievements,  and  for  their  eminence  in  literature 
and  the  arts. 

Cisalpine  Gaul. 

6.  Cisalpine  Gaul  (called  also  Gallia  Togata,  because  the 
natives  wore  the  Roman  toga,)  comprehended  that  part  of 
the  country  which  was  north  of  Etruria  and  Umbria,  and 
included  Ligu'ria,  in  the  southwest,  and  Vene'tia,  and  His- 
tria,  in  the  east. 

7.  The  Pa'dus,  called  also  the  Erid'anus,  now  Po,  was 
the  great  river  of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  and  divided  the  country 
into  two  parts,  the  northern  being  called  Transpada'na,  and 
the  southern  Cispada'na. 

8.  Some  of  the  other  rivers  were  the  Ath!es\s,  now 
Adige  ;  the  M'dua,  now  Adda  ;  also  the  Tici'nus,  now  Tic- 
Ino,  and  the  Tre'bia ;  the  two  last  celebrated  for  the  victo- 
ries of  Hannibal.  The  Ru'bicon,  a  small  stream,  which 
separated  Cisalpine  Gaul  from  Italy  Proper,  was  rendered 
famous  by  being  passed  by  Ceesar,  in  violation  of  the  au- 
thority of  the  Roman  government,  when  he  commenced 
the  enterprise  of  making  himself  master  of  the  empire. 

9.  The  principal  lakes  of  Cisalpine  Gaul,  were  Verha'- 
nus,  now  Maggiore ;  La'rius,  now  Como :  and  Bena'cus, 
now  Garda. 


3.  How  was  it  divided  ?  4,  What  islands  ?  5.  What  is  said  of 
the  inhabitants  ?    6.  What  did  Cisalpine  Gaul  comprehend  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  Padus,  or  Po  ?  8.  What  other  rivers,  and 
what  is  said  of  the  Rubicon  ?    9.  What  lakes  ? 


See  Map  of  Italy.  —  In  what  part  of  Italy  was  Cisalpine  Gaul  ? 

How  was  Ljguria  situated  ?  Venetia  ?  Histria  .•"  Brutlii  ?  Cala- 
bria? Etruria?  Umbria?  Lucania?  Picenum?  Latium  ? 
Apulia  ?    Campania  and  Samnium  ? 

What  three  great  islands  belongr  to  Italy  ?  How  is  Sicily  situated  ? 
Sardinia  ?     Corsica  ?    Uva  ?    The  iEolian  Islands  ?  Capreas  ? 

What  rivers  in  the  north  of  Italy  ?  What  ones  in  the  middle  and 
south?  What  lakes  in  Cisalpine  Gaul  ?  What  sea  was  west 
of  Italy?     What  one  east?     What  gulf  on  the  southeast? 

Where  the  Liffuslic  gulf?  The  gulf  of  Tergestc  ?  By  what  strait 
was  Italy  separated  from  Sicily  ? 


ITALY. 


It 


•s  of  th 
and  arsenal, 


10.  Some  of  the  towns  in  Hislina  and  Tene'/m,  were  Ttr- 
geste,  now  Trieste  ;  Aquih'ia,  famous  for  having  been  the 
residence  of  some  of  the  Roman  emperors,  and  for  an  ob- 
stmate  resistance  against  Attila,  the  king  of  the  Huns  : 
/'o/avium,  now  Padua,  noted  a*  the  birthplace  of  the  his- 
torian Livy;  Tcro'na,  as  the  birthplace  of  the  poet  Catul- 
lus and  Plmy  the  naturalist,  aid  for  its  amphitheatre: 
rnden'lum,  now  Trent.  * 

11.  West  of  Venetia  and  north  of  the  Po,  were  Man'tua, 
near  which  was  the  village  of  ^n'des,  noted  as  the  birth- 
p  ace  of  the  poet  \^irgil  ;  Co'mum,  now  Como,  as  the  birth- 
place of  the  younger  Pliny  ;  Brix'ia,  now  Brescia  ;  Medio- 
lanum,  now  Milan  :  Tici'numy  now  Pa  via  :  ^lunts'ta  Tauri- 
no'rum,now  Turin.  '       *       " -i««" 

^\7u^^^  ^°"''^  ^^  ^^^  PO'  ^^^•'6  Piacen'tia,  now  Piacen- 
za,  Muhna,  now  Modena,  noted  for  the  siege  of  Brutus 
by  Antony  ;  Fano'nia,  now  Bologna  ;  Parma ;  also  Raven'- 
na,  noted  for  having  been  the  seat  of  the  emperors  of  the 
Western  Empire,  and  for  its  ancient  port 
though  It  IS  now  three  miles  from  the  sea. 

13.  In  lAgu'ria,  were    Gen'ua,  now   Cf,  .oa 
now  Monaco  ;  and  Mce. 

'  Italy  Proper. 

14.  Italy  Proper  comprised  Etru'ria,  Um'hria,  Picenum, 
L.atiiim,  Sammum,  Campa'ma,  Apu'lia,  Luca'nia,  or  (Eno- 
tria,  Cala'bna,  and  the  Bmt'tu.  A  considerable  portion  of 
the  south  of  Italy  was  called  Magna  Grcecia,  because  it  con- 
tained many  Greek  colonies. 

15.  Some  of  the  largest  rivers  were  the  Ti'ber,  famous 

fk*"  ^^T'J  ^y  ^^^  V}y  °^  ^°"^«  ;  t'»e  *^''»^«*>  now  Arno  : 
the  ^««ur'nu5,  now  Volturno;  and  the  ^u'fiJus,  now  Ofan- 
to.— ■  Lake  IhrasymehiHS  or  Trasime'nus,  now  Perugia,  is 
noted  for  a  victory  of  Hannibal. 

16.  Some  of  the  principal  towns  of  Etruria,  were  Pl'soi. 
now  i'lsa,  once  noted  for  commerce  ;  Floren'tia,  now  T'lor- 
ence  ;  Lu'ca,  noAV  Lucca  ;  Clu'sium,  famous  for  its  siege  by 
the  Gauls,  under  Brennus  ;  Ve!ii,  for  having  been  a  rival 
ot  Kome,  and  for  its  capture  by  Camillus. 

17.  In  Um'bria,  were  ^rim'inum,  now  Rimini  ;  Spole'tium, 
now  bpoleto  ;  Interam'na,  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  the 
historian  Tacitus. 

18.  In  Pice'num,  were  Anco'na ;  ^s'cidum,  now  Ascoli 

10.  What  towns  in  Hislria  and  Venetia?  11.  What  ones  west  of 
V^netia  and  north  of  the  Po?  12.  What  ones  south  of  the 
1  o  .■'  13.  V\  hat  ones  in  Liguria  ?  14.  What  did  Italy  Prop, 
ercomprise?    15.  What  rivers?     16.  What   towns  in  Etru 

na?    17,  InUmbria.^    IS.  In  riccnura .' 

8» 


13 


ITALY. 


noted  for  the  defeat  of  Pyrrhus  by  Fa!)ricius  ;  Sul'mo,  now 
Sulrnona,  as  the  birthplace  of  the  poet  Ovid  ;  on  the  south 
border  was  Ti'bur,  now  Tivoli,  famous  for  its  villas. 

19.  In  Latium,  was  the  great  city  of  Rome,  situated  on 
the  Tiber,  and  built  on  seven  hills.  It  was  the  capital  of 
the  Roman  Empire,  to  which  it  gave  name,  and  was,  for  a 
long  time,  the  largest  and  most  powerful  city  in  the  world, 
and  renowned  in  arts  and  arms.  It  now  contains  many 
monuments  of  its  ancient  greatness,  the  most  remarkable 
of  which  is  the  Colise'um. 

20.  The  seven  hills  on  which  Rome  was  built,  were  the 
Palatine,  Capitoline,  Quirinal,  Viminal,  Esquiline,  Ccvlian, 
and  Aventine. 

21.  On  the  Capitoline  hill  the  Capilol  was  built ;  and  here 
also  was  the  Tarpc'ian  Rock,  down  which  the  Romans 
threw  their  condemned  criminals. 

22.  Some  other  towns  of  Latium,  were  Os'tia,  noted  as 
the  port  of  Rome  ;  M'ba  Lon'ga,  for  having  been  once  a 
rival  of  Rome  ;  Ar'dea,  as  the  capital  of  the  Ru'tuli ;  w3n'- 
iium  and  Prasnes'te,  for  temples  of  Fortune  the  former 
also  as  the  capital  of  the  Volsci ;  Tus'culum,  for  a  villa  of 
Cicero  ;  Arpi'num,  as  the  birthplace  of  Marius  and  Cicero. 

23.  Cap'ua,  the  capital  of  Campania,  was  noted  as  a  lux- 
urious city  ;  Neap'olis,  now  Naples,  fir.4t  called  Parihen'opc, 
from  the  name  of  one  of  the  Sirens  who  is  fabled  to  have 
lived  there,  was  the  favorite  residence  of  Virgil. 

24.  Some  of  the  other  towns  of  Campania  and  Samniim, 
were  Cu'mm,  noted  as  the  residence  of  the  Cumrean  Sibyl ; 
Puleoli  and  Ua'ice,  (near  the  lake  and  cave  o£  Aver'nus, 
where  was  the  fabulous  descent  to  hell,)  for  baths  and  min- 
eral waters  ;  Beneven'tum,  now  Benevento,  for  the  defeat 
of  Pyrrhus,  and  for  remains  of  ancient  sculpture  ;  Al'lifa, 
for  pottery  ;  Faler'num,  for  wine  ;  Vena' f rum,  for  olives  , 
Cau'dium,  for  the  ignominious  defeat  of  the  Romans  by 
the  Samnites  ;  No'la,  for  the  defeat  of  Hannibal,  and  the 
invention  of  bells ;  Hercula'ncum  and  Pompeii,  for  their 
destruction  by  an  eruption  of  Vesuvius. 

25.  In  Apulia,  were  Can'nce,  celebrated  for  the  greatest 
victory  of  Hannibal  over  the  Romans  ;  Venu'sia,  as  the 
birthplace  of  the  poet  Horace  ;  Luce'ria,  for  wool. 

26.  In  Cala'hria,  were  Brundu'sium,  now  Brin'disi,  noted 
for  its  harbor,  as  the  place  of  embarkation  to  Greece,  and 


19.  What  towns  in  Latium  ?    20  On  what  hills  was  Rome  built  ? 

81.  What  is  said  of  Capitoline  hill?  22.  What  other  towns  in  L&- 
tium  ?  23.  What  is  said  of  Capua  and  Neapolis  ?  24.  What 
other  towns  in  Campania  and  Samnium  ?  25.  What  towns  in 
Apulia  ?    2G.  In  Calabria  ? 


ITALY.  ,^- 

for  the  death  of  Virgil :  Taren'tum,  now  Tarento,  for  com- 
merce :  Mahinum^  for  bees. 

27.  In  Luca'nia,  were  Pces'tunij  once  noted  for  roses 
now  for  ruins  ;  Meiapon'tum,  for  a  school  of  Pythairoras  ; 
«y6'ari»,  for  the  effeminacy  of  its  inhabitants. 

28.  In  the  Bruttii,  were  Croto'na)  noted  for  a  school  of 
Pythagoras  :  Metau'rua,  a  town  and  small  river,  for  the  de- 
feat of  the  Carthaginian  General  As'drubal. 

29.  The  four  principal  Boman  Roads  were  the  Wa 
^p«a,  from  Rome  by  Capua  to  Brundusium  :  the  Vta 
Flamxn'ta,  from  Home  to  Ariminum  ;  the  Vi'a  Jure'lia.  by 
the  coast  of  Etruria,  to  Lizuria  and  Gaul,  near  Nice  ;  and 
the  Vi'a  Clau'dia,  which  branched  off  fVom  the  Via  Fla- 
minia,  near  Rome,  and  proceeding  through  the  more  inland 
part  of  Etruria,  joined  the  Via  Aurelia  at  Luca. 

Italiait  Islands. 

SO.  SiciLT,  the  largest  and  most  important  island  in  the 
Mediterranean,  was,  on  account  of  its  fertility,  esteemed 
one  of  the  granaries  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

31.  It  was  anciently  called  Sica'nia,  from  the  Sica'nl, 
who  at  one  period  possessed  it ;  and  Trma'eria,  from  its 
having  three  promontories  at  its  three  angles,  PeWrwn,  in 
the  north,  Paehy'num,  in  the  south,  and  E'ryx,  or  Idlyhtt'- 
um,  in  the  west. 

32.  Each  of  the  promontories  had  a  celebrated  temple  ; 
ae  Pelorum  was  that  of  Neptune ;  at  Pachynum,  that  of    • 
Apollo  J  and  near  Lilybseum,  on  Mount  Eryx,  that  of 
Venus. 

83.  Near  the  east  end  of  Sicily  is  the  famous  volcano  of 
Mount  ^tna,  which  has  been  celebrated  from  the  earliest 
ages,  and  which  was  represented  by  the  ancient  poets  as 
the  forge  of  Vulcan,  the  god  of  fire,  who  here  employed 
his  workmen,  the  Cyclops,  in  fabricating  thunderbolts  for 
Jupiter. 

84.  The  poets  also  fabled  that  the  giaut  Typhce'us,  or 
Typhon,  was  buried  under  Sicily,  Pelorum  and  Pachynum 
bein^  placed  on  each  arm,  Lilybeeum  on  his  feet,  and  JEtna 
on  his  head  ;  and  that  the  earthquakes  and  eruptions  of  the 
mountain  were  caused  by  his  attempts  to  move. 

85.  Mount  Hy'bia,  north  of  Syracuse,  was  famous  for 

27.  What  towns  in  Lucnnia  ?  28.  In  the  Bruttii  ?  29.  What  were 
the  four  principal  Roman  roade  ?  30.  What  is  eaid  of  Sici- 
ly .!*  31.  By  what  other  names  was  it  known.'  32.  What 
temples  were  on  the  three  promontories  ?  33.  What  is  said 
of  Mount  JEtna. .?    34.  What  else  was  fabled  by  ♦Jie  poeta  ' 

iK>.  VT  n-ixi.  la  Siiiu  til  iTiount  nyoia  ana  mc  piain  oi  £inns  r 
.24*  *^ 


14 


ITALY. 


honey  ;  the  plain  of  En'na,  and  the  lake  Fergus,  in  tlio  in- 
terior, for  the  carrying  away  of  Proa'erpine,  by  Pluto,  to 
the  shades  below, 

86.  The  whirlpool  of  Charyb'dia,  on  the  coast  of  Sicily, 
in  the  Sicilian  strait,  and  the  promontory  or  high  rock  of 
SeyUla,  opposite  to  it  on  the  shore  of  Italy,  were  proverbial 
umonff  the  ancients  as  objects  of  terror  ;  but  they  are  now 
little  dreaded. 

S7.  Syr'aeuse,  the  ancient  nr)etropolis  of  Sicily,  was  a 
great,  commercial,  and  powerful  city,  memorable  foi  the 
•defeat  of  the  Athenians,  for  its  siege  by  the  Romans,  and 
for  the  exploits  of  Archime'dcs  in  its  defence. 

38.  Some  of  the  other  towns  were  »Bgrieen'tum,  now 
Girgenti,  noted  for  a  temple  of  Jupiter  ;  Luybce'um,  now 
Marsala,  for  its  siege  by  the  Romans  in  the  first  Punic 
war;  Cat'ana,  now  Catania,  for  a  temple  of  Ceres  ;  Drep'- 
anum,  now  Trapani,  for  tho  death  of  Anchi'ses ;  Agyr't- 
utAy  as  the  birthplace  of  Diodo'rus  Sic'ulus  ;  Panor'mus, 
now  Palermo ;  Juessa'na,  now  Messina  ;  Leonli'ni,  now 
Lentini. 

39»  Sardiitia  was  called  by  the  Greeks  Ichnu'sa,  from 
the  fancied  resemblance  of  its  form  to  the  print  of  a  foot. 

40.  It  was  noted  for  its  unwholesome  air  and  bitter  herbs  ; 
and  fVom  its  inhabitants,  the  forced  or  grinning  laugh,  called 
the  Sardonic,  took  its  name.   The  principal  town  was  Car' 
nlis,  now  Cagliari. 

41.  Corsica,  called  by  the  Greeks  Cyr'nos,  was  noted  for 
its  yew  trees  and  bitter  honey. 

42.  MeVite,  or  MeVita,  now  Malta,  was  noted  for  the 
shipwreck  of  St.  Paul  on  his  voyage  to  Rome. 

4S.  The  tMo'lian  Islands,  now  Lipari  Islands,  were  nam- 


36.  What  is  said  of  Charybdis  and  Scylla  ?  37.  Syracuse?  38. 
What  other  towns  ?  39.  What  is  said  of  Sardinia  ?  40.  For 
what  was  it  noted?  41.  What  of  Corsica?  42.  Melite? 
43.  The  iEolian  Islands  ? 


See  Map  of  Italy.  —  How  was  Tergeste  situated  ?  Aquileia  ? 
Patavium?  Verona?  Tridentum?  Ravenna?  Mantua? 
Mutina?  Placentla?  Mediolamim?  Comura  ?  Genua? 
Kice?  Pisa?  Proaneste?  Ardea?  Tusculum  ?  Capua?  Ne- 
apolis?  Beneventum?  Nola?  Cannse  ?  Venusia?  Brundu- 
Slum  ?  Tarentum  ?  M etapontum  ?  Sybaris  ?  Crotona  ?  Scylla  ? 

In  what  part  of  Sicily  was  the  promontory  of  Pelorum  ?  Pachy- 
num  ?  Lilyboeum  ?  How  is  ^tna  situated  ?  Syracuse?  Kg- 
rigentum  ?     Panormus  ?    Catana  ?    Enna  ?    Drepanum  ? 

1  n  what  direction  from  Sicily  was  Carthage  ?    In  what  part  of  Sar 
dinia  was  Curalis  ? 


GREECE. 


15 


from  Vulcan,  the  god  of  fire,  on  account  of  their  volcanoes 

GliEECE, 
TAc  ParlhenoTU 


'  }.  Greece,  the  most  renowned  country  in  the  worW 
with  regard  to  literature  and  the  arts,  was  very  incon7der 
able  lu  extent ;  and,  exclusive  of  MacJoniraJ^d  Erufit 
i.tUe  exceeded,  m  size,  the  half  of  the  state  of  New  Sk 

ing  commerce  with  other  ancient  nations.  ■  '''^'^' 

4.  It  comprised  many  small  independent  states,  which 

44.  What  other  Islands  ?       "  '         '~  ' 

Greece.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Greece  '    9   Whnf  nt  «k«  „ 
-MUliwii .      t.    vvnnt  ol  us  political  rnnijiiioR  ? 


16 


GREECE. 


had  different  kinds  of  government ;  though,  for  a  consider 
able  time,  republican  rurms  M'ere  prevalent. 

5.  Greece  comprehended  Thet'aaly,  Oreeee  Proper,  and 
the  Peloponne'tw,  together  with  numerous  islands:  in  the 
most  extensive  sense,  it  included  also  Maeedo'nia  and  Epi'- 
rm  ;  and  the  Greelcs  established  colonies  in  Thraee,  Ana 
Minor,  Italy,  and  Sicily. 

6.  The  Romans,  after  having  conquered  Greece,  divided 
the  country  into  two  provinces  ;  Aeha'ia,  which  comprised 
Greece  Proper  and  the  Peloponnesus,  and  of  which  the 
capital  wos  Cor'inth ;  and  Maetdonia,  which  included 
Thessaly,  Epirus,  and  Macedonia,  and  of  which  the  capi- 
tal was  Thessaloni'ca. 

7.  Greece  was  called  by  the  natives  HelUu,  and  the  in- 
habitants HelWnet ;  but  by  the  poets  they  were  often  call- 
ed Dan'ai,  Ptlat'gi,  Jlrgi'vi,  Mi'vi,  Achce't,  &c. 

8.  With  regard  to  genius,  literature,  the  arts,  love  of  lib- 
erty, and  heroism,  the  Greeks  were  unrivalled  among  the 
nations  of  antiquity.  Their  language  is  esteemed  the  most 
perfect  that  was  ever  spoken,  and  their  writings  the  finest 
models  of  tMte.  ■  : 

•■■■'        Thraci. 

1.  Thrace,  a  barbarous  country  mostly  in  the  interior; 
did  not  properly  form  a  part  of  Greece,  though  it  had  many 
Greek  colonies  on  its  coast. 

2.  On  the  Thrncian  Bosphorus  was  the  famous  city  of 
Byzan'tiumt  now  Constantinople. 

*•  Se$'toa,  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Hellespont,  and 
Mky'do;  on  the  eastern  shore  opposite,  were  noted  for  be- 
mg  situated  where  Xerxes  built  his  famous  bridge  of  boats, 
and  where  Leander  was  drowned  in  swimming  across  the 
strait  to  visit  his  mistress  Hero. 

4.  Some  of  the  other  to^yns  were  Mde'ra,  noted  as  the 


6.  What  did  it  eomprehend  ?  6.  How  was  Greece  divided  »f»er  its 
conquest  by  the  Romans  ?  7.  What  were  the  Vihabitants 
called  f    8.  What  is  said  of  the  Greeks  ? 

Trracx.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  Thrace?  2.  What  city  on  the 
Thracian  Boaphorus  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  Seston  and  Aby- 
dos?    4.  What  other  towns  ? 


See  Map  of  Oreeee.  —  How  was  Macedonia  sitaaled  ?  Epirua ' 
Thessaly  ?  Peloponnesus  ?  The  island  of  Crete  ?  Eabisa ' 
What  islands  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece  ?  Where  the  gulf  of 
Corinth?  The  Saronic  gulf ?  The  Therniaic  gulf  ?  What 
gulf  on  the  south  of  the  Peloponnesus  ?  What  ffulfs  on  the 
east  eoast  of  Greece ' 


5.  What  is 


GRliECE. 


17 


lnrlhj»liicc  of  Dcmoc'ritus,  tlio  laugliin<r  pliilosonhcr  ;  ^pol- 
lo'nia,  now  Sizeboli,  for  a  teinplo  of  Apollo  ;  Pnilippop'olif 
now  Filijipopoli,  named  from  Philip  of  Muccdon  \  Adrim^ 
op'olis,  now  Adrianoplo. 

6.  The  principal  islands  near  the  coast  of  Thraco  were 
Iha'nos,  now  Thaso,  famous  for  marble  and  gold  ;  Samo- 
thra'ee,  now  Samotraki,  for  the  mysteries  of  the  Cabi'ri : 
and  Im'bros,  now  Imbro 

Macebonia. 

1  The  kingdom  of  Macedo'nia,  or  Mar'cdoi),  was  but 
little  known  in  history  before  the  time  of  Philip  and  Alex- 
onder ;  it  had  not,  till  then,  formed  one  of  the  confederate 
states  of  Greece  ;  and  its  iiiIjHl)itant.s  were  regarded  by  the 
Greeks  as  barbarians.  In  Philip's  time,  the  kingdom  con- 
sisted of  Macedonia,  Thcssaly,  Ej.irus,  and  Thrace. 

2.  Athos,  a  remarkable  mountain,  on  the  southeast  of 
Macedonia,  extending  into  the  seo  like  a  promontory,  is 
now  noted  for  its  monasteries. 

3.  Some  of  the  principal  rivers  were  the  Dri'lo,  now 
Vvmo.Stry'mon,  Ax'ius,  Astrce'us,  Haliac'mon,  and  Ao'ua. 

4.  Edes'sa,  now  Vodina,  was  once  the  capital  and  the 
residence  of  the  kings;  afterwards  Pel'la,  now  Jenitza, 
which  was  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Philip  and  Alexander. 

5.  Thcssaloni'ca^  now  Salonicn,  both  in  ancient  and  mod- 
ern times  a  large  commercial  city,  became  the  capital  of 
Macedonia,  after  it  was  reduced  to  a  Roman  province 
and  to  the  Christian  converts  here  St.  Paul  addressed  two 
epistles. 

6.  Philip'pi  was  famous  for  the  defeat  of  Brutus  and 
Cassius;  and  it  is  also  well  known  in  the  travels  and  epis- 
tles of  St.  Paul ;  and  Berce'a,  now  Veri'a,  for  the  common 
dation  bestowed  on  the  inhabitants  for  their  diligence  in 
searching  the  Scriptures.  ° 

7.  Olyn'thus,  Potidcb'a,  Melho'ne,  and  Amphip'oKs,  were 
noted  for  contests  betwopn  Philip  and  the  Athenians; 
Pyd'na,  for  the  final  defeat  of  the  Macedonians  j  Stagi'ra, 
as  the   birthplace  of  Aristotle,  who  is  thence  called  tho 

5.  What  islands  ? 

Macedonia.  — 1.  What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Macedonia  » 
2.  Of  Mount  Athos  ?  3.  What  rivers?  4.  What  is  said  of 
Edessa  and  Pella  ?  5.  Thessalonica  ?  G.  Philippi  and  Ceraja .' 
7.  What  other  towns,  and  for  what  noted  ? 


"Jf"f  of  the  Roman  Empire  — llovr  was  Thrace  situated' 
What  seas  bordered  upon  it?  How  was  Byzantium  situated.' 
Abdera?  rhilippopolis  ?  Adrianopolis  ? 


18 


GREECE. 


St&g'irjte  ;  Dyrrach'ium,  now  Durazzo,  as  q  port  much  fre- 
quented by  the  Koiimiis,  being  nearly  opposite  to  Brundu- 
sium,  ill  Italy,  and  for  an  engagement  between  the  armica 
of  Ctesar  and  Pompoy. 

Efirub. 

1.  Epirus,  which  now  forms  a  part  of  Albania,  was  sep- 
arated from  ThesHuly  and  Macedonia  by  the  ceJebrutcd 
mountainous  range  of  Pindiu,  which  was  sacred  to  the 
Muses. 

2.  The  principal  divisions  were  Chao'nia,  Theapro'tia, 
and  Moloa'ait  :  the  lust  was  famous  for  a  race  of  dogs  em- 
ployed in  hunting. 

5.  Acama'nia,  which  was  separated  from  this  country  by 
the  Ambracian  gulf,  is  sometimes  considered  as  belonging 
to  Epirus,  and  sometimes  to  Greece  Proper. 

4.  The  rivers  were  the  Achelo'us,  Araeh'tua,  Ach'eron, 
and  Cocy'tua.  The  last  two  were  classed  by  the  poets 
among  the  infernal  rivers. 

6.  Some  of  the  towns  were  ^Ambra'cioy  now  Arta,  noted 
as  the  royol  city  of  Pyrrhus,  the  famous  king  of  Epirus  j 
Dodo'na,  for  its  oracle  and  grave  of  oaks ;  Buthro'tumt 
now  Butrinto. 

Thessaly. 

1.  Thessaly  consisted  mostly  of  an  extensive  and  fertile 
valley,  surrounded  by  lofty  mountains ;  by  Olym'nua  on 
the  north,  by  Pin'dus  on  the  west,  and  by  (E'la,  O'thrys^ 
Oa'aa,  and  Pe'lion  on  the  south  and  east. 

3.  The  mountains  of  Thessaly  were  celebrated  in  an 

Epirus.  —  1 .  What  is  said  of  Epirus  ?  2.  What  were  its  divisions  ? 
3.  What  is  said  of  Acarnania.'*    4.  Kivers.'    5.  What  were  some 
of  tlie  towns  of  Epirus  .'• 

Thessalt.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Thessaly,  and  by  what  was 
it  surrounded  ?  2.  What  is  mentioned  of  the  mountains  of 
Thessaly  ? 

See  Map  of  Greece.  —  What  gulf  on  the  southeast  coast  of  Mace- 
donia? What  rivers  in  Macedonia  ?  What  the  situation  of 
Mount  Athos?  How  was  Pella  situated  P  Edessa?  Tbes- 
salonica  ?  Olyntims  .'*  Potido^a  ?  Stagira  ?  Methone  and 
Pydna?  Bercea?  Phihppi?  Amphipolis? 

See  Map  of  Greece.  —  What  part  of  Epirus  was  Chaonia .'  Mo- 
lossis  ?  Thcsprotia  ?  By  what  mountains  was  Epirus  eepa- 
rated  from  Thessaly  and  Macedonia  ?  Where  the  gulf  of 
Ambracia .''  What  rivers  in  Epirus  .'  How  was  the  town  of 
Ambracia  situated?  Buthrotum?  What  other  towns  in 
Epirus  ? 


GREECE. 


19 


cient  fable.  Olympus  was  represented  by  tlio  poets  as 
reaching  to  the  heavens,  and  as  having  on  its  summit  the 
court  of  Jupiter.  The  giants  ore  said  to  have  heoped 
Owa  upon  Pelion,  in  order  to  scale  the  heavens. 

3.  The  principol  river  of  Thcssaly  was  the  Vdncua,  now 
Penoo ;  and  near  its  mouth  wos  the  vale  of  Tem'pe,  which 
was  greatly  celebrated  among  the  ancients  for  its  pictur 
esque  and  beautiful  scenery. 

4.  Thessaly  was  the  country  of  the  fabulous  monster* 
colled  Centaurs,  half  men  and  half  horses,  whoso  battle 
with  the  Lap'ithce  is  celebrated  by  the  ancient  poets. 

5.  Thermnp'ylm,  a  narrow  defde  or  pass  between  Mount 
OCta  and  the  sea,  leading  from  Thessaly  to  Locris  and 
Phocis,  is  famous  for  a  stand  made  against  the  Persian  ar 
my  by  the  Spartans  under  lieon'idas,  and  also  for  being 
one  of  the  places  where  the  council  of  the  Amphictyons 
met ;  Delphi  was  the  other. 

6.  Some  of  the  towns  of  Thcssaly  were  Laris  sa,  tho 
royal  city  of  Achilles,  and  now  a  considerable  town  ;  Mag- 
ne'sia,  copital  of  a  district  of  the  same  name  ;  Phthi'a,  the 
town  of  the  Myr'midons  ;  lol'chos,  the  city  of  Jason,  who 
commanded  the  Argonauts  ;  Jlph'etcc,  the  port  from  which 
tho  Argonauts  sailed  :  Pharsa'tia,  famous  for  the  great  vic- 
tory of  CoBsar  over  Pompey j  Cynoceph'ale,  for  the  defeat 
of  the  Macedonians  by  the  Romans ;  Hyp'ata,  for  magic  ; 
Melibm'a,  for  dyeing  wool. 

Greece  Puopei 

1.  Greece  Proper,  (in  modern  times  Livadia,)  situated 
between  the  Saronic  gulf  and  the  gulf  of  Cor'inth,  on  the 
south,  and  Thessaly  and  Epirus  on  the  north,  comprised 
the  following  sraoll  countries,  namely,  Mtica,  Bceo'tia, 
Meg'aris,  Pho'cis,  Do'ris,  Lo'cris,  JEto'lia,  and  Acarna'nia. 

2.  The  most  celebroted  of  these  countries  was  Attica^ 
noted  for  containing  the  city  of  Athens,  and  for  the  genius 
of  its  inhabitants  ;  hence  the  proverbial  phrases,  Attic  wit 
and  Attic  salt. 


3   What  river  and  vale  ?    4.  What  fabulous  inhabitants  ?  5.  What 
is  Baid  of  Thermopyloe  ?    G.  What  towns  in  Thessaly,  and 
for  what  noted  ? 
Greece  Proper.  — 1.  What  did  Greece  Proper  comprehend.' 

2.  What  is  said  of  Attica  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece,  —  What  gulfs  on  the  east  and  south  of  Thes- 
saly ?  What  mountains  in  the  country  and  on  its  borders? 
What  rivers  ?  How  was  Tempo  situated  ?  Larissa  ?  Pharaa- 
lia '  lolchos  f  Mngnesia  ?  Thcrmopjla;  ? 


20 


GREECE. 


gerl 


3.  Bceolia  was  more  fertile  than  Atticu,  but  the  a?r  was 
thick  and  foggy :  and  the  inhabitants  were  represented  as 
phlegmatic  and  dull. 

4.  Parnaa'sus,  a  celebrated  mountain  in  Phocis,  was  sa- 
cred to  Apollo  and  the  Muses.  Between  its  two  summits 
was  the  Castalian  spring,  the  waters  of  which  were  repre- 
sented to  have  the  power  of  insjjiring  those  who  drank 
them  with  the  true  fire  or  spirit  of  poetry. 

5.  In  Bceotia,  were  Mount  Cithce'ron,  fimious  for  being 
the  pla'TC  where  the  infant  CEd'ipus  was  exposed,  and 
where  Actaj'on  was  torn  in  pieces  by  his  own  dogs  j  and 
Mount  HeVicoriy  sacred  to  ApoUo  ond  the  Muses,  near  the 
foot  of  which  was  the  verse-inspiring  fountain  of  Hippo 
ere'ney  said  to  have  been  made  by  the  hoof  of  the  winget 
horse  Peg'asus. 

6.  In  f^ttiea,  near  Athens,  wore  the  small  mountains  of 
HymeVtuSy  noted  for  honey^  and  PenteVicus,  for  marble. 

7.  Among  the  small  rivers  of  this  country  may  be  men 
tioned  the  3lchelo'us  and  Eve'nus,  in  the  western  part ;  the 
Cephis'sus  and  .Mso'pus,  in  the  eastern  j  also  the  small. rivu 
lets  Cephis'sus  and  llis'sus,  noted  for  passing  by  the  city  of 
Athens. 

8.  Ath'ens,  the  capital  of  Attica,  was  the  most  renowned 
city  of  Greece,  and  for  a  long  time  the  most  celebrated  seat 
of  learning  and  the  arts  in  the  workl  j  and  it  gave  birth  to 
many  of  the  most  eminent  men  of  antiquity. 

9.  It  now  contains  far  more  interesting  remains  of  an 
cient  refinement  and  splendor  than   any  other  place   in 
Greece.     A  considerable  portion  of  the  Jlci'opolis,  or  cita- 
del, is  still  existing,  which  iuchulcs  the  Par'thenon,  or  Tem- 
ffle  of  Minerva,  the  grandest  display  of  Athenian  magnifi 
eence. 

10.  Mar'athon,  in  Attica,  was  famous  for  the  memorable 

3.  What  is  said  of  Bceotia?  4.  Parnassus?  5.  What  mountains 
were  in  Bceotia,  and  for  what  celebrated  ?  G.  What  moun- 
tains in  Attica,  and  for  what  celebiated  ?  7.  What  rivers  in 
Greece  Proper  ?  8.  What  is  said  of  Athens  ?  9.  What  of 
the  remains  of  its  ancient  magnificence  ?  10.  What  of  Mar- 
atlion  and  Eleusis  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece.  —  Ho\7  was  Attica  situated  ?  ^tolia?  Bceo- 
tia? Doris?  Acarnania?  Locris  ?  Phocis?  Megaris  ?  What 
island  east  of  Attica  and  Bceotia  ?  What  rivers  in  ./Etolia  ? 
In  Bceotia  ?  What  lake  in  Bceotia  ?  How  was  Mount  Parnas- 
Rus  situated  ?  Helicon  ?  How  was  Athens  situated  ?  Mara- 
thon ?  Eleusis?  Thebes?  Cha;ronca?  Platooa?  Delphi? 
Kaupactus  ^     Galydon  ?     Actiutn  ? 


cr  town  0 


GREECE. 


SI 


defeat  of  the  Persians  by  the  Athenians ;  Eleii'sis,  near  tho 
borders  of  Megaris,  for  the  cclebratiou  of  the  Eleusinian 
mysteries.  < 

11.  In  Baotia,  were  Thcbea,  the  capital,  noted  as  the 
birthplace  of  Epaminon'daa  and  Pindar ;  Ptata'a,  Coro- 
ne'a,  Lertc'tra,  and  Chceyone'a,  for  battles  of  the  Greeks ; 
Orehom'enusy  for  a  temple  of  the  Graces ;  Lebade'ay  for 
the  cave  of  Trophonius  ;  As'era,  as  the  birthplace  of  the 
poet  Hesiod  ;  Au'lis,  for  the  detention  of  the  Grecian  fleet 
in  the  expedition  against  Troy. 

12.  In  Pho'cis,  were  DeVphi^  tho  capital,  famous  for  its 
oracle,  and  for  the  temple  of  Apollo,  near  which  the  Py- 
thian games  were  celebrated  ;  Jlnti^'yra,  noted  (like  anoth- 
er town  of  the  same  name  in  Thessalf )  for  hellebore,  the 
great  remedy  for  madness  among  the  c&cients. 

IS  In  *^tolia,  were  Ther'mus,  the  capital ;  iNaupac'tur. 
now  Lepanto,  noted  as  a  naval  station  ;  Cal'ydon,  as  the 
residence  of  Mclea'ger,  and  the  scene  of  a  ramous  boar 
hant. 

14.  In  ^carnania,  was  *Ac'tium,  on  the  Ambraeian  gulf, 
famous  for  the  memorable  naval  victory  which  Augustus 
obtained  over  Antony  and  Cleopatra,  and  which  put  an 
end  to  the  Roman  commonwealth. 

Peloponnesus. 

1.  The  Peloponnesus,  now  the  Morca,  is  a  celebrated 
mountainous  peninsula,  connected  with  the  continent  by  the 
Barrow  isthmus  of  Corinth  ;  and  its  ancient  name  signifies 
the  hland  of  Pelops. 

ft.  Its  modern  name,  More'a,  is  said  to  have  been  deriv- 
ed from  the   mulberry  tree  (Greek  fioftia,  Latin  morus), 
with  which   it  abounds,  or  from  the  resemblance  of  its 
shape  to  that  of  the  mulberry  leaf. 

0.  It  comprised  the  following  small  countries,  namely, 
Acha'ia,  E'lts,  Messe'nia,  Laco'nia,  Jlr'golia,  and  Arca'dia. 

4.  Laconia  was  the  most  powerful  state  of  the  Peloponne- 
sus, and  its  inhabitants  were  celebrated  for  their  ii:^ilitary 
character,  and  for  their  habit  of  expressing  their  ideas  in 
few  words ;  hence  the  proverbial  phrases.  Laconic  style, 
and  Laconic  answer. 

5.  Arcadia,  an  elevated  and  mountainous  district,  which 


11.  What  towns  were  there  in  Bojotia,  and  for  what  noted? 

12.  InPhocis?   13,  In  iEtolia?   14.  In  Acarnania.^' 

Peloponnesus.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  the  Peloponnesus?  2.  From 
what  is  the  name  of  Morea  derived  ?   3.  What  did  the  Felo- 
poiin?!fus  comprise  ?  4.  What  is  said  of  Laconia  ?  5.  Arcadia  ? 
25 


22 


GREECE. 


occupied  the  central  part,  was  the  celebrated  pastoral  coim 
try  of  the  poets. 
§.  The  principal  mountains  were  Tayp^'etus,  in  Laconia 

g,9lO  feet  high),  noted  for  the  celebration  of  the  orgies  of 
acchus  ;  Cylle'ne,  as  the  birthplace  of  Mercury  y  Moen'a- 
lu8  and  LycoB'us,  in  Arcadia,  sacred  to  Pan  :  the  largest 
rivers,  the  Euro'tas  and  Mphe'us. 

7.^  Cor'inth,  the  capital  of  Achaia,  on  the  isthmus  of 
Corinth,  was  famous  for  commerce,  wealth,  and  the  arts, 
and  for  the  celebration  of  the  Isthmian  games  in  its  vicini- 
ty, in  honor  of  Neptime. 

8.  It  had  two  ports,  Leehcb'um  and  Cen'chrca,  and  a  cit- 
adel on  a  lofty  hill,  called  Acroeorin'lhua. 

9.  In  Eli»i  were  JS/w,  the  capital,  also  Olym'pia,  famous 
for  the  statue  of  Jupiter,  one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the 
world,  and  for  being  the  place  where  the  Olympic  games 
were  celebrated,  after  the  expiration  of  every  four  years, 
in  honor  of  Jupiter. 

10.  There  were  four  public  and  solemn  games  in  Greece, 
namely,  the  Olym'pic,  Pyth'ian,  Ne'mean,  and  Isthmian; 
which  consisted  chiefly  of  athletic  exercises,  as  leaping, 
boxing,  wrestling,  and  running. 

11.  Of  these  games,  the  Olympic,  which  were  celebrated 
after  the  completion  of  every  four  years,  were  the  most  fa- 
mous, and  froni  them  the  Greeks  computed  their  time,  the 
space  intervening  between  one  celebration  and  another  be- 
ing called  an  Olympiad. 

12.  In  Messenia,  were  Messe'ney  the  capital;  Pw'fo*,  now 
Navar%inOy  the  city  of  Nestor  ;  and  Metho'ne. 

13.  In  Laeonta,  were  Spar'ta^  or  Laredm'mony  a  power 
ful  city,  famoua  for  the  mstitutions  of  Lycurgus,  and  for 
the   hardy  and  warlike  character  of  its  inhabitants  ;  also 
Amye'l(By  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Castor  and  Pollux. 

14.  In  Ar'golia,  were  Argos,  now  Argo,  the  capital,  noted 
for  the  death  of  Pyrrhus ;  Myce'nce,  as  the  city  of  Aga- 
memnon, who  commanded  the  Greeks  in  the  Trojan  war  ; 
Ne'mea,  or  Nemce'a,  for  the  Nemean  games,  in  honor  of 
Heresies ;  Epidau'rmy  now  Pidaura,  for  the  worship  of 
^sculapius ;  Nau'plia,  now  Napoli,  as  a  naval  station  j 
Ler'na,  for  the  destruction  of  the  Lernean  hydra  by  Her- 
cules. 

16.  In  Arcadia,  were  Mantine'a,  noted  for  a  great  defeat 

6  What  mountains  and  rivere  in  the  Peloponnesos  ?  7.  What  is  said 
of  Corinth?  8.  What  were  its  ports?  9.  What  towns  in 
Elis?  10.  What  games  were  celebrated  in  Greece?  II.  What 
is  said  of  the  Olympic  games  ?  12.  What  towns  in  Messe- 
niaj^and  for  what  noted  ?  13.  In  Laconia  ?  14.  What  town* 
iaArgoiis?    io.  in  Arcadia.^ 


GREt.CE. 

of  the  Spartans  by  Epaminondas,  who  was  here  filaih  , 
Megalop'ohs,  as  the  birthplace  of  Polybius  ;  Stympha'lus,  a 
fountain  and  lake,  as  the  fiibled  residence  of  the  Harpies. 

Greek  Islands. 

1.  An  important  division  of  Greece  consisted  of  islands, 
mostly  situated  in  the  Mgve'an  sea  and  on  its  borders  :  the 
two  largest  being  Crete  and  Eubcs'a. 

2  The  islands  lying  in  the  .-Egte'an  sea,  north  of  Crete, 
were  chiefly  comprehended  under  two  classes,  namely,  the 
Cyc'lades,  and  Spor'ades. 

3.  The  cluster  of  islands  lying  in  a  circular  form  around 
IJelos,  were  called  Cycladea,  from  the  Greek  word  eyelos, 
a  circle  ;  the  term  Sporadea  was  applied  to  the  islands  lyinff 
more  remote  towards  the  eastern  shore,  annexed  to  Asia. 

4.  In  the  Ionian  sea,  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece,  were 
the  islands  of  CoreyWa,  Pax'us,  Leuca!dia,  Ith'aca,  Cepha- 
le  ma,  and  ZacynHhus  ;  and  on  the  south  of  the  Peloponne- 
sus, Cythe'ra.  These  seven  Islands  now  form  the  Ionian 
Mepublie. 

6.  Corey'ra,  now  Corfu,  is  noted  for  the  shipwreck  of 
Ulysses  and  the  gardens  of  Alcin'ous  ;  Maca,  now  Thea- 
ki,  as  the  residence  of  Ulysses  ;  Leucadia  or  Leueas,  now 
St.  Maura,  for  the  promontory  of  Leuca'te,  and  the  rock 
called  the  Lovery  Leap,  where  the  poetess  Sappho,  and 
other  disappointed  lovers  threw  themselves  into  the  sea  : 
Cythe'ra,  now  Cerigo,  as  an  island  sacred  to  Venus. 

6.  Crete,  now  Candia,  was  renowned  among  the  ancients 
as  the  birthplace  of  Jupiter,  who  was  said  to  havd  been 
nursed  on  the  famous  Mowit  Ida,  situated  in  the  central 
part  of  the  island. 

7.  This  island  was  also  noted  for  the  laws  of  Minos, 
king  of  Crete  ;  for  its  Labyrinth,  in  which  the  Minotaur 
was  imprisoned  j  for  its  hundred  cities ;  and  for  the  skill  of 

ts  inhabitants  in  archery. 


Greek  Islands.  —  1 .  What  is  said  of  the  Greek  islands  ?  2.  How 
were  they  divided  ?  3.  Which  were  the  Cyclades,  and  which 
the  Sporades  ?  4.  What  islands  were  there  in  the  Ionian 
sea?  5.  What  is  said  of  Corcjra,  &c.  ?  6.  What  is  said 
of  Crete  ?    7.  For  what  e'lse  was  it  ncted  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece.  —  What  gulfs  on  ihe  north  of  Peloponnesus  ? 
What  ones  south  ?  East  ?  West  ?  What  rivers  in  Peloponne- 
Bus  ?  How  was  Achaia  situated  ?  Laconia  ?  Arcadia  ?  Elis  ? 
Argolis  ?  Messenia  ?  How  was  Corinth  situated  ?  Sparta  ? 
Argos?  Mycenae'  Olympia  ?  Pylos?  Mantinea?  Lerna? 
Nemea ' 


u 


GREECE, 


8.  Eubcea,  now  Negropont,  is  noted  ns  next  to  Crete  m 
size ;  SfU'amis,  for  the  defeat  of  the  Persian  fleet  by  the 
Athenians,  and  as  the  birthplace  of  Ajax,  Teucer,  and 
Solon. 


_.  Myc'onus,  and  De'los. 

10.  Delos  was  famous  as  the  birthplace  of  Apollo  and 
Diana,  and  for  a  celebrated  altar  and  oracle  of  Apollo  • 
NaxoSt  for  the  worship  of  Bacchus  j  Paros,  for  marble  • 
Jlntiparos,  for  a  grotto.  * 

11.  Of  the  islands  on  the  coast  of  Asia,  may  be  men 
tioned  Le$bo8,  now  Metelin,  noted  for  wine  and  for  the 
luxury  of  its  inhabitants,  and  as  the  birthplace  of  Sappho 
and  Pit'tacns  ;  Lemlnos,  for  its  Labyrinth,  and  as  the  resi- 
dence of  Vulcan  ;  Ten*edos,  as  the  place  where  the  Gre- 
cian fieet  was  concealed  in  the  expedition  against  Troy  ; 
Chi'09,  now  Scio,  for  wine ;  Sa'mos,  for  the  worship  of 
Juno,  and  as  the  birthplace  of  Pythag'oras  ;  CoSy  as  the 
birthplace  of  Hippoc'rates  and  Aj)el'les ;  Pat^mos,  as  th© 
place  to  which  St.  John  was  banished. 

12.  Rhodes  is  noted  for  its  celebrity  in  history,  and  for  its 
hrazen  Coloss'is,  dedicated  to  the  sun,  and  accounted  one 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world. 

13.  The  seven  wonders  of  the  ancient  world  were  the 
Pyramids  of  Egypt,  the  Statue  of  Jupiter  at  Olympia,  the 
Colossus  at  Rhodes,  the  Mausole'mn  at  Halicarnassus,  the 
Temple  of  Diana  at  Ephesus,  the  Walls  of  Babylon,  and 
the  iRoyal  Palace  of  Cyrus  ;  or,  according  to  some,  the 
Tower  or  Pharos  at  Alexandria. 


8.  What  is  said  of  Euboea  and  Salamis  ?  9.  What  were  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  Cyclades  ?  10.  What  is  said  of  Dclos,  Nazes, 
&c.  ?  11.  What  islands  on  the  coast  of  Asia,  and  for  what 
noted  ?  13.  What  is  said  of  Rhodes  .?  13.  What  vere  the 
seven  wonders  of  the  world  ? 


See  Map  of  Greece.  —  How  is  Crete  situated  .'  In  what  part  of  it , 
is  Mount  Ida.'    How  is  Cythera  situated  ?    Corcyra.'    What 
other  islands  are  on  the  west  coast  of  Greece  ?    How  is 
Eubcea  situated  .'  Salamis.'  iEgina.'  Lemnos.'  Scyroa  .'  De- 
los .'  What  islands  are  near  Delos .' 

See  Map  of  ^iaia  Minor.  —  How  is  Lesbos  situated.'    Samoa' 
Cos .'  Chios  ?  Rhodes .'  Patmos .' 


ASIA. 


ASIA  MINOR. 

1.  Asia  Minor,  now  Natolia,  a  country  lying  between  the 
Mediterranean  and  Euxine  seas,  and  having  the  ^gaaan 
sea  on  the  west,  and  the  Hellespont  and  Propontis  on  the 
northwest,  comprised,  in  ancient  times,  many  different  states 
or  provinces. 

2.  The  westeni  parts  w«re  occupied  by  Grecian  colonies; 
the  language  of  Greece  was  extensively  spoken  in  Asia 
Minor ;  and  many  of  the  Greek  philosophers,  poets,  and 
men  of  genius,  were  natives  of  this  country. 

3.  The  principal  divisions  of  Asia  Minor  were  Pon'luSy 
Paphlago'nia  and  Bithyn'ia,  on  the  Euxine  sea;  Tro'ai, 
Mp'aia,  lo'nia,  Lyd'ia,  and  Ca'ria,  in  the  west ;  L^  da, 
Pamphyl'iaf  Pisid'ia,  and  Cill'cia,  on  the  Mediterranean ; 
Pfiryg'm,  Lycao'nia,  Gala'Ua,  and  Cuppado'ciuy  in  the  in- 
terior. 

4.  The  countries  of  Mysia,  Ionia,  Lydia,  Caria,  and 
Phrygia,  were,  at  one  period,  united  into  one  province,  by 
the  name  of  Asia,  of  which  Ephesus  was  the  capital. 

6.  The  principal  range  of  mountains  is  that  of  Tau'rua, 
in  the  eastern  part ;  Olym'pus  and  Tmo'lus  are  considera- 
ble mountains  towards  the  west.  Sip'ylus,  near  Magnesia, 
was  noted  as  the  residence  of  Ni'obe ;  Cor'yeus,  on  the 
coast  of  Cilicia,  for  saffron,  and  the  cave  of  Typhon  ;  Pda, 
near  Troy,  as  being  the  place  where  Paris  adjudged  to 
Venus  the  prize  of  beauty. 

6.  The  three  largest  rivers  were  the  Ha'lys,  now  Kizil* 
Ermak  ;  the  Sanga'rius,  now  Sakaria  ;  and  Maan'der,  now 
Meinder,  famous  for  its  windings. 

7.  The  Thertno'don  was  noted  for  the  residence  of  the 
warlike  women,  called  the  Amazons  ;  the  Eurym'edoriy  for 
the  defeat  of  the  Persians  by  Gimon  ;  the  urani'cus,  for 

Asia  Minor.  —  1.  What  was  the  situation  of  Asia  Minor  ? 
2   What  is  said  of  it?    3.  Wh)*  were  the  divisions?    4.  What 
formed  the  province  of  A:  . .      5.  What  mountains  in  Asia 
Minor  ?    6.  What  the  three  iarsest  rivers  ?    7.  What  other 
rivers  are  mentioned,  and  for  what  noted  ? 
25* 


26 


ASIA  MllSOtt. 


the  first  victory  of  Alexander  over  the  Persians  ;  the  Heri 
mu$  and  Pacto'lus,  for  flowing  over  golden  sand  ;  the  Sca- 
man'der,  Xan'thus,  and  Sihno-is,  as  small  rivulets  flowinfr 
through  the  plain  of  Troy.  ° 

®B"  ^'*oa*>  between  Mount  Ida  and  the  sea,  was  Troy 
or  Jltum,  fajnous  for  a  siege  often  years,  which  it  sustained 
againat  the  Greeks,  and  which  has  been  iuimortalized  liv 
the  genius  of  Homer.  ^ 

9.  In  Mi/sia,  were  Per'gamus,  on  the  Ca-i'cus,  once  the 
capital  of  a  kingdom,  noted  as  the  royal  city  of  Eu'menei 
as  Che  birthplace  of  Galen,  and  for  its  great  library  ;  Lamp'!. 
'rT'iSr,  *^®  worship  of  Priu'pus  ;  Sigrz'um,  for  the  tomb 
oi  Achilles;  Mif'dos,  opposite  to  Sestos  ;  Jls'sos  and  ^i- 
romyfYtum,  mentioned  in  the  travels  of  St.  Paul. 

la  Eph'emSi  in  Ionia,  was  anciently  a  large  and  splendid 
city,  the  capital  of  the  proconsular  province  of  Asia,  mem- 
orable in  the  travels  and  epistles  of  St.  Paul,  noted  as  the 
seat  of  one  of  the  Seven  Churches  mentioned  by  St.  John, 
and  for  the  temple  of  Diana,  one  of  the  seven  wonders  of 
the  world. 

n.  •Smyr'na,  anciently  a  rich  commercial  city,  and  now 
the  largest  in  Natolia,  was  noted  as  one  of  the  seven  cities 
that  claimed  the  honor  of  giving  birth  to  Homer.    The 
whole  seven  are  enumerated  in  the  following  line  : 
*^  Smyrna,  Chios,  Colophon,  Salamis,  Rhodus,Jlrgos,  ^thence.'* 

12.  Mle'tus,  once  the  capital  of  Jonia,  a  large  citv,  was 
noted  for  its  great  commerce,  for  a  temple  and  oracle  of 
Ajjollo,  aa  the  birthplace  of  Thales,  one  of  the  Seven  Wise 

??   a  ^'^^^^>  ^^^  o^  Anaximander. 

13.  Some  other  towns  in  Ionia  were  Mye'a-le,  noted  for  a 
victorj  of  the  Greeks  over  the  Persians:  Er'ythrce,  as  the 
residence  of  one  of  the  Sibyls ;  Prie'ne,  as  the  birthplace 
ot  Bias,  one  of  the  Seven  Wise  Men  of  Greece  ;  Te'os,  as 


in*  WK^J  •"  ^^  ?^J[°^  •     ^-  ^^""^  ^"""^"^  ^^ere  there  in  Mysia' 
?S'  St*J'?v^'^°^^P*'««"^-     »•  Smyrna?    12.  Miletus  ? 
lA  What  other  towns  in  Ionia,  and  for  what  noted  ? 

Su  Map  of  .^sia  Minor.  —  What  sea  was  on  the  north  of  Aski 
Minor.'  VVhat  one  south.'  What  one  west.'  How  wa^ 
ProponUs  situated  .'What  strait  connected  the  Propontis  with 
the  JEgtean  sea .?  What  connected  it  with  the  Euxine  '  What 
wlandslay  west  of  Asia  Minor.'  What  island  south  '  What 
countries  of  Asia  Minor  were  situated  on    the  Euxine ' 

tPrr»*n.Tf ''wJ^'^^*^"    '.^^  "       ^^^^^    «»««    ^^   the    Medi- 

.wT.  i  What  ones  in  the  interior.'  What  rivers  flowed 
into  the  ^go3an  sea .'  What  ones  into  the  Euxine .'  WJiat 
ones  into  Uic  Mediterranean  ?  What  ones  into  the  Propontis ' 


ASIA  MINOR. 


87, 


the  birtbpla<?o  of  the  poet  AHficreon  ;  Clazom'en-e,  os  the 
Dirthplacc  of  Anaxag'orns  ;  Cot'ophon,  as  one  of  the  towns 
which  contended  for  the  birth  of  Homer,  and  for  the  Colo- 
phonian  cavalry.  >..  '.^ 

14.  In  Lijd'ia,  were  Sar'dis,  the  capital,  noted  as  the  resi- 
dence of  the  proverbially  rich  king  CrcBsus  ;  PhiladtVphia, 
and  Ihyattra,  together  with  Sardis,  as  seats  of  three  of  the 
beveii  Churches  ;  Magiie'si't;  for  the  defeat  of  Anti'ochua 
the  Great  by  Seipio. 

15.  The  capital  of  Caria  was  Hidicarnas'sus,  famous  for 
Its  J^auw/e'tm  the  tomb  of  kincr  Mausolu.^,  accounte.l  one 
of  the  Seven  Wonders  of  the  Worl.l,  also  the  birthplace  of 
Herod'otus,  the  father  of  history,  Dionysius  Halicurnassen'- 
sjs,  the  historian  and  critic,  and  Hcracli'tus,  the  weepinff 
philosopher.  Cm'dus  was  noted  for  a  statue  of  Venus,  and 
for  a  battle  between  the  Atlrenians  and  Spartans. 

16.  In  Lucia,  was  Pat'ara,  noted  for  an  oracle  of  Apollo 

17.  In  Pamphylia  and  Pisidia,  were  AUali'a,  Per'ffa,  and 
^n'tioch,  mentioned  in  the  travels  of  St.  Paul. 

18.  ki  CUicia,  were  Tar'sua,  the  capital,  on  the  Cydnus 
once  a  large  city,  noted  for  the  arts  and  sciences,  and  as 
the  birthplace  of  St.  Pat'" ;  h'sus,  for  a  great  victory  of  Al- 
exander over  Darius  ;  Anchi'a-k,  for  the  tomb  of  the  effemi- 
nate king  Sardanapa'lus. 

19.  In  Phrygia,  were  Laodice%  the  seat  of  one  of  the 
seven  churches  of  Asia  ;  Colos'sa,  to  whose  inhabitants  St. 
Paul  addressed  an  espistle  ;  Hierap'otis,  noted  for  hot-baths  : 
/p'*iM,ior  a  famous  battle  between  the  surviving  generals 

nn'^af  "^®^'  *"  ^^'"'^'^  Antig'onus  was  defeated  and  slain. 

20.  Ihe  eastern  part  of  Phrygia  was  called  Lycao'nia,  in 
which  were  Ico'nium,  Der'be,  and  Lys'tra,  mentioned  in  the 
travels  of  St.  Paul. 

21.  In  Galatia,  were  Anajra,  now  Angora,  and  Gor'dium, 
where  Alexander  cut  the  Gordian  knot.  —  To  the  Gala- 
tians,  the  inhabitants  of  this  country,  St.  Paul  addressed  an 
epistle. 

22.  In  Bitkynia,  were  Mcomc'dia,  the  capital,  now  la- 
mid  ;  Mce,  now  Isnik,  also  once  the  capital,  noted  for  the 
first  general  council,  which  framed  the  Nicene  Creed  • 
Prusa,  now  Bursa  ;  Chnlce'don,  famous  for  a  council  against 
the  Eutych'ians ;  lAhys'sa,  for  the  tomb  of  Hannibal ; 
Heracte'a,  for  its  naval  importance. 

23.  In  Paphl(^onia,  was  Sino'pe,  which  was  the  capital 

14.  What  ones  in  Lydia?    15.  Caria?     IG.  Lycia?    17.  Pamphy- 
lia and  Pisidia  ?    18.  What  towns  in  Cilicia?    19.  Phrygia' 
20.  Lycaonia?'    21.  Galatia?     29.  Bithynia."    23.  Paphia 
gonia  ^  "  r 


ASIA  MlNOa. 


of  the  kingdom  of  Pontus  in  the  time  of  Mitliridn'tcs,  and 
was  the  birthplace  of  Diog'enes,  the  Cynic  philosopher. 

24.  In  PontiiSi  were  Amn'sia,  noted  as  the  hirthploce  of 
Mithridutcs  the  Great,  and  Strabo  the  geographer  ;  TVape'- 
ZV9,  now  Trebisond,  as  a  place  of  renown  under  the  empe- 
rors of  the  JSastern  empire  ;  Cer'asus,  now  Keresoun,  for 
giving  name  to  cherries,  which  were  first  brought  from  this 
place  to  Rome  ;  Themia'cyra^  as  a  town  of  the  Amazons  • 
Ztfla  or  Zc'lia,  os  the  place  where  Caesar  defeated  Pharna- 
ces  with  such  rapidity,  that  he  wrote  the  account  of  his  vic- 
tory to  the  senate  in  these  three  words,  "  Veni,  vidi,  vici," 
1  carMf  I  scttCy  I  conquered. 

25.  In  Cappadocia,  were  Maz'nca,  the  ca])ital ;  Coma'naj 
noted  for  a  temple  of  Bello'na  ;  Ty'ana,  as  the  birthplace 
of  the  impostor  Apollonius  ;  JVazian'zuSj  as  the  birthplace 
of  Gregory  Nazianzen. 

26.  CypruSy  a  large  and  fertile  island  off  the  coast  of  Cili 
cia,  was  anciently  sacred  to  Venus. 

27.  Some  of  the  towns  of  Cyprus  were  Sal'amis,  noted  as 
the  chief  city  ;  Pa'phos,  for  the  worship  of  Venus ;  and 
Ci'tiumf  as  the  birthplace  of  the  stoic  philosopher  Zeno. 

COLCHIS,  ARMENIA,  MESOPOTAMIA,  SYRIA, 

ARABIA. 

1.  Colchis,  situated  cast  of  the  Euxine  sea,  was  famous 
as  the  scene  of  the  Argonautic  expedition,  in  search  of  the 
goldenfleece,  which  was  fubled  to  be  guarded  by  bulls  that 
breathed  fire,  and  by  a  dragon  that  never  slept. 

2.  One  of  the  principal  rivers  was  the  -Pha'sis,  now 
Rione,  from  which  the  Argonauts  are  said  to  have  brought 
away  some  large  birds,  hence  called  pheasants. 

3.  The  chief  towns  of  Colchis  were  J2'a,  the  capital,  and 
Cy'tOf  noted  for  poisonous  herbs,  and  for  the  birth  of  the 
sorceress  Mede'a. 

m.  What  towns  iti  Pontus?    25.  Cappadocia?    2G.  "What  i«  eaid 
of  Cyprus  ?    27.  What  towns  ? 

Colchis,  Armenia,  &c.  —  1.  What  is  said  of  Colchis  ?  2.  What 
river  ?    3,  Towns  .* 

Sec  Map  of  Jlsia  Minor.  —  How  was  Troy  situated  ?  Pergamus  i 
Nice  .-*  Prusa  ?  What  towns  were  on  the  Propontis  ?  What 
ones  on  the  Hellespont  ?  How  was  Smyrna  situated  ?  Sar- 
dis?  Philadelphia?  Ephesus?  Miletus?  Halicarnassus  ? 
Patera  ?  Tarsus  ?  Issus  ?  Iconium  ?  Ipsus  ?  Laodicea  ? 
Gordium?  Heraclea  ?  Sinopc  ?  Amasia?  Trapezus? 
Zela?  Cerasus?  Mazajca?  How  is  the  island  of  Cyprus 
eituated?    Salamia?    Paphos?    Citium? 


u»),  once  i 


COLCHIS,  AIIAIENIA. 


Jiuins  of  Palmyra. 


A.i«^  t  ^  » jnountft'nous  country,  and  contains  the 

famous  mountain  Ar'arat,  on  which  the  ark  has,  by  many! 
been  supposed  to  have  rested  after  the  flood.  ^         ^* 

rr.tZ^^  ^';Mm'/c3  and  Ti'gris,  two  of  the  largest  and 
most  celebrated  rivers  that  were  known  to  the  ancients, 

h  c«  151'/''"'*""%'"  -^""^"i^-  I"  the  eastern  part  was 
lake  .^rjt5*a,  now  Van. 

^«^'„T^  n^"",'''r?'  ^"A:^"^  "'"'''^^  -^rlaxUtt',,  th9  capital  ;  ^mi'- 
f^:  "r  ^"^/^^i^"- ;  Tig'-nnocerHrt,  noted  for  its  capture  by 
LucuMus,  who  here  found  great  treasure.  ^ 

7.  Mesopotamia  received  its  name  from  its  situation  be- 
tween the  two  river.,  the  Euphrates  and  Tigns. 

8.  borne  of  the  towns  were   Edea'sa,  now  Ourfa,  sun- 

1.  ii  t/^"!"""*  7*^  ^^/'rr  •"  ^'^^  Bi^Je),  now  Heren,  not- 
ed  as  the  pace  from  which  Abraham  departed  for  Canaan, 
also  for  S.ibianism.  or  the  wm-^Uir.  r.p  i, ' 1..  k„j:_  '  .  "J 


also  for  Sabianism,  or  the  worship  oVTo;rv,;rdy'bodTeX"^^^^^^ 

sath  of  Crassus ;  Ms'ibis  and  Circe'ai- 


for  the  defeat  and  dea ^.n..u^.  ,,,,,013  ami  lArce' 

urn,  once  important  frontier  towns  of  the  Roman  empire 

thf'M  T!""  °o"^P''ehended  all  the  country  lying  between 
the  Mediterranean  and  Mesopotamia  and  Arabia,  includinff 

4.  JJhatissaid  of -Armenia?    5.  What  rivers  ?    G.  Towns' 
^^;j.\'«^«aid  of  Mesopotamia.?    b.  WJxat  towns?     U.  Whs^t  ia 


80 


MESOPOTAMIA,  SYRIA,  ARABIA 


Phanicta  ni.d  PalesUne.  —  For  a  description  of  the  latter 
see  Scripture  Gtoaraphy. 

10.  1  he  principal  iriountains  are  those  of  Leb'anon,  or 
lAb'anus,  and  Anitlib'anua ;  the  largest  rivers,  the  Enohra'- 
tu  and  Oron'tes.  '^ 

11.  Damas'ctM,  once  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Syria 
and  one  of  the  most  ancient  cities  in  the  world,  is  celebrat- 
ed in  both  sacred  and  profane  history  ;  and  it  is  noted  for 
giving  name  to  the  damascene  or  damaon  plum,  the  damask 
rose,  and  damask  silks  and  linens. 

12.  J3n'lioch,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Orontes,  was  once  a 
very  largo  and  splendid  city,  and  the  residence  of  the  Mac- 
edonian kings  ot  Syria. 

19'  Palmi/'ra,  supposed  to  bo  the  same  city  as  Tadmor  in 
the  mldernesa,  U  famous  for  having  been  the  residence  of 
queen  Zonobia,  who  had  for,  her  secretary  Longinus,  and 
who  was  taken  captive  by  the  Roman  emperor  Aurelian. 
Here,  and  also  at  the  site  of  Heliop'olis,  now  Bulbec,  are 
MOW  found  most  magnificent  ruins  of  temples  of  the  Sun 
and  other  edifices. 

14.  Samos^ata,  was  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  Lucian , 

ian 

of 
1  7  •° — — —  >-•  •"■"  WW..  ^  vj^u»ic  u,  iiu*v  f  uiiiien,  aiiu  j3»i- 
phamoy  now  Hamab,  as  important  cities  :  Daph'nc,  a  grove 
near  Antioch,  for  the  worship  of  Venus. 

15.  The  chief  cities  of  Phanicia,  were  Tyre^  now  Sur, 
and  Si'don,  now  Saida,  both  famous  in  history,  and  noted 
for  their  antiquity  and  for  cominerce.  —  The  Phccnicians 
were  the  reputed  inventors  of  glass,  purple,  and  coinage  ; 
and  the  invention  of  letters  has  also  been  attributed  to  them, 
as  well  as  to  the  Egyptians. 

16.  Arabia  is  commonly  considered  as  divided  into  three 
parts,  namely,  »^rabia  Petraa,  or  Stony,  Arabia  Deserta,  or 
Desert,  and  Arabia  Felix,  or  Hapjiy. 

17.  Arabia  Petraja,  comprising  the  northwest  portion  of 
the  country,  and  bordering  on  the  northern  parts  of  the  Red 
sea,  is  noted  for  beine  the  region  in  which  the  Israelites 
passed  40  years,  in  their  journeyings  from  Egypt  to  Ca- 
naan. 

18.  Mounts  Si'nai   and   Ho'rebt  between  the  northern 

10.  What  is  said  of  mountains  and  rivers?  II.  What  is  said  of 
Damaacua?  12.  Antioch?  13.  Palmyra?  14.  What  other 
towns,  and  for  what  noted ?  15.  What  cities  in  Phoenicia? 
10.  How  is  Arabia  divided  ?  17.  What  is  said  of  Arabia 
Pctfoja  ?    18.  What  of  mounts  Sinai  and  Horcb  ? 


ARABIA. 


31 


branches  of  tho  Red  sea,  are  famous  as  sccnra  of  mlr«M»- 
{Smtlri""""-     «"  Sinai,  M,,e,  ,JeiU^K^ 
19.  Ezton-Ge>ber,  was  noted  as  tho  port  from  whirh  Q«i« 

ASSYRIA,  CHALDEA,  PERSIA,  MEDIA 

1.  Assyr'ia,  Chaldo'a  or  Bahylo'nia,  Per'aia   Me'din   «nJ 

3.  Bab'ylon,  the  capital  of  Babylonia  or  Chnl.lpn   „«j    i 

4.  Ecbat'ana,  supposed  to  have  been  on  the  nitA  ^r  m.- 

6.  Persep'olis,  once  tho  capital  of  Persia,  was  notrrl  r«r 
It.  splendor,  and  its  destruction  by  AlexaSTand  hs  rufn!: 

19.  What  is  said  of  Ezion-Geber  and  Midian  ? 

Lcbatana?    5.  Persepolis  and  Susa  ?  >^"yiou.      « 


See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire  —  What  coun tries  w»re  8iti,«.»^ 

between  the  Euxine  and  Caspian  seas?     Wh„r„t  "'l"?**^ 

How  was  Mesopotamia  situated ?Xia?      Medit^      pS-"^ 

Ph(Bnicia?    Armenia?     Arabia^  PalesUne       IbeWat    r 

at>c  Sarmatia  ?     What  rivers  flo we3  into  the  cipian      ^.'L" 

IIo»  ^''^  ^'''r  ^'"""^'^  •     ^"^°  the  Eu:cine,  on  the  noTh  p  ^ 

How  was  Artaxata  Situated?     Cyla?     Tigranocerta?    Nineveh ' 

AWSinai?'"^     Jerusalem?     Ezon-deber?      JVlidian: 
What  were  sonie  of  the  towns  on  the  east  coast  of  the  MeditPrm 
Bcan?    On  the  Euphrates?    On  tlie 'I?gris >  ^*^'"'" 


89 


AdSYRlA,  CHALUEA,  Sec. 


are  now  socn  near  Kf<tnchar  ;  Su'sa,  (in  the  BiMo  Shiuihnn,) 
now  Shuster,  or  Sims,  waa  tho  winter  residence  of  th« 
Persian  kings. 

6.  Ctca'{mo7i,  now  AI  Modain,  was  noted  as  one  of  ilio 
capitals  ot  Pnrthia,  nnd  for  its  mugnificent  pnlaco  ;  HecO" 
tom'pylos,  now  Darnof'iin,  was  another  capital  of  Purtiiin. 

7.  ^rbc'la,  now  Ei-bil,  was  noted  for  givinjj  name  to  a 
great  victory  which  Alexander  gained  over  Darius  on  thcj 
plains  of  Gaugunic'la  ;  Cunax'a,  for  a  battle  in  which  Cy- 
rus was  {>lain,  and  as  the  place  from  which  Xenophon  re- 
treated with  10,000  Greeks. 


G.  What  is  said  of  Ctcsiphon  and  Hccutompyloa  ? 
Cunaxa? 


7.  Arbela  and 


AFRICA. 

EGYPT. 

1.  Egypt  was  divided  into  Lotcer  tigypt  and  Uppa 
Egypt ;  and  between  these  two  divisions,  there  was  a  small 
district  called  Heptan'omia. 

2.  Lower  Egypt,  which  includes  the  country  intersected 
bv  the  mouths  of  the  Nile,  is  called  the  Delta;  Upper 
^gypt  was  also  called  tho  Theh'a-is,  or  Theb'a-id,  from  tho 
great  city  of  Thebes. 

3.  Egypt,  which  is  celebrated  for  its  great  antiquity,  has 
been  styled  the  cradle  of  learning  ;  it  could  boast  of  attain- 
ments in  the  arts  at  a  period  when  Greece  and  Italy  were  in 
a  state  of  barbarism  ;  and  it  now  exhibits  many  monuments 
of  ancient  magnificence  and  refinement. 

4.  Tho  celebrated  jYile,  the  only  river  in  Egypt,  former- 
ly floweil  into  the  sea  by  seven  mouths  ;  but  i  v  v/o  of 
them  are  now  of  much  impuiiance. 

5.  Mem'phis,  once  the  capital  of  Egypt,  sitr  '  •.:'  ^he 
site  of  the  modern  capital,  Cairo,  was  long  smce  entirely 
destroyed. 

6.  Mexan'dria,  founded  by  Alexander  the  Great,  was  tho 
capital  of  Egypt,  under  the  Ptolemies,  and  noted  for  hav- 
ing nn^'e  been  the  most  commercial  city  in  the  world,  and  a 


KoYf-'' 


.....  ■( 


What  is  said  of  Lower 

5 


_., How  ia  Egypt  divided? 

uao  of  Upper  Egypt  ?    3.  For  what  is  Egypt  celebrated  ? 


EGYPT. 


33 


groat  scat  of  lonrnin;^ ;  nn«l  niao  for  its  Pharo.'i,  or  watch- 
towor,  sninctimoa  reckoned  one  of  the  Sc\'en  Wonders 
of  the  World. 

7.  Some  of  the  other  towns  of  Lower  Effypt  were  Sa'i$, 
noted  for  having  Ijoon  the  capitui  ;  llero-onoUa,  ns  tho  resi- 
donco  of  the  nncient  shepherd  kings  ;  Vn  or  Heliop'oliSf 
for  a  temple  of  tho  Sun  ;  Cano'pu»,  now  Aboukir,  for  a 
temple  of  Scra'pi^  ;  Pelu'tiwHf  now  Tincb,  ott  the  bulwark 
and  key  of  the  country. 

3.  Th'hes,  the  capital  of  U|»|>cr  Ej»ypt,  or  tho  Thebaifl, 
WU4  a  magnificent  city,  fumous  for  its  hundred  gatcH.  It 
Was  destroyed  before  the  period  of  the  commencement  of 
authentic  profane  history  ;  yet  itd  site  \s  still  covered  with 
most  magni6cent  ruins  of  temples  and  other  edifices. 

9.  Aratn'o-tj  or  Croeodilop'oUs,  nv.nv  lake  Mcc'ris,  was  fa- 
mous for  the  labyrinth,  which  contained  3,000  chambers,  in 
which  the  kings  and  sacred  crocodiles  were  buried. 

10.  Some  of  the  other  towns  in  Upper  Egypt  were 
Ahy'doa,  famous  for  the  temple  of  Osji'ris  and  the  palace  of 
Memnon  ;  Cop'loSy  as  an  emporium  of  Arabian  and  Indian 
commodities  ;  Tcn'tyruy  now  Dendera,  for  temulcs  of  Isis 
and  Venus  ;  Sye'ne,  for  a  well,  the  bottom  of  which,  at  tho 
time  of  the  summer  solstice,  was  illuminated,  the  sun  being 
exactly  perpendicular  over  it. 

11.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable  antiquities  now  found 
in  Egypt,  are  the  Pyramids,  the  Obelisks,  the  Sphinx,  tho 
Catacombs,  or  Mummy-pits,  and  numerous  ruins  of  Tem- 
ples and  other  splendidf  edifices. 

12.  The  Pyramids  are  the  most  remarkable  monuments 
of  ancient  art  that  now  remain  ;  but  history  furnishes  no 
authentic  information  respecting  the  time  or  tho  object  of 
their  erection. 

13.  The  Sphinx,  which  is  situated  near  one  of  the  Pyra- 
mids, is  a  statue  of  a  huge  monster,  cut  in  solid  rock,  hav- 
in|^  the  face  of  a  virgin  and  the  body  of  a  lion. 

•  14.  The  Land  of  Goshen,  the  country  occupied  by  the 
liraelites,  in  Egypt,  is  supposed  to  have  been  in  the  north- 
eastern part. 

>  ,,—■—,.     ■       —      ,.      ■  III    .-,_,,   „       —■—„»..,  —  ..,     .-..,.1  -..■i—  — II.I.      I.— I  I II     .1.       ,  I   1,1^ 

7.  What  other  towns  in  Lower  Egypt  ?    8.  What  is  said  of  Thebes? 

9.  Arsinoe?  10.  What  other  towns  in  Upper  Egypt?  H.  What 
reinarkuble  antiquities  are  there  in  the  country  ?  12.  What 
is  said  of  the  I'yramids  ?  13.  The  Sphin.x?  14.  Where 
was  the  Land  of  Goshen  ? 


/   i 


See  Map  of  the.  Roman  Empire.  —  How  was  Egypt  situated  ? 
Libya?     Africa?     Numidia  •>    Mauritania?    What  river  in  Ej 


II. 

XI" 


>«..    tvyno 


Mauritania?    What  river  in  Egypt? 

Magna  ?  Oasis  Parva  ?  Canopus  ?   Pelusium  ?   Arsinoe  ?  Teniyra  i 
23 


34  LIBYA,  AFRICA  PROPER,  &c. 

LIBYA,  AFRICA  PROPER,  NUMIDIA,  AND 
MAURITANIA.  '         ' 

1.  tiBYA  was  divided  into  Marmarica  and  Ct/)-«M/i't/./,  ^ 
which  latter  was  also  called  Pen^.ap'ol{s,  frmn  the^fivr,rh/ 
cipal  cuies  which  it  coiitaiued.  *  '" 

2.  Cyre'ne,  now  Curen,  once  a  large  city,  was  settlod  hir 
Greeks  and  was  notecJ  as  the  birthplace  ^oVcallimSu/ 
Era  os'thenes,  Carne'ades,  and  Aristin'pus  :  BermVce  or 
Hes'perxs  according  to  some,  for  the  fibled  garden  of  th^ 
Hespfci-^ides,  containing  the  golden  apples ;  fhiugh  o  hcr^ 
place  this  garden  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa 

3.  In  a  beautiful  oasis,  in  the  Libyan  desert,  was  Ammon 
now  Siwah,  noted  for  the  temple  oV  Jupiter  Ammon  with 
a  famous  oracle  that  was  consulted  by  Alexander       ' 

|n  •«/'•«<;"'  Pjope^>  was  the  celebrated  city  of  Cartharrg 
once  the  rival  of  Rome,  famous  for  wealth  and  com nS 
and  fonts  siege  and  destruction  by  the  Romans.  '' 

5.  U'ttca  was  noted  for  the  death  of  Cato :  Vac'cn  fnr 
transactions  ,n  the  Jugurthinc  war  j  TAa^o'^u*  for  a  vTcton^ 
gained  by  Ceesar ;  Za'ma,  for  the 'defeat  of  Hannibal  bv 
Scipio  Africanus  ;  C«p',a,  now  Gaf.a,  as  the  pi  "ce  where 
Jugnrtha  deposited  hi^  treasures  j  Svfel'ula,  now  sStla 
for  Its  extensive  ruins.  ^I  aiiia, 

6.  The  Bag'radas,  now  Mejerdah,  the  principal  river  of 
this  country  was  noted  as  the  place  where  "he  Roman 
army,  under  Reg'ulus,  killed  an  enormous  serpent  A  Im"^ 
lake  southwest  of  Syrtis  Minor,  was  divided  iLto  two  parts 
one  called  Pa'lus  Trilo'nis,  noted  as  the  place  v"iere  Mil 
uerva  IS  said  first  to  have  appeared,  hence  called  Tritonia  • 
the  other  Pa'lus  Lib'y<B,  the  fabled  residence  of  the  Go.- 
gons* 

7.  In  Numidia,  were  Cir'ta,  now  Constantina,  the  resi- 
dence of  the  kings,  noted  for  its  strength  :  Hip'po  Reeius 
as  the  episcopal  seat  of  St.  Augustin.  ^^    ^^egxus, 

8.  In  Mauritania,  were  CcBsareJa,  noted  as  once  the  cap- 
T  n'  '^'^V^  the  residence  of  Syphax ;  Tin'gis,  now 
^3^  Piilf^^g^a^:^-^--^-  "  ^"'i-  -»  S^in,  one 

Iab\k,  &c.  -  1    How  was  Libya  divided  ?    2.  What  is  said  of 
Cyrene  and  Berenice?    3.  What  of  Ammon  ?    4.  What  is 
r    x^iu.-      ^"thage  ?     6.  What  other  towns  in  Africa  Proper  > 
G.  What  nyer  and  lake?    7.  Wliat  towns  in  ^'unlidia?    b.  In 
Mauritania?  , 

See  Map  of  the  Roman  Empire.  —  How  was  Marmarica  situated  * 
L,yrennica?  Ammon  ?  Cyrene  i  Berenice  ?  How  were 
byrtis  JVlaj^or  and  Syrlis  Minor  situated  ?   Carthage  ?   Utica  i 


Zama?    f  hapsus  ?     Trhonis  Puliia? 
hxl?    i J ippo  Regius?    Cassarca? 


Siga  ? 


How  was  Cirta  sitsjr- 
Tingis?  Abyla' 


EXTENT  OF  ANCIENT  EMPIRES. 


35 


EXTENT  OF  ANCIENT  EMPIRES. 
According  to  Tyller. 

1.  xhe  Empire  of  Asstuia,  under  Ninus  nnd  Scmiramis. 
comprehended  Asia  Minor,  Colchis,  Assyria,  Media,  Chall 
dea,  Egypt.  ''      '  .      •« 

2.  The  Empire  of  Assyhia,  as  divided  about  820  B    C 
formed  three  kingdoms,  Media,  Babylo-Chaldea  (Syria  and 
Chnldea),  and  Lydia  (all  Asia  Minor).  ^  ^ 

3.  The  Efnpire  of  the  Persians  under  Darius  son  of 
Hystas'pes,  523  B.  C,  comprehended  Persis,  Susiana,  ChaU 
dea,  Assyria,  Media,  Bactriar.a,  Armenia,  Asia,  ParUva 
Iberia,  Albania,  Colchis,  Asia  Minor,  Egypt,  part  of  Ethi- 
opia, part  of  Scylhia. 

^'.'^^^  Empire  of  Alexander  the    Great,  S30  B.  C 
consisted  of  1.  all  Macedonia  and  Greece,  except  the  Pelo^ 
ponnesus  ;  2.  all  the  Persian  Empire,  as  above  described  ; 
3.  India  to  the  banks  of  the  Indus  on  the  east,  and  the  Jax- 
artes,  or  Tanais,  on  the  north. 

5.  The  Empire  of  Alex  ander  was  thus  divided  30fi  B.  C 
between  Ptolemy,  Cassander,  Lysimachus,  and  Suleucus,-^ 

Empire  of  Ptolemy. 
Libya,  Arabia,  Coelo-Syria,  Palestine. 

Empire  of  Cassander. 
Macedonia,  Greece. 

Empire  of  Lysimachus 
Thrace,  Bithynia. 

Empire  of  Selexicus. 
Syria,  and  all  the  rest  of  Alexander's  empire. 

^A^'J^H^V''  o^thc  Parthians,  140  B.  C,  comprehend 
ed  Parthxa,Hyreama,  Media,  Persis,  Bactriana,  Babylonia, 
Mesopotamia,  India  to  the  Indus.  "^         ' 

7.  The  Roman  RivrpinT:-  im/ioK  «iir.  !?■:.,_,   _,__  ---.yj.-  -  i 
to  the  city  of  Rome,  and  a  few  miles  round  it 


36 


EXTENT  OF  ANCIENT  EMPIPwES. 


9.  The  RoMAK  Empire,  at  the  end  of  the  Republic,  com 
prehended  all  Italijy  great  part  of  Gaulj  part  of  Britain. 
Africa  Proper,  great  part  of  Spcin^  lUyria,  htria,  Lihur- 
nia,   Dalmatia,  Achaia,    Macedonia,    Dardania,    Maaia^ 
Thrace,  Pontua,  Armenia,  Cilicia,  Judea,  Syria,  E^ypt. 

9.  Under  the  ^mperorsj  the  following  countries  were  re- 
duced to  Roma    Provinces  :  — 

All  Spain,  thf  Alpes  Maritiinse,  Piedmont,  &c.,  Rhsetia, 
Noricum,  Pannonia,  Mossia,  Pontus,  Armenia,  Assyria, 
Arabia,  Egypt. 

10.  Constantius  ChJorus  and  Galerius  divided  the  Empire 
into  Eastern  and  Westhrn  ;  and  under  Constantine, 
each  empire  had  a  disti^nf  capital  or  seat  of  government. 

11.  The  extent  of  each  division  was  fluctuating  from  time 
to  time  ;  but,  in  general,  the  Western  Empire  compre- 
bended  Italy,  Illyria,  Africa,  Spain,  the  Gauls,  Britain. 

12.  The  Eastern  Empire  comprehended  Egypt,  Thrace, 
Dacia,  Macedonia,  Asia  Minor,  Pontus,  Armenia,  Assyria^ 
Media,  &,c. 

13.  The  Empire  of  Chari.emagne,  A.  D.  800,  compro 
bended  France,  Marca  Hispanica  (or  Navarre  and  Catalo 
iu&\,Maiorca,  Minorca,  and  loica,  Corsica,  Italy,  as  far  south 
as  Naples,  Istria,  Liburnia,  Dalmatia,  Rhcetia,  Vindelicia, 
Noricum,  Germany,  from  the  Rhine  to  the  Oder,  and  to 
the  shores  of  the  Baltic. 

France  contained,  1.  Ncustria,  comprehending  Brittany, 
Normandy,  Isle  of  France,  Orleannois  ;  2.  Austria,  com- 
prehending Picardy  and  Champagne  ;  3.  Hquitania,  com- 
prehending Guiennc  and  Gascony  ;  4.  Burgundia,  compre- 
hending Burgundy,  Lyonnois,  Languedoc,  Dauphine,  Pro- 
vence. 


SCRIPTURE    GEOGRilPHY. 


CHAPTER  I. 

Geography  of  the  Earhj  .9gc3 ;  with  Explanatory  Rctnarlcs. 

1.  Scripture  or  Sacred  Geo<?raphy  is  that  part  of  Ancient 
Geography,  which  treats  of  the  countries  and  places  that 
are  mentioned  in  the  Bible. 

2.  The  historical  parts  of  the  Sciiptures  relate  almost 
wholly  to  the  Is'raelUes^  and  to  nations  whose  history  was, 
in  gome  way,  connected  with  that  of  the  Israelites. 

3.  No  one  of  the  four  quarters  of  the  world,  as  they  are 
now  understood,  is  mentioned  in  the  Bible. 

4.  The  term  w?«<t,  as  used  in  the  New  Testament,  somc- 
tiqpes  denotes  a  small  district  round  the  city  of  Eph'esvs, 
and  sometimes  the  proconsular  province  of  Jlsia^  which  com- 
prised Mys'ta,  Phryg'ia,  Lyd'ia,  and  Ca'ria  ;  but  never  more 
than  »^3ia  Minor. 

5.  The  Mediterra'ncan  Sea  is  called  in  the  Bible  the  Great 
Sea;  and  most  of  the  countries  mentioned  in  the  Scriptures 
either  bordered  upon  it,  or  were  situated  not  far  distant  j 
some  of  the  most  remote  were  Chalde'a,  Per'sin,  and  Me'dia. 

6.  The  other  seas,  which  are  much  spoken  of,  are  the 
Red  SeOf  the  Sea  of  Sodom  or  Dead  Sea,  and  the  Sea  of  Gal- 
ilee ;  the  last  two  of  which  are  comparatively  small.  But 
no  one  of  the  five  great  oceans  of  modern  geography  is 
mentioned  in  the  Bible. 

7.  The  three  great  rivers,  which  are  found  within  the 
limits  of  that  portion  of  the  globe  which  is  embraced  by 
Scripture  Geography,  are  the  JVlVe  in  Africa,  and  the  Eu- 
phra'tes  and    TH'gris  in  Asia.    The   Hid'dekel,  mentioned 


Chaptek  I.  —  1.  What  is  Scripluro  or  Sacred  Geography  ? 
2.  To  what  people  do  the  historical  parts  of  the  Scriptures  relate  ' 
8k  la  either  of  the  four  quarters  of  the  globe  mentioned  in  the  Bi- 
ble ?    4.  What  does  the  term  ^sia  denote  in  the  New  Tes- 
tament ?    5.  What  is  said  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?    6. 
n'  iiai  UU2CT  seas  r 


Whai  rivers  r 


26* 


3S 


SCRlPTUItE  GEOGRAPHY. 


in  Genesis,  is  commonly  supposed  to  bo  the  same  as  the 
Tigris. 

8.  Scripture  Geography  has  scarcely  any  connection  with 
±.uro;>e,  except  as  it  respects  the  illustration  of  the  travels 
of  St.  Paul. 

9.  Most  of  the  places  mentioned  in  the  book  of  Genesis 
before  the  migration  of  the  Israelites  into  Egypt,  were  situ- 
ated in  the  southwestern  part  of  Jlsia. 

10.  From  that  time,  E<!;ypl  and  the  country  Iyin.r  be- 
tween It  and  the  land  of  Canaan,  were  the  scenes  of  "most 
of  the  transactions  recorded  by  Moses. 

11.  The  LrmdofCa'naanihen  became  the  scene  of  most 
of  the  events  contained  in  the  history  of  both  the  Old  Tes- 
tament and  the  New  ;  and  this  country  included  more  than 
naif  of  all  the  places  mentioned  in  the  Bible. 

12.  Almost  all  the  countries  and  places,  which  are  men- 
tioned in  ancient  history,  have  been  known  by  different 
names  in  different  ages  ;  and  the  greater  part  of  those 
which  are  spoken  of  in  tire  Old  Testament,  had  assumed 
new  names  before  the  New  Testament  was  written. 

13.  With  respect  to  the  situation  of  a  number  of 
places  rendered  memorable  by  transactions  recorded  in  the 
Old  lestament,  there  is  great  uncertainty;  and  men  of 
learning  differ  much  in  their  opinion  respecting  them. 

14.  Various  opinions  have  been  entertained  by  learned 
men  respecting  the  situation  of  the   Gankn  of  Eden;  and 
many  have  supposed  the  account  of  it  is  not  to  be  under 
stood  literally,  but  allegorically  or  figuratively. 

16.  The  most  common  supposition  of  those  who  have 
undertaken  to  assign  it  a  particular  place,  is  that  it  was  sit- 
uated near  the  confluence  of  the  Euphrates  and  Ti'gris.  or 
near  the  soui-ces  of  these  rivers. 

16.  Respecting  the  situation  of  O'pUr,  the  country  from 
which  Solomon  obtained  gold,  there  has  been  much  learned 


n    wl!**  <'°""^ctio"  has  Scripture  Geography  with  Europe  ? 

0.  Where  were  most  of  the  places  mentioned  in  the  Iwok  of  Gen- 

w/u"*'  **®^*"*  *^®  migration  of  Jacob  and  his  family,  situated  r 

10.  Where  were  the  scenes  of  the  subsequent  events  recorded  by 

itfoses  ?    II.  What  country  afterwards  became  the  scene  of 

most  of  the  events  recorded  in  the  Bible  ? 

12.  What  ia  said  respecting  the  changes  which  have  taken  placa 

with  regard  to  geographical  names  ? 
!5'  Sfu**  ^^  ^^^^  respecting  the  situation  of  some  memorable  placet? 

14.  What  is  remarked  respecting  the  Garden  of  Eden  ? 

15.  What  is  a  common  supposition  respecting  its  situation  ? 
10.  What  ia  said  respecting  the  situation  of  Ophir .' 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPIiy. 


3U 


inriuiry,  and  various  opinions  have  been  maintained  bnt 
»t  18  comnionly  supposed  to  have  been  situated  on  the  cist- 
ern side  of  ^Jnca,  or  in  the  East  Indies. 

17.  The  situation  of  Tar'shish  or  Thar'sJnah,  has  furnish- 
ed another  topic  of  learned  discussion,  and  has  civen  rise 
to  a  great  variety  of  opinions.  Some  of  the  suppositions 
respecting  it  are,  that  it  was  the  same  as  Tarsus  in  Cilicia. 
Cai  thagcaud  Tunis  in  Africa,  and  Tartes'sus  in  Spain  ;  and 
also  that  it  means  the  sea  or  ocean  in  general. 

18.  It  has  also  been  supposed  that  there  were  two  places 
or  countries  so  called,  one  on  the  Mediterranean,  and  the 
other  on  the  east  side  of  Africa  or  in  the  East  Indies. 

19.  The  ark  of  Noah,  after  the  waters  of  the  flood  began 
to  dimmish,  13  said,  in  Genesis,  to  have  'rested  upon  the 
mountams  of  Jl/arat.*  * 

20.  A  mountain  in  Armt'nia,  now  known  by  the  name  of 
.^r'arat,  is  supposed  by  many  to  be  the  mountain  on  which 
tne  ark  rested  ;  but  some  suppose  it  was  a  summit  of  the 
chain  of  Cau'casus,  between  the  Black  and  Caspian  seas : 
others,  a  summit  of  Tanms,  in  the  eastern  part  of  Asia 
Minor;  and  others,  that  it  was  a  mountain  near  the 
sources  of  the  river  Indus. 

^^\  T^l  ^^^f^  ^^"^  ®^  N<^"h'  '^y  ^vhom  the  world  was 
^'^^V^^u^^^  ^^®  ^^^'^'  '^^^''^  '^''""-  ^««».  a»<l  Jnphelh. 
^2.  1  he  residence  of  Noah  and  his  posterity,  till  after 
the  dispersion  at  Bahel,  is  supposed  to  have  been  in  tho 
country  watered  by  the  Euphra'tes  and  the  Ti'gris. 

23.  The  tower  of  Babel  was  erected  on  the  Euphrates, 
on  or  near  the  site  where  the  city  of  Bah'ylon  was  after* 
wards  built;  and  from  this  point  the  human  race  were  dis- 
persed  over  different  parts  of  the  earth. 

^fi*  '^j?'\POf'tJon.  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  second 
cradle  of  the  human  race,  is  nearly  central,  as  it  respects 
the  residence  of  the  most  ancient  nations  of  which  we  have 
any  knowledge,  namely,  the  Babylo'nians  or  Childe'ans,  As- 
syrians, Per>sxans,  Hindoos',  He'brews,  Ca'naanites,  PIuBni 
cxansy  and  Egyp'tians. 


17.  What  18  remarked  of  tarshish  or  Tharshish  ?  IS.  What  other 
supposition  has  been  made  r  19.  Wliere  is  the  ark  of  Noah 
said  to  have  rested  ?  20.  What  is  supposed  to  have  been  the 
mountain  on  which  the  ark  rested  ?  21.  Wlio  were  the  three 
sons  of  Noah,  by  whom  the  world  was  peopled  after  the 
flood  ?  22.  Where  is  the  residence  of  Noah  and  his  farailv 
supposed  to  have  been  ?  ' 

23.  Where  was  the  tower  of  Babel  erected .?  24.  Wliat  is  said  of 
ihis  poailion,  with  relation  to  the  most  ancient  njitiona  i 


40 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


25.  The  posterity  of  Shem  is  supposed  to  have  pco])lctJ 
the  greater  part  of  ^aia  ;  that  of  Japhetk,  Europe  and  ,^sia 
Jntnor;  and  that  of  Ilanij  Jlfrica  and  part  of  the  southwest 
portion  of  ^aia. 

26.  Of  the  sons  of  Shem,  Jlrphax'ad  is  supposed  to  have 
resided  in  the  country  near  the  Euphra'tes;  Ash'er^  to  have 
been  the  founder  of  Mn'eveh  and  the  em})ire  of  ^ssyr  ia ; 
E'lam,  to  have  given  name  to  the  country  of  Elam,  after- 
words Per'sia;  and  •5'rani,  to  the  country  of  ^'ram  or 
Syr'ia, 

27.  Of  the  sons  of  Ham,  Miz'ra-im  was  the  reputed  fouti- 
der  of  the  kingdom  of  Egypt,  sometimes  called  in  tlie  Bible 
the  Land  of  Miz'raim  and  the  Land  of  Ham ;  Cush,  the 
father  of  the  Ethio'pians ;  and  Ca  nam,  the  father  of  the 
Ca'naanUea. 

28.  The  foundation  of  BaVylon  is  ascribed  to  Mm'rod, 
the  son  of  Gush. 

2fl.  Ja'van,  one  of  the  sons  of  Ja'pheth,  is  commonly  sup- 
posed to  have  been  the  father  of  the  Greeks. 

50.  The  Greeks  themselves  maintained  that  Jap'ehis, 
whose  name  has  a  near  resemblance  to  that  of  Japheth, 
was  the  father  of  their  nation,  and  of  all  mankind. 

51.  A'hraham  was  a  descendant  of  ^rphax'ad,  the  eldest 
son  of  Shem;  and  he  and  his  posterity  are  supi)osed  to 
have  been  called  Hehrcics,  either  from  Eber  or  tkher,  the 
grandson  of  Arphax'ad,  and  the  ancestor  of  Abraham,  or 
because  they  came  from  beyond  the  river  Euphra'tes  into 
Ca'naan  ;  the  word  in  the  original  signifying  beyond  or  from 
the  other  side. 

S%  Abraham  was  born  at  Vr  qf  the  Chaldees,  which  some 
suppose  to  have  been  situated  not  fiir  from  Bab'ylon  j  oth- 
ers believ€  it  to  have  been  on  the  site  of  the  modern  town 
of  Ourfa,  north  of  west  from  Nineveh  ;  and  others  place  it 
much  further  to  the  east. 

38.  TVraA,  the  father  of  Abraham,  was  a  worshipper  of 
idols,  like  his  countrymen. 


25 


What  parts  of  the  globe  are  the  three  sons  of  Noah  supposed  to 
have  peopled  ?  26.  What  is  inenlioned  respecting  several 
sons  of  Shem  ?    27    What  of  the  sons  of  Ham  ? 

28.  To  whom  is  the  foundation  of  Babylon  ascribed  ? 

29.  Who  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  father  of  the  Greeks  ? 

30.  Whom  did  the  Greeks  consider  as  the  father  of  their  nation  ? 

31.  From  whom  was  Abraham  descended,  and  why  were  he  and 

his  posterity  called   Hebrews?    3^.  Where  was  Abraham 
born  ?    33.  What  is  said  of  Terah  ? 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGIIAPUY. 


41 


94.  Abraham,  together  with  his  father,  liis  wife  Sarali 
•ml  his  nephew  Lot,  left  Ur,  and  took  up  bis  abode,  for  a 
while,  at  fla'ran^  i »  •  « 

85.  While  at  this  place,  he  was  called  by  God  to  leave 
hw  country  aftd  his  kindred,  to  go  into  the  land  of  Ca'naau. 
which  was  promised  to  his  posterity 

S6.  Although  he  had  much  property  in  cattle  an<l  ser- 
vants, he  did  not  acquire  any  permanent  possession  in  Ca- 
naan, but  sojourned  at  several  different  places. 

37.  Some  time  after  his  arrival  in  the  country,  he  was 
obliged,  on  account  of  a  severe  famine,  to  retiie.  for  a 
while,  into  Egypt.  ' 

^?\9'^  *"^  return,  he  pitched  his  tent  between  BetJi'el 
end  Jl't. 

89.  As  Abraham  and  his  nephew  Lot,  who  accompanied 
him  to  Ca'naan,  possessed  large  flocks,  and  tiiercfore  could 
not  convewently  dwell  together.  Lot  retire*!  to  the  plain  of 
Sod'om,  and  Abraham  to  the  plain  of  Mamre,  near  He'bron. 

40  Hebron  and  its  vicinity  became  the  more  common 
residence  of  the  patriarch  and  his  family  ;  and  in  the  cave 
of  Machpe'lah,  in  the  plain  of  Mamre,  Abraham,  Isaac,  and 
Jacob,  together  with  their  wives,  were  buried. 

41.  Abraham,  however,  did  not,  after  this,  reside  cor 
etantly  at  Hebron,  but  sojourned  for  a  while  at  Ge'rar,  the 
city  of  Abimelech,  in  the  country  of  the  Philistines,  and  al- 
so at  Beer'sheba,  where  Ish'macl  was  born. 


34.  Where  did  Abraham  take  up  his  residence  after  IcaviiKr  Ur  ? 

35.  What  call  did  he  receive  while  at  this    placo?    36. "in  what 

manner  did  he  reside  in  Canaan  ?    37.  To  wliat  country  did 
he  retire  for  a  time  ?    38.  Where  did  he  pilch  iii.s  tent  on  his 
return.'    3U.  What  is  mentioned  respecting  Abraham  and 
Lot  ?    40.  What  is  remarked  of  Hebron  and  its  vicinity  > 
41.  At  what  other  places  did  Abraham  reside  ? 


Pa- 


See  Map  JN-b.  V.  —  JIow  was  I'lgypt  or  Mizraim  situated  ? 
thros.?     Cash  or  Ethiopia.?     Goshen? 

How  was  Arabia  situated  ?  Midian  .'  Hav'ilah  .»  Canaan  ?  A\n- 
alek.'  Edoni.'  Aram  or  Syria.?  Mesopotamia.'  Padal- 
Aram.'  Armenia.'  Assyria.'  Babylonia  or  Chaldea ' 
fohmar.'  Elam  or  Persia .'  Parthia.'  Meshech  .'  Magofi-.^ 
Ash'kenaz .'  Javan .'  What  countries  were  watered  by  tlie 
Nile .'     What  by  the  Euphrates  and  Tigris .'    The  Ulai .' 

IIow  18  mount  Sinai  situated .'  Mount  Ararat .'  How  was  Baby, 
ion  situated.?  Nineveh.?  Su.sa  or  Shushan .?  Calneh.-' 
Car'chemish .?  Haran  or  Charran .?  Damascus.'  Tadmor? 
Hamath.?  Tarahish .?  Ezion-geber .'  Noph  or  Memphis' 
On .' 


49 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


42.  Ht'bron,  Gc'rar,  and  Bctr'alitha  were  also,  nt  diffurent 
times,  the  residences  of  Isaac, 

4?  /aco6,  after  having  resided  about  twenty  years  with 
his  futher-in-law,  Laban,  at  Ha'ran,  returned  with  his  fami- 
ly and  flocks  to  Ca'naan. 

44.  At  Mahana'im  he  was  met  by  his  brother  Esau,  and 
also  by  an  angel,  and  had  his  name  changed  to  I^rad. 

45.  Having  resided  a  while  at  Suc'coth,  on  the  east  side 
of  the  Jordan,  he  then  crossed  the  river,  and  took  up  his 
abode  near  She'chem. 

46.  He  next  journeyed  to  Bdh'el,  where  he  had  seen  a 
vision  before  he  went  to  Haran.  Afterwards  he  removed 
to  He'bron ;  and,  finally,  after  Joseph  had  revealed  himself 
to  his  brethren,  he  minrratod,  by  way  of  Beersheba,  with 
ris  whole  family,  into  Egypt. 


CHAPTER  n. 

The  Region  between  Egypt  and  Canaan :  Joumcyings  of  the 

Israelites. 

1.  The  country  lying  l>etvveen  En:ypt  and  Ca'nnan,  and 
between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean,  consists  most- 
ly of  extensive  deserts,  having  few  streams  of  water  ;  and 
it  now  forms  a  part  of  what  is  called  Ara'bia  Petra'a  or 
Stony. 

2.  In  this  region  the  Israelites  passed  40  years. 

8.  Their  route  from  Egypt  to  Canaan  is  differently  delin- 
eated on  different  maps.  The  positions  of  most  of  tho 
places  of  encampment,  which  are  all  enumerated  in  the 
thirty-third  chapter  of  Num!)ers,  are  laid  down  on  maps 
from  no  better  authoi'ity  than  probable  conjecture. 

4.  The  Red  Sen,  of  which  only  the  northern  extremiiios 
appear  on  the  Map  (No.  VI.),  is  about  1400  miles  in  length, 
and  200,  where  widest,  in  breadth. 


42.  At  what  places  did  Isaac  reside  ?    43.  What  is  mentioned  ro- 
spectitiff  Jacob  ?     44.  What  happened  to  him  at  Mahanaim  ? 
45.  Where  did  he  aderwards  reside  ?    4G.  What  were  his  subse 
\     quent  movements  ? 

Chapter  II. —  I.  What  is  eaid  of  the  country  lying  between 
Egypt  and  Canaan  ?    2.  How  many  years  did  the  Israelite* 
pass  here  ?    3.  What  is  mentioned  respecting  tlieir  route  •* 
4.  What  is  the  extent  of  tlie  Red  Sea  ? 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY.  43 

0.  Mounts  Si'nai  and  Ho'reb,  celphnfPil  in  <5«..:  »       u- 

•Uued,  they  increased  so  rapidly,  that,  at  the  piiVi  nfit  fi 

£S-??  "^^'^^"^  f^^SJ^ 

<?/.!,  A«  I  ^'"^  P^^^*^*   °^^^  t^^  western  branch  of  the   Bz-rf 
5    Why  was  it  called  the  Red  Sea  ?  ' 

couiuieuufiuuiU  of  their  iourncv ''  -i— «-'i;  luu 


B 


44 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


14.  They  pnsaed  throagh  the  sea  at  Ba-alze'phorif  ami  on 
camped  in  tho  wilderness  at  Ma'rali^  whcro  the  waters, 
which  were  bitter,  were  made  sweet. 

16.  Tlieir  next  place  of  encampment  was  £'/tm,  where 
there  were  twelve  weMs  of  water  and  seventy  palm-trees. 

16.  From  Elim  they  proceeded  to  R<ph'idtm,  through  the 
JVilderne»$  or  Desert  of  (Sm,  passing  by  DoptVka  and 
A'huh }  and  in  thisi  wilderness  they  began  to  be  fed  with 
manna,  which  was  continued  till  they  entered  Canaan. 

17.  At  a  place  called  Mas'aafi,  or  Mer'ibah,  Moses  pro- 
cured water  for  the  people  by  smiting  a  rock  in  Horeb. 

18.  Not  far  distant^  at  a  place  caibd  Jeho'vah-nis'si,  the 
Am'alekilea  attacked  the  Lsruolitvs,  but  were  entirely  de- 
feated. 

19.  Near  this  place  Moses  received  a  visit  from  Je'tkroy 
his  fiither-in-law,  priest  of  Midian,  who  brought  to  him  his 
tvife  and  children. 

120.  At  Mount  Sinai,  the  Law,  containing  the  Ten  Com- 
mandments, was  delivered  to  Moses. 

21.  After  the  memorable  transncttous  nt  Sinai,  the  Isra- 
elites proceeded  to  Tab^erah,  Kib^roth-Hatta'avah,  and  to 
Haze'roth  ;  at  the  last  of  which  j)laccs  Jla'ron  and  Mir'iam 
were  guilty  of  sedition  against  Moses. 

22.  From  Haxe'roth,  they  proceeded  tlirou^h  the  Desert 
of  Pa'ran,  or  Ka'desh,  to  Kithhnak,  near  Ka' desk-Bar' nea. 

23.  From  this  place  twelve  men,  one  of  each  tribe,  were 
«ent  to  search  or  spy  out  the  land  of  Ca  naan. 

24.  All  these  twelve  men,  except  Joshua  and  Caleb, 
brought  back  an  unfavorable  report  respecting  the  country; 
on  account  of  which  tho  Israelites  were  disheartened,  and 
resolved  to  return  to  Egypt. 

25.  On  account  of  the  disposition  and  conduct  manifest- 
ed by  the  people  on  this  occasion,  it  was  decreed  that  all 
who  were  then  twenty  years  old  and  upwards,  except  Josh- 
ua and  Caleb,  should  die  in  the  wilderness. 

26.  They  made  a  long  stay  in  Ka'desh  ;  and  here  the  ro 
bellion  of  Ko'rah,  Da'than,  and  Jlbi'ram,  took  place. 


14. 

IC. 


Where  did  they  pass  Ihrougli  tlie  sea,  and  where  did  they  ca- 
camp  ?     15,  What  was  their  next  place  of  encampment  ? 

What  events  next  took  place  ?  17.  What  took  place  at  Massah, 
or  Meribali  ?  18.  At  Jehovah-nissi  ?  10.  From  whom  did 
Moses  receive  a  visit  near  this  place  ?  20.  What  took  place 
nt  Mount  Sinai  ?  21.  To  what  places  did  they  proceed  after 
tlie  transactions  at  Sinai  ?    2'2.  To  what  places  did  tliey  then 

Eroceed .'  23.  What  measure  was  adopted  near  Kadesh- 
larnea.'  24.  What  report  did  these  twelve  men  bring  back 
respecting  tho  country?  25.  What  was  the  consequence  of 
this  conduct  of  the  nco'ile  ?  20.  What  took  nl.aco  in  Kadcslv' 


scRii'TURE  oi:  ::apiiy. 


46 


27.  Oil  leaving  the  neighborhood  of  K«'(Iesh-Bnr  nea, 
thoy  nroceeded  to  Sha'pher,  by  lUm'mon-Pa'rez,  Lib'nah. 
liissan,  and  Kehd'athah. 

28.  From  Shnpher,  they  journeyed  to  Mose'roih,  near 
the  Red  Sea,  by  Har'adah,  Makhe'loth,  Ta'hath,  Ta'rah. 
ond  Mith'eah. 

29.  From  Mosc'roth  they  proceeded  to  E'zton-ge'ber,  at 
the  northern  extremity  of  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Red 
Sea,  by  Ben'e-Ja'akan,  Horhagid'gad,  Jot'bathah,  and  Ebro'- 
nah. 

30.  From  Rzion-j?eber,  they  journeyed  to  the  Wilderness 
of  Zin,  or  Ka'deah  (where  Miriam  died),  to  a  place  named 
Mer'ibah. 

81.  At  this  place,  Moses  obtained  water  by  smiting  a 
rock  ;  but,  on  account  of  his  offence  here,  in  "  speaking 
unadvisedly,"  he  was  not  permitted  to  enter  Canaan. 

82.  They  next  encamped  at  Mount  Hor^  and  on  the  top 
of  this  mountain,  at  a  place  called  Mose'ray  Aa'ron  died,  in 
the  fortieth  year  after  leaving  Egypt. 

S3.  After  departing  from  Mount  Hor,  many  of  the  peo- 
ple died  bjr  being  bitten  by  fiery  serpents. 

34.  Their  next  places  of  encampment  were  Zalmo'nah^ 
Pu'non,  O'both,  Ij-e-ab'arim,  Di'bongad,  and  M'tnon^Dib- 
htha'im. 

35.  Sihon,  king  of  the  Am'oritea,  refusing  to  permit  the 
Israelites  to  pass  through  his  dominions,  was  totally  defeat- 
ed at  Ja'haz. 

86.  Og,  king  of  Bashan,  was  destroyed,  with  his  whole 
army,  by  the  Israelites,  at  Ed're-i. 

87.  After  these  victories,  the  Israelites  encamped  on  the 
Plains  of  Moab. 

88.  Balak,  king  of  Moab,  together  with  the  princes  of 
Mid'ian,  sent  to  Ba'laam,  a  soothsayer  of  the  city  of  Pe'- 
thor,  on  the  Euphra'tes,  to  curse  the  Israelites. 

39.  Moses  divided  the  territories  which  belonged  to  Sihon 
and  Ow  between  the  tribes  of  Reu'ben  and  Gad,  and  the 
half  tribe  of  Manas'seh. 

40.  Moses,  having  finished  his  instructions  and  exhorta- 

27.  To  what  place  did  they  proceed  from  Kadesh  ?  28.  To  what 
from  Sliapher  ?  29,  To  what  from  Moseroth  ?  30.  To  what 
from  Ezion-geber .'  .31.  What  took  place  at  Mcribah.'  32.  At 
Mount  Hor .'  33.  What  took  place  after  leaving  Mount 
Hor.'  34.  What  were  their  next  places  of  encampment ' 
35.  What  took  place  with  respect  to  Sihon  .?  36.  What  re- 
•pecting  Og.?  37.  Where  did  the  Israelites  encamp  after 
these  victories  .'  38.  What  next  took  place  .'  39.  How  did 
Moses  dispose  of  the  territories  of  Sihon  and  Og  ?  40.  What 

is.  Cttrihai^   f\.,t^A   ^e    Af~ 3 

37 


40 


ficairruuL  GEooRAruy. 


IhTLmmU  ofp^J^f'  r'"1f'*  **?^  mountain  of  Ne'bo  and 

8ucLIr°n/^M^'*^*''v""''"''  **'°  command  of  Joshua,  tho 

ffin   aL  dUl?Mi  *^"  *''^?'  ^«"T>«''«d  'ho  nations  of  Cu'- 
uaan,  and  divided  their  lands  among  their  tribes. 


CHAPTER  III. 

The  Canaanites  and  neighboring  Nations. 

was  iihahLnll''^  Moses  nnd  Joshua,  the  land  of  Canaan 
was  inhabited  bv  seven  nations,  the  descendants  of  rnnnln 

^tr'gashitea,  Ca'naanites,  and  Hi'vites.  ^^rizzues, 

termJnnfn  ''^^  ""*'°"^  ^^^'  Israelites  were  commanded  to  cx- 

3   Th«  'n?"  ,"^^°""^«f  'heir  great  wickedness, 
JlLMl.      u^  powerful  of  these  seven  nations  were  tho 
fhTl^tf'  '"^^1^^^  extended  their  conquests  to  the  east  of 

»w'^u  -^^  ^^^^"^  ^^^'*«» '"  Canaan,  or  on  its  l)orders 

J  mes  mn'jn?-"'"^ '  ^"'''^  ^^^^'"  ^^°   Israelites"  a?  Various' 
iinjes,  maintained  severe  conflicts.  ' 

Jtfo'«A.i?%*'^  "^ -i*""^  r'^'"^'  *he  Philis'tines,  Mid'ianites. 

from  Miz'rlim  th!!"  "''*"  «"IS°'''^  ^'^  ^'"^^  ^een  descended 
from  Egypt      '     '  '""  '^^  ^""'  °"^  *°  ^ave  emigrated 


41.  What  was  next  accomplished  by  the  Israelites?  ^ ' 

Chapter  HI.  —  1    By  what  seven  nations  was  the  land  of  Ca 
naan  inhabited  in  the  time  of  Moses  and  Joshua  ?    2    Why 

3  Whi^h^f  ?Li'''^''*^'  commanded  to  exterminate  these  naUons^ 

4  What  i«  LS       "^""f"  "^  '""^  ^'^  t^'^  '"o^t  powerful  ? 

^****  "  ""^h  '^^'P?''*'"^."*  °^''"  bordering  nations?    5.  What 

^"wLf^*  ^^r-HoY/'^  "'°""*'  ^'"'''  a"<^  Horeb  situated? 
What  deserts  or  wildernesses  are  situated  between  the  north. 

Hnu,    «^"^«r''e«oftheRedSea?     What  ones  furS  north  ? 

and  eTj  '?''T."'"l''^.-  •  E-ion-geber  ?  Reph?d?n  "  Morah 
and  Ehrn  ?  Jehovah-nissi  ?  Mnssah,  or  Meribah  ?  Kadesh ' 
Barnea?  Rissah  ?  Kadesh-Meribah  ?  Mount  Hor  ?  Mount^ 
Nebo  and  P.sgah  ?  How  was  Edom  situated  ?  Moab^  Tho 
kingdom  of  Sihon  ?  The  kingdom  of  Og?  The  Amalekites^ 
W^t  nations  inhabited  to  the  west  of  the  DeaAon.LTJ^iL^A^^  i 


BCIUPTURE  GEOGRAPlIt  ^ 

7.  Thoy  inhahitod  the  southwest  port  of  Canoan,  nna 
were  very  formidable  enemies  to  the  Israelites :  but  ihev 
were  subdued  by  David.  ^ 

8.  Their  five  chief  cities  were  Qa'xa,  A$h'dod,  Jls'calon 
Untfif  and  Ek'ron. 

,.^' J."^.?  ^'^^^^"^^^  V}'^'^^9  are  Msigx^ml  as  the  territory  of 
the  Midiamle$  ;  and  some  suppose  that  the  inhabitants  of 
the  two  different  countries  were  of  different  origin. 

10.  1  bo  southern  Mid'ianites  inhabited  the  country  near 
the  northeast  point  of  the  Rod  Sea  ;  and  here  Je'thro,  tht. 
father-in-law  of  Moses,  was  priest. 

fJi' r^t^ J'J'^  supposed  by  some  to  have  been  descended 
from  Cush,  the  son  of  Ham. 

.•«i^;  Jr®  northern  Midianites  were  descended  from  Mid- 
S«'i  ?  r'^^  T  ""^  Abraham  by  Ketu'rah,  and  inhabited 
the  country  on  the  east  of  the  Dead  Sea. 

18.  They  were  almost  wholly  destroyed  by  Joshua  :  and 
ftrterwards,  when  they  had  apin  recovered  their  strength, 
they  were  nearly  annihilated  by  Gid'eon. 
^F^t  V^^  J^oabitea  and  Ammonitea  were  the  descendants 
ot  .WoaA  and  Jlmmon,  the  sons  of  Lot,  and  dwelt  to  the 
east  of  the  Dead  Sea  and  of  the  Jordan. 

15.  They  were  repeatedly  eiigaged  in  war  with  the  Isra 
elites,  and  were  conquered  by  David. 

and  of  Ammon,  Rah'bath-Jltn'mon. 

♦>.y*  The  ^/»'ji/€H/tf«  were  the  descendants  of  Am'ulek. 
t^e  son  of  El'iphaz,  and  grandson  of  Esau. 
r  '^'  They  dwelt  to  the  south  of  Canaan,  and  were  very 
formidable  enemies  to  the  Israelites.  ' 

19.  They  were  doomed  to  destruction,  which  was  com- 
menced by  Saul,  and  completed  by  David. 

20.  The  E'domilea  were  the  descendants  of  Esau,  who 
was  also  called  Edom.  * 

21.  They  inhabited  the  country  which  was  situated  to  the 


7.  What  is  furtlier  said  of  them  ?  8.  What  were  their  chief  ciUes ' 
mm'"?  °7'^  Midianites?  10.  Where  did  the  sou  herA 
Mid.an.tes  dwell?  11.  From  whom  are  they  supposed  to 
have  been  descended  ?  12.  Wliat  is  said  of  the  of/gin  and 
residence  of  the  northern  Midianites?  13.  By  whom  were 
they  destroyed  ?  14.  What  is  said  of  the  oSi^  an^  res'! 
dence  of  the  Moabites  and  Ammonites  ?  15.  By  whom  were 
they  conquered?  16.  What  were  their  chief  cities"  17 
*rom  whom  were  the  Amalekites  descended '  18  Where 
did  they  dwell?  19.  jjy  whom  were  they  destroyed ?  2(). 
From  whom  wer^  the  Edomites  descended  ?  21.  Where  did 
they  reside  ?  •  m^io  utu 


48 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Bouthenst  of  Canaan,  and  which  was  called  Edom,  and  also 
Idume'a,  and  included  the  mountains  of  Seir  and  Hor.  . 

22.  In  the  northwest  part  of  Canaan,  on  the  borders  of 
the  tribe  of'Asher,  were  the  Phcenician  cities  of  Tyre  and 
Htdon,  which  were  very  rncient,  and  celebrated  for  com- 
merce. 

23.  Sidon  was  founded  by  Sidon,  the  son  of  Canaan  ; 
and  at  Tyre  reigned  Hiram,  who  furnished  Solomon  with 
many  materials  tor  the  temple. 

24.  To  the  northeast  of  Ca'naan  was  Damas'cus,  once 
the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Syria,  and  one  of  the  most 
ancient  cities  in  the  world,  celebrated  both  in  sacred  and 
proiane  history. 

25.  The  Syrians  were  conquered  by  David,  but  were 
afterwards  repeatedly  engaged  in  war  with  the  Israelites, 
particularly  under  their  kings  Ben'hadad,  Haz'a-el,  and 
Rezin. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Canaan  divided  amnnf^  the  Tribes  of  Israel :   Places  of 
Note  m  the  History  of  the  Old  Testament, 

nJ/n*"^^^®''  '''f-  ?«"g'^e8t  of  Canaan  by  the  Israelites,  the 
^^a  Vi  ^°^<^'^"J-fI  aniong  the  Twelve  Tribes  by  lot. 
tr.  th^  ■"I'u  °i  ^^'"''Or  the  Levites,  being  consecrated 
to  the  priesthood,  received  no  inheritance  or  portion  of 
territory  with  the  other  tribes,  but  were  supported  by  tithes  : 
and  tor  their  residence  there  were  assigned  to  them  fortv- 
®'%"*r^'/'®^'  ^'"^.*»  wej^e  dispersed  throughout  all  the  tribes. 
S.  1  he  posterity  of  E'phraim  and  Manas'seh,  the  two 
sons  of  Joseph,  had  portions  assigned  them  as  distinct 
tribes,  in  consequence  of  Jacob's  having  adopted  them  ;  and 
and^LeT  »*'«  reckoned,  in  the  divisions,  instead  of  Joseph 

4.  Th",  tribes  of  Reuben  and  Gad  and  half  of  Manasseh, 


28.  Where  were  Tyre  and  Sidon  situated?    23.  What  b,  said  of 

n.  .,J^^"^  •     24-  ^h^t  's  said  of  Damascus  ? 
25.  What  ia  related  of  the  Syrians? 

o  ^u??**  l^'T  '•  ^""^  ^'^^  **'«  'a"'^  of  Canaan  divided  ? 

».  What  IB  related  respecting  the  tribe  of  Levi  ?    3.  What  respect- 

ing  Lphra.m  and  Manasseh  ?    4.  What  tribes  were  silualed 

to  the  east  of  the  Jordan  ' 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPIII. 


49 


5«f  *  nT/n   l°"  'u^''"'^'  "''  «"  ^'^«  «««t  side  of  the  /or- 

?  't?u'^  Jii'  ,*^''  "^^""'^  °"  ^he  west  side  of  the  river 
«     1  ^"«  .Jabernacle  and  Ark  of  the  covenant  were  first 

gmoveU  to  Shi'loh,  where  they  remained  till  the  lima  of 

and  whli'^.  '"''!?  afterwards  taken  by  the  Philistines; 
?iu:-  restored,  it  was  lodged  successively  at  Ktr'jalh- 

of  David  on  mount  Zu,»,  and  finally  in  Solomon '/tJZ/.! 

J^'JrZ''^ •''^^T^^'u  -"^'^^  ^^^  greatest  veneration,   and 
every  place  in  which  it   was  fixed,  was,  on  that  acJount 
esteemed  particularly  holy.  account, 

sid^c  of  thp%''f  ?"*'"''•'  T  '^f^^'  of  refuge,  three  on  each 
f i  ♦  I  -11  .  -^o^^^""'  J^s  places  of  security  for  the  "  slaver 
that  killed  any  person  unawares."  ^  ^ 

Judah,  SAe'cAm  m  Ephrnim,  an<l  ITe'rfes/i  in  Naphtali. 

I?«/L/A  A-«  T""^^'',*"  *'"''*  "'^^  ^^'^^''^  ^e'r^r  in  Reuben, 
J?a'mo<A.Gifeaf/  in  Gad.  ami  G'o'/an  in  Manasseh. 

TrjL«  •  ^untry  included  within  the  limits  of  the  Twelve 
lie  o>  Net  York."'^"^^^  '"'  "  ^''"'  '''"'''  ^^  ^"^»"^  ««  ^'^« 
»hln  ?hT  "^"^^  '"^P"!.^'^  the  most  northern  city,  and  Beer*- 
AtV^fhTl'  T'K^'l  '  '^""""  ^'^^  proverbial  phrase,  to 
Bheba"  ""^      ^    ^^  country,  "From  Dan  to  Beer- 

flol.H^Kn!^'""  -^1  ''i"'^^  °^  .^"^*^  «"^^  Solomon,  the  most 
were  greatly  enlarged,  extending  from  the  border  of  Mgypt 

«o,fti  fnT''-^"^^^'?"  ^'^  ^'"'  «"  the  southwest  a^id 
??'  iV  ®  i^^'^?'  ^"Pf^ra'ics  on  the  northeast. 
14.  Atter  the  death  of  Solomon,  ten  tribes  revolted  from 
his  son  and  successor,  Rehobo'am  ;  and  two  kingdoms  weJS 
formed,  namely  the  kingdom  of '/.r«.Z,  consis°iror?he 
:^\h:  t£  S^J^tEj^^  «^  ^^«^'  eLposed 


Bively  lodged  ?    7.  How  was  it  regarded  ? 
o   Sk-\  !u  P^'P"^*^  '^''^  "^"^'"'^  "PP"'"t  six  cities  of  rfifuffe  > 

II    wtf-     '^A  TIu  "^'''*  "^^^'^  J"'''^^^"  •     1«-  Which  efst  ? 

11.  What  18  said  of  the  extent  of  the  country  ?    12.    What  is  men- 

I'Zl*  '««P«*^t.ng  Dan  and  Beersheba?  13.  What  was  the 
«xtent  of  the  kingdom  during  the  i^isna  of  David  an^  S-i- 
«ion  "    J4.  What  took  place  atter  thedcath  of  Solonion  '  * ' 

27* 


50 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPIir. 


,  15.  The  capital  of  the  klnjrdom  of  Israel  was  Sama'ria, 
"il  ^^  *"ip  "^  Ephraim,  which  was  the  most  powerful  of 
the  len  Tribes,  and  which  id  sometimes  used  in  the  Bible 
tor  the  whole  kingdom. 

16.  This  kingdom  subsisted  254  years,  at  the  end  of 
which  period  the  Ten  Tribes  wore  carried  captive  by  Shal- 
maneser,  king  of  Assyria  ;  and  the  country  was  afterwards 
inhabited  by  a  mixed  population  called  Samaritans  and 
Ualtteans,  from  Samaria  and  Galilee,  the  names  of  the  two 
subsequent  divisions  of  the  country. 

17.  The  kingdom  of  Juduh  had  for  its  capital  the  city  of 
Jemsalem,  and  continued  to  be  governed  by  kino-s  of  the 
family  of  David,  till  the  time  of  the  Babylonish  captivity. 

Towns  of  Note  in  the  History  of  the  Old  Testament. 

18.  In  Judah  ;  He'hron,  celebrated  in  the  history  of  the 
patriarchs,  and  the  place  where  David  reigned  seven 
years  ;  Beth'lehem,  where  David  was  born,  and  also  our 
Savior  ;  Jldul'lam  and  En'gcdi,  near  which  were  caves, 
that  afforded  a  retreat  to  David  ;  Teko'ah,  the  town  of  the 
proj)het  Amos, 

19.  On  the  borders  of  Judah  and  Benjamin  was  Jeru'sa- 
lem,  the  residence  of  the  kings  of  Judah,  the  seat  of  the 
temule,  and  the  religious  capital  of  the  nation. 

20.  In  Benjamin;  Gil'gaf,  where  the  Israelites  crossed 
the  Jordan,  and  where  the  Ark  of  the  covenant  was,  for  a 
time,  deposited  ;  Jer'icho,  famous  for  its  siege  and  capture 
by  Joshua,  and  for  palm-trees  ;  ^'i,  for  its  conquest  by  Josh- 
ua i  Gib'eon,  the  capital  of  the  Gibeonites  ;  Gib'eah,  the 
birthplace  of  Saul  ;  Bethel,  on  the  borders  of  Ephraim, 
where  Jacob  had  his  vision,  and  where  Jeroboam  set  up  a 
golden  calf. 

21.  In  Simeon  ;  Beer'sheba,  noted  in  the  history  of  the 
patriarchs,  and  for  being  the  southernmost  town  of  Israel ; 
Oazuy  in  the  country  of  the  Philistines,  famous  in  the  his- 
tory of  Samson. 

22.  In  Dan  ;  Ekron,  Jlshdod,  As'calon,  and  Gath,  cities 
of  the  Philistines. 

23.  In  Ephraim  ;  Samaria,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of 

What  was  the  capitil  of  the  kingdom  of  Israel,  and  which  was 
the  most  powerful  of  the  Ten  Tribes  ?  IG.  What  is  said  of 
this  kingdom  ?    17.  What  is  said  of  the  kingdom  of  Judah  ? 

What  towns  in  Judah  are  mentioned,  and  for  what  celebrated  ? 

What  is  said  of  Jerusalem  ?  20.  What  towns  in  Benjamin  are 
mentioned,  and  for  what  celebrated  ?   21.  In  Simeon  >  22.  Ira 


15 


18. 

19. 


Dan  ?    23.  Tr 


rajm 


Ti" 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGllAPHY. 


51 


Israel ;  She'chcm,  or  Si'chem,  (in  the  New  Testament,  Sv 
char,)  noted  in  the  history  of  Jacob,  also  for  the  last  ex- 
hortation of  Joshua  to  the  Israelites,  and  for  the  torab  of 
Joseph  ;  Ttm'nathse'rah,  for  the  tomb  of  Joshua  :  ShVloh. 
the  place  of  the  Ark  of  the  covenant  from  the  time  of 
Joshua  to  the  time  of  Eli  ;  Joppn,  (on  the  borders  of 
J^phraim  and  Dan,)  the  principal  port  of  the  Israelites. 

24.  In  Manasseh,  west  of  Jordan  ;  Tir'zah,  famous  for 
bemg  for  a  time  the  scat  of  the  kin^s  of  Israel ;  Megid'do, 
for  the  defeat  and  death  of  Josiah  ;  Jez're-el,  for  a  palace  of 
Ahab,  and  for  giving  name  to  a  large  and  fertile  plain, 
called  also  the  plain  of  Esdre'lon  ;  Eii'dor,  for  the  witch 
consulted  by  Saul. 

25.  In  Issachar  ;  Shu'nem,  where  Elisha  restored  a  child 
to  life. 

26.  In  Zehulon  ;  Gathheipher,  the  native  place  of  the 
prophet  Jonah. 

2J-  On  the  west  side  of  Jsker  were  the  cities  of  Tyre 
and  Sido7i,  famous  for  commerce  j  Zar'ephath,  or  Sarep'ta, 
for  the  miracles  of  Elijah. 

28.  In  Napkiali ;  Van,  noted  as  the  northernmost  city 
of  Israel,  and  for  being  one  of  the  two  places  where  Jero- 
boam set  up  his  golden  calves  ;   Bethel  being  the  other. 

29.  In  Mwasseh  beyond  Jordan  ;  Ed're-i,  famous  for  the 
defeat  of  Og,  king  of  Bashan. 

SO.  In  Gad;  Ra'molh-Gil'ead,  memorable  in  the  wars  of 
the  Israelites  ;  Mahana'im,  for  the  meeting  of  Jacob  and 
Esau  ;  Suc'coth,  as  the  residence  of  Jacob. 

31.  In  Reuben  ;  Hesh'bon,  a  city  of  note  among  the  Amo- 
rites,  afterwards  among  the  Israelites  ;  Ja'haz,  where  Sihon 
was  defeated  ;  Bczer,  also  called  Bozra,  near  the  border  of 
Moab. 


CHAPTER  V. 

Physical  Geography  of  Palestine  or  the  Holy  Land. 

i.  This  country  was  first  called  the  Land  of  Canaan, 
from  Canaan,  the  son  of  Ham  ;  the  Land  of  Promise,  or 
the  Promised  Land,  from  its  being  promised  by  God  to 

84.  What  towns  in  Manasseh  west  of  Jordan  are  mentiored  ? 
25.  In  Issachar  ?  26  In  Zebulon  ?  27.  On  the  west  of 
Asher  ?  28.  In  Naphtali  ?  2D.  In  Manasseh  beyond  Jor- 
dan .'    30.  In  Gad  ?    31.  In  Reuben  ? 

been  called  '  , 


62 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Abrnham  ;  the  Land  of  Israel,  from  tlie  Israelites ;  Judea, 
from  Judah,  the  principal  of  the  twelve  tribes  ;  Palestine, 
from  the  Philistines,  who  inhabited  the  southwest  part  of 
it;  and  the  Holy  Land,  from  its  bein<T  the  scene  of  the 
greater  part  of  the  transactions  recorded  in  the  Bible,  and 
particularly  of  the  birth,  life,  miracles,  and  sufferings  of 
our  Savior. 

2.  It  is  also  repeatwlly  called  in  the  Bible.simply  The 
Land.  The  names  which  have  in  modern  times,  been 
most  commonly  applied  to  it,  are  the  Holy  Land  and  Pal- 
estine. 

S.  The  Israelites  esteemed  this  country  as  holy  ;  and  al! 
other  countries  they  rej^ardcd  as  proftmc,  the  very  dust  of 
which  vrould  contaminate  one  of  their  nation. 

4.  The  face  of  the  country  is  beautifully  diversified  with 
mountains,  hills,  valleys,  and  plains. 

5.  The  climate  is  excellent ;  the  cold  seldom  excessive  ; 
the  heat  of  summer  is  great,  but  mitigated  by  a  periodical 
breeze. 

6.  Rain  seldom  falls  here,  except  in  the  spring  and  au- 
tumn ;  but,  the  deficiency  is,  in  a  measure,  supplied  by 
abundant  dews. 

7.  The  Scriptures,  in  describing  the  fruitfulness  of  this 
country,  characterize  it  as  "a  land  flowing  with  milk  and 
honey." 

8.  In  modern  times,  many  parts  of  it  have  a  desolate 
appearance,  as  the  cultivation  has  generally  been  much 
neglected ;  but,  where  it  has  been  well  attended  to,  it  is 
highly  productive. 

9.  "  Under  a  wise  and  beneficent  government,"  says  a 
recent  traveller,  «  the  produce  of  the  Holy  Land  would  ex- 
ceed all  calculation.  Its  perennial  harvest ;  the  salubrity 
ot  Its  air  ;  its  limpid  springs  ;  its  rivers,  lakes,  and  match- 
less plains  ;  its  hills  and  vales  ;  all  these,  added  to  the 
serenity  of  Its  climate,  prove  this  land  to  be  indeed  'a  field 
which  the  Lord  hath,4)lcssed.'  " 

10.  The  Jor'dan,  the  celebrated  river  of  Palestine,  and 
the  only  considerable  one  in  the  country,  is  deep  and  rapid 
but  not  wide.  It  rises  near  the  foot  of  Mount  Hernion  • 
passes  through  lakes  Merom  and  Gennesareth  ;  and,  after 

2.  What  names  have  been  commonly  applied  to  it  in  modern 
times?    3.   How  did  the   Israelites  regard  lliis,  and   how 

K    WK  »^''  countries  ?    4.  What  is  said  of  the  face  of  the  country  ? 

5.  What  18  said  of  the  climate  ?    (J.  What  resoecting  rain  ? 

7.  HOW  do  the  Scriptures  characterize  this  country  ?  8.  What  is 
Its  state  in  modern  times  ?  9.  What  is  said  cf  it  bv  a  fpcent 
iruvciJer  r     lu.  Wiiut  uocount  is  given  of  the  Jordan ' 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY.  53 

a^southerly  course  of  about  150  miles,  flows  into  the  Dead 

n.  Some  of  the  other  famous  streams  or  livuleta  of  Pal 
estme  are  the  ^r'non,  Jab'bok,  Be'sor,  So'rek,  and  Jfi',^  • 
also  Cedron,  or  Kid'ron,  noted  for  passin<r  'by  Jerusalem' 
and  Be'lus,  near  Ptolema'i.,  froni  the  sand  of  which  gS 
said  to  have  been  first  made.  ^ 

o  \?'cP'^^  l>corf  .Se«,  called  also  the  Sea  nf  Sodom    thp 

13.  It  occupies  the  place  where  once  stood  the  five  cities 
of  the  plam  namely,  Sod'om,  Gomor'rnh,  Ad'tnah,  ZeboiZ 
ZmZlVen!""  ""''  '^^^  ^t' ^vlnoh  were  destroyed  by  fi?e' 

14.  It  is  surrounded  by  majestic  and  dreary  mountains  ; 
and  Its  vicmity  IS  barren  and  cheerless.    The  water  is  clear 
but  uncommonly  salt  and  bitter.  ' 

«  }^'  '^^1  ^^a  °/?«i?«^.  called  also  the  lake  of  Oennes'a- 
rethmdtheSeaof  Tibe'rias,  and,  in  the  Old  Testament, 
6  broad        ^^*"  "^^^'^  o»'  Cin'neroth,  is  17  miles  long,  and 

,  16.  This  lake,  which  is  celebrated  in  the  gospel  history. 
IS  environed  by  lofty  eminences,  and  has  a  beLtiful  mid 
picturesque  appearance. 

,    17.  Our  Savior  passed  much  of  his  time,  during  his  mm 
istry,  m  the  yicinity  of  this  lake,  and  it  was  here^thatTe?- 
eral  of  his  disciples  were  employed,  in  the  early  part  of 
their  lives,  as  fishermen.  j'punui 

18.  Mount  Leb'anon,  called  by  the  Greeks  and  Latins 
A,»6  anus,  IS  a  famous  range  of  mountains  on  the  north  of 
Palestine.     Its  summits  are  almost  always  covered  with 

19.  Lebanon  is  celebrated  in  Hebrew  poetry,  particu- 
larly for  Its  magnific^it  cedars,  some  specimens  of  which 
still  remain. 

20.  To  the  east  of  Lebanon  is  Anti-Lebanon  or  Anti^ 
Lnb  anus;  and  to  the  southeast  is  Mount  Hennon,  the  sum- 
mit of  which  IS  usually  covered  with  snow. 


11. 
14. 
17. 


What  other  famous  streams  are  there  ?  12,  What  is  the  fxU>n* 
of  the  Dead  Sea  ?     13.  What  place  does  it  occupy  ' 

What  IS  further  said  of  it  ?  15.  What  are  the  lencrth  and 
breadth  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee  ?    10.  What  is  said  of  ft  ? 

What  IS  mcntjoned  respecting  our  Savior  and  his  disciples  in 
conneetion  with  th.s  lake  ?  18.  What  is  said  of  Mount  Leb- 
anon  .  1^)  For  what  is  Lebanon  celebrated  in  Hebrew 
poetry     id.    What  motintalns   lie  cast  and   southeast  of 


heba 


non 


M 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY 


SI.  Mount  Carmdf  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean, 
was  the  retreat  of  the  prophet  £iijah,  and  has,  in  later 
times,  been  noted  for  the  residence  of  the  monks^  called 
Carmelites. 

33^  Mount  Tabor,  a  conical  mountain,  to  the  southwest 
of  the  sea  of  Galilee,  is  commonly  supposed  to  have  been 
the  scene  of  our  Savior's  transfiguration. 

38.  The  Mountains  of  Ephraim,  or  hrcul,were  situated 
in  the  central  part  of  Palestine.  An  elevated  summit  of 
this  range,  situated  not  far  from  Jericho,  and  now  called 
Quaranta'na,  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  scene  of  the 
Temptation. 

34.  North  of  Shecbem  was  Mount  Efbal ;  and  to  the  south, 
Mount  Gtr'izim,  famous  for  the  temple  of  the  Samaritans. 

35.  Mount  Gtt'boa,  south  of  the  sea  of  Galilee,  is  noted 
for  the  death  of  Saul  and  Jonathan. 

36.  The  JHountains  of  GUectd,  to  the  east  of  the  Jordan, 
were  famous  for  producing  balm  or  balsam,  the  dried  juice 
of  a  tree,  which  was  much  used  by  the  ancients  as  a  medi- 
cine. 

37.  To  the  northeast  of  Gilead  was  Bashan,  famous  for 
stately  oaks,  and  for  numerous  herds  of  cattle. 

38.  To  the  south  were  the  mountains  of  Ah'arim,  from 
the  summits  of  which,  JSTe'bo  and  Pis'gah,  Moses  had  a 
view  of  the  Promised  Land. 

39.  To  the  south  of  Palestine  is  the  mountainous  range 
called  SeiTf  with  its  summit  Mount  Hor,  on  which  Aaron 
died. 

50.  The  country  of  Palestine,  beine  mountainous  and 
rocky,  abounds  in  eaves,  which  anciently  afforded  a  refuge 
to  the  inhabitants. 

51.  David  made  the  cave  of  Adid'lam  a  place  of  retreat ; 
and  in  the  cave  of  En'gedi,  he  concealed  himself,  together 
with  600  men. 

S3.  In  a  cave  not  far  from  Samaria,  Obadi'ab  hid  a  hun> 
dred  prophets  ;  and  the  cave  of  MachpeUah,  near  Hebron, 
is  celebrated  as  the  burying-place  of  Abraham  and  his 
family- 

S3.  Freauent  mention  is  made  in  the  Bible  of  wilder- 
nesses or  deserts.     Some  of  these,  which  belonged  to  Pai- 

81.  What  is  said  of  Mount  Carmel  ?    22.  Mount  Tabor  ?    23.  Tho 
moantains  of  Ephraim  ?    24.  Ebal  and  Gerizim  ?  25.  Mount 
Gilboa.'    26.  Gilead.?    27.  What  is  said  of  Bashan.?    28 
Abarim  ?    29.  Mount  Seir  ? 

S0«  What  is  remarked  respecting  caves  '  31.  What  is  said  of  the 
caves  of  Adullam  and  Engedi  P  02.  Wbat  other  caves  are 
BMntionedi*  33.  What  is  mentioned  respecting  wildcrnessca' 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY,  55 

Dead  S«,  where  JohnV^BaVti"rpreach„i''  "*"  "' "» 


CHAPTER  VI. 


r 


a  Nazarene,  and  JZini^^G.tnrT  ""^""""  ■=«"«* 
P.Ltii;»^'"Tr''i"='' '■'?"'?« ''i^  ministry,  were  limited  to 


34.  Whatja,  u,e  „„«  c£...brated  desert  or  wildemeM  of  Pafe.. 
3  Tnth  r*'  °"f  ^^^''^^  *'°^"'  anIwEre  Sis  residence ' 


'^^  pat-  '^^^^^^^zz.^'^-^^^:^^-^^^^.. 

Wftjch  two  tribes  were  situated   farthest  boi.h,  ?    wu-  u  .1. 

i/?  "Ep^hrah?'-    '""'^"-    ^'^P'*^''-'  ^-J-nin?   ^^ 
What  towns  are  found  in  the  tribe  of  Judah  ?    In  Beniamin  ^    Tn 
^STp-  /"V^r,-     ^  Ephrain,?    In  nLShTln  Is" 
aachar?    InZebuIon?    InAsher?    In  Nanhtali "  In  M»w 
•sseh  bevond  JnrHan  P    Tp  c„.i  T    r_  "/  ?P°r"  •    *"  ^*n- 


56 


SCRIPTURE   GEOGRAPHY 


4.  J0DEA  comprised  the  territories  wliich  -  formerly  htn 
longed  to  the  tribes  ofJudah,  Benjamin,  6'imeon,  and  i)an  ; 
and  it  was  distinguished  particularly  for  containing  the  city 
of  Jerusalem, 

5.  Jerusalen  was  styled  by  the  Israelites  the  Holy  Citij 
and  the  City  of  God,  and  was  regarded  as,  in  a  peculiar 
sense,  the  dwelling-place  of  the  Most  High,  as  it  contained 
the  Temple,  and  was  the  centre  of  the  Jewish  worship. 

6.  It  was  built  on  four  hills,  Zi'on,  Mori'ah,  JHcra,  and  Be- 
zefta,  which  were  almost  surrounded  by  valleys,  encompass 
ed  by  mountains. 

7.  Two  small  streams,  branches  of  the  brook  Kid'ron  or 
Celdron,  flowed  through  the  valleys,  one  on  the  east,  and 
the  other  on  the  south,  of  the  city. 

8.  Mou7it  Zion,  which  was  the  most  elevated  of  the  hills, 
and  on  which  the  city  of  David  was  built,  and  also  the  pal- 
ace of  David,  was  the  most  southerly. 

9.  Mount  Moriak,  on  which  the  Temple  was  erected,  was 
to  the  east ;  and  to  the  north  were  two  other  hills,  less  ele- 
vated. 

10.  After  the  building  of  the  Temple,  all  the  adult  males 
of  Israel  were  required  to  go  to  Jerusalem,  three  times  a 
year,  to  keep  the  three  great  annual  festivals  ;  namely,  tho 
Passover,  the  Pentecost,  and  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles. 

11.  The  first  Temple  was  built  by  Solomon,  and  was  an 
extensive  and  magnificent  edifice,  adorned  with  very  costly 
ornaments  of  gold,  and  encompassed  by  spacious  courts. 

12.  In  the  innermost  part  of  the  Temple  was  the  Sanctu 
ary,  including  the  Holy  of  Holies,  so  called  because  it  con- 
tained the  Ark  of  the  Covenant. 

13.  Into  this  most  holy  place,  none  but  the  high  priest 
was  permited  to  enter  ;  and  he  only  once  a  year,  on  the 
great  day  of  atonement. 

14.  The  second  Temple,  which  was  built  by  Zeruh'babel, 
after  the  return  of  the  Jews  from  the  Babylonish  captivity, 
was  much  inferior  to  that  of  Solomon. 

15.  Herod  began  to  repair  or  rebuild  the  Templie  16  years 

4.  What  didJudea  comprise  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  Jerusalem  ?  6. 
What  of  its  situation  ?  7.  What  streams  flowed  through  the 
valleys  ?  8.  What  is  said  of  Mount  Zion  ?  9.  What  of 
Mount  Moriah  ?  10.  At  what  three  festivals  were  all  th* 
adult  males  required  to  be  at  Jerusalem  ? 
11.  What  is  said  of  the  first  Temple  ?  13.  What  was  there  in  tho 
innermost  part  of  it?  13.  Who  was  permitted  to  enter  into 
the  Holy  of  Holies  ?  14.  By  whom  was  the  second  Temple 
built .'    15.  When  did  Herod  begin  to  repair  or  rebuild  the 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


57 


before  the  birth  of  Christ,  and  rendered  it  extremely  mac- 
nineent.  '       • 

16.  Near  the  Temple  was  the  pool  of  Belha'da ;  and  on 
the  northwest  was  the  castle  or  fortress  of  wtfnto'nia,  in 
which  a  RoQ^an  legion  was  quartered. 

17.  On  the  .vest  side  of  the  city,  and  just  without  the  walls, 
was  Calvary,  a  little  hill,  where  our  Lord  was  crucified. 

18.  To  the  south  of  the  city  was  Gehen'na,  or  the  Valley 
of  Hmnomy  where  the  Israelites  sacrificed  their  children  to 
the  image  of  Mo'loch. 

19.  In  the  Valley  of  Jehpah'aphat,  to  the  east  of  the  city, 
were  the  fountain  or  pool  of  Sil'oam  or  SWoah,  and  also 
the  Garden  of  Oethaem'anej  where  our  Savior  was  be- 
trayed. 

20.  To  the  east  of  the  valley  of  Jehoshap  t  was  the 
Mount  of  Olivet  or  Mount  OPivetf  so  elevated  a^  to  afford 
a  fine  view  of  the  city  and  temple. 

21.  The  modern  city  of  Jerusalem  is  built  chiefly  on 
Mount  Moriahf  and  is  much  visited  by  pilgrims. 

22.  To  the  east  of  Jerusalem  was  Beth'pha-ge  ;  and  still 
ftrther,  Btihfany^  famous  for  the  residence  of  Mary  and 
Martha,  for  the  raising  of  Laz^arus^  and  for  the  ascension 
of  our  Savior. 

23.  Betk'lehem  is  memorable  as  the  birthplace  of  our 
Savior;  Em'maus,  for  his  conversation  with  two  of  hii 
disciples  after  his  resurrection. 

24.  Jer'ieho,  famous  in  the  history  of  the  Old  Testament, 
IS  frequently  mentioned  in  the  New,  and  was  the  residence 
of  Zacche'us. 

25.  Arimathe'a  is  noted  as  the  residence  of  Joseph,  who 
beffged  of  Pilate  the  body  of  Jesus  :  Lyd'da,  for  the  cure 
of  E'neas,  by  Peter. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

Samaria  :  Galilee  :  Peroia. 

1    The  country  or  province  of  Samaria  derived  its  name 
from  the  city  of  Samaria,  which  was  the  capital  of  the 

IS*  Kt®'^  ""^^  *^®  P°°^  °^  Bethesda  and  the  castle  of  Antonia? 

17.  Where  \9as  Calvarv  ?  18.  Where  was  Gehenna  or  the  Valley 
of  Hinnora?  19.  The  Pool  of  Siloam  and  the  garden  of 
Gethaemane.'    20.  The  Mount  of  Olives.' 

81.  What  is  said  of  the  modern  city !»  S2.  Bethphage  and  Betha- 
ny i"  23.  Bethlehem  and  Emmaus  .>  24.  Jericho .'  25.  Ari- 
matbea  and  Lydda .'' 

Chapter  VII.—  1.  What  is  said  of  the  country  or  province  of 
Saoiaria ." 

23 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 

kingdom  ot  Israel ;  and  it  comprised  the  territory  whicb 
belonffed  to  the  tribe  of  Ephraim  and  half  of  Manaateh. 

2.  After  the  captivity  of  the  Ten  Tribes  by  Shalmane'- 
■er,  this  country  was  repeopled  by  colonists  from  Assyria, 
and  such  Israelites  us  remained  or  afterwards  returned  j 
and  this  mixed  race  of  people  were  culled  Samar'itaru. 

8.  They  adopted  the  Law  of  Motet,  and  regarded  the 
Pentateuch  as  a  book  of  divine  authority  ;  but  rejected  the 
lest  of  the  Old  Testament. 

4.  They  built  a  temple  on  Mount  Oer'izim,  where  they 
celebrated  their  worship,  instead  of  going  to  Jerusalem. 

5.  The  greatest  aversion  existed  between  the  Jewt  and 
Samaritans ;  and  the  two  nations  had  no  friendly  inter- 
course with  each  other. 

6.  Our  Savior  spent  but  little  time,  during  his  ministry, 
in  Samaria  ;  though  he  repeatedly  passed  through  the  coun- 
try, in  journeying  from  Galilee  to  Judea. 

7.  Sjf'char,  called  in   the  Old  Testament  She'ckem  and 
Si'chem,  now  Napolote,  became  the  metropolis  of  the  Sa 
maritans,  after  the  destruction  of  the  city  of  Samaria. 

8.  Near  Sychar  was  Jaeob's  Well,  memorable  for  our 
Savior's  conversation  with  the  woman  of  Samaria. 

9.  In  the  vicinity  was  Mount  GerHzim,  on  which  the  Sa 
maritan  temple  was  built,  and  to  which  allusion  is  made  in 
the  remark  of  the  woman  of  Samaria,  "  Our  fathers  wor 
shipped  in  this  mountain." 

10.  CcBsare'a,  a  city  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean, 
was  the  seat  of  the  Roman  procurators,  or  governors,  of 
Palestine. 

11.  In  this  wky  Herod  Agripjpa  was  smitten  with  a  fatal 
diseaseras  reiated  in  Acts  xu.  ;  here  St.  Peter  converted 
Cornelius,  the  centurion  ;  and  here  St.  Paid  defended  him- 
self before  Felix,  Feslus,  and  JJgrippa,  before  he  sailed  to 
Rome. 

12.  Jop'pa,  now  Jaffa,  is  famous  as  the  port  of  Jerusalem, 
and  for  being  the  place  where  Peter  restored  Dorcas  to  life. 

13.  Antip'atris,  a  town  built  by  Herod,  is  mentioned  in 
the  history  of  St.  Paul ;  E'non  and  Sa'lim,  near  the  Jordan, 
were  the  pfaces  where  John  baptized. 

S.  Who  were  the  Samaritans  ?  and  what  was  their  origin  ? 
3.  What  tlieir  religion  ?    4.  Where  did  they  build  a  temple  ? 

5.  How  did  the  Jews  and  Samaritans  regard  each  other  ? 

6.  Did  oar  Savior  pass  much  time  in  Samaria  ?    7.  What  is  said  of 

Sychar  ?    8.  For  what  is  Jacob's  Well  memorable  ? 
9.  What  is  said  of  Mount  Gerizim  ?    10.  What  of  Cassarea.? 
TI.  What  events  took  place  in  this  city  P  12.  What  is  said  of  Joppa.' 
13.  What  of  Aatipatris,  Enon,  and  Salim  ? 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


our 


14.  Gamler,  iho  northern  division  of  Palestine,  com- 
prised the  country  formerly  occupied  by  the  tribes  of  It'M- 
char,  Zel/tdon,  NaphUali,  and  Mer. 

16.  It  was  divided  into  Upper  and  Lower.  Upper  Gal- 
ilee, the  northern  division,  was  mountainous,  and  was  call- 
ed UalUee  of  the  OentUej,  becfiuse  it  bordered  upon  Goo- 
tile  nations.  ^ 

16.  The  chief  town  of  Upper  Galilee  was  Casare'a-Phi- 
itp'px,  called  in  the  Old  Testament  Van. 

17.  Lower  Galilee,  which  is  called  in  the  New  Testa- 
rnent  simply  Galilee,  is  comparatively  level,  and  was  very 
traitful  and  populous  ;  and  many  of  its  inhabitants  were 
Israelites. 

18.  This  division  of  Palestine  was  most  honored  with 
our  Savior's  presence,  and  it  was  the  native  country  of 
most,  if  not  all,  of  his  twelve  disciples. 

l?'ji  ^'*^'*'»**»  situated  on  thtt  sea  of  Galilee,  which  was 
called  also  the  sea  of  Tiberias,  was  once  the  capital  of 
bralilee,  and  was  noted  for  its  Jewish  academy  after  the 
destruction  of  Jerusalem. 

20.  Caper'naum,  Chora'zin,  and  Beihaa'ida  were  all  sit 
uated  near  the  sea  of  Galilee,  and  we-  memorable  for  our 
Lord's  discourses  and   miracles,  which   brought  a  heavy 
w«e  upon  them  on  account  of  their  unbelief. 

21.  Bethaa'ida  was  the  residence  of  the  disciples  Philip. 
Feter,  Andrew,  James,  and  John. 

«2.  Caper'naum  was  the  residence  of  Matthew  :  and  on 
an  eminence  near  this  town,  our  Savior  delivered  his  mem- 
orable discourse,  called  the  "  Sermon  on  the  Mount." 

23.  Naz'areth  is  famous  for  having  been  the  residence  of 
aur  Savior,  before  he  entered  on  his  public  ministry  :  C<^- 
na,  for  his  miracle  of  turning  water  into  wine  :  A*a'w»,  for 
his  raising  a  widow's  son  to  life. 

24.  Ptolenia'u  or  Mcho,  now  Acre,  a  jjlace  visited  by 
St.  Paul,  is  noted  in  the  history  of  the  Crusades. 

25.  Perjea,  or  the  country  Beyond  Jordan,  comprised 
the  territories  which  formerly  belonged  to  the  tribes  of 
Beuhen  and  Gad,  and  the  half  tribe  o£  Manasseh,  &nd  it 
Was  subdivided  into  several  districts. 


14.  What  did  Galilee  comprise?  15.  How  was  it  divided  ' 
16.  What  was  the  chief  town  of  Upper  Galilee?  17.  How  is 
Lower  Galilee  described  ?  IS.  What  is  further  3aid  of  this 
division  ?  19.  What  is  said  of  Tiberias  ?  20.  What  is  said 
of  Capernaum,  Chorazin,  and  Bethsaida?  21.  Of  whom 
was  Bethsaida  the  residence  ?  22.  What  is  said  of  Caper- 
naum ?  2.3.  What  of  Nazareth,  Cana,  and  Nain  ?  24.  Ptol 
i-j.   vviiai  diu  reroea  comprise  ? 


xzmaiB 


F* 


€0 


SCRIPTURE  QEOGRAPHT 


26.  DeeopoUs  was  a  combination  of  ten  cities,  which 
were  situated  not  fur  from  the  son  of  Guliiee. 

97  The  country  on  the  east  side  of  the  sea  of  Galilee 
was  repeatedly  visited  bv  our  Savior,  and  here  wore  the 
towns  of  DiUmanu'tha,  Mag'dala,  and  Qad'ara. 

88.  Farther  to  the  south,  on  the  Jordan,  was  Bethab  ara, 
where  John  baptized. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
Couhtnei  in  which  the  Oospel  was  preached  by  the  Apostles 

1.  The  labors  of  the  apostles  in  preachin?  the  gospel, 
after  the  resurrection  of  our  Savior,  as  related  in  the  Acts, 


S6.  What  did  Decapolis  oornprise  ?  27.  What  is  mentioned  of  the 
countrv  on  the  east  side  of  the  sea  of  Galilee  ?  U8.  What 
of  Bethabara  ? 

Chapter  VIII.  —  1.  In  what  countries  was  the  gospel  preached 
by  the  apostles  ? 


See  Map  Ab.  Vlll.  —  What  sea  lies  west  of  Palestine  ? 
How  was  Samaria  bounded  P    Judea  P    Galilee  ?    Pertea,  or  Be 

fond  Jordan  P    How  was  Galilee  of  the  Gentiles  situated  f 
ture'a  P    Phoenicia  P    Syria  P    Genesaret  P    Decapolis  ? 

How  is  the  Dead  Sea  situated  P    The  Sea  of  Galilee  P    The  Waters 
of  M erom  P    Through  what  does  the  Jordan  flow  P    Into 
what  does  it  empty  F    Where  docs  the  Arnon  empty  ?    The 
^  Jabbok  P    What  streams  empty  into  the  Mediterranean  P 

How  is  mount  Lebanon  situated  P  Anti- Lebanon  ?  Mount  Her- 
mon  ?  Mount  Carmel  ?  Mount  Tabor?  The  Mountains  of 
Ephraim  ?    The  Mountains  of  Abarim  P     Mount  Gilboa  ? 

How  is  Jerusalem  situated  P  Samaria  ?  CsBsarea  P  Tiberias  P  Si 
don?  GaaaP  Hebron?  Joppa?  Jericho?  Ptolemais? 
Capernaum  P  Sychar  ?  Tyre  ?  Caesaiea-Philippi  ?  Beer- 
sheba  ?  Bethlehem  ?  Nazareth  ?  Cana  ?  Emmaus  ?  Gath  > 
Ascalon  P  Magdala  P  Ramoth-Giiead  P  Jczreel  P  Bethab- 
ara?  Azotus^  EngediP  Salim  and  Enon?  Megiddo? 
Shunera? 

Su  Map  JVb.  IX.  —  In  what  part  of  Jerusalem  was  Mount  Zion  .* 
Mount  Moriah  ?  Where  was  the  city  of  David  ?  The  Tem- 
ple? The  Palace  of  David  P  Solomon's  Palace?  Salem, 
or  the  Old  City  ?  The  Pool  of  Belhesda  ?  The  Castle  of 
Antonia  ?  Mount  Calvary  ?  Which  way  from  the  city  was 
the  Mount  of  Olives  P  Where  was  the  Vallpy  of  Jehoshaphat  ? 
The  Valley  of  Hinnom  P  The  Pool  of  Siloam  P  The  Fuller's 
and  the  Potter's  Fields  ?  Gethsemane  ?  Which  wi*^  from 
erusalem  were  Bethphage  and  Bethany  ' 


SCRIPTURE  GLOORi\PIIT. 


61 


were  confined  chiefly  to  Palestine^  Syria,  Ji»\a  Mnor, 
Greece,  and  Italy.  >  : 

2.  These  countries  wore  nil,  at  this  period,  Buhject  to  the 
Romans ;  and  they  embraced  the  portions  of  the  earth 
which  were  most  distinj^uished  for  civilization,  arts,  ond 
literature  ;  but  the  inhabitants  were  all,  with  the  exception 
of  the  Jews,  pagan  idolatert,  connnonly  styled  in  the  liiblo 
Oenltie$. 

S.  Syria,  which  was,  at  this  period,  a  Roman  province, 
had  for  its  capital,  Jln'lioch,  which  hod  been  the  residence 
of  the  Macedonian  kings  of  Syria,  called  the  Seleu'cidce,  m\i\ 
was,  for  some  time,  the  third  city  in  the  world  in  splendor 
and  population. 

4.  Antioch  is  frequently  mentioned  in  the  Acta  of  the 
Apostles  ;  it  was  the  native  place  oi  St.  Luke,  and  for  some 
tiirie  the  residence  of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul ;  and  here  the 
disciples  of  Christ  were  first  called  Chrutiaru, 

5.  Eph'esui,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Asia,  was  a 
lar/fe  and  splendid  city,  celebrated  for  a  magnificent  temple 
of  Dia'na,  which  was  reckoned  one  of  the  Seven  Wonders 
of  the  World, 

6.  St.  Paul  spent  some  time  at  Ephesus  ;  here  St.  JohHi 
passed  the  latter  part  of  his  life  ;  and  of  the  church  here^ 
Timothy  was  appointed  bishop.  ^ 

7.  The  "Seven  Churches  of  Asia,"  mentioned  in  the 
Revelation,  namely,  Eph'esus,  Smyrna,  Per'gamoa,  ThyO' 
tVra,  Sar'dis,  Philadel'}  hia,  and  Laodice'a,  were  all  in  the 
province  of  Asia. 

8.  Smyrna,  a  large  commercial  city,  is  noted  for  having 
been  considered  by  some  as  the  birthplace  of  Homer  ;  Per'- 
gamoB,  as  the  royal  city  of  Eu'menea  j  Sar'dis,  as  the  resi- 
dence of  the  rich  king  Croesus  ;  Mile  tua,  for  its  riches  and 
commerce,  and  the  temple  of  Apollo. 

9.  Tarsu$,  the  capital  of  Cilicia,  wa9  a  large  city,  noted 
for  the  arts  and  sciences,  and  as  the  birthplace  of  St.  Paul : 
leo'nium,  as  the  capital  of  Lycao'nia  j  Pa'pho$,  as  the  cap- 
ital of  the  island  of  Cyprus. 


a. 

3. 


9. 


What  is  said  of  these  countries  ? 

What  is  said  of  Syria  and  Antioch  ?  4.  What  further  is  related 
of  Antioch?  5.  What  of  Ephesus?  6.  Which  cf  the  apos- 
tles resided  here  ?  7,  What  were  the  *'  Seven  Churches," 
and  where  situated  ?  8,  What  is  said  of  Smyrna,  Porgamos, 
Sardis,  and  Miletus  ? 

What  is  fiaid  of  Tarsus,  &c.  ? 
23» 


02 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAl*Hy. 


10.  Oreeee,  at  this  period,  was  divided  into  two  Roman 
provinces,  namely  Acha'ia  and  Macedo'nicu 

11.  Achnia  comprised  Greece  Proper  and  the  Pelopon- 
oe'sus  ;  and  Macedonia  consisted  of  Macedonia  Proper 
rhessaly,  and  Epirus. 

12.  CorHntk,  the  capital  of  Achaia,  was  situated  on  a  gulf 
and  an  isthmus  of  the  same  name,  and  was  famous  for 
commerce,  wealth,»and  the  arts,  and  for  the  celebration  of 
the  Isthmian  games  in  its  vicinity. 

IS.  Alh'ens,  the  most  renowned  city  of  Greece,  was  for  a 
long  time  the  most  celebrated  seat  of  learning  in  the  world 
and^  gave  birth  to  many  of  the  most  eminent  men  of  an* 
tiqu!ty ;  yet  this  city,  as  well  as  those  less  enlightened. 
"  wa^  wholly  given  to  idolatry." 

14.  Crete,  a  large  island  lying  southeast  of  Greece,  and 
much  celebrated  in  Grecian  history,  was  visited  by  St.  Paul 
accompanied  by  Titus,  who  was  left  here  to  regulate  the* 
affairs  of  the  churches. 

lb  PaVmos,  a  snriall  barren  island,  is  celebrated  for  beinir 
the  place  to  which  St.  John  was  banished. 

/.'t*  "^^  **'®*'  *"*^  powerful  city  of  Rome  was  the  capital 
of  the  Roman  Empire,  which,  in  the  time  of  the  Gospel 
history,  was  nearly  in  its  greatest  extent,  and  embraced 
most  of  the  then  known  world. 

17.  The  Roman  Empire  was,  during  the  ministry  of 
St.  Paul,  successively  governed  by  the  Emperors  Tibe'ri- 
"t,  Cahg'ulay  Clau'dius,  and  Ne'ro. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
Labors  and  Travels  of  St.  Paid  and  the  other  Apostles. 

1.  The  labors  of  St.  Peter,  so  far  as  they  are  recorded  in 
the  New  Testament,  were  limited  to  Palestine  and  the  city 
of  Antioeh  ;  yet  from  his  addressing  his  first  epistle  to  the 
Christians  dispersed  in  Pontus,  Galatia,  Cappadocia,  Asia, 
and  Bithynia,  he  is  supposed  to  have  preached  in  those 
countries. 


10  How  was  Greece  now  divided?  11.  What  did  Achaia  com- 
prise, and  what  Macedonia  ?  13.  What  is  said  of  Corinth  -' 
13.  Athens?    14.  Crete?     15,  Patmos? 

16.  What  is  said  of  Rome  and  the  Roman  Empire '  17.  By  what 
emperors  was  the  empire  governed  during  St.  Paul's  ministry? 

Chapter  IX.  —  1    What  is  said  of  the  labors  of  Peter ' 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


63 


2.  St.  John  preached  the  gospel  for  a  while  in  Pdesline. 
He  was  at  length  banished  to  the  island  of  Patviosi  and  he 
passed  the  latter  part  of  his  life  in  Asia  Minor,  chiefly  at 

3.  James,  the  brother  of  John,  suffered  martyrdom  under 
lierod  Agrippa,  as  related  in  Acts  xii. 

4.  The  other  apostle  James,  the  brother  of  Jude,  some- 
times called  James  the  Less,  was  the  author  of  the  epistle 
which  bears  his  name,  and  was  bishop  o£  Jerusalem,  where 
he  suffered  martyrdom,  A.  D.  62. 

5.  Of  the  labors  of  the  rest  of  the  twelve  original  disci- 
ples or  apostles,  subsequent  to  the  ascension  of  our  Savior, 
scarcely  any  thing  is  recorded  in  the  New  Testament. 

6.  St.  Paul,  u-ho  was  appointed  an  apostle  after  the  as- 
cension of  our  Savior,  and  was  preeminent  for  his  various 
endowments,  "labored  more  abundantly  than  all  the  oth- 
ers;»  and  he  is  styled  the  great  apostle  of  the  Gentiles. 

7.  He  was  a  native  of  2'arsus,  a  Hebrew  of  the  tribe  of 
Benjaniin,  ^ya3  educated  a  Pharisee,  and  possessed,  by 
birth,  the  privilege  of  a  Roman  citizen.  This  privilege,  it 
has  been  maintained  by  some,  was  conferred  on  his  aaces 
tors  ;  but  others  suppose,  that,  at  this  period,  all  the  natives 
01  larsus  enjoyed  it. 

8.  St.  Paul  was,  for  a  time,  zealous  for  the  Jewish  re- 
Jigion,  and  employed  himself  in  cruelly  persecuting  the 
Christians  ;  and  it  was  while  on  a  journey  from  Jerusalem 
to  Damascus,  tor  this  purpose,  that  his  miraculous  conver- 
sion took  place,  A.  D.  35,  or  36. 

9.  After  his  conversion,  he  went  to  Damastns,  thence 
into  Jirabta,  where  he  passed  considerable  time  :  then  re* 
turned  to  Damascus,  and  afterwards  to  Jerusalem. 

10.  After  this  first  return  to  Jerusalem,  subsequent  to  his 
conversion,  he  performed  four  apostolic  journeys  from  that 
city,  before  he  was  sent  a  prisoner  to  Rome. 

11.  Some  of  the  principal  companions  and  assistants  of 
a^,  ^^r.'  .'aoo»s  among  the  Gentiles,  were  Bar'nabas, 
iitlas,  Ftmothy,  Apollos,  Titus,  and  Luke. 

12.  In  his  Jirst  apostolic  journey  from  Jerusalem,  Paul 

2.  What  is  said  of  John  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  James  the  brother  of 
John  ?  What  of  the  other  apostle  Jarnes  ?  5.  What  of  the 
rest  of  the  12  original  disciples?  6.  What  is  said  of  St.  Paul  ' 
:•  ^"^^°*  '^'^  ^''■^^  *"•*  origin?  8.  What  further  is  re- 
lated  of  hun?  9.  To  what  places  did  he  proceed  afler  his 
conversion  ?  10.  How  many  apostolic  journeys  did  he  per- 
form after  this  return  to  Jerusalem  ?     11.   Who  were  soma 

of  his  principal  companions  and  asaistants  ?     12.  Wfiatwai 
ma  route  in  his  first  journey  ? 


64 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY 


Jiroceeded  by  way  of  Cmare'a  to  Tama  ;  thence  to  An* 
tmh  i  and,  after  spending  considerable  time  here,  he  re- 
turned to  Jerusalem,  A.  D.  44,  accompanied  by  Barnabas, 
bringing  relief  to  the  suffering  Christians  in  Judea. 

13.  In  his  second  Journey,  Paul  returned  to  Antioch  : 
thence  by  SeleW eta  first  to  Sal'amis  in  Cyprus,  thence  to 
laphos,  the  capital  of  the  island,  where  he  converted  the 
proconsul  Ser'gius  Pau'lus,  and  struck  with  blindness  the 
sorcerer  A/'ymas,  who  attempted  to  hinder  his  conversion. 
,,  ^^.™"' ?aphos  he  proceeded  to  Perga:  thence  to  An- 
hocktnPmdia;  thence  to  %5/m,  where  he  cured  a  crip- 
ple J  and  the  pepide  who  saw  this  miracle,  were  at  first 
eager  to  offer  sarifice  to  him  and  his  companion  Barnabas  i 
but  they  afterwards  stoned  him,  dragged  him  out  of  tbo 
city,  and  left  him  for  dead. 

15.  From  Lystra  he  proceeded  to  Der'he  ;  thence  returninff 
again  to  Lystra  Jconium,  ^ntioch,  and  Perg-a;  and  thenci 
by  way  of  ^«a^zva  to  ^n^^ocA  in  Syria.  AftefspeXg  con- 
siderable time  here,  he,  together  with  Barnabas,  went  a-ain 
to  Jerusalem,  A.  D.  49,  in  order  to  consult  the  apostlesmid 
elders,  on  the  controversy  which  arose  respecting  circura, 
cision  and  other  legal  ceremonies.  "^"W 

26.  After  the  council  of  Jerusalem,  Paul  commenced  his 

rll?        L  *  *f  ^  '^^•"Pa"'"".  «nti  proceeded  to  Der'be  and 

^r^Zh^'m^  ^-  '^/^'r?.^  ^^"^«^''y  "''  «»  «^'«t'^"t ;  thence 
through  Phnjgia,  Galatia,  and  Mysia,  to  Troas\  where 
LvAe  is  supposed  to  have  joined  him 

nuJf'/m?  7-'"''^  ^'^  PVo^'^eded  by  Scmothra'cia  and  Map. 
ohs  to  Philip'pt,  where  he,  together  with  Silas,  was  put  in 
prison,  but  was  delivered  by  an  earthquake  :  and  he  after- 
wards converted  the  jailer  and  his  family. 

«;i^^L?")  ^.^'''Pl^  '!^  P'-oceeded  to  AmpMp'olis,  Apollo' 
nia,  Tkes3(dom'ca,  Bere'a,  and  JlWcns. 

r.e^^a.t\^^^^f'  ^^'  T''^  'V'ought  before  the  supieme  coiiri 
of  Areop^agus  for  tna  .  and  before  this  trihunil,  composed 

elrdeTrictrx'vi'J.''"'^'"'^'  '^  ''""'''''^  the'spoecrre 
20.  From  Athens  he  proceeded  to  Cor'inlh,  where  he  re 

13.  What  course  did  he  pursue  in  his  second  journey,  and  what 
took  place  at  Paplios?     14.  To  what  places  did  ^L  proceed 
-r,   „,?°'"P«Pho«'a"d  what  took  place  at  Lystra'  ^ 

45.  What  was  bis  course  afterwards,  and  on  what  occasion  did  he 

journey?     17-  V\hat  was  his   course  afterwards,  and  what 
iQ    wr.^"?^  P^^'^^,*^  ^'"''Pl"  ■     18.  What  places  did  he  next  visi  ' 
19.  What  took  place  at  Athens  ?    20.  Whn.  nit.  di-"  L  ^hU  -  =-i* 

and  what  took  place  at  Corinth '  "■'      '  "  '"'* 


re 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


65 


mained  about  a  year  and  a  half,  and  vras  here  brought  by 
the  Jews  before  the  proconsul  Oatlio. 

21.  Embarking  from  Cen'chrea,  a  port  of  Corinth,  after 
touching  at  Ephfe^us,  he  landed  at  Casart^a^  and  proceeded 
again  to  Jerusalem,  A.  D.  53. 

22.  After  a  short  stay  at  Jerusalem,  Paul  went  to  Antioch^ 
proceeding  on  his  fourth  apostolic  journey  through  Gala'tia 
and  Phryg'ia  to  Eph'esus,  where  he  remained  two  or  three 

2 ears,  and  left  the  city  after  a  riot  was  raised  against  him 
y  Demetrius,  the  silversmith. 

28.  From  Ephesus  he  proceeded  by  way  of  Troas  to 
Macedonia,  passing  through  that  coJuUry^and  Greece,  again 
visiting  Corinth  and  Philippi;  thence  sailing  by  Troaa  to 
MUe'tus,  where  he  met  the  Ephesian  Christians,  and  took 
the  affecting  leave  of  them  recorded  in  Acts  xx. 

24.  From  Miletus  he  proceeded  by  Cos,  Rhodes,  Patara 
Tyre,  Plolema'is,  and  CtBsare'a,  to  Jerusalem,  where  he  ar- 
rived before  the  feast  of  Pentecost,  A.  D.  53. 

25.  After  his  return  to  Jerusalem  from  his  fourth  apostol 
ic  journey,  the  Jews  caused  an  excitement  against  him, 
and  he  was  sent  a  prisoner  by  way  of  Aniip'atris  to  Caaa- 
re'at  to  be  tried  by  Felix,  the  governor. 

26.  Having  been  detained  a  prisoner  two  years  at  Ccesa- 
re'a,  where  he  delivered  the  defences  recorded  in  Acts  xxii. 
and  xxvi.,  he  availed  himself  of  his  privilege  of  a  Roman 
citizen  by  appealing  to  the  emperor. 

27.  He  was  accordingly  sent  to  Rome  with  other  prison- 
ers, under  the  care  of  the  centurion  Julius,  and  was  accom- 
panied by  St.  Luke. 

28.  In  their  voyage  {see  Map  Ao.  X),  they  touched  at 
Sidon  and  Myra,  sailed  near  Cnidus,  thence  round  the  e^ 
end  of  Crete  ;  and  after  being  *'  exceedingly  tossed  with  a 
tempest,"  for  fourteen  days,  they  were  shipwrecked  near 
the  island  of  Mel'ita,  where  they  all  got  safe  to  shore. 

29.  From  Mel'ita  they  proceeded  by  Syr'acuse,  Ptde'oli, 
Ap'pii  Fo'rum,  and  The  Three  Taverns,  till  they  finally  ar 
rived  at  Rome,  A.  O.  61. 

SO.  Paul  dwelt  two  years  in  the  city,  in  hired  lodgings 


21.  By  what  places  did  he  return  to  Jerusalem  ?  22.  What  was  his 
course  in  his  fourth  journey,  and  v  hat  took  place  at  Ephe- 
sus? 23.  What  was  his  route  from  thence,  and  what  took 
place  at  Miletus  '  24.  By  what  places  did  he  return  to  Je- 
rusalem ?  25.  What  happened  after  his  return  ? 
What  took  place  at  CoBsarea  ?    27.  By  whom  was  he  accom- 


panied to  Rome .'    23.  What 
he  do  at  Rome  ? 


is  related  respeciinff  the  voy- 

rl    A.^^    UfaV.*'   3        on      1171. -A   J* J 


A 

1 


00 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAFHY. 


0 

where  ho  received  all  that  came  to  him,  preaching  the  gci- 
pel  without  interruption. 

31.  During  this  irniirisonment  nt  Rome,  the  apostle  wrote 
his  epistles  to  the  EpMsians,  PhUip'pians,  Coloa'sians,  and 
to  Phile'mon. 

S3.  The  most  of  his  other  epistles  had  before  this  time 
been  written  at  different  places. 

SS.  St.  Luke  concludes  his  narrative  in  the  Acts,  with 
this  imprisonment  at  Rome  ;  and  the  subsequent  history  of 
St.  Paul  is  uncertain  ;  but  it  was  the  uniform  tradition  of 
the  primitive  church,  that  he  was  afterwards  imprisoned  a 
aecond  time  at  Rome,  and  that  he  sufTei-ed  martyrdom  un 
der  the  emperor  Nero,  in  or  about  the  year  A.  D.  66. 

31.  What  epistles  did  he  write  during  this  iinprisoninent  ? 

32.  What  is  said  of  the  other  epistles  ?    33.  What  further  is  relat- 

ed of  St.  Paul  f 


See  Map  Mt,  X.  —  What  countries  were  situated  on  the  east  of 

the  Mediterranean  or  Great  Sea  ? 
What  countries  were  in  the  west  of  Asia  Minor?    In  the  south  ? 

In  the  north  ?    In  the  east  ?    How  was  Galatia  situated .' 

Troaa.'    The  island  of  Cyprus .?    Crete."    Patmos.'   Sicily.' 

Mehta  ?    How  was  Greece  or  Achaia  situated  ?  Macedonia  ? 

Thrace."     Epirus.'      lUyricum?      Thessaly."     Dalmatia.* 

Italy  ?    Which  way  from  Jerusalem  to  Damascus  f    Gaza  ? 

Antioch."     Alexandria."      Ephesus."     Cyre'ne."     Athens" 
How  was  Antioch  situated ,"    Tarsus."    Iconium."    Paphos?   Atta- 

lia ."    Antioch  in  Pisidia  ? 
What  towns  were  tiiere  on  the  west  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  and  on 

the  east  of  the  iEgean  Sea ." 
How  was  Smyrna  situated?    Ephesus?     Pergamos?     Miletus j" 

Philadelphia  ?     Sardis  ?     Colos'se  and  Laodicea  ? 
How  was  Athens  situated  ?    Thessalonica  ?    Corinth  ?     Fhilippi  > 

Berea?    Cenchrca?    Rome?    Syracuse?    Rhegium?    Pu- 

teoli  ?    By  what  places  did  St.  Paul  pass  in  his  voyage  Irom 

Ceesarea  to  Rome  ? 


TABLE 


(!/■  A:?ciENT  (Jl£OGRArHicAL  Names,  wilft  their  corresponding 

Modern  Names. 


bEAS,  GULFS,  STRAITS,  and  LAKES. 


Ancient. 
A-dri-at'io  Sea 
iE-gse'an  Sea 
Aq-ui*ta'ni-aa  ) 

Ocean  5 

A-ra'bi-an  G.  or 
Ar-gol'ic  G. 
Aa-phal-ti'tea  L. 
At-ian  tic  O. 
Be-na'cus  L. 
Dos'pho-rus 

(Cimmerian) 
Oos'phorus       ) 

(Thraoian)     ) 
Brig-an-ti'nus  L. 
Cas'pi-an  Sea 
(Co-da^ni-an  G. 
Corinth,  Gulf  of 
Eux'ine  Sea 
Gal'i-lee,  Sea  of 
Gal'lic  Strait 
Gal'lic  Gulf 
Gan-get'ic  Gulf 


Modern. 
Gulf  of  Venice 
Archipelago 

Bay  of  Biscay 

Red  Sea 

Gulf  of  'Kapoli 

Dead  Sea 

Jitlantic 

Garda 

Strait  of  Caffa 

Str.  of  Constan- 
tinople 
Constance 
Caspian 
Baltic  Sea 
Gntf  of  Lepanto 
Black  Sea 
Tabaria 
Str.  of  Dover 
Gulf  of  Lions 
Bay  of  Bengal 


Ancient. 
Gen-nes'a-reth; 

Lake  of 
Oer'man  O.  or 
Hel'les-pont 
Her'cu-les,  Str. 
Hi-ber'ni-an  S. 

I-o'ni-an  Sea 

La'ii-us  L. 


{ 


Modem. 

>  Tabaria 

Jiorth  Sea 
Dardanelles 
Str.  of  Gibraltar 
Irish  Sea 
Part  of  the  Gvlf 

of  Venice 
Como 


Li-gus'tic  Gulf   Gtdf  of  Genoa 


Le'man  Lake 
Mediterra'nean 
Pa'lus  MoB-o'tig 
Pro-pon'tis 
Sa-ron'ic  G. 
Si-cil'i-an  Str. 
Syr'tis  Ma'jor,  7 

Ther-ma'ic  G.  -....  »y  . 
Ti-be'ri-as,Seaof  Tciharia 
Ver-ba'nus  L.     Maasiore 


Geneva 

Mediterranean 
Sea  of  Azof 
Marmora 
Gulf  "/  Engia 
Str.  of  Messina 

Golf  of  Sidra 

Gulf  of  Contcssa 


ISLANDS. 


£-gi'na 

iE-o'li-an  Islands 

A-mor'ffos 

An'a-pne 

An'dros 

Ar'a-du3 

Bal-C'a'res         < 

Ca-lym'na 
Ca-pra'ri-a 
Ga'pre-8B 
Car  pa  thus 


Engtd 

Lipari  Islands 

Jimorgo 

JVamphio 

Andro 

Larek 

Majorca 

Minorca 

Ivica 

Calmina 

Gornera 

Capri 

Scarpanto 


Ceph-a-le'ni-ft 

Ce'os 

Chi'os 

Ci-mo'lus 

Cor-cy'ra 

Cor'si-ca 

Cos 

Crete 

Crep'sa 

Cy'prus 

Cyth'nus 

Cy-the'ra 

De'los 

G 


Cefaiont4 

Zia 

Scio 

Argentiera 

Corfu 

Corsica 

Stanchio 

Candia 

Cherso 

Cyprus 

Thermia 

Cerifff! 

Delos 


68 


ISLANDS 


Ancient. 

Eu-boe'a 

Fortunate  Isles 

Hes-per'i'des 

Hi-ber'ni-a 

I-ca'ri-a 

Il'va 

Im'bros 

I'os 

Ith'a-ca 

Lem'nos 

Lcs'bos 
Leu-ca'di-a 

Lip'a-ra 

Mel'ite 

Mel'i-te 

Me'los 

Mo'na 

Mo-na'bi-a 

Myc'o-nus 

Nax'os 

Ni-sy  Vos 

O-le'a-ros 


Bo-rys  the-nes 
RuIk) 


Al'bia 
A-mial-a 
Is'ter 
Moe'nus 


A'rar 
Ga-rum'na 
Lifeer 
Mo'sa 


\'nas 
^(B'tis 
Ou'ri-us 


Modern. 

Ivica 

JVegropojit 

Canaries 

Bissagos 

Ireland 

Mcaria 

Elba 

Imbro 

JVio 

Thcaki 

Stalimene 
Mttelin 

St.  Maura 

Lipari 

Malta 

Meleda 

Milo 

^nglcsea 

Man 

Mjjconi 

JCaxia 

J^isiri 

-Antiparos 


Ancient. 

Pa'ros 

Pat'nios 

Psy'ra 

Rhodes 

Sal'a-mis 

Sa-rao-thra'ce 

Sa'mos 

Sar-din'i-a 
Scy'ros 

Se-ri'pliu3 

Si(j'i.Iy 

Siph'nos 

Stcech'a-des 

Stroph'a-des 

Sy'ros 

Ten'e-dos 

Te'noB 

Tha'sos 

The'ra 

Thu'le 

Veo'tis 

Za-cyn'thus 


Dnieper 

Bog 

Volga 


RIVERS. 

Sarmatia. 

Tan'a-is 

Tu-run'lu3 

Ty'ras 


II.  I 
Is  ter  \  ^anM*« 


Germanv. 

Elbe  Rhe'nus 

Ems  Vi'a-drus 

Danube  Vi-surgis 

Mayne  Vis'lu-la 

Gaul. 

Saone  Mo-sel'la 

Garonne  Rhod'a-nus 

I^ire  Seal  dis 

Mcuse  Seq'ua-na 

SpAiy. 

I-be'rua 
Min'i-us 
Ta'gus 

Illyricum,  Dacia,  &c. 

Dra'vus 
Ile'bfus 


Guadiana 

Guadalquivir 

Duero 


Modern 
Paroa 
Patino 
Ipsara 
Rhodes 
Colouri 
Samothraki 
Samoa 
Sardirzia 
Sijra 
Sapho 
Sicily 
Siphanto 
Hicrcs 
Strivali 
Stira 
Tcnedos 
Tino 
Thaso 
Santorin 
Shetland  Islet 
Isle  of  Wight 
Zante 


Don 

Dicina 

Dniester 


Rhine 
Oder 
Weser 
Vistula 


Moselle 
Rhone 
Scheldt 
Seine 


Ehro 
Minho 
Tagus  or  Tajo 

Dram 
Marizza 


RIVERS. 


Ancient. 
rE'nus 
P?-re'tu« 


Ad'du.a 

Ar'nuB 
Ath'e-sis 
Au'fi-dus 
E-rid'a-nus 
Me-do  a-cus 


Ach-e-Io'ua 

Al-phe'ns 

As-tne'us 

Ax'i-us 

Eu-ro'taa 


Modern. 
Fnn 
Prutk 


.Adda 

Teverone 

Jirno 

Mige 

Ofanto 

Po 

Brenta 


Ancient. 
Sa'vus 
Ti-bis'cui 


Modem 


^smro  Pot  art 

Mfco 

Vistriza 

Vardar 

Basili 


iTAtr. 

Me-tau'rus 

Min'ci-as 

Pa'dus 

Ru  bi-con 

Ti'ber 

Ti-ci'nu9 

Vul-tui/nua 

Greece. 

E-ve  nus 
Ha-li-ac'mon 
Pe  ne-us 
Strymon 


Save 
TfieU 


Metro 

Mineio 

Po 

Fiumeeino 

Tiber 

Ticino 

Voltwno 


Fidari 

Jcnicoro 

Peneo 

Strimon 


A-rax'es 
Ca-i'cus 
Cal-y-cad'i.ua 
Ca-ys'tru8 
Cy'rus 

Da'ix,orTa'ik 
Et-y-man'der 
Eu-IsB'us  or   > 
Ula-i         J 
Eu-phra'tes 
Gra-ni'cus 
Ha'lys 
lier'muB 


Aras 

GermaisU 

Kalikdoni 

Mindcrscare 

Kur 

Ural 

Hirmend 

Karasu 

Euphrates 
Otisvola 
KizU-ermak 
Sarabat 


Asia. 

Hy-das'pcs 

Jax-ar'tes 

Jor'dan 

Lv'cus 

Moeander 

0-ron'tC8 

Ox' us 

Pha'sis 

Pyr'a-mus 

San-ga'ri-us 

Ther-ino'dou 

Tigris 


JJehat 

Sir 

Jordan 

Tonsalu 

Meinder 

Orontes 

Jihon 

Eione 

Geihoun 

Saharia 

Temu'Ji 

Tisria 


Bag'ra-das 
Dara-duB 


Mejerdah 

Senegal 

Niger 


Afrtca. 

Nile 
Sta'chir 


Nat 
Gam' 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Britain. 


«!i- Cal'i-d(B    5^"^* 
Cam-bor'i-cam  )  ^     ,  . . 
Can-ta-brig'i-a  jC«»n*"'(^« 
Cas'tra  A^la'ta    Edinburgh 

'"►u-ro-ver'num     Can/arhuru 


E-bor'a-cum 
Londi'mim    > 
Lon-din'i-um  ) 
Lu-gu-val'Ium 
Ox-o'ni-a 


York 

London 

CarliaU 
Oifiyrd 


70 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


AiMicnt. 
At-tu'ri-ca 
Bar'ci-no 
BilOii-Us 

Cas'sarAu-gus'ta 
Cal-a<ffor'ris 
Cal'Ie 
Cal'pe 

Car*tha'ffo  No'va 
Com-plu'tuin 
Co-nim'bri-ca 
CorMu-ba 
Ga'dei 


Modern. 
Astorga 
Barcelona 
Calataiud 
Saragassa 
Calahorra 
Oporto 
Gibraltar 
Carthagena 
Aleala 
Coimbra 
Cordova 
Cadiz 


SpAirr. 

Ancient. 
His'pa-lia 
Mer'da 
I-tal'i-ca 
Mal'a-ca 
Mun'da 
Nu-man'ti-a 
O-li-sip'po 
Pom'pe-lo 
Sa-gun'tum 
Se-ffo'vi-a 
Tarra-co 
To-le'tum 


Modem 
ScviUt 
Lerida 
Santiponte 
Malaga 
Manaa 
nearSoria 
Lisbon 
Pampeluna 
Jllorviedro 
Segovia 
Tarragona 
Toledo 


A'qaoB  Sex'ti-OB  ^ix 
Ar-gen-to-ra'tum  Strasburg 

Av*a-ri'cain  Bourgcs 

A-ve  ni-o  Avignon 

Ay-en-ti'cum  Avenches 

e-ro'rum  5      ^** 

Bi-brac'te  Autun 

Bur-di^'a-Ia  Bordeaux 

Co-lo'm-a  Aff-  >  ^  , 

•    >  Cologne 


Gaiii.. 

Fo'rum  Ju'li-i 
Ge-ne'va 
Li-mo'num 
Lug-du  nuin 
Lu-te  ti-a 
Maa-sil'i-a 


rip-pi'na 


Frejus 
Geneva 
Poitiers 
Lyons 
Paris 
Marseilles 
Mu-gUE.-ti  a-cumJtfen/z 
Nar'bo  Jiarbonnt 

Ne-mau  sua         Ms7ncs 
Ro-tom  a-gus       Rouen 
To-lo'sa  Toulouse 


Ag-ri-ffen'tum 

Arba  Lon  ga 

Aa-co'na 

Antl-um 

Ap'pi-i  Fo'rum 

Aq-ui-le'i-a 

A-qui'num 

A-rim'i-num 

Ar-pi'num 

Aa-gus'ta  Tau- 

ri-no'rum 
Ba1» 

Ben-e-ven'tum 
Bo-no'ni-a 
Brun-du'si-um 
Ca-i-e'ta 
Cal-lip'o-lig 
Ca-nu'si-um 
Cap'u-a 
Car'a-lis 
Cat'a-na 
Cen'tum  Cel'Ite 
Clu'gi-um 
Co'mum 


Girgenti 

Albano 

Ancona 

Anzio 

Fossa  Kvova 

AquUcia 

Aquino 

Rimini 

Arpino 

'  Turin 

Baia 

Benevento 

Bologna 

Brindisi 

Cajeta 

Gallipoli 

Canosa 

Capua 

CagUari 

Catania 

Civita  Vecchia 

Chiusi 

Como 


Italy. 

Co-sen 'ti-a 

Cro-to'na 

Drep'a-num 

Fa-ven'ti-a 

Flo-ren'ti-a 

Gen'u-a 

Ha'dri-a 

Hyd-run'tum 

In-ter-am'na 

Le-on-ti'ni 

Lil-y-ba5'um 

Me-di-o-la'num 

Mu'ti-na 

Man'tu-a 

Ne-ap'o-lia 

Mes-sa'na 

Os'ti-a 

PoBs'tum 

Pa-nor'nius 

Par'ma 

Par-then'o-pe 

Pa-ta'vi-um 

Pe-ru'si-a 

Pi'ssB 


Cosenza 

Crotona 

Trapani 

Facnza 

Florence 

Genoa 

Adria 

Otranto 

Temi 

Lentini 

Marsala 

Milan 

Modcna 

Mantua 

J^aples 

Messina 

Ostia 

Pesti 

Palermo 

Par  M 

J^aples 

Pmua 

Perugia 

Pisa 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS 


71 


Ancient. 
Pla-cen'U-a 
Pre-nes'le 
Pu-te'o-li 
Ra-ven'na 
Rhe'gi-urn 
Sa-ler'num 
Scyl-Ia-ce'um 
Se'na 

Spo-le  ti*um 
Ta-ren'tum 
Ter-ges'te 

Am-phip'o-Iifl 

Ap-ol-Io'nia 

Be-rm'tL 

Di'utn 

Djrr-rach'i-um 

Ac'tl-um 

An-tif'y-ra 

Ar'goB 

Ath'ens 

Au'lis 

Cen'chte-a 

Chal'cis 

Co-ro'ne 

Cor'inth 

Cyl-le'ne 

Del'plii 

£-leu'sis 

£p-i-dau'nis 

Xiif-e-drn'mon 


Modern. 
Piacenza 
Pidestrina 
Fozzuolo 
Havenna 
Reggio 
Suemo 
S^illaee 
Siena 
Spoleto 
Tarento 
Trieste 

Emboli 

Polina 

Veria 

Standia 

Durazzo 


Ancient. 
Ti'bur 
Ti-ci'num 
Tri-den'tum 
Tus'culum 
Ve-na'fram 
Ve-nu'si-a 
Ver-cel*liB 
Ve-ro'na 
Vi-cen'ti-a 
Vol-BiD'i-um 


Modenr^^* 
Jivoli 
Pavia 
Trent 
Frascati 
Venafro 
Venosa 
P'ercelli 
Verona 
Vicenza 
BalseiM 


Mackdonia. 

E-des'sa  Fdessa 

Pel'Ia  Jenitza 

Pot-i-dffi'a  Cassandra 

Sta-gi'ra  Stavros 
Thes'Sa-lo-ni'oa  Salonica 

Grkcck. 


^gio 

Jispro-Spitia 
'Srgo 
Athens 

Megalo-Vathi 
Kenkri 
Xfegropont 
Coron 
Corinth 
Chiarenza 
Castri 
Lepsina 
Pidaura 
(see  Sparta) 


La-ris'«a 

Leuc'ira 

Man-ti-ne'a 

Me-lho'ne 

Meg  a-ra 

Nau-pac'tus 

Mes-se'ne 

Nau'pU-a 

Pa  tree 

Phar-sa'li-a 

Py'ios 

Si^'y-on 

Spar'ta 

Thebes 


Larissa 
Livadosta 
near  TripolUxa 
Modon 
Megaro 
Lepanto 
Macra-nmthta 
Napoli 
Patras 
Farsa 
Mivarino 
Basilica 
Paleo-chori 
Thiva 


1 


A-by'doa 

Ad-ra-myt'ti-um 

A-ma'ai-a 

A-mi'sus 

An-cy'ra 

An'li-och 

Ap-a-me'a        5 

At-ta-li'a 

Be-ri'sa 

CsBs-a-re'a 

Cer'a-sus 

Chal-ce'don 

Cbry-sop'o-lis 

Cla-zom'e-ne 

Co-los'ssa 

Con-stan'li-a 


Asu  Minor. 


Kagara 

Mramili 

Amasia 

Samsoun 

Angora 

Jikshehr 

Aphiom-Kara' 

hissar 
Satalia 
Tocat 
Kaisarieh 
Kercsoun 
Kadi-Keni 
Scutari 
Vourla 
Chonos 
Constanza 


Cot-y-BB'um 

Der'be 

fiph'e-sus 

Er'y-thrtB 

£u-pa-to'ri-a 

Hal-i-car-nas'sus 

Her-a-cle'a 

I-co'ni-um 

Is'sus 

Lamp'sa-cus 

Mag-ne'si-a  ) 

Mae-an'dri  J 
Mag-ne'si-a   ) 

Si-pyl'i-a   > 
Maz'a-ca 
Mi-Ie'tus 
Ne-o-Caea-a-re'a 


Kiutajah 

Jllah  Dag 

Ajasolue 

Erzthri 

Tchernikeh 

Bodrtim 

Erekli 

Konieh 

Aias 

Lampsaki 

Magnisa 

Guzel'hissat 

Kaisarith- 

MUets 

JViksar 


I 


78 

Annhiit 
Nice 

Nio>o>ine'di-« 

Pa'phM 

Plit'a-n 

Per'g* 

Per'ffa-mai 

Phi-la-del'phi-a 

Pho-CB-a 

PruM 


CITIES  AND  TOWNS. 


Modara. 
Jsnie 

Bmffa 

Patera 

Kara-hitaar 

Ptrgamo 

^tahS/iehr 

Foehea 

Bursa 


Aneleal. 
Sal'a-mM 
Sar'dis 
Si-no'pe 
Se-leu'oi-a 
Smyr'na 
Tar'flui 
Tel-mia'mis 
Thy-a-ti'ra 
Tra-pe'zua 


Al-ez-an'dri-a 

An'ti'och 

Ap-a-me'a 

Ar-be'Ia 

Bab'y-lon,  near 

Be-raj'a 

Ber'y-tuB 

Chai'ran,CarVjB 

Ctes'i-phon 

Da-mas  oua 

Eo-bat'a>na 

E-des'sa 

E-me'sa 


SVRIA,  MlCSOPOTAMIA,  &e 

Mexandretta        He-li-op'o-lis 


^ntioch 

Famich 

Erbil 

Hellah 

Jileppo 

Beirout 

Heren 

Modain 

Damascus 

Hamadan 

Ourfa 

Hems 


Ep-i-pha'ni-a 

Hi-e-rnp'o-lja 

La-od-i-ce'a 

Ni^-e-pho'ri-um 

Nis'i-bis 

Tttd'mor,  or  Pal 

Sa-mos'a-ta 

8a-rep'ta 

Se-Ieu  fai-a 

Si'don 

Trip'o-lia 

Tyre 


Motlern. 
Constawm 
Sort 
Sinob 
Sel^fke 
Smyrna 
Tarso 
Maori 
^khissar 
Trebisond 


Bailee 
Famiek 
Bambouck 
LataJtiu 
Raua 
J^isidin 
•my'ra 
Samisat 
Sarfend 
Badead 
Saida 
Tripoli 
Sur 


Ar-i-ma-the'a 

A-ZO'tU8 

Beth'Ie-hem 

Betli'san 

Km'ma-ua 

Ga'za 

Ile'bron 

Jer'i-cho 


A-by'doa 

Al-ex-an'dri>a 

Ar"8in'o-« 

CiBs-a-re'a 

Cap'sa 

Ca-no  pus 

Cir'ta 

Croc  o-di-Jop'o 

Cy-re'ne 

Dar'nis 

He-Ii-opolia 

Hip'po-Re  gi-ui 


Ramla 

Ezdoud 

Bethle/um 

Baisan 

^moas 

Gaza 

El  KhaU 

JericJio 


Palestine. 


Je-ru'sa-lem 
-  Jez  re-el 
Nazareth 
Ptol-e-ma'ia 
Ba-ma'ri-a 
Scy-thop'o-lia 
8eph'o-ris 
Sy'char 


Jerusalem 

Ezdraelon 

J^azarcth 

Acre 

Sebaste 

Baisan 

Sep/umri 

JVapolose 


Africa. 


Madfuni 
Alexandria 
Suez 
Sherskell 
Oafsa 
Aboukir 
Constantina 
YmMedinet-Fars 
Curen 
Deme 
Matarea 
Bona 


Hip'po-Zar'y- 
Ij^-cop  o-lis 

Pelu'si-um 

Ptol-e-ma'is 

Sy-e'ne 

Su-fet'u-la 

Ten'ty.ra 

Tin'gis 

U'ti-ca 

Vac'ca 

Za'ma 


tus  Bizerta 
Suit 
Tripoli 
Tineh 
Tolometa 
Syene 
Spaitla 
Vendera 
Tangier 
Boo- Shatter 
Vegia 
Zamah 


SCRIPTURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


73 


TABLE, 

Exhibiting,  in  chronoloffical  order,  the  Places  where,  anu  Jm 
Timea  when,  the  Books  of  the  New  Testament  were  written,  ao- 
curding  to  Dr.  Lardner.  ' 

The  Gospels  akd  the  Acts. 

Places.  A.  D. 

«*'  M°"i!*®^     ....  Judea,  or  near  it     .  about  64 

St.  Mark       ....  Rome  ....     about  64 

»t.  Luke Greece  .      .     about  63  -w  64 

&t.  John       ....  Ephosus    .     .     .     about  68 


The  Acts  of  the  Apostles       Greece 


about  63  or  64 


St.  Paul's  Epistles. 


1  Thessalonians 
3  Thessalonians 
Galatians 
1  Corinthians 

1  Timothy 
Titus       .      . 

2  Corinthians 
Romans  . 
Ephesians 
2  Timothy 
Philippians 
Colossians 
Philemon 
Hebrews . 


Corinth      .... 
Corinth    .... 
Corinth  or  Ephesus  52 
Ephesus      .... 
Macedonia     . 
Macedonia,  or  near  it 
Macedonia     . 
Corinth 
Rome 


Rome    . 

Rome 

Rome    . 

Rome 

Rome  or  Italy . 


63 
52 
or  53 
69 
66 
56 
57 
58 
61 
61 
62 
62 
62 
63 


The  Catholic  Epistles. 

1  Peter  and  2  Peter       .         Rome §4 

i^j^, Unknown      .     .     .  64  or  65 

^  Jon" Ephesus     ....         80 

Ephesus  .     .     from  80  to  90 


2  John  and  3  John 


The  Revelation 


Patmos  or  Ephesus  95  or  96 


The  dates  of  several  of  the  Epistles  have  been  much 
controverted.  According  to  Dr.  Lardner,  the  Second  Epistk 
lo  Ihmotkywaa  written  by  PauJ,  during  his  Jirsi  imprison- 
ment at  Rome ;  but  Michaelis,  Rosenmuller,  Macknight, 

29* 


*.•■■ 


n 


SCRIITURE  GEOGRAPHY. 


ten  during  the  apostle's  aecond  imprisonment,  and  but  little 
before  he  sufTered  martyrdom. 

Many  learned  critics  suppose  that  the  First  Epistle  to 
Timothy,  and  the  Epistle  to  Titus,  were  written  as  lute  as 
theyear  64  or  65. 

Thirteen  of  the  Epistles  were  avowedly  written  by  Sf. 
Paui  ;  but  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  which  is  ascribed  to 
him  by  Dr.  Lardner,  is  anonymous,  and  the  question  re 
•pectinji^  the  author  of  it  has  been  much  controverted.    The 

Erevailmg  opinion,  however,  in  the  Christian  church,  has 
eeo,  that  it  was  written  by  Paul ;  and  this  opinion  is  sup- 
ported by  a  inajority  of  modern  critics. 


THE    END 


V 


tie 


to 

CM 

3r. 

to 

e 

bo 

as 

P- 


